Public Disclosure Authorized
Republic of Uganda
PROPOSED UPGRADING OF THE 105-KM KOBOKO-YUMBE–MOYO ROAD
Public Disclosure Authorized
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Report – Volume 1
MAIN TECHNICAL REPORT
Prepared by Submitted to: Uganda National Roads Authority Plot 3-5 New Port Bell Road, UAP Nakawa Business Park, P.O. Box 28487 Public Disclosure Authorized Plot 48, Block 216 Najjera-Kira Kampala P.O. Box 28434, Kampala, Uganda Tel: +256 – 704-249020 /772-459792 [email protected] | www.jbn.co.ug
February 2020 Public Disclosure Authorized
Table of Contents
List of Figures ...... xii List of Tables ...... xiv Acronyms ...... i Definitions:...... iv Executive summary ...... vi 1 Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Status of social infrastructure in west nile region ...... 2 1.3 Influx of Refugees in Uganda ...... 2 1.4 Link between Infrastructure and National Development/Refugee Welfare ... 3 1.5 Project Justification ...... 4 1.6 Overview of The Environmental and Social Impact Study ...... 4 1.6.1 Purpose ...... 4 1.6.2 Objectives of the ESIA ...... 5 1.6.3 Objective of this Report ...... 5 1.6.4 Methodology of Work ...... 5 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 6 2.1 Project location...... 6 2.2 Project Objectives ...... 2 2.3 Project Area of Influence ...... 3 2.4 Design Geometrics ...... 4 2.4.1 Road Design standards ...... 4 2.4.2 Terrain classification ...... 5 2.4.3 Functional Classification ...... 5 2.4.4 Design Elements ...... 5 2.4.5 Sight distances ...... 6 2.4.6 Stopping Sight Distance (SSD) ...... 6 2.4.7 Passing Sight Distance ...... 7 2.4.8 Intersections, Junctions and Roundabouts ...... 7
i
2.4.9 Bus Lay Bays ...... 8 2.4.10 Cross Drainage structures ...... 8 2.5 project resources, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...... 9 2.5.1 Equipment ...... 9 2.5.2 Human resource...... 10 2.5.3 Potential material sites ...... 10 2.5.4 Camp site and Equipment Yards ...... 16 2.6 Project Activities ...... 17 2.6.1 Phase I Pre-construction Activities ...... 17 2.6.2 Phase II ROAD Construction works ...... 17 2.6.3 Decommissioning Activities OF Road Construction works ...... 17 3 Methodology for Baseline Studies and Impact Assessement ...... 19 3.1 Introduction ...... 19 3.1.1 Document Review ...... 19 3.1.2 Socio-economic Surveys ...... 19 3.1.3 Assessment of Cultural HERITAGE...... 30 3.1.4 Biodiversity Assessment-Fauna ...... 31 3.1.5 Noise, Air Quality and Vibration Assessment ...... 33 3.1.6 Water Quality ...... 38 3.1.7 Framework for Impact Quantification and Valuation ...... 39 4 POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ...... 43 4.1 National policy and legal framework ...... 43 4.2 World Bank Environment and Social Framework ...... 59 4.2.1 ESS1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts 59 4.2.2 ESS2 Labour and Working Conditions ...... 62 4.2.3 ESS3 Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention and Management ...... 62 4.2.4 ESS4 Community Health and Safety ...... 63 4.2.5 ESS5 Land Acquisition, Restrictions on Land Use and Involuntary Resettlement 63 4.2.6 ESS6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources ...... 64
4.2.7 Indigenous Peoples/Sub Saharan African Historically Underserved Traditional Local Communities (ESS7) ...... 65 4.2.8 Cultural Heritage ESS8 ...... 65 4.2.9 Financial intermediaries ess9 ...... 65 4.2.10 Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure ESS10 ...... 66 4.2.11 World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines ...... 66 4.3 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ...... 67 District Land Boards...... 69 5 BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT BASELINE CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT AREA ...... 70 5.1 Physical environment...... 70 5.1.1 Topography ...... 70 5.1.2 Geology ...... 72 5.1.3 Soils ...... 74 5.1.4 Climate ...... 76 5.1.5 Temperature ...... 76 5.1.6 Drainage ...... 80 5.1.7 Air Quality Baseline (Particulate Matter and Gas Measurement)...... 82 5.1.8 Water Quality ...... 101 5.2 Biological environment ...... 102 5.2.1 Vegetation ...... 102 5.2.2 Road impact on CFrs ...... 104 Cultivated Fields and fallow lands ...... 110 5.2.3 Fauna within the Project Area ...... 111 Conservation status ...... 116 5.2.4 Herpetofauna ...... 116 Species Richness ...... 116 Species Richness ...... 121 Species Richness ...... 126 Conservation Status ...... 128 6 SOCIOECONOMIC BASELINE CONDITIONS WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA 129
6.1 Introduction ...... 129 6.2 Administrative structure ...... 129 6.3 Average Size of the Households in the project area...... 130 6.4 Age group in project area ...... 130 6.5 Gender and marital status of the respondents ...... 131 6.5.1 Type of marriage ...... 131 5.6 Ethnicity and Religion ...... 132 6.6 Primary occupation of respondents ...... 133 6.6.1 Subsistence farming ...... 133 6.6.2 Livestock keeping ...... 135 6.6.3 Boda-boda and retail business ...... 136 6.6.4 ROADSIDE vending ...... 136 6.7 Access to markets ...... 143 6.8 Health care ...... 144 6.8.1 Distance to health facilities ...... 144 6.8.2 HIV/AIDs knowledge in the project area ...... 145 6.8.3 Knowledge of hepatitis B ...... 146 6.8.4 Health facilities likely to be affected along the 105km KYM Road ...... 147 6.9 Water supply in project area ...... 148 6.9.1 Problems encountered at current water source ...... 148 6.9.2 Water sources that could be impacted ...... 149 6.9.3 Likely impact of the road on water point ...... 150 6.10 Energy sources ...... 151 6.11 Education services ...... 152 6.12 Access to education services ...... 152 6.13 Transport and Communication services ...... 155 6.13.1 Reasons for travel ...... 156 6.13.2 Impact of the road project on transport needs ...... 157 6.14 Access to financial services ...... 157 6.14.1 Forms of saving ...... 157 6.14.2 Access to credit ...... 158
6.15 Gender and Equity Issues ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 5.15.1 Decisions women are allowed to make ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 6.15.1 Gender Based Violence ...... 166 6.16 Violence against children ...... 167 6.17 Vulnerability baseline within the project area of influence ...... 168 6.18 Cultural heritage ...... 173 6.18.1 Cultural heritage Sites along the Alignment ...... 173 6.18.2 Potential Impact on potsherds and iron slag ...... 181 6.18.3 Burial grounds on the alignment ...... 181 7 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT ...... 190 7.1 Introduction ...... 190 7.2 Objectives...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.3 Stakeholder Engagement Plan ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.3.1 General Planning for Stakeholder Engagement .. Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.3.2 Target Stakeholder Groups...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.4 Issues and Concerns ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.4.1 Results from Consultation Round 1 (Inception Phase) ..... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.4.2 Results from Consultation Round 2 (Detailed ESIA Study Phase) ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.4.3 Key Issues from District Local Government leadership ... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.4.4 Key Issues from Community ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.4.5 Key Issues from other relevant Stakeholders ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.5 Public Disclosure ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.5.1 NEMA’s Disclosure of the ESIA Report ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.5.2 Public Hearings ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 6.4.3 The World Bank Disclosure of the ESIA ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.6 ECONOMIC VALUE OF POTENTIAL BIODIVERSITY LOSSES ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.7 Methodology and Approach to the Assessment .... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.7.1 Initial disclosure and Scoping exercise ...... Error! Bookmark not defined.
7.7.2 Desk review and Identification of Key Ecosystem Services.... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.7.3 Defining the ToRs of the Study...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.7.4 Detailed field study ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.7.5 Data Analysis and Valuation ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.8 Description of the Project Impact Area ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9 Economic Value of Environmental Impacts ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.1 Timber Production Values ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.2 Cultivated and Bush Pole Values ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.3 Borassus Palm Wood Values ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.4 Fuel-wood Values ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.5 Fruits, Nuts and Other Non-Wood Tree Products ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.6 Biodiversity Values ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.7 Carbon Sequestration Values ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.9.8 Summary of Values and Ecosystem Services to be Impacted by the KYM Road Project Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.10 Distribution of the Environmental Benefits and Costs of the Project...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 7.11 Conclusion and Recommendations ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 8 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES...... 228 8.1 No-Go Alternative ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 8.2 Location alternatives ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 8.2.1 Route Alignment Alternative 1 – Major Deviation Alternative ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 8.2.2 Route Alignment Alternative 2 – Minor Deviation Alternative ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 8.3 Comparative Alternative Assessment ...... 229 9 IMPACTS ANALYSIS, ENHANCEMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 235 9.1 Overview ...... 235 9.2 PRe-CONSTRUCTION PHASE positive IMPACTS ...... 235 9.2.1 Temporary Short Term Employment ...... 235
9.3 PRe-CONSTRUCTION PHASE NEGATIVE IMPACTS ...... 236 9.4 CONSTRUCTION PHASE positive IMPACTS ...... 237 9.4.1 Employment opportunities ...... 238 9.4.2 Sourcing of Road Construction Materials ...... 239 9.4.3 Short-term roadside business opportunities for women ...... 239 9.4.4 Rental income to land and property owners...... 240 9.4.5 Skills Development among Local Residents ...... 241 9.5 Opeational phase positive impacts ...... 242 9.5.1 safer road and reduced social cost of transport ...... 242 9.5.2 Increased economic activity and gender benefits ...... 243 9.5.3 Improved access to social services ...... 243 9.5.4 contribute to the GROWTH OF Tourism in the region ...... 245 9.6 Construction phase NEGATIVE IMPACTS ...... 246 9.6.1 Expropriation of land and Demolition of Properties thereon ...... 246 9.6.2 Sourcing of Road Construction Materials (gravel and stone) ...... 248 9.6.3 Impact of Vibrations...... 251 9.6.4 Impacts on Air quality ...... 254 9.6.5 Impact of Noise ...... 257 9.6.6 Haulage of Earth Construction Materials ...... 260 9.6.7 Impacts Associated with Storage of Construction Materials including Petroleum Products 262 9.6.8 Impact on Water Sources along the Road ...... 263 9.6.9 Impacts on Biodiversity in Central Forest Reserves ...... 264 9.6.10 Impacts on woodlots along the alignment ...... 265 9.6.11 Loss of Vegetative Cover and Habitat for Wildlife ...... 266 9.6.12 potential Introduction of Invasive Plant Species ...... 267 9.6.13 Improper Management of Cut to Spoil and Overburden ...... 268 9.6.14 Construction Waste and wastewater Management ...... 269 9.6.15 Asphalt plant and road surfacing impacts ...... 271 9.6.16 Traffic Holdups and Diversions at Work Sites ...... 273 9.6.17 Impacts Associated with Equipment Yards and Workers Camp ...... 274
9.6.18 Social ills of construction labour ...... 277 9.6.19 Occupational Health & Safety Risks for Workers ...... 279 9.6.20 Public Health and Safety Impacts ...... 282 9.6.21 Disruption of school activities ...... 283 9.6.22 Impact on existing utilities along the road ...... 285 9.6.23 Impact on CulturalHeritage ...... 286 9.6.24 Gender Impacts ...... 288 9.6.25 Impacts on Vulnerable Individuals, Households and Groups ...... 291 9.7 POST CONSTRUCTION PHASE negative IMPACTS ...... 295 9.7.1 “New road effect” leading to accidents ...... 295 9.7.2 Induced development ...... 296 9.7.3 Spread of HIV/AIDs and other communicable diseases ...... 297 9.8 Environmetal and social risks ...... 298 9.8.1 UNEXPLODED ORDNANCES (UXOs) AND SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS ...... 298 9.8.2 Local political dynamics ...... 300 9.8.3 Axle loading ...... 300 9.8.4 Risks of floods ...... 301 9.8.5 Lack of ownership of road asset ...... 301 9.8.6 Implementation challenges with the ESMP ...... 301 10 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (ESMMP) ...... 302 10.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan Matrix ...... 302 10.2 Cumulative Impacts accruing from other on-going Projects in the Vicinity 381 10.2.1 Comprehensive Refugee Response Framework-crrf ...... 381 10.2.2 Settlement Transformative Agenda-STA ...... 382 10.2.3 THIRD NORTHERN UGANDA SOCIAL ACTION FUND PROJECT (NUSAF 3) – P149965...... 382 10.2.4 Development Response to Displacement Project in the Horn of Africa- Uganda Project - P152822 ...... 383 10.2.5 Refugee Response Fund Uganda ...... 383
10.2.6 jica supported Project for Improvement of National Roads in Refugee Hosting Areas of West Nile Sub-Region...... 384 10.2.7 Project for the Restoration of Livelihoods in the Northern Region (PRELNOR) ...... 384 10.2.8 Electricity for rural transformation phase III-ERT III – P133312 ...... 385 10.2.9 West Nile Rural Electrification Company Ltd ...... 385 10.2.10 National Backbone Infrastructure Project-NBI ...... 385 10.2.11 Integrated Water Management and Development Project – P160447 ...... 385 10.3 positive Cumulative Impacts accruing from on-going Projects in the Vicinity 386 10.3.1 Improved household and community resilience to climate change and poverty eradication 386 10.3.2 Multiple sources of employment and income...... 386 10.3.3 Competition for Labour ...... 386 10.3.4 Material source areas footprints and restoration ...... 386 10.3.5 Relocation of public utilities and infrastructure ...... 386 10.3.6 Timely delivery of relief assistance to refugee settlements ...... 387 10.4 Valued Environment and Social Components ...... 387 10.4.1 Material source areas ...... 387 10.4.2 Shared Land Corridors...... 387 10.4.3 Water resources ...... 387 10.4.4 Social Services ...... 387 10.4.5 Gender and sexual harassment ...... 387 10.5 Environmental and Social Monitoring Programme ...... 388 10.5.1 Purpose of Monitoring ...... 388 10.5.2 Scope of Environmental and Social Monitoring ...... 388 10.5.3 Monitoring Activities and Processes ...... 389 10.5.4 Environmental and Social Management Plan Reviews ...... 389 10.5.5 Environmental Compliance Audit ...... 390 10.6 Possible Enhancement Measures ...... 396 10.7 Design Measures that will likely Enhance the Project ...... 396 10.8 Organizational Set-Up and ESMP Implementation Mechanisms ...... 400
10.8.1 Set up of Environmental and Social Safeguards Management ...... 400 10.8.2 Management of environmental and social safeguards in Koboko-Yumbe- Moyo road project ...... 400 10.8.3 Operational challenges ...... 401 10.8.4 DESS Capacity Building Needs under the Project ...... 402 10.9 Integration of E&S Aspects into Procurement Process...... 402 10.9.1 Bidding ...... 403 10.9.2 Bill of Quantities ...... 403 10.9.3 Safeguards Clauses ...... 403 10.9.4 Staffing ...... 403 10.9.5 ESMP Monitoring and Reporting ...... 403 10.9.6 Decommissioning and restoration of disturbed areas ...... 404 10.10 Contractor/ UNRA Management Plans ...... 404 10.10.1 Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 404 10.10.2 Influx Management Plan ...... 411 10.10.3 Labour Management Plan ...... 411 10.10.4 Explosives and Blasting Management Plan...... 412 10.10.5 Traffic Management Plan ...... 412 10.10.6 Security Management Plan ...... 412 10.10.7 Noise Control Plan...... 413 10.10.8 Air Quality and Dust Control Plan ...... 413 10.10.9 Erosion and Pollution Control Plan ...... 413 10.10.10 Waste Management Plan...... 413 10.10.11 Occupational Health and Safety Plan ...... 414 10.10.12 Emergency Response Plan ...... 414 10.10.13 HIV/AIDS and Gender Management Plan ...... 414 10.10.14 Site Restoration/ Decommissioning Plan...... 415 10.11 Approvals, Permits and Licenses ...... 415 10.12 Indicative ESMP Implementation Costs ...... 422 11 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL COMMITMENT PLAN ...... 423 12 Conclusion and Recommendations ...... 0
12.1 Conclusions ...... 0 REFERENCES ...... 2 Appendices ...... 3 Appendix I: Vulnerability Assessment Report...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix II: Waste Management Plan...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix III: Dust Control Plan ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix IV: Noise Control Plan ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix V: Explosives and Blasting Management Plan Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix VI: Influx Management Plan ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix VII: Inventory for Fauna ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Appendix VIII: Minutes of Stakeholder Consultations and Attendance Sheets.. Error! Bookmark not defined. APPENDIX IX: STAKEHOLDER IDENTIFICATION, MAPPING AND ANALYSIS SUMMARY MATRIX FOR KOBOKO-YUMBE-MOYO ROAD PROJECT ...... Error! Bookmark not defined.
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Current status of most sections the road ...... 1 Figure 2: Locational Map of Koboko–Yumbe–Moyo Road...... 1 Figure 3: A cross-section of typical road construction equipment ...... 10 Figure 4: District Consultation meetings ...... 24 Figure 5: Consultative meeting with Moyo District Local government ...... 25 Figure 6: Stakeholder Workshop held at UNRA Kyambogo Offices on 16th December 2019...... 25 Figure 7: Meetings documentation during ESIA study ...... 29 Figure 8: Sampled sites along Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road ...... 35 Figure 9: Monitoring of Air quality at Likidobo village...... 36 Figure 10: Set up for noise measurements ...... 38 Figure 11: Field measurements for vibrations ...... 38 Figure 12: Insitu water quality measurements using Horiba U-53 Water Quality Meter . 39 Figure 13: Topography of the Project Areas...... 71 Figure 14: Geological Formations of the Project Area...... 73 Figure 15: Soils of the Project Area ...... 75 Figure 16: Mean monthly rainfall amount for Recorded at Arua (2000-2009) ...... 76 Figure 17: Mean Daily Maximum and Minimum temperatures for Arua (2013) ...... 77 Figure 18: Variation of Temp and Humidity with time at Mindrabe Primary School ..... 79 Figure 19: Variation of Temp and Humidity with time at Mindrabe Primary School ..... 79 Figure 20: Variation of Temp and Relative Humidity at Yumbe HC IV ...... 80 Figure 21: Drainage Map of the project area...... 81 Figure 22: Air Quality Monitoring ...... 82 Figure 23: Vehicles that are responsible for resuspension of dust in Kuru Trading Center ...... 84 Figure 24: Graphs showing variation of PM10 and PM2.5 with time respectively at Yumbe HC IV ...... 85 Figure 25: Graphs showing variation of PM10 and PM2.5 with time of the day at Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute...... 85 Figure 26: Open cooking in Likidobo village emitting smoke containing Carbon Monoxide ...... 87 Figure 27: Variation of different gases with time at selected monitoring locations ...... 88 Figure 28: Noise measurements using the Casella CEL-633B Sound Meter ...... 89 Figure 29: Relationship between parameters at Eria Church ...... 93 Figure 30: LAeq at Eria Church ...... 93 Figure 31: LAFmax at Eria Church ...... 94 Figure 32: LAeq at Kuru Trading Centre ...... 94 Figure 33:LAFmax at Kuru Trading Centre ...... 95 Figure 34: Relationship of different noise parameters at Mindrabe Primary School ...... 95 Figure 35: LAeq at Mindrabe Primary School ...... 96 Figure 36: LAFmax at Mindrabe Primary School ...... 96 Figure 37: LAeq at Yumbe HC IV ...... 97
Figure 38: LAFmax at Yumbe HC IV ...... 97 Figure 39: Variation of PPV with time of the day at Yumbe HC IV ...... 98 Figure 40: Vibration measurements at Moyo Stanbic Bank ...... 99 Figure 41: Vibration Measurements at Gborokolongo Health Center III ...... 99 Figure 42: Variation of PPV with time at a sampling point at Kuru Trading Centrer .... 100 Figure 43: Variation of PPV with time at a sampling point at Kuru Trading Centrer .... 100 Figure 44: Vibration Measurements at Eria Catholic Church ...... 101 Figure 45: Road scenes through the CFR ...... 104 Figure 46: Road through open woodlands ...... 108 Figure 47: Part of open grasslands ...... 108 Figure 48: Typical riverine vegetation ...... 110 Figure 49: Roadside planted trees likely to be affected at Lodonga Village, Yumbe District...... 110 Figure 50: Fauna Sampling Points (37) along the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Project...... 111 Figure 51: Fauna Sampling Points (10) along the Koboko Section of the Road...... 112 Figure 52: Fauna Sampling Points (12) along the Yumbe Section of the Road...... 112 Figure 53: Sampling Points (13) along the Moyo Section of the Road...... 113 Figure 54: Photographic catalogue of some of the butterflies in the project area ...... 116 Figure 55: Some of the Amphibians were encountered in the project Area ...... 117 Figure 56: Some of the Reptiles species encountered during the survey ...... 120 Figure 57: Some of the Bird species encountered during the survey ...... 125 Figure 58: Typical crop grown in the project area ...... 134 Figure 59: One of the boda-boda stage in Sub-county ...... 136 Figure 60: Mavule women group in Lodonga Sub-county in Yumbe District ...... 142 Figure 61: Ijonde women group vending in Kochi SC ...... 143 Figure 62: Samusere women group in Lefori SC in Moyo district...... 143 Figure 63: Kochi HC III and Lefori HC III ...... 148 Figure 64: Water sources within project area ...... 150 Figure 65: Land Ownership in project area ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Figure 66: Pictorial evidence of consultations during the Scoping Phase ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Figure 67: Pictorial evidence of consultations during ESIA studies Error! Bookmark not defined. Figure 68: Additional consultations ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Figure 69: UNRA Road Equipment in Minrabe Rorrow Area, Minrabe village ...... 299 Figure 70: Letter on safety along the road ...... 300 Figure 71: GMC Enrolment and Set-up Meetings at Community level...... 408
LIST OF TABLES Table 1: Populations in the host Sub-Counties and refugees Settlements ...... 2 Table 2: Relaxed Direct Impact Zones ...... 3 Table 3: Terrain Classification on Koboko-Yumbe –Moyo Road ...... 5 Table 4: Design Speed ...... 6 Table 5: Design Speed and Passing distances...... 7 Table 6: Intersections, Junctions and Roundabout ...... 7 Table 7: Cross Drainage Structures ...... 9 Table 8: Meetings with District Technical teams ...... 25 Table 9: Community Stakeholder Engagement ...... 26 Table 10: Details of noise investigation areas ...... 33 Table 11: Details of sites for water in situ measurements ...... 39 Table 12: Criteria for determining impact significance ...... 42 Table 13: Summary of Policies and Legislations Applicable to the Road Project ...... 44 Table 14: Summary of project categorization based on ESF 2017 ...... 60 Table 15: Relevant institutions for proposed road rehabilitation and upgrade ...... 67 Table 16: Temperature and Humidity Measurements at Selected Location ...... 77 Table 17: Concentration of Particulate Matter at selected air monitoring points ...... 82 Table 18: Concentration of gases at Sensitive Receptors...... 85 Table 19: Summary of Baseline Noise levels at selected monitoring points ...... 91 Table 20: Eria Church Noise Levels ...... 92 Table 21: Noise Measurements for Kuru Trading Centre ...... 94 Table 22: Noise Measurements for Mindrabe Primary School ...... 95 Table 23: Noise Mesurements taken at Yumbe HC IV ...... 96 Table 24: Vibration Measurements at Seleceted Receptors ...... 97 Table 25: Water quality Measurements at Selected Receptors ...... 101 Table 26: Summary of CFRs Plant Species ...... 103 Table 27: Ratios of affected areas and lengths of the project road ...... 104 Table 28: Number Butterfly Species recorded in the project area ...... 113 Table 29: List of Butterflies encountered in the project area ...... 114 Table 30: Amphibian species richness by families and genera ...... 116 Table 31: Amphibian Species List for Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road ...... 116 Table 32: Shannon Wiener Diversity Indices for Amphibian fauna A long KYM Road 117 Table 33: Reptile species recorded along Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road ...... 118 Table 34: Number of Genera and Species of reptiles encountered during the survey .... 119 Table 35: Shannon Wiener Diversity Indices for Reptile fauna A long KYM Road ..... 120 Table 36: Bird species List encountered during the survey ...... 121 Table 37: Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for Bird fauna A long KYM Road ...... 125 Table 38: Mammal Species recorded during the survey ...... 127 Table 39: Genera and number of species represented by each mammal families ...... 127 Table 40: Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for Mammal fauna A long KYM Road ..... 128 Table 41: Local Government Structure in Uganda ...... 129 Table 42: Average number of people living within the household ...... 130 Table 43: Age group of respondents ...... 130 Table 44: Gender and Marital Status ...... 131 Table 45: Number of spouses ...... 132
Table 46: Tribes in the project area ...... 132 Table 47: Religious beliefs of the affected people ...... 133 Table 48: Religious beliefs of the affected people ...... 133 Table 49: Typically grown crops in the districts ...... 134 Table 50: Animals reared in the project areas ...... 135 Table 51: Typically grown trees ...... 135 Table 52: Women groups carrying out roadside business along the KYM road ...... 137 Table 53: Distance to markets ...... 144 Table 54: Access to health care ...... 144 Table 55: Distance to Health facility ...... 145 Table 56: Some of the common diseases ...... 145 Table 57: Ways of contracting HIV/AIDS ...... 146 Table 58: Channels of communication ...... 146 Table 59: Knowledge on Hepatitis B ...... 147 Table 60: Health Facilities along the KYM road ...... 147 Table 61: Sources of water for Communities in the project area ...... 148 Table 62: Challenges from water sources ...... 148 Table 63: Distance to water sources ...... 150 Table 64: Likely impacts on water...... 150 Table 65: Sources of energy ...... 151 Table 66: Education levels of Household heads ...... 152 Table 67: Distance to nearest Primary School ...... 152 Table 68: Distance to nearest Secondary School ...... 153 Table 69: Schools located along the 105km KYM Road ...... 153 Table 70: Types of roads...... 156 Table 71: Commonly used means of transport used in project area ...... 156 Table 72: Reason for travel ...... 156 Table 73: Cost of transport ...... 157 Table 74: Impact of on transport needs...... 157 Table 75: Forms of saving in the project area ...... 158 Table 76: Source of credit ...... 158 Table 77: Reasons for accessing credit ...... 159 Table 78: Decisions women make ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. Table 79: Initiating physical violence ...... 166 Table 80: Institutions/persons for assistance ...... 167 Table 81: Gender statistics for the project area ...... 167 Table 82: Vulnerability Assessment for Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Upgrade...... 168 Table 83: Cultural Heritage Sites along the Alignment ...... 174 Table 84: Summary of Graves likely to be affected by the road ...... 181 Table 85: Graves along sections of the road ...... 182 Table 86: Places of worship-Churches and mosques ...... 186 Table 87: Summary of the Public Consultations Process ...... 191 Table 88: Key Issues Raised ...... 193 Table 89: Stakeholder Groups Reached ...... 201 Table 90: Key issues from Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo District Local Government ..... 206 Table 91: Key Community concerns ...... 215
Table 92: Key issues/concerns raised by relevant stakeholders ...... 218 Table 93: Ecosystem services and values in the road corridor ...... 227 Table 94: Comparative Evaluation of alternatives ...... 230 Table 95: Location of potential Borrow Areas ...... 249 Table 96: Vibrations standards for Republic of Ireland ...... 252 Table 97: Personal Protective Equipment According to Hazard ...... 282 Table 98: ESMP for Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Project...... 303 Table 99: Proposed Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan...... 391 Table 100: Social centres in areas traversed by the road ...... 397 Table 101: Types of Grievances and examples ...... 405 Table 102: Screening and categorization criteria...... 409 Table 103: Grievances Process Flow ...... 409 Table 104: Permits required by proposed road project development ...... 416 Table 105: Recommended Important areas or sensitive areas / sites for biodiversity monitoring ...... 416 Table 106: Monitoring Plan for Physical Environment Aspects ...... 418 Table 107: Commitment Plan for Upgrading of the 105 Km Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road to Bituminous Standard...... 424
ACRONYMS
AADT Annual Average Daily Traffic AES Audio Encounter Surveys ARVs Anti-Retrievals/HIV drugs. BISO Border Intenal Security Officer CAO Chief Administrative Officer CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CESMP Construction/Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan CFPU Child and Family Protection Unit CFRs Central Forest Reserves CRS Catholic Relief Services CSR Corporate Social Responsibility CSP Contractor’s Security Plan CGV Chief Government Valuer CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora CLOs Community Liaison Officers CMI Chieftaincy of Military Intelligence CO Carbon monoxide CRMP Cultural Resources Management Plan dBA Decibel of scale A DBST Double Bituminous Surface Treatment DCDO District Community Development Officer DDP District Development Plan DEO District Education Officer/District Environment Officer DIA Direct Impact DRDIP Development Response to Displacement Project DISO District Internal Security Officer DLB District Land Board DMM Department of Museums and Monuments DNRO District Natural Resources Officer DRC Democratic Republic of Congo DWRM Directorate of Water Resources Management EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EHS Environment, Health, and Safety EMIS Education Management Information System ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment ERW Explosive Remains of Wars ESS Environment and Social Standards ESMMP Environmental and Social Management and Monitoring Plan ESO External Security Organization ESF Environmental and Social Framework FGD Focus Group Discussions EU European Union
i
GDP Gross Domestic Product GHG Green House Gases GIIP Good International Industry Practice GIS Geographic Information System GoU Government of Uganda GPS Global Positioning System GRM Grievance Redress Mechanism GRS Grievance Redress Service GROW Green Right of Way HIV/AIDS Human Immuno Virus/Acquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome HOPE Harvest Opportunities for Pupils in Emergencies HSE Health, Safety & Environment IDA International Development Association IED Improvised Explosive Devices IFAD Internation Fund for Agricultural Development INDIA Indirect Impact IRR Internal Rate of Return ISO Internal Security Organization IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency LCs Local Councils LHS Left Hand side LWF Lutheran World Federation MES Multilateral Environmental Agreements MoLGSD Ministry of Labor, Gender and Social Development MoIA Ministry of Internal Affairs MoWE Ministry of Water and Environment MoWT Ministry of Works and Transport NAADS National Agricultural Advisory Services NDP II National Development Programme Phase II NEA National Environment Act NEMA National Environment Management Authority NITA The National Information Technology Authority NFA National Forestry Authority NFTPs Non-Forest Tree Products NGOs Non-Government Organizations NH3 Ammonia NUSAF Northern Uganda Social Action Fund NOx Nitrogen dioxide NSP Nominated Service Provider/National Strategic Plan NWSC National Water and Sewerage Corporation OHS Occupational Health and Safety
OPM Office of Prime Minister PAPs Project Affected Persons PCR Physical Cultural Resources
PISO Parish Internal Security Officer PLENOR Project for the restoration of Livelihoods In Northern Uganda PRDP Peace, Recovery and Development Plan for Northern Uganda RAP Resettlement Action Plan RDC Resident District Commissioner RE Resident Engineer RHS Right Hand-Side RoW Right of Way RSDP 3 Road Sector Development Programme Phase 3 SACCO Savings and Credit Cooperative Organizations SAICM Strategic Approach to International Chemicals Management SGBV Sexually Gender Based Violence SDIP Social Developement Investment Plan SSD Stopping Sight Distance SHM Second Hand Smoke SMP Security Management Plan SO2 Sulphur dioxide STA Settlement Transformative Agenda TC Town/Trading Centre TSC Timed Species Counts UBOS Uganda Bureau of Statistics ULC Uganda Land Commission UNAIDS United Nations Programme on HIV and AIDS UNBS Uganda National Bureau of Standards UNDP United Nations Development Programme UNHCR United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees UNRA Uganda National Roads Authority UPDF Uganda People Defense Forces UPE Universal Primary Education UPHIA Uganda Population HIV Impact Assessment UTI Urinary Tract Infection UTM Universal Transverse Mercator USE Universal Secondary Education UWA Uganda Wildlife Authority UXOs Unexploded Ordinances VES Visual Encounter Surveys VHTs Village Health Teams VOC Volatile Organic Compounds WCS Wildlife Conservation Society WENRECO West Nile Rural Electrification Company Limited WFP World Food Program WHO World Health Organization
Definitions: Carriageway: Area of road used by vehicles. It is bounded on either side by road shoulder. Casual water: Standing water which results from roadwork activities and is found in puddles or containers on or near construction sites. It often is a breeding ground for disease vectors e.g. snails and mosquitoes, which can affect areas surrounding the road site.
Chainage: Distance along a curved or straight survey line from a fixed commencing point, similar to mileage. Usually presented in “kilometers + meters” (e.g. 101+30) Stakeholders: Refers to individuals or groups who: (a) are affected or likely to be affected by the project (project- affected parties); and (b) may have an interest in the project (other interested parties). (Adopted from WB ESF, 2017) Murram: Refers to gravel suitable for road building. Landscape: Refers to the spatial organization of an environment on a broad scale, and how that organization shapes, and is shaped by, the activities which take place within it.
Natural areas: Terrestrial and aquatic areas in which the component ecosystems are characterized primarily by native species, and in which human activities have not altered ecological function to the point where the ecosystems have changed in character or distribution.
Pavement: A structure composed of layers of increasing rigidity and strength and of varying thickness, designed to carry traffic loads on natural soil formations, typically comprising subgrade, sub-base and base layers. Proponent: The agency (UNRA) proposing, and has responsibility for, a road project. Public The dialogue, encompassing consultation and communication, involvement: between a project proponent and the stakeholders. It includes dissemination, solicitation, and presentation of information.
Roadkill: An animal that has been struck and killed by motor vehicles along a road. Road prism: Area of the ground containing the road surface cut slope and fill slope. Road reserve: Area of land typically extending from the centre line of the road, owned by the road and within which the roads authority has rights
iv
to extend the road and place associated infrastructure. This area can also be used for placing surface or subsurface utilities (water mains, electricity, telephone cables etc).
Shoulder: Area of road (typically 1-2.0 m wide), between the carriageway and drainage ditch, often used by pedestrians and cyclists, may or may not be sealed.
v
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Project The Government of Uganda has been promised a financing grant from the World Bank to support its refugee resettlement programme. For decades, Uganda has been hosting refugees and asylum seekers from many conflict-affected countries in its neighbor-hood such as Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), Somalia, South Sudan, Rwanda, Eritrea, and Burundi. Refugees in Uganda are either self-settled or live in organized settlements set aside by the Government of Uganda. Currently, Uganda hosts up to about 1.5 million refugees originating from mostly South Sudan and the Democratic Republic of Congo. The Government of Uganda, through the Uganda National Roads Authority, to undertake a Detailed Engineering Design for the Upgrading to Bituminous standards of Koboko–Yumbe–Moyo road (approx. 105km) starting at Koboko near the Uganda–DRC international border linking Koboko, Yumbe, and Moyo districts to Moyo near the South Sudan Border.
This is a gravel road carrying medium traffic volume that originates from Koboko town (a town about 45 km from Arua town) traverses through Yumbe and Moyo districts to Moyo town, for about 105 Km. Currently the road is made of a 7.0m wide carriage way that snakes through a rolling terrain to Moyo. The road crosses a number of major rivers (4No.), one of which has recently been provided with a multi-span bridge. This road traverses a number of refugee camps settlements in Northern Uganda, that is, Imvepi, Bidibidi, Lobule, and Palorinya refugee settlement camps before reaching the end node in Moyo.
Project justification The planned upgrading of this road segment is expected to alleviate the transport situation in this region. Currently, the road is a gravel carrying medium traffic volume and has a 7.0m wide carriageway that snakes through a rolling terrain to Moyo town. The road along its various sections has been subjected to varying degrees of damage due to rapid increase in big and heavy transportation vehicles serving the refugee settlements.
In addition, the transport infrastructure in the refugee hosting districts needs improvement. The gravel roads that provide critical connectivity to these areas are unable cope with the growing traffic. Often, heavy trucks laden with supplies are delayed because of the poor condition of the roads or inadequate bridges. There are several humanitarian initiatives that are being undertaken in these areas by the GoU and international organizations, but these need to be supported with an all-weather transport infrastructure. The GoU is therefore keen to improve transport connectivity in these refugee hosting areas stsrting with improvement of the main trunk road of Koboko- Yumbe-Moyo to enhance access, facilitate delivery of supplies, and benefit both refugees and host communities.
This road corridor is in the Northern part of the country where most of the refugee settlements are located. It traverses the Bidibidi (the biggest refugee settlement), the Lobule, and the Palorinya refugee settlements. This road will certainly directly alleviate a major portion of the transport challenges of this region. In addition, this road corridor also connects the countries of DRC and South Sudan through Republic of Uganda, and can provide an alternate route (redundant) to reach the northern part of the country (especially the Districts of Moyo and Yumbe
vi
which have a number of refugee settlements) from Kampala and many other parts of the country in case of non-operation of ferry services on the river Nile for any reason.
Road Design Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road has been designed to class II paved standards to achieve a high degree of mobility and harmony along the corridor. The project road is classified under Class A: International Trunk Roads. The horizontal and vertical alignments of the proposed road upgrade have been designed to be as close as possible to the existing yet remain in accordance with the Uganda Road Design Manual Specifications. Critical elements of road design include sight distances, Super-elevation, widening, grades, horizontal and vertical alignment features. The road has been designed with the following cross-sectional elements: 7.0m carriageway (2no x 3.5m lanes), 2nox2.0m shoulders, 2no x 5.5m service and parking lanes, 2no x 2.5m raised paved walkways (including the covered drain) in the major towns of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo; 7.0m carriageway (2no x 3.5m lanes), 2no x 3.0m parking lanes, 2no x 2.5m raised paved walkways (including the covered drain) in the minor towns of Ludonga and Kuru; 7.0m carriageway (2no x 3.5m lanes) and 2no x 2.0m paved shoulders in rural areas; and 2.5% normal cross fall for carriageway with maximum 4% and 7% super-elevation for urban/ peri-urban and rural areas respectively. The adopted slope values are enough for draining of surface runoffs. Bus lay bays have been designed in larger locations with high levels of public activity. Existing cross drainage structures on the road will certainly be replaced except for 2 new bridges one on R. Koch chainage 62+000 and another on R. Newa Chainage 75+726. Equipment to be used in road construction include but are not limited to dumper trucks, excavators, graders, compactors. Most of these are heavy equipment and some are vibratory (especially those used in compaction). Investigations for suitability of borrow materials have been carried out. These are tentative sources pending further confirmatory tests and site availability to the contractors.
The ESIA Process It is a statutory requirement by Uganda Government laws (National Environment Act 2019) that development projects that are deemed to bear significant environmental and social risks and impacts undertake comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) (Sections 3 (5b), 5 (i), 110). The main objective of this study was to conduct an ESIA for the planned upgrading of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road with an aim of recommending mitigation measures for the negative impacts and enhancing the positive ones. The World Bank under its Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and subsequent Environmental and Social Standards (ESS) and specifically under ESS1 requires that an ESIA is carried out to identify, analyse and mitigate (avoid, minimize, reduce, mitigate, compensate) potential environmental and social impacts associated with projects they support and deemed to carry significant environmental and social risks and impacts. The ESIA study included a desktop study, field investigations and data collection, stakeholder identification and engagement, impact assessment and mitigation measure development.
Key Baseline Features The topography of the project area is characterized by extensive flat landscapes. The section from Koboko through Yumbe towards the border with Moyo is a very extensive flat plain with no significant contrasting feature while the section towards Moyo exhibits low-lying hills superimposed on an extensive rolling plain. Generally, the road runs on a ridge or catchment divide and therefore intercepts few small streams, rivers, or swamps with its major water crossings being R. Kochi at Baringa, R. Newa and R. Ofua swamp. The streams are a mix of vii
permanent and seasonal types whose shores are largely used for communal grazing areas and small-scale cultivation of paddy rice and some vegetables is done along some banks of the streams. The vegetation in the riverine ecosystems is typical of fire resistant type typified by short and shrubby trees of Acacia hockii, Comberum and Piliostigma thonningii and common grasses especially; Hyparrhenia rufa, Bricharia brithazantha (bread grass), Sporobolus pyradimidalis (Giant Rat's Tail Grass) and Hyperrhenia spp which are all not of key conservation concern i.e. not rare, threatened or vulnerable.
On air quality, trading centres and health centres close to the road registered relatively high values for particulate matter for both PM10 and PM2.5 due to the dust from the project road. At Mindrabe P/S, the particulate matter values ranged between 0.005 mg/m3 to 0.039 mg/m3 for PM2.5 and 0.014 mg/m3 to 0.438 mg/m3 for PM10. Kuru TC recorded an average PM10 of 0.039 mg/m3. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) average values ranged from 0.070ppm to 0.079ppm, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) average values were 0.02ppm – 0.29ppm, Carbon Monoxide average values 0.34ppm – 1.31ppm and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) average values were 0.02ppm– 0.05ppm. The noise levels (equivalent continuous sound pressure level, LAeq) ranged from 42.5 dBA in villages away from the road to 65dBA for trading centers. The peak particle velocity (PPV) was measured for structures along the road and the average vibrations levels were below 1 mm/s. The results for water quality of streams crossed by the road indicate levels of turbidity. However, the dissolved oxygen levels are typical of natural systems. Siltation from soil erosion is one of the causes of high turbidity levels caused by soil erosion of the riverbanks.
For Particulate Matter, the average readings recorded at all the sites except Likidobo Village were above the Draft National Air Quality standards and the WHO Air quality standards of 0.05 mg/m3 (24hr averaging) for PM10 and 0.025 mg/m3(24hr averaging) for PM2.5. The vibrations values for all measured locations were within the NEMA standards of 20mm/s2
The noise emission results for sites adjacent to the road project (Mindrabe P/S, Gborokolongo HC-III, Kuru TC, Yumbe HC-IV, Lokopoi TI) were all above the permissible noise limits as prescribed in the National Environment (Noise Standards and Control) Regulations, 2003, for Maximum Permissible Noise Levels (i.e.45dBA for schools and health centers and 60dB for mixed land use areas). However, the readings for villages distant from the road were within the permissible limits for rural settings i.e 50dB.
The road traverses through savanna mosaic of bush lands and thickets graduating into extensive woodlands in Moyo. For much of the project area, human activities have induced changes in vegetation especially in Koboko and Yumbe where population densities appear to be moderate. Existing land cover/land use zones reflect continuous or intermittent cultivation of mainly annual crops. Extensive fallow lands occupy the immediate zones of the alignment. The project road traverses through 3 Central Forest Reserves (CFRs); Lodonga CFR in Yumbe District and Eria and Lobajo CFRs in Moyo District. The 3 CFRs are modified habitats having been heavily degraded and converted into exotic tree species plantations (mainly Eucalyptus camadulensis, Tectona grandis, Gmelina arborea, Pinus orcapa). The impact on the standing wood volume is negligent given the fact that the CFR road sections (carriageway) are devoid of standing trees. From the biodiversity impact assessment undertaken in Section 8.4.9, there are no plants and/or animals of conservation value in the listed CFRs. The current existing road alignment through the CFRs shall be maintained and therefore minimize the likely impact from the proposed upgrade works. viii
Open woodlands with Sheanut butter tree species and Acacia species occur in the project area. These are mainly common on the road section towards Moyo town. Woodlots have been raised along the alignment for different purposes. These are either individual woodlots privately owned by households that are mainly pine woodlots planted by individuals. Common species include the following: Milicia excels, Eucalyptus camadulensis, Eucalyptus grandis, Gardenia imperialis, Gmelina arborea, Grevillea robusta, Tectona grandis.
A total of 24 species of butterflies were recorded in the project area. The butterflies belong to 4 families Papilionidae, Pieridae, Lycaenidae, and Nymphalidae. Nymphalidae is the most diverse family represented by 6 sub-families, ten genus and nineteen species. None of the Amphibian species recorded is of conservation concern, all species are listed as Least Concern. Eleven reptile species were recorded during the field survey. They include 3 Lizards, 1 skink, 5 snakes and 2 chelonians. Except for the Brown House Snake Lamprophis fuliginosus, the IUCN Red List 2018 and the National Red List for Uganda 2016 indicates that none of the species recorded are of conservation concern. 59 bird species representing 50 genera were recorded in the project area. On the survey of mammals, 15 mammal species were recorded during the survey. Based on the study findings, much of the biodiversity has been lost due to anthropogenic activities in the project area.
The construction of the 105km road will pass through 36 villages (17 LHS and 19 RHS) in Koboko district, 110 villages (52 LHS and 58 RHS) in Yumbe district and 35 villages (18 LHS and 17 RHS) in Moyo district. Along the alignment from Koboko to Yumbe, most of the households were between the age-group of 26-35 years (27.5%), 36-45 years (23.4%) and 15.4%) for male headed households. The tribes are predominantly Lugbara of Aringa dialect (58.6%) followed by the Madi (29%) and Kakwa (11.4%). The Lugbara are mainly in the district of Yumbe (41.2%), Kakwa (10.4%) in Koboko and Madi (27.3%) in Moyo. Islam was the most common belief ((61.5%) and Christianity which denoted various religions such as Catholics (30.5%) Protestants (4.7%), Pentecostal (2.7%) and Seventh Day Adventist (0.6%). Islam is predominantly practiced in Yumbe (39.3%) and Koboko (15.6%). Catholicism is mainly practiced in Moyo district. In terms of livelihoods, majority are farmers (81%), formal employment (8%), trading (3.7%) and provision of casual labour (1.4%). Women dominate roadside vending and 10 women groups of roadside vendors were captured during the survey. 64.3% visit health center IIIs to access healthcare services. 17.1% go to referral hospitals while 8.7% go to Health center IIs. All the respondents (100%) interviewed knew how HIV/AIDs is contracted. Respondents acknowledged receiving information from multiple sources and radio (76.2%) was the most used communication channel in the project area. 79.2% access their water from communal boreholes and others from piped water in the house (9.7%) and protected springs (3.3%). Most respondents had attained primary education (46.7%), (22.5%) ordinary level and (13.6%) had never gone to school. When questioned about ownership of land, respondents indicated that men (80.6%) own and have full rights to it while a few (13.6%) women owned land while (5.6%) indicated co-ownership of land. From the project area respondents indicated that there are no cases of domestic/Gender Based Violence (88.8%) at household level. However, pockets of it are prevalent since 4.1% indicated fighting/aggression during disputes, other had witnessed other members of the household doing it (4.1%) while in some cases, spouses (2.1%) had fought during disagreements. Analysis of issues related to early pregnancies for underage girls indicate that only 4.9% of the respondents had experienced such cases and 20% respondents had heard about cases of elopement or forced marriages. The vulnerable groups include: ix
Households with orphans and other vulnerable children; Divorced, separated/widowed spouses without support; Female headed households; Old age/elderly/chronically ill headed PAP households; People with disabilities including PAP household heads with physical disabilities; Household head with visual impairments; Teenage Girls (12-18); Roadside Petty Traders and Refugees.
Key Impacts and Risks Positive impacts associated with upgrading the road are significant and they include improved accessibility, reduced public transport costs, shorter travel times, and improved road safety, improved access to health services, improved local economies, regional cooperation and induced development. Livelihoods in refugee settlements are totally dependent on relief delivered by international agencies and their local counterparts. Where attempts have been made to encourage production, results are dismal. Accessibility therefore becomes the lifeline of all refugee settlements delivering much needed nutrition, medical, sanitary and indeed a myriad of other supplies that sustain life. Construction of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road will reduce travel time and allow heavy delivery truck access the settlements. This project benefit also extends to the refugee hosting commnuties.
The Resettlement Action Plan prepared alongside this ESIA, sets out the extent of land to be acquired for the ROW and properties to be affected. Both commercial and residential structures will either be demolished or partially affected. Major areas affected will be growth centers spread along the road where structures exist within the ROW including Koboko Town Council, Yumbe TC, Aringa, Lefori, Moyo TC among others. The sensitivity of this impact is ranked as high on account of cost of replacement and attachment to properties. Given low population densities in the rural areas, land for resettlement is available and since compensation will be provided for lost land and affected properties. There are some burial grounds along the alignment some within the ROW. The state of these graves varies due to religious and cultural dictums. While relocation will be the most obvious mitigation, there are sites that are expansive requiring minor design deviations especially where religious attachments are very strong. When equitable compensation is provided to restore livelihoods and property of affected households, residual impacts of involuntary resettlement will be of low or moderate significance. It is equally important, the RAP to include provisions on GBV and sexual exploitation and abuse (SEA) risk mitigation as these relate to compensation and livelihoods, specific reporting lines for these issues.
Construction of the road will require gravel and rock for different purposes (aggregate, concrete products base material etc.). Some secondary impacts of stone blasting and quarrying such as injury or death caused by fly rock are irreversible. Damage to dwellings near quarries would be a considerable social impact in rural poor communities. Unless a firm contractual commitment is made by the contractor, sensitivity of this impact is taken to be High. All stone quarry sites will be subjected to a standalone ESIA by contractors while borrow pits will undertake an appropriate level of Environment and Social Assessment as required by the National Environment Act, No 5 of 2019. It should be a contractual requirement for the contractor to design material source area restoration plans in the Contractor’s Environment and Social Management Plan. All potential construction material source areas have been screened before hand and in all, they are not located in ecologically and socially sensitive settings i.e. not close to wetlands, cultural heritage areas, schools, health facilities and administrative centers. Contracts shall not be closed without borrow site restoration to the satisfaction of NEMA and District Local Governments. x
Dust nuisance will mainly become topical in very dry periods and wherever clearance, earthworks, material transport or construction takes place in the vicinity of settlements. Dust generation can adversely affect the health and safety of construction workers at the site. The impact will be moderate. The pollution in localized places and working zones may affect the health of workers and any nearby people or sensitive receptors within 50m. Overall, the impact of air pollution during construction will be moderate for receptors within 200-300m and low for receptors located more than 500m from the road. Dust reduction is anticipated to be addressed by routinely sprinkling water during construction. Some of the measures include speed control by having in place such as humps, dust screens at areas across sections with schools, sensitization of both communities and workers, use of appropriate PPE (e.g. respirators) etc. The Contractor will undertake monitoring of particulate matter both at the major sources (blasting areas and crusher units etc.) as well as at the receptors especially homes and schools etc. This is critical to check on the levels to which the workers and public are exposed to.
The potential noise related issues during construction of the project is disturbance to sensitive receptors like schools, health centers and residential areas. The level of noise exposure and associated risks for the health and well-being of the workforce will depend on the individual workplace and type of equipment used. The noise level will be major for construction workers and those receptors within less than 50m from the construction site and moderate for those living 100-200m away. Due to the high noise levels of construction machinery, the personnel operating the machines and the workers stationed close to the machines will be prone to exposure of high levels of noise. Workers at risk are those who will be exposed to it for up to 8-10 hours daily at work.
In the major commercial centers (Koboko, Yumbe, Moyo, Lefori, Aringa) and a few settlement clusters, power lines, underground telecommunication cables and networks of water pipes exist. Widening the carriageway will necessitate relocation of service lines causing temporary disruption of service delivery to clients including commercial enterprises. This could translate into financial losses to utility companies and their clients depending on when the services are reconnected. It is established that, there are about 14 boreholes and 5 water standpipes in sections in urban areas as well as electricity distribution poles along the road alignment within the project area. These will involve relocation and it is suggested that, UNRA will engage a sub-contractor to undertake relocation of these facilities. However, the respective utility operator(s) will be consulted on relocation requirements/process including the costs that are likely to be involved, who pays for such and the timing for such process. Timely execution of relocation programs will eliminate inherent delays likely to be caused from such processes if not well executed. These are important sources of domestic water serving communities in this water stressed region especially during the dry season. Project actions may require the relocation of pipe networks, community shallow wells or shifting of boreholes. The sensitivity of this impact is ranked as high and magnitude is also high on account of the multiplier effect associated with lack of access to portable water. Loss of water sources will lead to spread of waterborne diseases that may increase mortality especially of infants. Impact on water sources hence is of major significance.
The road crosses 3 CFRs that are currently plantation forests holding mainly exotic tree species, namely Teak trees and Eucalyptus. Expansion of the carriageway may lead to loss of roadside trees across CFRs, but which will only be limited to a few meters since the plantations have been established out of the current ROW in most sections. The overall vegetation impact will be on xi
loss of planted exotic timber and carbon sequestration value of the affected trees. Carbon sequestration attributed to the strip that will be lost can be greatly mitigated through compensatory planting. In addition, the existing alignment has woodlots within the Right of Way that may either directly or indirectly be affected by bush clearance during earth works.
The influx of male workers into the project area may increase the risk of HIV/AIDS transmission. The concentration of young males in worker’s camps may lead to illicit and unsafe sexual behavior that may push up infection rates in the local areas. However, since most of the labour force will be below 40 years and residents, it is expected that behavioral change will help stabilize the infection rate. However, should infections occur due to lapses in awareness, impact magnitude is high. It is equally noted that, there will likely be risks of SEA, sexualy harassment (SH) and GBV that are bound to happen as a result of the labor influx. For example and like any other project with significant recruitment, the influx of labour heightens the risks associated with sexual exploitation and abuse of community members by project workers, gender-based violence at the community level and sexual harassment between project workers . In addition, labour influx into this project area could be Thus, a potential source of conflict between workers and the local population. This is therefore an impact of Major significance.
Occupational health and safety risks in the project can be high largely because of the number of workers expected on the road project coupled with e common reluctance of contractors to enforce health and safety compliance as well, their reluctance to commit resources towards safety at work. If not well addressed, sometimes, instances of fatalities arise in the sites.
The road traverses through a rural countryside and traverses near 28 schools comprising of infant, primary and secondary schools. Heavy earth moving equipment might attract inquisitive children to construction sites. Besides being a safety risk, noise and dust from road construction activities and equipment might temporarily disrupt school activities. If due caution is not taken by drivers, haulage trucks and road construction equipment might be an accident risk to school children and further cause distraction. Overall impact significance is moderate subject to implementation of a robust traffic management plan and a road safety program.
New opportunities may to generate a wave of excitement leading to multiple gender induced discrimination and gender-based violence putting women in more vulnerable situations. Men could abandon homes on receipt of compensation packages preferring to settle with new partners in urban areas. Even women who may gain employment by the project, gender stereotyping may affect their self-esteem and performance and may prefer to stay out of employment not because they lack skills but due to gender harassment. The sensitivity of this impact is Very High on account of the many polygamous unions and existing asset poverty levels. Impact magnitude ranks medium since cultural mechanisms for family dispute resolution exist. However, it remains a Major impact.
Baseline conditions reveal the existence of vulnerable individuals, families, households and groups of people. This is a generic category of people whose ability to harness their entitlements has been encumbered. Road construction may entrench their vulnerability through further exclusion from decisions that affect their livelihoods and welfare. Included in this category are the elderly, children, women in polygamous marriages and the terminally sick. Road construction could result into constrained access to homes, gardens, water sources, places of worship and schools, especially for women, children, elderly and disabled people. Temporary “bridges” xii
improvised to abate this impact are often inadequate and unsafe for use by vulnerable people. Access to compensation is also fraught with bottlenecks due to gender and social stigmatization. Children under 18 years could be attracted to work on roads abandoning school. The girl child will be more vulnerable to male construction workers while young males could develop drug abuse tendencies resulting from fraternization with adult construction labour. Sexual harassment along the project road can derail individuals affected and consequently deter other livelihood activities hence affecting women and their entire households. Sexual harassment could generally affect an individual mental health and productivity at work place. Sensitivity of this impact has been ranked as likely to be substantial, hence of moderate significance.
The key post-construction risk are drivers and riders on newly improved roads that usually get excitedly to drive faster than is often safe. This risky behavior (“new road effect”) is common on new roads in Uganda. This usually happens in the first few months of commissioning a new road and is associated with frequent road accidents, especially at pedestrian crossings, sharp curves and blind spots, often leading to loss of life or commercial goods. Most common, are accidents involving motor bikes whose riders lack formal training in road use. This impact is reversible with safe road use sensitization campaigns for 1-2 months before road commissioning.
The project area once experienced armed conflict and no doubt, it was confronted with the threat posed by landmines and explosive hazards, which include unexploded or abandoned ordnance including Explosive Remains of War (ERW) as well as Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs). Specifically, with reference to unexploded ordinances (UXOs), the region went through UNDP De-mining programme which was started in 2006 up to 2012 and the areas were cleared of landmines to the extent possible, as revealed during consultative meetings with Uganda Peoples’ Defense Forces and the District Security Committees (DSC) meetings held on 13th November 2019 with Moyo DSC, 3rd December with Koboko DSC and 4th December 2019 with Yumbe DSC1. By comparison, West Nile Region did not have many issues of UXOs as compared to Gulu and wider Acholi region, so the risks was lower. In addition, for the last 15 years Koboko- Yumbe-Moyo road has undergone routine and periodic mechanized maintenance using heavy equipment and there have been no incidents of UXOs encountered. There are Specialized Engineering Units within the Uganda Peoples’ Defense Forces (UPDF) at the Battalion levels in the Districts who are well equipped to handle any instances of UXOs during road project implementation. Security Agencies expressed the need for them to be brought on board early right from the commencement of the project. Although the proposed KYM road alignment was cleared of UXOs to the extent possible, the campsites, borrow areas, stone quarries, asphalt plant sites, access roads and other ancillary facilities shall be scanned for UXOs, other abandoned ordinances and improvised explosive devices (IEDs).
Management and Monitoring of Impacts and Risks The ESMP provides a summary of activities, their related potential impacts and the corresponding recommended mitigation measures to be carried out during the pre-construction, construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the Project. It details active remedial and mitigation measures to be continuously carried out to prevent or minimize impacts on the bio- physical and socio-cultural environments as well as to promote occupational safety and health of employees. It also seeks to identify the various institutional responsibilities to manage the environmental aspect of the Project as well as the cost involved.
1 https://www.monitor.co.ug/News/National/Uganda-declared-landmine-free/688334-1649922-2kirma/index.html xiii
The Contractor will be required to prepare standalone safeguards management plans as part of the Contractor’s Environment and Social Management Plan. Reference should always be made to the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan as the overarching document that contains general Control Statements for management of various impacts such as air quality, solid waste, and hazardous materials, water quality and ecosystems, noise and vibration control, erosion control, waste excavation and disposal and occupational health and safety, sexual exploitation and abuse, sexual harassment, traffic, labour force, grievance redress and so on. In addition to the Management Plans, the Contractor should prepare Method Statements for specific activities such as earthworks and submit for the Supervision Engineer’s review and comments before commencement of works. If the Engineer notifies the Contractor that a specific method statement has failed to provide adequate mitigations, such a statement should be revised and approved by the Client/UNRA/or their representative – Supervision Consultant.
Several statutory and contractual approvals and licenses will be required before commencement of certain construction activities. Securing of approvals requires preparation of the relevant documentation and/or payment of fees. This needs to be done during mobilization to ensure that all approvals are secured in a timely manner to avoid construction delays. It is important to ensure that all materials (sand and aggregates) are sourced from quarries, borrow pits and sand mines approved by NEMA and compliant with environmental laws. Permits for water abstraction and construction on surface water will be obtained during the mobilization period. Where relocation of utilities is to occur, the contractor will obtain permission from relevant service providers during the mobilization period to avoid delays. For all new materials sites to be opened up and operated by the Project, NEMA approval must be secured while all existing sites should undertake/provide proof of having valid approvals and/or having environmental compliance agreements with NEMA.
Routine inspections will be carried out to cover all aspects of environmental and social management on the site. Either a standalone Monthly Environment Report shall be prepared, or safeguards shall be sufficiently covered in the Contractor’s Monthly Progress Report in fulfilment of the Contractor’s contractual reporting obligations. The report will highlight different activities undertaken to manage environmental and social aspects of the project in line with contract specifications, laws, standards, policies, and plans of Uganda and World Bank ESF. UNRA will take the responsibility to fulfil the requirements for conduct of periodic environmental and social audit in line with the National Environment Act 2019. Implementation of ESMP activities will be approved by UNRA and safeguards compliance will be one of the bases for payment. Final payment for the contractor shall be tagged to successful restoration of all disturbed areas and clean-up of all construction sites.
The Uganda National Roads Authority has on behalf of Government of Uganda committed to provide human and financial resources to implement several safeguards issues as detailed in the Environment and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP). UNRA will hold all project implementers accountable for putting in place adequate material measures and actions to mitigate the Project’s potential environmental and social risks and impacts. It is strongly recommended that UNRA reviews and updates its Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) before commencement of the civil works preferably by June 2020.
xiv
The overall implementation and monitoring of the ESIA/ESMP for the road project is the responsibility of UNRA through its Directorate of Network Planning and Engineering and specifically, the Department of Environmental and Social Safeguards (DESS). DESS is headed by a Manager whose other staff include 5 Specialists (3No. Social Development Specialists and 2No. Environmental Specialists). In addition, there is a pool of six Technical Assistants (3No. Environmental Specialists and 3No. Social Development Specialists) and these are provided through technical assistance programmes by the World Bank and African Development Bank financed projects. Furthermore, DESS has 5No. Junior Safeguards officers and 6No. Environmental and Social Safeguards Trainees.
UNRA currently faces some operational constraints that require attention to adequately manage the growing number of roads projects. From discussions with DESS, as of December 2019, there were 63 road projects (including bridges) under preparation and 42 under implementation and spread through out the country all requiring environmental and social safeguards support from existing 5 specialists and 6 technical assistants.
Staffing – The human resource equation for the delivery of environmental and social safeguards compliance over-sight by DESS is wanting in view of the growing number of road projects under preparation and implementation by UNRA. More so, some of the projects have tight preparation timelines as well as stringent safeguards requirements demanded by financing agencies including national requirements as contained in the amended National Environment Act 2019. No doubt, available personnel in the Department is being stretched despite effort they put towards the requirements by the projects. In addition, the Technical Assistants hired present two challenges in that, the duration of their contracts will end by July 2020 without indication of extension and they get involved in specific projects which assistance they were procured than offer capacity building, which would create sustainability. These indicate the human resource challenge at hand.
Equipment – In execution of supervisory and monitoring role, DESS relies largely on physical site inspections, interviews and review of records without going into some in situ measurements of some physical and ecological parameters. The approach can be exploited by fraudulent contractors since they will have known that, there will be measures for on-site physical verifications. DESS shall have in-house equipment for rapid verification of noise, air quality, vibrations and water, and the results may be used to inform resolution of related complaints. In the same vein, there should be readily available logistics in terms of vehicles for the Department to rapidly respond to environmental and social safeguards emergencies in the projects as they happen.
Conclusion and Recommendations
Conclusions The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road is existing as such, its alignment will to the extent possible, be restricted to right of way with minimum deviations aimed at improving sight distance, reduce impacts on road developments and installations amongst others. Furthermore, its sections through the 3 CFRs will largely follow existing alignment implying there be minimal negative impacts on these protected areas in terms of loss of habitat and biodiversity. Therefore, the panned upgrade of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road will not only have a positive and profound impact on their lives and livelihood of the communities in its 3 beneficiary districts but in the wider West Nile Region through tiers of multiplier effects including inducing rapid socio-economic xv
development which has lagged behind for long. In addition, having in place, a sound road network and transport infrastructure in this region will in itself, spur sectors developments in agriculture, industry and commerce beyond the Region at large. Once paved, the road will greatly reduce travel time between the three districts, which now takes close to 4-5 hours due to the bad nature of road. Above all, the road will enhance delivery of goods and services as well as emergency assistance to the vulnerable refugee communities in the hosting areas.
Despite the above, upgrading works will trigger negative effects such as land take, loss of vegetation, loss of livelihoods, disrupt public utilities such as electricity and water supply lines, dust nuisance, noise, occupational health and safety amongst others. The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road that is proposed for upgrading is in existence. The behavioral and ecological impacts or stress on the fauna has been happening. Secondly, the extent of space that will be affected by the construction to measure up to the required width of road corridor will be small. Impacts on fauna species and population will therefore be low. Most of the species recorded are of least concern and are widely distributed at the local level in the project areas and nationally in other parts of Uganda. The overall negative impacts of the project on fauna will therefore be minimal. On that basis, the proposed project will have minimal or no impact at all on the fauna species diversity and populations in the project area.
It is clear, the socio-economic surveys in the study has focused more on issues of domestic violence with limited analysis on what the project activities might produce in the context of the wider GBV risk as well subsequent description of appropriate mitigation measures. In this case, there is need for a focused study on assessment of GBV landscape/mapping in the project outcome of which, will inform the need for inclusion of a GBV Service Provider and clear capacity assessment requirements and the development of a referral pathway. This aspect of a GBV assessment is required for all risk level projects.
From the assessment, it is established that, most the anticipated negative impacts will be of reversible nature, short-term and can be mitigated through implementation of an Environmental and Social Management and Monitoring Plans in place whose implementation will rest largely with the Contractor under the supervision of Supervising Engineer who, in close collaboration with UNRA, will have responsibility for monitoring.
xvi
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND The Government of Uganda, through the Uganda National Roads Authority has earmarked the upgrading of 105-km Koboko–Yumbe–Moyo Road segment from unpaved to paved (Bituminous standard) through a proposed International Development Association (IDA) 18 Grant. This road segment starts at Koboko near the Uganda-DRC border, through Yumbe, and ends in Moyo near the Uganda-South Sudan border. The upgrading of this road segment is expected to alleviate the transport situation in this region. Currently, the road is a gravel carrying medium traffic volume and has a 7.0m wide carriage way that snakes through a rolling terrain to Moyo town. The road along its various sections has been subjected to varying degrees of damage due to rapid increase in big and heavy transportation vehicles serving the refugee settlements (Figure 1). Cognizant of the challenges of access to refugee settlements and host communities, GoU has requested for financial support/grant from the World Bank to upgrade the existing Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road from gravel to class II bituminised standard to improve mobility and connectivity within the region.
Other factors that have occasioned this damage stem from: a. Deficient drainage function and facilities; b. Delay of appropriate maintenance which leaves potholes and/or ruts to grow and widen/deepen; c. Inadequacy of the road structure itself which results in the flooding of the road surface during rainy season; d. Direct damage to the drainage facilities from the heavy trucks; e. Encroachment of RoW in terms of human activities, which has interfered with the functionality of road infrastructures hence, leading to deterioration of the carriageway; and f. Deficient drainage function and facilities arising from clogged drainage infrastructures.
Figure 1: Current status of most sections the road project
1
1.2 STATUS OF SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE IN WEST NILE REGION
Based on both literature sources and field observations, within refugee hosting districts, refugees and nationals face similar development and basic service delivery challenges. It is noted that, refugee-impacted sub-counties are more vulnerable to shocks than non-impacted areas due to refugees’ underlying poverty in relation to nationals, the demands on already-stressed resources, and refugees’ limited resilience. Refugees and refugee-hosting communities are poorer and more vulnerable with the settlement areas suffering from lower agricultural productivity and environmental degradation due to erratic weather conditions and poor soil conditions and/or overuse. In addition, the basic social services delivery is weak and economic opportunities are limited due to the remoteness of the settlements and the poor infrastructure. These areas are also prone to a higher prevalence of malaria, respiratory tract infections (RTIs), diarrhoea and preventable diseases among children. Given that the refugee hosting areas are also among the poorer and less developed regions in Uganda, refugee presence further undermines the coping abilities of host communities in the settlement areas, further exacerbated by limited social capital, less diverse livelihoods and low levels of assets. The recent influx of the refugees has been too rapid, creating additional burdens on social infrastructures, which are not sufficient even for the local Ugandan populations.
1.3 INFLUX OF REFUGEES IN UGANDA Uganda ratified the 1951 Refugee Convention on 27th September 1976, and currently hosts over a million refugees, mainly from South Sudan (IRRI, 2019); of whom more than 50% (524,703 refugees) are accommodated in the West Nile region in the districts of Arua, Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo. The refugees mainly come from the Republic of South Sudan and others from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC). Refugees in the road project area are hosted in 3 main settlements with an average of 87,451 refugees per refugee settlement hence contributing to about 27% of the regional population (IRRI, 2019). The settlements include Bidibidi, Lobule and Palorinya. Such a huge influx of people and the circumstances in which they come, has created extreme pressure on the existing social services especially schools, health facilities, water sources and physical infrastructure including roads.
Table 1: Populations in the host Sub-Counties and refugees Settlements No Distric Sub-county Parish Settlement Total Pop. of Percentag . t s Sub- Refugee e of county s refugee pop. pop (%). 01. Kobok Lobule a. Ajipala, Lobule 33,679 4,396 13.1 o b. Aliribu, c. Ponyura , d. Tukaliri 02. Yumbe a. Kululu, Komgbe, Bidibidi (5 190,32 276,710 145.4 b. Odravu, Yoyo, zones) 8 c. Ariwa, Abara, 2
No Distric Sub-county Parish Settlement Total Pop. of Percentag . t s Sub- Refugee e of county s refugee pop. pop (%). d. Romogi Oluba, , Ikafe, e. Kochi Okuyo, Rigbonga, Baringa, Bidibidi, Iyete, Onoko, Swinga, Yayari, Kochi, Ombachi 03. Moyo Itula Ubbi, Palorinya 13,262 174,702 1,317.3 Palorinya, (4 Zones) Yenga, Kali, Paalujo, Legu, Waka, Demgbele Total 237,26 455,808 192.1 9 Source: The Republic Of Uganda Data Collection Survey On Social Infrastructure Needs Of Refugee-Hosting Communities In Northern Uganda. Final Report, JICA July 2018.
1.4 LINK BETWEEN INFRASTRUCTURE AND NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT/REFUGEE WELFARE Infrastructure development is key in accelerating national development efforts. Uganda has invested significant resources in the development of a robust national road network with capabilities of easing internal mobility and international connectivity within the East and Central Africa Region. Road infrastructure development is expected to anchor rapid socio-economic transformation of communities subsisting within a wide impact zone and more specifically to communities in the Districts of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo and the greater West Nile Region.
Refugees constitute a unique category of communities with challenging and ever-changing needs and livelihoods typically dependent on relief aid. The demand for immediate emergence services that constitute initial response to displacement are rapidly followed by continuous provision of sustenance by international and national relief agencies. Such circumstances make accessibility the lifeline of refugee communities in Northern Uganda. Operations by relief agencies both national and international are driven by the quality of existing road infrastructure. Dilapidated roads within the region coupled with inadequate or non-existent warehousing facilities constrain not only distribution of relief food items but also access to basic domestic items that constitute the
3
bear minimum for a dignified existence. Access to health facilities and referral medical units is also encumbered by the dilapidated road network especially during the wet season when most roads are not motorable.
1.5 PROJECT JUSTIFICATION The project area hosts 3 main refugee settlements of Bidibidi (the biggest refugee settlement, hosting approximately 227,909 refugees as of July 2019), the Lobule (5,336 refugees as of August 2019), and the Palorinya (120,563 refugees as of July 2019) refugee settlements. The planned upgrading of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo (KYM) 105 road is expected to alleviate the transport situation in the West Nile Region. In addition, this road is part of corridor that connects the countries of DRC and South Sudan through Republic of Uganda, and provides an alternate route to the north-eastern part of the country. Furhermore, the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road traverses a rich agricultural hinterland with potential for commercialisation of agriculture hence, will serve to accelerate Government’s social transformation and modernisation programmes. Tourism potential in the areas traversed by the road will be developed through improved access to tourism sites in the region such as Metu Hills, Lodonga Catholic Bascillica, Central Forest Reserves and the R. Nile amongst others and therefore, new and exciting tourism destinations will broaden tourism in the country and Northern Uganda in particular.The road improvement will serve to improve accessibility to districts within the project area, trade and timely delivery of basic humatarian services and assistance to the refugees. It is also noted that, improvement in road infrastructure within the region will not only reduce emergence response time and ease distribution of relief items within the refugee settlements but will come with a host of knock on development impacts within the refugee host communities and the wider West Nile Region at large.
1.6 OVERVIEW OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT STUDY
1.6.1 PURPOSE In pursuit of environmental sustainability and social equity, it is a statutory requirement by Uganda Government laws (Environmental Act 2019) that development projects that are deemed to bear significant environment and social risks and impacts undertake comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. The purpose of such an assessment is to guide mandated agencies in reaching informed decisions on the most practical and appropriate way of achieving designated project objectives while promoting environmental quality, conserving natural resources, maintaining ecosystem health and ensuring social equity and justice. The ESIA study was deliberately executed to accord all stakeholders on the proposed Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade project an opportunity to deliberate on the nature of the project and inform its design such that the projects address current development constraints and vulnerabilities.
The World Bank under its Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and subsequent Environment and Social Standards (ESS) and specifically under ESS1 requires that an ESIA is carried out to identify, analyse and mitigate potential environment and social impacts associated with projects deemed to carry significant environmental and social risks and impacts.
4
This ESIA was thus undertaken in compliance with the legal and funding requirements as specified above with the implicit purpose of promoting environmental and social sustainability while in pursuit of desired economic goals and social objectives accruing to construction of the road.
1.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE ESIA a. To assess the existing biophysical and socio-economic baseline condition of the proposed direct and indirect project impact area; b. To examine viable road-based alternatives to the proposed road upgrade design and suggest the most environmentally and socially sustainable alternative; c. To identify all possible positive and negative environmental and social impacts likely to result from the construction and operation of the proposed Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade project; d. To evaluate the significance of all negative impacts associated with the proposed project and prescribe appropriate mitigation measures; and e. To develop an Environmental and Social Management Plan to guide implementation of the road upgrade project.
1.6.3 OBJECTIVE OF THIS REPORT a) The main objective of this study was to conduct an ESIA for the planned upgrading of Koboko- Yumbe-Moyo road with an aim of mitigating the negative impacts and augmenting the positive impacts.
1.6.4 METHODOLOGY OF WORK a. The Consultant had an initial meeting with the Client in order to kick off the ESIA process, agree on the Terms of Reference for conducting the ESIA and establish operational modalities while undertaking the assignment. Subsequent steps included screening and site reconnaissance and preparation of an Inception Report as well as a Scoping Report. From the screening process, the impacts of the project were established to likely affect not only the road corridor but including auxiliary sites (camps, workshop/s, equipment storage areas, asphalt plant site/s, gravel borrow areas and stone quarry sites). As such, the project was identified as one whose impacts would be Substantial warranting putting in place, controls typical of such a category. b. The proposed road upgrading project will likely have significant impacts along the road corridor in all phases of the project including uptake of lands, changes in the landscape including along the quarry and borrow sites (loss of materials), establishment of larger market centres and towns, increase in traffic during the operation phase leading to potential increase in accidents amongst others. All these impacts will likely have a permanent change to the existing status quo, thus requiring an in depth ESIA study provided in this report. The ESIA study included a desktop study, field investigations and data collection, stakeholder identification and engagement, impact assessment and mitigation measure development.
5
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 PROJECT LOCATION The Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo road (105km) starts in Koboko Municipality (N3025'427", E30058'411") and traverses through Yumbe district terminating in Moyo Town Council (N3039'107", E31043'672"). (Figure 2). The road traverses five main trading centres in Moyo, 12 in Yumbe and 5 in Koboko. The main activities within these trading centers are informal trade which include food vending, hawking of household basic merchandise, retail business units, transpotation (Boda-boda).
The road traverses extensive flat to rolling terrain crossing into undulating low hilly terrain characteristic of the West Nile region of Uganda. The road section within Koboko and Yumbe districts is in generally flat plain with no significant contrasting features while for the section from Moyo, the landscape is interspersed by gently rolling hills, some extending in ridge formations superimposed on rolling plains. Broad shallow valley landscapes spate the undulating relief of shrubby/scrubby tree vegetation typical of a countryside. The project area is typically subsistence agricultural set up typified by small gardens of cassava, maize, potatoes and sorghum. Cultivation of tobacco is reportedly on the decline mainly due to its associated marketing challenges now experienced by the farmers.
6
Figure 2: Locational Map of Koboko–Yumbe–Moyo Road
1
2.2 PROJECT OBJECTIVES The proposed upgrade of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road has been motivated by the following objectives: a. The establishment of an alternative shorter road link from Arua to Juba through Koboko, Yumbe and Afogi Southern Sudan; b. Provide an all-weather transport infrastructure to support the several humanitarian initiatives that are being undertaken in these refugee settlement areas by the GoU and international organizations; c. Foster regional integration through reliable, efficient and seamless transport infrastructure; d. Enhance increased inter-regional trade volumes and enhance regional competitiveness; e. Creation of an enabling environment for unlocking the binding constraints to the primary growth sectors of agriculture, forestry, tourism, mining and oil & gas in the project’s area of influence; f. Facilitate the consolidation of peace and development especially in the North-East DRC and South Western South Sudan; and g. Enhancement of connection between the capitals of the DRC (Kinshasha) and Southern Sudan (Juba) through future developments of water transport on R. Congo and road upgrading is from Goli, Arua, Koboko to Juba.
2.3 PROPOSED ALIGNMENT DESIGN AND COMPONENTS The existing alignment will be maintained as much as possible. The proposed road project will be upgraded to a class II paved road with a proposed single carriageway of 7m width and shoulder width of 1.5m. The Design speed will be 90km/hr. in rural areas and 50km/hr around communities and in the urban centers. The proposed Right of Way (ROW) is 50m in rural areas and 30m in the urbanized communities.
The project components: There are several project components including acquiring RoW for construction of the road carriage. The proposed width of the RoW for the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road project is 50metres in rural areas and 30meters in urban area. The RoW-limit is intended to accommodate carriage-way works, and other anticipated realignments and other sector service lines like communication infrastructures and water lines. Acquiring the RoW will likely lead to social related impacts or risks such as loss of land and assets, loss of livelihood especially with business persons operating along the road such as PAPs with commercial structures, communities growing crops and trees along the proposed alignment, road side vendors, transportation business among others.
Auxiliary/supporting facilities such as workers camps, burrow pits, rock quarries, dump sites, etc. will be required for the KYM 105km road. Their locations have yet to be determined and as such, they are not covered under this study. Some of the social risks associated with the establishment and operation of these facilities include; physical and economic displacement, workers’ inappropriate interactions with local communities especially luring school going children, and women into sexual behaviours leading to unwanted pregnancies, increase in HIV/AIDS, and broken families among others. Other impacts include inward migration of people from outside the project area leading to crimes, rape among others. Environmental and Social Management of ancillary/associated facilities and access roads (including temporary access roads to material sites and construction worker camps), and any required statutory assessments will be covered and
2
guided in more detail in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) that shall be prepared before Project Appraisal (April 2020).
2.4 PROJECT AREA OF INFLUENCE The area of influence denotes the zone, which will be affected by the project and associated actions. In contrast to new green field road projects where interest is on preventing impacts on hitherto unmodified, or areas with limited ecological modifications, focus of environmental assessment for road upgrade projects concentrates on impacts resulting from upgrade and expansion activities. In assessing such road projects, attention should focus on pavement construction and expansion, their strengthening, improving drainage works and impacts of ancillary operations including construction of workers and equipment camps, sourcing of raw materials, their transportation and restoration of disturbed areas.
To understand potential impacts and design appropriate mitigation measures, the area of influence has been divided into the Direct Impact Area (DIA) and the Indirect Impact Area (INDIA). In defining these impact zones, cognizance was accorded to spatial extent of planned project activities, duration and intensity of proposed activities both during construction and road use.
DIA is the area that will receive primary impacts resulting from project activities. The key DIA areas include: road reserve, road diversions, borrow pit areas and spoil disposal sites as well as rock quarries. Much as this road upgrade ESIA covers the Direct Impact Area of the carriage-way which has been set at 50m from center-line. However, this standard zone has been relaxed where sensitive ecological and social receptors exist along the alignment. The relaxation has been guided by impact specific characteristics to enhance mitigation planning.
The Direct Impact Areas have been relaxed at some of the receptors (Table 2) bearing in mind the need to minimize: a. land take concerns; b. disruption to public centres operations; c. impact on properties; and d. disruption of sources of livelihoods and roadside activities. Some of the areas where the minimization of impact zone have been undertaken include:
Table 2: Relaxed Direct Impact Zones Receptor Relaxed Relaxation Drivers distance from centre line Schools 100-200m Cluster noise from construction equipment, dust release, sexual harassment, Sexual exploitation and abuse of minors by project workers and public health and safety considerations. Health facilities 100m Noise from construction equipment, dust release, vibrations.
3
Rural Growth Points 100m Demolition rubble, surface runoff management, dust release, cluster noise from construction equipment, cut of property accesses. Surface Water 100m upstream Water pollution, construction waste management, Courses and downstream river channel training. (Bridge construction of surface water including culverts) channel. Central Forest 100m Vegetation clearance Reserves
Rock outcrops 500m Flying rocks and projectiles, vibrations due to blasting to create carriageway, noise and air quality.
Burial grounds 100m Cultural and religious sensitivities, spoil disposal and chance findings. Water Sources Site specific Allow accessibility, account for zone of extraction. (boreholes)
Direct Impact Areas for auxiliary facilities shall have to be designated through undertaking appropriate levels of standalone site specific environmental and social assessments for such facilities, once they have been identified by the Contractor under direct supervision of UNRA and/or their representative (Supervision Consultants/Resident Engineer). The Direct Impact Area is the zone in which all project construction activities have to be concentrated and to avoid any transgressions away from the designated DIA during construction, the contractor is required to mark off disturbance zones before bush clearing and grubbing commence. This action will serve to restrict civil works and related operations within the designated DIA.
Indirect Impact Area (INDIA) refers to areas that will receive offsite secondary and sometimes tertiary impacts associated with project activities. The spatial dimension of the INDIA cannot be designated as a uniform dimension from project alignment. Project effects will be registered downstream of surface water courses traversing through the alignment and employment opportunities created by the project may accrue to casual labourers originating from neighboring districts. Most social impacts including sexual exploitation and abuse of minors (SEA) , GBV, Child and forced labor, the spread of HIV/AIDs, prostitution and narcotic substance abuse may be spread through a wider locale. Where sensitive ecosystems (wetlands and surface water courses) and social receptors (refugee settlements) exist, the extent of the INDIA will take a regional perspective. However, for operational purposes, the INDIA will be set at a maximum of 5km from the alignment so as to include the furthest distance in which material source areas especially rock quarries should be located to make economic sense.
2.5 DESIGN GEOMETRICS
2.5.1 ROAD DESIGN STANDARDS The horizontal and vertical alignments of the proposed road upgrade have been designed to be as close as possible to the existing yet remain in accordance with the Uganda Road Design Manual
4
Specifications. Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road has been designed to class II paved standards to achieve a high degree of mobility and harmony along the corridor.
2.5.2 TERRAIN CLASSIFICATION The project road traverses predominately flat to gently rolling terrain. The following classification has been applied on the road according to section 5.2 of the MoWT Geometric Design Manual.
Table 3: Terrain Classification on Koboko-Yumbe –Moyo Road From chainage To Chainage Distance Classification
0+000 63+000 63,000 Flat 63+000 65+500 2,500 Rolling 65+500 93+000 28,000 Gently Rolling 93+000 101+978 8,978 Rolling
(Source: UNRA Draft Feasibility Study and Draft Preliminary Engineering Design Report for the Upgrade of Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo Road (105.0Km) September 2019. )
2.5.3 FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION Functional classification is intended to group highways by their function. The project road section has been classified under Class A: International Trunk Roads. These are roads that link international important centres and provide connection between the national road system and those of neighboring countries. The upgraded road will provide mobility between three major economic centres of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo linking them to the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) boarder at Oraba, Vurra and Goli and then to the South Sudan Boarder at Afoji. This road also provides connectivity between West Nile and Northern parts of Uganda via Umi and Laropi across the Nile.
2.5.4 DESIGN ELEMENTS Critical elements of road design include sight distances, Superelevation, widening, grades, horizontal and vertical alignment features. Careful evaluation of these elements is key to coming up with an efficient and safe road design.
2.5.4.1 DESIGN SPEED The design speeds (Table 4) designated for the road upgrades are consistent with terrain and land use in the project area. Horizontal and Vertical alignments have been designed to fit the existing as closely as possible and yet remain within the design standards and speed requirements.
5
Table 4: Design Speed
(UNRA Draft Feasibility Study and Draft Preliminary Engineering Design Report for the Upgrade of Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo Road (105.0Km) September 2019)
2.5.4.2 ROAD CROSS SECTION The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road has been designed with the following cross-sectional elements: a. 7.0m carriageway (2no x 3.5m lanes), 2nox2.0m shoulders, 2no x 5.5m service and parking lanes, 2no x 2.5m raised paved walkways (including the covered drain) in the major towns of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo; b. 7.0m carriageway (2no x 3.5m lanes), 2no x 3.0m parking lanes, 2no x 2.5m raised paved walkways (including the covered drain) in the minor towns of Ludonga and Kuru; c. 7.0m carriageway (2no x 3.5m lanes) and 2no x 2.0m paved shoulders in rural areas; d. 2.5% normal cross fall for carriageway with maximum 4% and 7% super-elevation for urban/ peri-urban and rural areas respectively. The adopted slope values are enough for draining of surface runoffs.
2.5.5 SIGHT DISTANCES The determination of sight distances on the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road has been guided by the nature of terrain terrain traversed by the road. Given that the biggest portion of road traverses flat/ gently rolling terrain, there are sections with sufficient passing sight distance. For a safe and efficient operation of all vehicles that are to use the project road, it is important to ensure that all drivers under all normal operating conditions are able to see ahead of them to avoid striking any unexpected objects in the travelled way, and also avoid crushes with opposing vehicles when passing other vehicles.
2.5.6 STOPPING SIGHT DISTANCE (SSD)
6
While travelling, a vehicle at or near the design speed of the road should be able to come to stop before reaching a stationary object in its path. This stopping sight distance involves a combination of the distance that a vehicle would travel from the instant the driver realizes the object ahead and applies brakes together with the distance travelled by the vehicle from the moment these brakes are applied until it comes to rest. In computing stopping sight distance, perception reaction time of 2.5 seconds, eye height of 1.07m above the road surface and object height of 0.15m above road surface as given in the RDM 2010 were used.
2.5.7 PASSING SIGHT DISTANCE On two-lane road, we expect faster moving vehicles to overtake the slow-moving vehicles. In order to accomplish the passing safely, the overtaking driver should be able to see a sufficiently long distance ahead which is clear of traffic before meeting the oncoming vehicle that appears during the manoeuvre. This is the distance required to enable the driver of one vehicle to safely pass another vehicle without interfering with the speed of an oncoming vehicle travelling at design speed. In computing the passing sight distance, driver’s eye height was taken as 1.07 meters above the road surface and object height as 1.3 meters above the road surface as stated in the RDM, 2010. The projected total AADT on Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo road at 10-year design life is 4,418 pcu which is less than 6000 pcu and since the road traverses predominantly flat terrain, no consideration has been given for climbing lanes. However, passing zones at several locations with adequate passing sight distance have been provided. The table below gives the passing sight distances for the various road sections.
Table 5: Design Speed and Passing distances
(Source: UNRA Draft Feasibility Study and Draft Preliminary Engineering Design Report for the Upgrade of Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo Road (105.0Km) September 2019)
2.5.8 INTERSECTIONS, JUNCTIONS AND ROUNDABOUTS The schedule below presents intersections, junctions and roundabouts on the proposed road.
Table 6: Intersections, Junctions and Roundabout
7
(Source: UNRA Draft Feasibility Study and Draft Preliminary Engineering Design Report for the Upgrade of Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo Road (105.0Km) September 2019)
2.5.9 BUS LAY BAYS Bus lay bays have been designed in larger locations with high levels of public activity. Bus lay- bys have been proposed at locations most convenient for the passengers. The most convenient location is adjacent to major junctions and built up areas. The lay-bys have been sited after intersections to avoid stopped vehicles from interfering too much with the view of drivers who want to enter the main road from the minor road. The lay-bys are staggered to avoid road blockage in case buses/taxis set off at the same time. The following dimensions were adopted: a. 20m long decelerating section or tapper to permit easy entrance into the loading area; b. A stopping space, 30m long and 3.5m wide to accommodate the maximum number of buses expected to occupy the space at one time; c. 15m long merging lane to enable easy re-entry into the main road
2.5.10 CROSS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
8
Existing cross drainage structures on the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road will certainly be replaced with the exception of 2 new bridges one on River Koch chainage 62+000 and another on R. Newa Chainage 75+726. The total number of structures to be replaced is given in the Table 7.
Table 7: Cross Drainage Structures
((Source: UNRA Draft Feasibility Study and Draft Preliminary Engineering Design Report for the Upgrade of Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo Road (105.0Km) September 2019))
2.6 PROJECT RESOURCES, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS The Engineering Design Report identifies a number of material sources areas along the alignment or within reasonable distance. These are tentative sources that will have to undergo appropriate levels of Environment and Social Assessment and relevant permits shall be sought before they are used.
2.6.1 EQUIPMENT Equipment to be used in road construction include but are not limited to dumper trucks, excavators, graders, compactors. Most of these are heavy equipment and some are vibratory (especially those used in compaction).
Backhoe Loaders Dump Truck
9
Motor Graders Rollers Figure 3: A cross-section of typical road construction equipment
2.6.2 HUMAN RESOURCE Employment of labour is anticipated including skilled and non-skilled. The anticipated quantities of human resource are not known at this point in time but shall include civil engineering professionals, general labour, equipment operators, laboratory technicians, hospitality and catering service professionals, administrators and managers among others. It is likely that local residents shall mostly be employed to do casual jobs depending on their skills set. It is expected that the project will employ about 600 people including professional, skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled staff though staff may be changed with time and place of operation.The Employment Act (2006), the Workers compensation Act 2000, Labour Disputes (Arbitration Settlement) Act 2006, Labour Unions Act 2006 and the Occupational safety and health Act 2006 will need to be observed.
2.6.3 POTENTIAL MATERIAL SITES Below is a summary of potential sites where road construction materials could be accessed:
10
Location Characteristics Borrow pits Minrabe The potential site approximately village, covers more than 2 acres of land Asunga area. It is about 500m off nearest Parish community access road and 4.1 Midia sub- km from Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo county road. The nearest household i.e. E 276660 residence of the landowner is N 379475 100m south of the site. It is an A 1203 existing source of road construction materials for UNRA. The vegetation is largely secondary type typical fallow fields. Ceku This potential borrow site is 3km village, from the main road with the Nyori parish nearest homesteads located in Abuku sub- the radius of about 350m from county the site. It is one the murram E 283784 sources where UNRA extracts N 382232 its road construction materials A 1033m for KYM maintenance works. The site has crops such as potatoes, cassava and sorghum. There are no forests or wetlands in its vicinity. Boyo This site is along the KYM road village, and e site is along the roadside. Metino The site is one of the existing Parish sources of murram used by Abuku Sub- UNRA for KYM routine county mechanized maintenance. Its E278771 surrounding vegetation is N380240 mainly shrubby Lantana 1122m camara, Urena lobata and Tithornia diversifloia. There are no elaborate trees in the vicinity. The homesteads are a distance and no cropping is carried around the site due to the stony nature of soils.
11
57km point This is an existing murram on the road borrow pit where UNRA E 324736 extracts road construction N 393330 materials. It is about 1 km off the A749m main KYM road with motorable access roads. Due to the stony nature of soils, crop production is not is done in the vicinity and neither are settlements close by. Its vegetation is largely of shrubs and herbaceous communities typified by Ocimum sp, Urena and Sporobolus grass spp. Gwere west This an existing site close to village KYM and about 60m off the E 336234 carriageway. It is an expansive N397214 landscape with isolated stands of A 768m tree relics of Combretum spp and a host of Graminae spp. Nearest homesteads can be seen at a distance close to 1.5km from the materials extraction site. There is an existing access road used for transportation of murram from the site. Gwere west This potential murram site is village close to KYM i.e. at its edges Lefori sub- though existence of murram county outcrops over wider areas E337908 signify large cover of murram. N398345 The site has trees typical of A763m Acacia hockii. Homesteads are a distance and no crops/gardens are in the near vicinity which is attributed to the rocky nature of soils which cannot fully support crop production.
12
95km from The murram site is a source Koboko murram for UNRA road E 354493 maintenance works and occurs N 402663 across on either side of the road. A 962M The nearest homestead is estimated to be at 2km because the soils are rocky/stony and poor for farming. The main vegetation noted include Molisina spp, Securinega
Quarry sites Maracha This is an existing site at 23km District on the LHS along Koboko E 271649 Maracha road in Pabura village N 358112 which supplied stones A 1166 for Oraba road upgrading project. At end of the project, the site has been sealed off with a chain link especially its pit which tends to collect water during the wet season. From UNRA Arua Regional Station
management, the site has an expanse of below ground granite rocks. The site has settlements outside its 500m buffer zone. Midigo This site has rock inselbergs village forming hills with emergent tree E 304066 vegetation at the tops. Below the N 400140 hills are pockets of settlements A 978m amidst croplands and isolated stands of planted Tectonia trees. It occurs at 14.8 km from the main KYM road. The main vegetation is largely of seasonal crops mainly sorghum and millet. There are also isolated stands of crops such as cassava and sweet potatoes.
13
Dyajo hill The Dhajo is visibly with rocks E 352327 on both sides of the road without N 401268 any houses in its vicinity. The A 909m rocks on either side form a divide through which, existing KYM goes through. The vegetation is typical woodland type with Combretum spp, pockets of Acacia spp and Hyperrhenia rufa grass species. No noticeable human activities were observed in the immediate vicinity. 7.5 km from Huge rocky extending away Moyo town from the road verges and along thickest of shrubbery mix Moyo- Lannea barteri (Adza), Albizia Laropi Ferry spp (Adzimeli), Grewia mollis Road. (Elo) and Erythrina abysinica (Olawu ). None of these plant species is considered as rare, threatened or threatened according to IUCN listing.
Potential camp sites Boyo This potential campsite is along village, the KYM road at Boyo village in Metino Metino parish comprised of Parish fallow fields with plant species Abuku Sub- such as Vitex donnian, Zizyphus county abysinnica and Pliostigma E 278667 thonningii. The area is fairly flat N 380311 and free draining with no A 1121 wetlands in the vicinity. Households are in the radius of 400-500m. Potential water abstraction sites Upper The site is 3-5km from KYM Kochi with an access route to points on Bridge the river shores where sand Juba village, mining is done by some local Li – Midia people in the communities. The parish water source (river) is Kochi Sub- permanent which would county guarantee reliable supply of E 305935
14
N 392544 water throughout the year for A 899M project works. Lyi stream, The Lyi stream crossed by the Maringo main KYM road and has been village, previously been water supply Lefori sub- source for UNRA during road county maintenance works.
Sand sites Upper This a potential source and at the Kochi moment, local harvest sand for Bridge local supply to the construction Juba village, needs in the areas. The site has LiMidia an access road and it is reported parish that the sand deposits are Kochi Sub- extensive and along the stretch county of the river. E 305935 N 392544 A 899M Near Kochi Already an existing sand mining Bridge site with its access route in place used by local transporters to ferry sand out of the site. UNRA Arua Station management recommends this would be one of the suitable areas because access road is not prone to floods.
Keburu The sand pits are at 64km from village Koboko and 1.5km off KYM Sand pits main road. E 329920 N 395405 A773m
15
2.6.4 CAMP SITE AND EQUIPMENT YARDS A candidate camp site and equipment yard for the project has been proposed at Boyo village, Metino parish Abuku Sub-county at E 278667, N 380311 and A 1121. Another campsite is proposed to be set up in Koro near Yumbe 10km towards Koro areas. These sites will be subjected to independent ESIAs which will be submitted to NEMA for review and approvals. The TORs shall be reviewed and approved by UNRA/RE. Whichever site is chosen, the camp and equipment yard will contain the following: mechanical workshop, laboratories, stores, offices, waste management facilities, workers accommodation, water well, storage facilities for petroleum products, diesel powered generators and other social facilities including first aid clinics. It is important for the contractor to bear in mind the following while selecting potential camp site locations: a. Should be at least 400m a way from nearest ecologically and socially sensitive ecosystems such as wetlands, CFRs, schools and other public places; b. The campsites should be erected on areas where in which, damage on the vegetation will be minimal; c. The site must be accessible, well lit in the night thereby enabling easy movement of people, equipment and construction trucks; d. The campsite shall have sufficient space for the construction of sanitation facilities separate for men and woman and clearly indicated; e. The land use and ownership of the campsites shall be determined beforehand and all necessary authorization and clearances will be obtained from relevant authorities and/or owners of the land where the construction campsite is to be erected; and f. To prevent conflict, the campsite shall not be erected near agricultural fields and not close to community water points.
2.6.4.1 FACILITIES AT WORKERS CAMP These will include: a. Bore hole: A bore hole will be drilled at the campsite to avoid stress on community water sources. b. Waste management facilities: The camp will have Ventilated Improved Pit (VIP) latrines. Most local labourers are expected to commute from home hence there will be less waste produced. For onsite waste collection and temporary storage, bins will be provided to ensure onsite segregation into recyclable and non-recyclable streams.
2.6.4.2 MAINTENANCE WORKSHOP AND EQUIPMENT YARD A maintenance workshop and equipment park yard will be established adjacent to the workers’ camp. The site will be equipped with a temporary office block, maintenance bays, parking yard and materials store.
2.6.4.3 ACCESSES TO MATERIAL SITES Accesses to most of the identified material sites exist and in motorable condition. The Contractor shall be required to routinely maintain access roads to material sites, including installation of public safety measures such as speed control humps, signage and conduct of community sensitizations.
16
2.7 PROJECT ACTIVITIES The upgrading of the Road project will involve redesigning, widening and strengthening of the existing pavement and shoulders. Further construction of drainage structures will be constructed. Envisaged project activities fall into three phases: pre-construction, construction and operational phases.
2.7.1 PHASE I PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES This is a planning phase. Main activities will include: a. Feasibility studies b. Preliminary and detailed engineering design c. Traffic surveys d. Materials investigations e. Drainage design f. Road survey g. Updating of ESIA and RAP reports (the aspects to be updated shall be guided by the design review. Should design review consider shifts in sections of the alignment, then update on the ESIA and RAP shall occur to update baselines and ESIA impacts occasioned by the changes.
2.7.2 PHASE II ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORKS The second phase marks the commencement of overt project activities many of which will have environmental and social impacts. Below is a summary of activities to be carried-out: a. Implementation of the project RAP
b. Workers Campsite placement and establishment of equipment yard. Activities under this activity are quite numerous but will involve establishment of camp and equipment yard infrastructure for waste management, accommodation, materials storage and for management of health and safety requirements c. Land clearance d. Stripping away existing wearing surface as per design specifications e. Grubbing and ripping of topsoil for the road pavement and at campsite and equipment yard f. Earthworks involving cut and fill operations g. Excavation of gravel and soils from borrow areas h. Quarry operations including rock blasting and crushing to obtain aggregate i. Natural gravel/crushed rock base construction j. Swamp treatment using rock fill or any appropriate method k. Construction of bridges and culverts on surface water courses l. Construction on pavement seals. m. Stone pitching of drains in cut and urban areas n. Gabion construction for erosion protection o. Planting grass on side slopes/ embankments p. Reshaping of borrow pits and decommissioning them q. Construction of retaining walls where necessary on steel embankments r. Installing road furniture including traffic signs, guard rails and road markings
2.7.3 DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES OF ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORKS
17
Completion of road construction will trigger decommissioning of road construction works and all auxiliary activities including borrow areas and rock quarries, asphalt plant, worker camps and equipment yards.
18
3 METHODOLOGY FOR BASELINE STUDIES AND IMPACT ASSESSEMENT
3.1 INTRODUCTION This section describes the methodology that has been used to study the physical, biological and socioeconomic baseline conditions and further assess and predict the significance of impacts resulting from the proposed road upgrade. The study has adopted conventional methods to document baseline conditions including documentary review (review of design reports, Statistical abstracts from UBOS, District Development Plans, National Development plans and various pieces of legislation). Field studies were carried out to establish the baseline conditions. Social economic surveys were also done to obtain data on demographic parameters, access to infrastructure and services, land ownership aspects of gender and vulnerability, livelihoods among other parameters.
3.1.1 DOCUMENT REVIEW To gain a clear insight on baseline parameters and project characterization, various planning, regulatory documents and reports have been analysed. Reviewed documents include those on policy and regulatory provisions, Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo project design report, UBOS statistical abstracts and National Housing and Population Census 2014 have all been reviewed to inform baseline studies. Publications on biodiversity and wildlife, archeological formations, landform processes were reviewed to guide assessment of baseline conditions.
Documents on the following themes have been extensively reviewed: a. Relevant environmental policies, laws and regulations of Uganda b. The World Bank Environment and Social Framework 2017 c. UNRA Draft Feasibility Study and Draft Preliminary Engineering Design Report for the Upgrade of Koboko–Yumbe-Moyo Road (105.0Km) September 2019 d. World Bank 2019: Harmonized Grievance Redress Mechanism: Managing Road Construction Grievances e. District Development Plans for Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo Districts 2017/2021; f. Kenya National Highways Authority (November 2019): Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Project Report for Upgrading to Bitumen Standards of Isiolo– Modogashe Road Section 190km (A10/B84). Zamconsult Consulting Engineers, Kenya Nairobi. g. Uganda Bureau of Statistics 2014-2018 Statistical Abstracts Kampala-Uganda h. World Bank 2019: Project Appraisal Document for Development Response to Displacement Impacts Project in the Horn of Africa, March 2019 Washington DC; i. Office of the Prime Minister 2017: ESMF for Development Response to Displacement Impacts Project in the Horn of Africa Uganda Government Kampala. j. UNRA Land Acquisition and Resettlement Management System (LARMS); k. UNRA Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS); and l. UNRA Harmonized Grievance Redress Mechanism
3.1.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEYS
19
3.1.2.1 OVERVIEW A socio-economic survey or household survey using a questionnaire was considered a convenient method for collecting large amounts of data from respondents within the project area. Enumerators underwent a pre-survey training that included understanding the purpose of the household socio- economic survey and the survey tool, as well as an opportunity to provide feedback on the tool. The training also included safety induction for enumerators. Every evening on a survey day, the team held a data quality control session in which all unclear responses in the instrument were discussed by the rest of the team. The collected Household data was used to develop the social economic database.
The structured questionnaire (Appendix X) of the standalone socioeconomic report was used to collect required data from household heads. In each sub county along the alignment, two parishes were purposefully selected for inclusion in the survey and within these two parishes, two villages along the alignment, another two away from the alignment were sampled out again purposively for participation in the survey. A simple random sample of households was then obtained from the four villages in each sub county traversed by the proposed road upgrade. The questionnaire focused on factual details; figures, opinions, views, reservations among other variables associated with baseline conditions. A total of 518 questionnaires were administered for a period of 10 days (12th- 22nd November 2019).
The questionnaires captured information on; information about the project, demographic information, housing conditions, land tenure and ownership, household characteristics and living standards, occupation and livelihood activities, income and expenditure levels, village/community economy, education, culture and local politics, health and healthcare services, water supply and energy use, transport and communication services, gender and vulnerability, gender based violence, conflict and security issues, violence against children and, social network in their settings.
Of key importnatce was the need to include ethical and safety requirements needed when, for example, it is an ethical imperative that when conducting data collection activities that involve interviewing individuals about GBV/sexual violence, during which, at least basic care and support services to which survivors may be referred are was assessed if they were available. Enumerators were also be sensitized on matters of GBV and survivor centred approaches as well as some of the key factors that were put into consideration such as safety of enumerators, confidentiality of survivors in the event there is a disclosure amongst others.
3.1.2.2 SELECTION OF RESPONDENTS In order to avoid bias while collecting primary data, respondents were sampled from within the alignment and beyond the alignment. That is within each Sub-county, two villages from affected parishes and another set of two villages outside the affected parish were selected to ensure that representative baseline socio economic data is generated.t.
3.1.2.3 SAMPLING OF RESPONDENTS Selection of respondents involved two primary methods of sampling; ❖ Purposive sampling
20
With exception of household respondents, all respondents at institutional level and community leadership were purposively sampled following settlement patterns and livelihood activities. The consultant purposively sampled respondents along the proposed alignment and those away that had relevant information that significantly informs the ESIA process. Such stakeholders included Community members (including Project Affected Persons), District administration (Technical and Political team), Local government leaders, Operational NGOs, Community Based Organizations, Government Ministries, Departments and Agencies.
❖ Simple random sampling of Household Heads The UBOS formula for sample size calculation was used to estimate the household sample size for the study to which questionnaires were to be administered. Data was collected from respondents of affected sub-counties and from these sub-counties, a Parish that was located within the project area was chosen. Two villages were then chosen from this parish, one within the alignment and one outside the alignment. Enumerators targeted to collect data from 10 respondents from each of the two villages that were chosen. This method was used to ensure that bias is avoided and have the general understanding of potential PAPs and wider communities pre-project standards of living, livelihood resources, income levels, social services (access to schools, health centers, water electricity among others).
An array of random numbers was used to select a sample from lists of households obtained from Local Council 1 leaders or the Village Health teams (VHTs) of project villages within Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo districts. Participation of local interpreters and local leaders in the sample selection served to streamline transparency and eliminate suspicion of bias in the whole process by the locals. A total of 518 questionnaires was therefore administered for randomly selected households along and outside the alignment.
3.1.2.4 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND DISCLOSURE Environmental and Social Standard 10 (ESS10) recognizes the importance of open and transparent engagement between UNRA and project stakeholders as an essential element of good international Practice. Effective and meaningful stakeholder engagement can improve the environmental and social sustainability of projects, enhance project acceptance, and make a significant contribution to successful project design and implementation. Stakeholder engagement is most effective when initiated at an early stage of the project development process, and is an integral part of early project decisions and the assessment, management and monitoring of the project’s environmental and social risks and impacts. Stakeholder consultations shall continue during and throughout project implementation phase. The process of stakeholder engagement involved the following: (i) stakeholder identification and analysis; (ii) planning the stakeholder engagement method and process; (iii) disclosure of information; (iv) consultation with stakeholders; (v) addressing and responding to concerns and issues; and (vi) reporting to stakeholders (second round of disclosure).
Stakeholder consultations and engagements were conducted throughout the process; that is during the reconnaissance visits, scoping exercise, and detailed ESIA study and will continue throughout the project life. All consultations and engagements carried out were free, prior and informed as stipulated in ESS 10: Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure. To achieve this requirement and as part of this activity a SEP was developed and has guided stakeholder engagements during ESIA development. The SEP will also guide further consultations through
21
project implementation and project development. Various stakeholder consultative and disclosure meetings were held with district administration, Local government leaders, the local communities consisting of their local council representatives (LC Is), project affected persons, operational NGOs, Community Based Organizations, government ministries, departments and agencies, between 22nd to 25th October 2019 (during reconnaissance phase), and 12th–20th November 2019 ( detailed disclosure and assessment phase) and National Consultations were held with the Central Government MDAs and key NGOs and Public in Kampala in a meeting convened at Ministry of Works Training Center in Kyambogo on 16th December 2019.
A checklist was used for conducting the consultative meetings to maintain uniformity on points of discussion and recording the opinions and views of the participants properly.
3.1.2.5 STAKEHOLDER IDENTIFICATION Stakeholder is defined as any individual or group that is potentially affected by the project (directly or indirectly), or who has an interest in or influence on the project and its impacts, either positive or negative. In order to develop an effective approach to engagement, it is necessary to undertake a process of stakeholder identification and analysis. To plan stakeholder involvement, it was essential to begin with a master list of people/groups that could possibly have an interest in the project. The provisional list of stakeholders to be consulted was developed and updated as required throughout the ESIA study, to reflect changing developments and possibility of identifying new stakeholders, in close collaboration with UNRA, District Local Governments of Koboko, Yumbe, Moyo and NEMA. The stakeholder identification and categorization criteria applied was in respect to location, potential impact, interest, power, mandate and influence. Three categories of stakeholders; primary, secondary and tertiary were mapped out2 (Appendix IX) across three levels at the national, regional and community; identified through different methods that include: a. Review of project relevant documents including, design reports and UNRA G.3.2: Guidelines for Stakeholder Consultation and Information; b. Review of the ESS10 of the World Bank ESF; c. Consultations with District; sub-county leadership and technical staff; community leaders and members; d. Consultation with UNRA and other development partners such as UNHCR and government agencies like Office of the Prime Minister.
This exercise resulted in the identification of all the stakeholders that fed into the actual consultative processes in this study. Through gender sensitive public consultation, the ESIA team understood the local conditions. This was critical in guiding social baseline survey that followed and subsequently identification of impact and mitigation measure. Identification of the potential stakeholders aimed at developing an effective stakeholder involvement plan. The process of identifying stakeholders enabled development of a strategy for engagement that was tailored to the needs of different groups.
2 Primary level stakeholders considered to have high influence/power and mandate/interest in respect to the project, project area and potential impacts and project implementation. These require regular engagements and consultations. Secondary level stakeholder considered to have either high interest but low mandate or high mandate but low interest. These will require to be initially consulted and regularly kept informed. Tertiary stakeholders or other interested stakeholders considered to have low mandate/interest and low influence. These will require to be monitored for any concerns and relevant information shared where necessary. 22
The collection of information about GBV was informed by sound understanding and appreciation of the culture and context within which it is to take place, which was possible through involving local women leaders, women and adolescent girls as a key group that was consulted.
3.1.2.6 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND ENGAGEMENT PROCESSES Stakeholder engagement comprised consultations with UNRA station officials of Arua and Moyo, District Local Government officials of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo (technical and political wing), Sub-county, Parish officials and Local Council leaders, OPM officials (Arua), NGOs (UNHCR- Arua) and community members in the project area. Notifications for the meetings at district level were made through the CAO while the lower level meetings were through Sub-county chiefs from 22rd to 25th October 2019.
Meeting with UNRA Station officials-Arua on Meeting with Koboko District Local 22/10/19 Government on 23/10/19
Meeting with Sub-county and Parish chiefs of Meeting with Mida and Abuku local leaders on Yumbe district on 23/10/19 23/10/19
23
Meeting with Yumbe District Local Meeting with Moyo District Local Government Government on 24/10/19 on 25/10/19 Figure 4: District Consultation meetings Further consultations were made during the detailed ESIA studies. A participatory stakeholder engagement process was undertaken to ensure inclusion of the different categories of stakeholders, who comprised district leaders such as Chief Administrative Officers, Town Clerks, Mayors, Councilors, RDCs, LC 5 Chairpersons, and LC Chairpersons among others in respective districts of Koboko, Moyo and Yumbe. Additionally, consultation with local organisations, women groups, NGOs, and relevant multilaterals on on GBV were held.
A workshop with key stakeholders was held in Kampala on 16thDecember 2019 at UNRA offices in Kyambogo and this was meant to discuss the project’s draft design as well as findings got from the social and environmental studies and thereafter get feedback or concerns related to the project. This workshop was attended by UNRA Officials, Members of Parliament, NGOs (OXFAM, Save the Children, and UNHCR), government agencies such as MWE, and MGLSD among others. A list of agencies/ persons who attended the workshop are provided and details on views/issues raised by the stakeholders are also provided in Appendix.
24
Figure 5: Consultative meeting with Moyo Figure 6: Stakeholder Workshop held at District Local government UNRA Kyambogo Offices on 16th December 2019
To disclose the project and obtain views of different stakeholders including the communities, meetings were held between 12th November 2019 to 20th November 2019 with district local government, sub-county and Parish chiefs, Local Council leaders and communities within and along the alignment. Community meetings were held at respective parishes (Tables 8-9). Additionally, radio broadcasts and announcements were made through from 17th November to 19th November 2019 and from 27th November 2019 to 30th November 2019 in Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo to ensure a wide coverage of the potential stakeholders. This was mainly to inform and invite stakeholders for the community sensitization meetings and inform them about the coming of surveyors and valuers so as to allow them carry out the surveys. Advertisements in local print media were published to publicize the project and consultation arrangements. In these meetings, questions from communities were discussed and uncertainties clarified.
Table 8: Meetings with District Technical teams Stakeholder Group Date Location Number Male Femal e Meeting with Moyo DLG 12/11/2019 Moyo District 19 9 10:00am Headquarters Meeting with Yumbe TC officials 15/11/2019 Yumbe Town Council 7 0 10:00am Meeting with Apo Sub-county and 13/11/2019 Apo Sub county 5 2 parish chiefs 10:00am Headquarters Meeting with Kochi Sub-county 13/11/2019 Kochi Sub County 9 5 and parish chiefs 2:00pm Headquarters Meeting with Yumbe DLG 20/11/2019 District Local 9 2 12:00pm Government and Technical Staff
25
Meeting with Koboko DLG 18/11/2019 Koboko District Local 12 13 11:00am Government Headquarters Meeting with CSOs and NGOs 09/12/2019 Board Room of Moyo 2 6 working in Moyo District 2:00pm LC V Chairperson Meeting with CSOs and NGOs 04/12/2019 Koboko District Local 2 5 working in Koboko District 11:00am Government Headquarters Meeting with CSOs and NGOs 05/12/2019 Yumbe Town Hall 4 10 working in Yumbe District 11:00am
Table 9: Community Stakeholder Engagement Stakeholder groups Date and Location Number time Moyo Male Femal e Besia, Lowi Quarters, Metu 14/11/2019, Besia Parish Centre 49 38 Quarters 10:00am Central 1,Central 2, Police village 14/11/2019 Central Parish 13 4 2:00pm Headquarters Celecelea East, Celecelea West, 15/11/2019 Celecelea Parish Centre 20 23 Edua 10:00am Toloro, Adua, Maduga, Vura Opi, 15/11/2019 Toloro Multipurpose 58 39 Onigo 2:00pm Coloa West, Abiriwado, Coloa 15/11/2019, Coloa West Parish 54 36 East 10:00am Centre Eria central, Oyajo 15/11/2019 Eria Trading Centre 76 21 2:00pm Kibira, Marigu East , Marigu 15/11/2019 Ebwea Parish Centre 32 17 West, Lojili, Abiricaku, Ebwea 4:00pm Gwere East, Gwere West, Chinyi, 17/11/2019 Gwere Parish Centre 78 42 Meria 2:00pm Masaloa East, Masaloa West, 17/11/2019 Masaloa Parish Centre 63 27 Ajunde, Cohwe 4:00pm
Yumbe Male Femal e Aliodra-Anyusi, Gborogborochu, 18/11/2019 Aliodra-Anyusi 94 37 Nyewa, Lewa A, Lewa B, Nyam- 10:00am Trading Centre Nyam Pure, Loolo East, Loolo West, 18/11/2019 Kochi Trading Centre 104 40 Nabara, Kogbo, Kegburu 2:00pm Ngakua 18/11/2019 Ngakua Trading Centre 49 30 4:00pm Koro, Lori, Kogbo, Oce 19/11/2019 Lori Trading Centre 55 39
26
Stakeholder groups Date and Location Number time Moyo Male Femal e 2:00pm Lokopio, Alaba, Chamanikua, 19/11/2019 Alaba Trading Centre 96 23 Koka 10:00am Ogujabe, Anafio, Eleke, Kena, 20/11/2019 Kena Parish 113 33 Central 2:00pm Anguwira, Kowonge 20/11/2019 Kowonge Mosque 78 6 10:00am Puja, Omba, Renanga,Ukilichachi, 13/11/2019 Kuru Sub-County 9 2 Mvenga Offices Yiba, Ajikou, Okuranga, Lodonga 14/11/2019 Lodonga Town Council 106 21 Town Council, Basillica, Entebbe, Offices Likidobo, Murukulu, Nyakamure, Mazanga, Panyamur Mijale, Kolua, Black, Ajji, Gbudo, 14/11/2019 Lodonga Black Primary 29 2 Nyakamure, Entebbe School Banana A, Banana B, Aringili, 14/11/2019 Luzira Parish-Banana 25 12 Aringa, Luzira Ward village Timbakua, Oredri cell, Galaba, 14/11/2019 Galaba Parish-Mengo 57 18 Mengo, Gologolo, Aringili, Loki, Trading Centre Basilica, Opko, Pani,Luzira, Elekile Romoro, Mavule, Onganga, Pani, 15/11/2019 Yumele Parish-Meredu 41 10 Dacha, Meredu, Ajujinga, Yumele village Werejenga, Mazanga, Ndacha, 15/11/2019 Lodonga Sub County 55 10 Orinji, Kenyanga, Ayunga, Kerikula, Kaliwara, Kubula, Rodonga, Ilekile, Ainga Podika, Iyidu, Orogbo, Kuro 15/11/2019 Podika village 39 25 Atipili West, Renanga, Mazanga, 16/11/2019 Kuru Subcounty 94 12 Omba,Manduru, Imvega, Migo, Loko, Loloronga, Ambala, Puja, Okilichachi Odugonga, Jabala, Kololo, 17/11/2019 Gojuru Parish-Kololo 84 40 Achiba, Ayigu,Gojuru, Kuru, village Mechu,Loloronga, Opi Yumbe Town Council, Okanga, 18/11/2019 Yumbe Town Council 45 5 Odropi, Senior Quarters, Milia, Offices Africa, Delo Milia, Arebua, Okanga, Africa 16/11/2019 Yumbe Town Council 34 8 Quarter, Delo, KOBOKO Male Femal e
27
Stakeholder groups Date and Location Number time Moyo Male Femal e Aliba, Mandrabe, Mijale, 13/11/2019 Midia Subcounty 61 15 Anyufira, Anyurura, Drunyo,Nyarabu, Midia Gborokolongo, Lurujo, Yamiro, 14/11/2019 Gborokolongo Parish 128 30 Kanga, Mbili, Ibanga, Arumadri, Deku, Cheku, Jomoniji, Padruku, Nyabara, Kololo, Abuku, Loki, Yukulia, Manibe, Boyo, Diobe, Lobijo, 14/11/2019 Metino Parish- Manibe 69 34 Gborokolongo, Deku, Cheku, Village Abuku, Raki, Arumadri, Kanga, Konyuke, Onyokunga, 15/11/2019 Onyokunga Parish- 71 21 Kuno, Komba, Woropanga, Abuku SubCounty Onorunga,
Meeting with communities of Besia, lowi Meeting with communities of Gwere East, quarters & Metu quarters in Moyo TC, Moyo Gwere West, Chinyi and Meria in Gwere district on 14/11/19 Parish, Lefori Sub-County, Moyo district on 16/11/19
28
Meeting with communities of Keguru, Nabara, Meeting with communities of Anguwira and Loolo East and Loolo West in Kochi Parish, Kowonga in Yeta Parish, Apo Sub-County, Kochi Sub-county, Yumbe district on 18/11/19 Yumbe district on 20/11/19
Meeting with communities of Aliodra-Anyusi, Meeting with communities of Gborokolongo, Gborogborochu, Nyewa, Lewa A, Lewa B, Lurujo, Yamiro, Kanga, Mbili, Ibanga, Nyam-Nyam Yumbe district on 18/11/19 Arumadri, Deku, Cheku, Jomoniji, Padruku, Nyabara, Kololo, Abuku, Loki, Yukulia,, Koboko district on 18/11/19 Figure 7: Meetings documentation during ESIA study In addition, the team also held meetings with District Security Committees or security agencies at respective districts of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo. The purpose of the meetings was to discuss potential threats of the Explosive Remains of War (ERW) as well as Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs) in the road corridor at large as well as operational safety measures for the project since the project area once experienced armed conflict and was confronted with the threat posed by landmines and explosive hazards. Proceedings of these meetings are documented under Section 8.6.1 as well as any supportive documentations herein pointing to the safety of the road corridor. These meetings were held at the RDC offices where meetings were comprised of Brigade Commander, Brigade Chief intelligence, DISO among others. Information Disclosure
29
UNRA has and will continue disclose project information to allow stakeholders to understand the risks and impacts of the project, and potential opportunities. During the process of stakeholder consultations, MDAs, NGOs, Private Sector and Host Communities were provided with access to the following information, in order to ensure meaningful consultations on project design: (a) The purpose, nature and scale of the project; (b) The duration of proposed project activities; (c) Potential risks and impacts of the project on local communities, and the proposals for mitigating these, highlighting potential risks and impacts that might disproportionately affect vulnerable and disadvantaged groups and describing the differentiated measures taken to avoid and minimize these; (d) The proposed stakeholder engagement process highlighting the ways in which stakeholders can participate; (e) The time and venue of any proposed public consultation meetings, and the process by which meetings will be notified, summarized, and reported; and (f) The process and means by which grievances can be raised and will be addressed. The information was disclosed in languages of Aringa, Kakwa, Lugbar, and Madi, and in a manner that was accessible and culturally appropriate.
This being a Substantial Risk Project by Classification as per World Bank’s ESF, the ESIA will be subjected to second round of disclosure and stakeholder consultations, especially to report back on proposed mitigation actions and provide feedback on how community/stakeholder concerns have been addressed. The report will be disclosed at the respective Districts Headquarters and Government Ministries and Agencies’ websites for further public comments, between February – May 2020. Any arising comments shall be compiled by UNRA and accordingly incorporated into the ESIA report, and submitted to NEMA for final review and/or approval.
3.1.3 ASSESSMENT OF CULTURAL HERITAGE Multiple methods have been used to document and assess PCRs within the project area to document how people identify with cultural heritage as a reflection and expression of their constantly evolving values, beliefs, knowledge and traditions. The assessment covered both tangible and intangible cultural heritage. Tangible cultural heritage, which includes movable or immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural features and landscapes that have archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance. Intangible cultural heritage, which includes practices, representations, expressions, knowledge, skills—as well as the instruments, objects, artifacts and cultural spaces associated with what communities and groups recognize as part of their cultural heritage, as transmitted from generation to generation and constantly recreated by them in response to their environment, their interaction with nature and their history.
3.1.3.1 DESKTOP SURVEY A review of Cultural Heritage in the project area and other similar developments witin Uganda was carried out focusing on archaeology, history, palaeontology, ethnography and ethno- archaeology of the communities in the project area. Historical texts on the key ethnic groups in the project area (Lugbara, Madi, Kakwa, Aringa, Kuku) and the Luo who are believed to be the historical occupants before the coming of the current habitants were reviewed. Consultations with the museums and monuments database and the Uganda Society library (National Atlas) revealed presence of archaeological sites in the project districts though outside of the project area of influence.
30
3.1.3.2 ETHNOGRAPHIC INQUIRIES AND ETHNO-ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDIES Ethnographic inquiries and ethno- archaeological studies where undertaken within the project area. Interviews were held with local residents deemed knowledgeable on aspects of cultural heritage identified through a snowballing approach with the assistance of local guides. Site visits to undertake examinations were undertaken by the expert team. During site examination, guided discussions where held with local residents identified as knowledgeable on cultural heritage.
3.1.3.3 ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY A combination of systematic and unsystematic inventory surveys was employed to identify, locate and record the distribution of archaeological sites along the alignment. Guided by professional judgement, the team followed selected footpaths; erosion gullies, new cut pits, and none vegetated areas undertaking observational studies along these transects. Sites locations were recorded using GPS coordinates (UTM) and samples of the materials collected for further analysis. Data collection under this method involved; observations, recording, photographing, and documenting all identified surface cultural materials of importance including archaeological remains. A total of 21 archeological sites were assessed, 12 burial grounds, 2 historical monuments and 14 living sites. All these are within or near the ROW of the project road.
3.1.3.4 TEST PIT EXCAVATIONS Test excavations were carried out to supplement other methods for the identification and assessment of archeological resources. Test pit excavations were conducted along the project road after every 10kms at identified sites suspected to hold any materials of archeological value. All archaeological materials recovered were recorded and bagged for further analysis at the Uganda National Museum
3.1.4 BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMENT-FAUNA The team undertook an assessment of fauna along the project alignment within a corridor of 50m from centerline on either side of the road. The corridor was however relaxed at sensitive ecological sites thus surface water course, Central Forest Reserve and Rock outcrops to afford the team a more comprehensive assessment.
3.1.4.1 BUTTERFLIES The Main method used was sweep-netting. Butterflies were sampled using a sweep-net method as used by Kasangaki et al (2012). The method involves randomly moving through the selected sampling site within the project area, sweeping the net back and forth to capture the seen butterfly. On anticipation of a capture, the net is flipped over, with the bag hanging over the rim, trapping the insects. Trapped butterflies were gently removed from the net for identification. Once identified, the individual was released. Individuals whose identity is not known were photographed and placed in collection envelops, with details of the GPS coordinates, time and the photos written on the labels. All trapped butterflies were identified to species level.
To assess the Red List and/or protected status of species recorded or potentially occurring in the study area, two sources were consulted: a. The 2017 Red List of Threatened Species of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN), and
31
b. The National Red List for Uganda published by Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) January 2016.
3.1.4.2 HERPETOFAUNA (AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES) Three main methods were employed to sample the herpetofauna, as described by Heyer et al, 1994; Fellers and Freel, 1995; Halliday, 1996; and Olson, et al, 1997. a. Visual Encounter Surveys (VES): The method constituted moving through a habitat watching out for and recording surface-active herpetofauna species. VES were complimented by visual searches, by examining under logs, leaf litter, in vegetation, and crevices. Species encountered were recorded and where possible photographed. b. Audio Encounter Surveys (AES): This method uses the species-specific calls / sounds / advertising calls made by breeding males. The identity of the amphibian species heard calling and their numbers were recorded. c. Dip netting: Using a dip net, ponds, pools, and streams and other water collection points were dip netted. Adult amphibians and tadpoles encountered were recorded. d. Opportunistic Encounters: Herpetofauna species encountered opportunistically while moving in the project area were recorded. Apart from individuals heard calling, species encountered were handpicked, identified, and where possible photographed and released at the point of capture. Identification followed field guides by Sprawls, S. et al. (2002), and Bill Branch (2005).
The conservation status of the species recorded or potentially occurring in the area were assessed using: a. The 2017 Red List of Threatened Species of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN), and; b. The National Red List for Uganda published by Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) January 2016.
3.1.4.3 BIRDS Timed Species count (TSC) method (Bibby et al 2000) was used at selected sites in the project area. At each of the sites, bird species seen, and their numbers were recorded. Each TSC lasted one hour, during which time all bird species seen or heard were listed in order of detection. Additional records were made of species found present in the area outside the time of the count. Observations were made using a 10 x 40 binocular. Efforts were made to sample the different habitats represented in the project area. Sampling were conducted in the early morning and towards the evening. All Identifications were made to species level. Threat categories and habitat preference was noted in reference to Stevenson and Fanshawe (2002), IUCN Red list and supported by the Uganda Bird checklist (Nature Uganda, 2012). Bird species richness and evenness were analyzed using Shannon Wiener and Simpson indices.
3.1.4.4 MAMMALS The mammals were surveyed using four methods: a. Direct observation/opportunistic encounters: All mammals seen or opportunistically sighted while moving in the project area were identified, counted and recorded; b. ii. Use of footprints and/or dung or calls; Mammal species whose footprints and dung that could be recognized were recorded for their presence.
32
c. iii. Use of Sherman traps; Two trap lines were set-up in each project site, each with ten traps. The traps were left in place for one night before they are moved to a different survey site. This method was used to sample small mammals. d. Local consultations: Residents along the project area /road were consulted about the availability of mammal species in the area.
Mammal identifications were based on Kingdon (1974), Delany (1975) and Kingdon et al. (2013). The mammal surveys were conducted in the different habitat types in the project area. The conservation status of the species recorded or potentially occurring in the area were assessed using: a. The 2017 Red List of Threatened Species of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN), and; b. The National Red List for Uganda published by Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) January 2016.
3.1.4.5 BIODIVERSITY ASSESSMENT-FLORA The proposed project road was used as a transact line to classify the ecological zones and identification of plant species. Sampling points were established at different intervals to cover all the identified ecological zones along the alignment and then nested quadrats were established at sampling points. Opportunistic sampling will also be made in case of any IUCN registered species
Site specific vegetation descriptions and classifications were determined based on species dominance and floral features such as herb, shrub and tree land coverage at each sampling point. At the sampling points, considerations of 25x25m plots for woodlands & forests; 10x10m shrubs, 1x1 herbs/grasses for swampy and marshy vegetation, thickets and bushy vegetation were adopted. Consultations with knowledgeable people, local residents, and literature review was also conducted.
Plant species were assessed against the IUCN red data lists (IUCN 2019) and nationally threatened species for Uganda (WCS, 2016) to determine their conservation significance, and where such species were encountered geo-referenced records were noted. Also of interest was the occurrence of invasive species in or near the project area. Proximity of the study area to other ecologically sensitive features is equally noted, and their geographical coordinates taken. Photographic records of the vegetation types were taken. Species of plants that were not easy to be identified in the field were collected as voucher specimens for subsequent identification at Makerere University Herbarium.
3.1.5 NOISE, AIR QUALITY AND VIBRATION ASSESSMENT Baseline monitoring of noise, air quality and vibration was undertaken at 8 locations along Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road project from 19th November 2019 up to 3rd December 2019. The baseline measurements sites were selected taking into account sensitivity of receptor to noise and air pollution, and vibration impact. The Table below presents the baseline measurements sites for noise, air quality and vibration measurements:
Table 10: Details of noise investigation areas Location & Details (e.g. school, GPS coordinates Date & Run time hospital, residence, etc.)
33
Location 1: Mindrabe Primary 36N 0276431N From: 20/11/2019 School, Midia S/C, Koboko District 0379848E 7:59am To: 20/11/2019 6:59pm Location 2: Gborokolongo Health 36N 0284907N From: 22/11/2019 Center III, Abuku S/C, Koboko 0379268E 8:20AM District To: 22/11/2019 6:48PM Location 3: Kuru Trading Center, 36N 0290430N From: 24/11/2019 Kuru S/C, Yumbe District 0376785E 8:42AM To: 24/11/2019 6:30PM Location 4: Likidobo Village, 36N 0298462N From: 25/11/2109 Lodonga S/C, Yumbe District 0379886E 8:30AM To: 25/11/2019 6:37PM Location 5: Yumbe Health Center 36N 0305224N From: 27/11/2019 Iv, Yume Town Council, Yumbe 0383645E 8:45AM District To: 27/11/2019 6:48PM Location 6: Lokopoi Hills Technical 36N 0313947N From: 29/11/2019 Institute 0390912E 8:20AM To: 29/11/2019 2:00PM Location 7: Eria Catholic Church, 36N 0350777N From: 3/12/2019 Moyo 0401376E 7:30AM To: 3/12/2019 Location 8 36N 0358150N From: 1/12/2019 Moyo Town 0403965E 7:40AM To: 1/12/2019 6:45PM
In case the project would like to undertake night works, separate nighttime baseline measurements shall be undertaken for noise pollution as part of the night works application package to NEMA and MoGLSD.
34
Figure 8: Sampled sites along Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road
35
3.1.5.1 MONITORING OF PARTICULATE MATTER AND GASES Air quality monitoring was undertaken using the Portable Aeroqual S500 Monitor to establish the baseline values for PM2.5, PM10, NO2, SO2, VOCs and CO by simply swapping the particulate matter (PM) sensor head for the gas sensor head of choice. The Aeroqual monitor was placed on a tripod stand 1.2m above the ground, switched on, allowed 3 minutes of zeroing and 7 minutes of stabilizing readings. The monitor was then set to start data logging at a frequency of five (5) minutes for 7-12 hours per site. The data was then downloaded on a PC using Aeroqual S500 V6.5 Software and analyzed. The software generates mass concentration graphs and also provides minimum (min), average (ave) and maximum (max) values for each parameter logged.
Figure 9: Monitoring of Air quality at Likidobo village
3.1.5.2 NOISE MEASUREMENTS Ambient noise measurements were undertaken at different receptors (schools, Hospitals, Trading centres) along the different road sections. A duly calibrated Casella CEL-633B Environmental & Occupational Noise Meter was used for the assessment. The CEL-633B instrument provides SPL, Integrating and Octave band noise measurements compliant with the following international standards: a. IEC 61672-1: 2002-5 (Electro-Acoustics – Sound Level Meters) Group “X” instruments. Performance of Class 1 or 2 as relevant to the instrument model. b. IEC 60651: 1979, IEC 60804: 2000, ANSI S1.4 1983, ANSI S1.43-1997(R2007) c. 1/1 Octave and 1/3 Octave Filters comply with EN61260: 1996, Class 0 and ANSI S1.11 1986, Order-3 Type 0C.
36
The instrument has A, C and Z filter weightings satisfying IEC 61672-1: 2002 Class 1 and time weightings of Fast (F), Slow (S) and Impulse (I) according to IEC 61672-1: 2002. It has a memory capacity of 999 individual runs, or 400 separate runs of 24 hours’ duration with 1-minute periods and 1 second profiles.
The instrument can measure the Equivalent continuous sound pressure levels (Leq) as follows: LAeq, LCeq, LZeq, LAIeq, LC – LA and LAeqT80. It can also measure the Peak sound pressure level i.e. LApk, LCpk and LZpk. In addition to all the broadband results listed above, the instrument can also produce the following results for each of the octave or 1/3-octave bands: LZeq, LZFmax, LZSMax, LZF10, LZF50, LZF90, LZF95, LZF variable LCeq, LCFmax, LCSMax, LCF10, LCF50, LCF90, LCF95, LCF variable LAeq, LAFmax, LASMax, LAF10, LAF50, LAF90, LAF95, LAF variable. a. LAeq – is the constant noise level that would result in the same total sound energy being produced over a given period of time. b. LAFmax – the maximum Sound level with 'A' Frequency weighting and Fast Time weighting c. LAImax – the maximum Sound level with 'A' Frequency weighting and Impulse Time weighting d. LAFmin – the minimum Sound level with 'A' Frequency weighting and Fast Time weighting constant. e. LAlmin – the minimum Sound level with 'A' Frequency weighting and Impulse Time weighting
Set-up and Measurement: The instrument was first calibrated using Acoustic sound level calibrator type CEL-251 for sound level meter at 114.0 dB (A) for every point measured. The equipment was then placed on a tripod stand (1.2 m high) from ground. It was switched on and the run mode set up. The instrument has an initialization screen that displays for approximately 10 seconds and then the measurement screen is displayed and ready for use. The equipment does simultaneously recordings for all noise functions it completes, and it also makes periodic or cumulative data measurements, and stores acquired data on a repeating interval of time. The equipment was left to log noise readings at an interval of 30 minutes and the results were later downloaded to a computer for analysis using the Casella Insight software. The execution of measurements was conducted entirely in the absence of rain and strong wind conditions. In total, 8 acoustic measurements of 6-hour duration each, were undertaken along the Koboko-Yumbe- Moyo road in different sensitive receptors adjacent to the proposed road sections.
37
Figure 10: Set up for noise measurements
3.1.5.3 VIBRATIONS Vibrations were measured using Extech SDL800: Vibration Meter/Datalogger. The SDL800 measures and logs vibration data using a remote vibration sensor with magnetic adapter on 47.2"(1.2m) cable. It offers a wide frequency range of 10Hz to 1kHz with basic accuracy of ± (5% + 2 digits). The machine continuously logs vibrations data using a SD memory card, which allows user to easily transfer collected data to a PC for further analysis as an Excel format. The distance from the point of measuring and the vibration source (road) was measured and recorded. The machine was connected to a 6inch nail using the magnetic adapter and the nail mounted into the ground near the building where vibrations were being measured. The machine was switched on and allowed 1 minute to settle, it was then set to start logging data at a frequency of 5minutes. The peak particle velocity (PPV) was measured in mm/s.
Figure 11: Field measurements for vibrations
3.1.6 WATER QUALITY Baseline water quality measurement is important for continuous monitoring to keep track on the changes if any. In situ measurements were done for pH, electro conductivity (EC), total dissolved solids (TDS), turbidity, dissolved oxygen (DO), and temperature using the Horiba U-53 multi-
38
parameter water quality meter. Water samples were picked from a range of location and tested for different parameters as presented in the Table below for laboratory analysis.
Table 11: Details of sites for water in situ measurements Location & Details GPS Coordinates
Location 1 36N 0279947 Lebijo River, Upstream 0380502 Location 2 36N 0279975 Lebijo River, Downstream 0380453 Location 3 36N 0337293 River Nyawa, upstream 0399087 Location 4 36N 0337288 River Nyawa downstream 0399017 Location 5 36N 0326561 River Kochi upstream 0393622 Location 6 36N 0326567 River Kochi downstream 0393570
Figure 12: In situ water quality measurements using Horiba U-53 Water Quality Meter
3.1.7 FRAMEWORK FOR IMPACT QUANTIFICATION AND VALUATION
39
The following step-by-step economic assessment and valuation exercise was undertaken to impute monetary values for lost ecosystem services due to the road upgrade project: a. Identifying the ecosystem services and environmental resources that will be impacted by the proposed road project. This involved expert observation, field observation and consultations on the different ecosystem/environmental goods and services that will be diminished by the road works and associated infrastructure developments. This generated information on the range of environmental goods and services that will be impacted by the project. In order not to miss out on any resource categorisation, the concept of “total economic value,” which classifies economic values according to use and non-use values, provided a useful framework; b. Resource values were estimated from the perspective of net benefit streams, using farm gate or forest gate prices. Present values were calculated by compounding the average annual benefits stream using the Government of Uganda’s social opportunity cost of capital of 12 percent. Thus: t =n B P V B = t t t =1 (1+ i) Where: n = number of years being considered; t = each individual year; and i = the discount rate expressed as a decimal fraction
A total present value was computed for the various ecosystem services that will be foregone as a result of the road project to generate a Total Present Value. The Total Present Value is the sum of the net present values of all the ecosystem goods and services i.e.
m TPV = NPV s s=1
Where: TPV = Total Present Value; NPV= Net Present Value; and s(1-m) = all ecosystem services from 1 to m
Note: Simple calculus shows that TPV is equivalent to the quotient of the NPV divided by the discount rate (i)
TPV = NPV i The approach was a good measure of the overall opportunity cost implications of the project affected area. a. The lost wood resources in the impact area were computed as a one-off capital stock, with no future benefit flows/streams to simplify the analysis. b. In calculating the streams of benefits arising from timber, poles and firewood, market prices were used since the market for these resources is well developed and functional. c. Non-timber forest products including tamarind, shea nut butter, various fruits that are harvested from the impact area were separately valued using market analysis.
40
d. Carbon sequestration including carbon stored in growing stock, carbon sequestered annually as a result of growth and that in the ground was estimated and valued using the best available data in the country. e. Biodiversity values was estimated using secondary data from research in similar areas.
3.1.7.1 PHYSICAL AND MONETARY IMPLICATIONS OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCE IMPACTS OF THE PROJECT The EIA team undertook a rapid but detailed assessment of the quantity and condition of the land, standing forest/trees, wetlands, water resources, non-timber forest products (NTFPs), built infrastructure and economic activities associated with the project impact area. The physical assessment of stock provided the basis for the monetary valuation, subsequent cost-benefit, opportunity analysis and decision criteria. The results of the rapid assessment for the 105kms stretch comprising of the planned carriageway and right of way (RoW) were then integrated into the ESIA’s scenarios and options analysis to determine the best way forward for the proposed project.
3.1.7.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION AND ANALYSIS Preliminary impacts were identified based on a checklist and Professional judgment. These formed the basis for detailed field observation, structured interviews, consultative meetings and professional judgment anchored on reference to existing literature and earlier studies undertaken.
3.1.7.3 DETERMINING IMPACT SIGNIFICANCE A significant impact is one that either in isolation or in combination with others, should be taken into account in the decision-making process. A scale that combines different parameters was designed to enable determination of impact significance. Impact parameters considered for the scale included the following descriptors: a. Duration: This evaluates the period of contact between the impact and the receptors both biophysical and socio-economic. The impact could be short term, medium term or long term and permanent. Also, the impacts could be intermittent or continuous. b. Extent: This evaluates the area of occurrence and influence of the impact on receptor environments. Impacts could occur on-site where project activities are taking place, within a limited area thus a radius of 100-200m, local jurisdiction of 5km radius and regional implying the spatial coverage of the districts that comprise the project area. c. Magnitude: Impact magnitude is used to refer to the quantifiable effects of impacts. These are measured where possible against the appropriate standards for a given environmental component. Standards include operation guidelines, different environmental standards and schemes drawn based on expert judgment by experienced professionals. Magnitude will be expressed in terms of severity thus major, moderate or low. d. Irreversibility: Impacts could be reversible or irreversible. Reversible impacts are those for which solutions are available using current knowledge and technology. The changes on the biophysical and socio-economic receptors are not permanent. There is technology available to undo the changes. Irreversible impacts are those for which there is no technology available to restore receptors to their pre-impact state. They are permanent changes in the parameters and functioning of the receptor environment. e. Significance: This constitutes the overall impact rating taking into account all the other impact parameters. It is expressed in terms of severe, moderate, minor and negligible.
41
The Matrix below presents the criteria for scaling the significance of impacts of the proposed road project.
Table 12: Criteria for determining impact significance Impact scale Descriptors Major a. Irreversible, widespread, covering local, regional and global indirect influence area. b. Will lead to high mortality of important endangered species on site and off site. c. Exceeds limits set by environmental standards both national and international. d. Major contribution to known global environmental problem with tangible effects. e. Causing widespread nuisance both onsite and offsite. f. Leading to the release of hazardous wastes which lethal effects in the environment. g. Permanent loss of livelihoods for entire community. h. Leaves permanent and irreparable scars on the landscape. Moderate a. Noticeable effects on the environment which are reversible over the long term b. Localized degradation of resources restricting potential for further usage c. Limited effects on locally or globally endangered species with no long-term effects on their reproduction and migratory behaviors. d. Increased pollution of water bodies in the short term but drops with time e. Noise and air pollution above maximum levels accepted in the environment. f. Disruption of livelihoods in the short term but no long-term effects. g. Leads to a repairable scar on the landscape but reparable over time Minor a. Noticeable effect on the environment but returning naturally to original state in the medium term. b. Minimum degradation of resources but does not constrain future use c. Disruption of the behavior of threatened/endangered species but returns to normal in the short term. d. Release of periodic particulate matter that is circulated in the short term e. Intermittent noise nuisance f. Changes in water and air quality levels not above maximum acceptable limits. Negligible a. No noticeable or limited local effect on the biophysical environment that rapidly returns to its original state. b. Unlikely to lead to any changes in ambient air and water quality. c. Unlikely to affect resources in any noticeable way. d. No anticipated effect on livelihoods e. Will not change the landscape in any way.
42
4 POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK This section presents a brief summary of key policies, laws, regulations and guidelines relevant to the environmental management of the project. It also identifies agencies, departments and institutions responsible for the monitoring and enforcement of legal requirements specified therein.
4.1 NATIONAL POLICY AND LEGAL FRAMEWORK The following is a summary of key policy, legal and regulatory requirements governing the proposed project.
43
Table 13: Summary of Policies and Legislations Applicable to the Road Project No. Policy Brief description and its key provisions Relevance in the Project 01. The National The overall policy goal is sustainable development, which Developer has undertaken an ESIA for Environment maintains and promotes environmental quality and resource the proposed project, for which this Management productivity for socio-economic transformation. One of the key ESIS has been prepared. Policy, 1994 principles guiding policy development and implementation include the need to conduct and ESIA for projects that are likely to have potential impacts on the environment. 02. Uganda Vision According to Vision 2040, for Uganda to shift from a peasantry This project will provide a modern road 2040 to an industrialized and largely urban society, it must be thus improved transport system within propelled by improved transport system. To achieve the targets the districts of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo of this Vision, Uganda will focus on the main drivers of growth and triggering development. such as developed national road network. 03. The National The goal of the National Equal Opportunities policy is to Discrimination and stigmatization, Equal provide avenues where individuals and groups’ potentials are which acts as a barrier for marginalized Opportunities put to maximum use by availing equal opportunities and groups to accessing support will be Policy 2006 affirmative action. eliminated during road construction The policy objectives amongst others are to; works. This entails equitable access to a. Guide the planning processes, affirmative action, and services by workers employed at the implementation of programmes and allocation of resources project. to all stakeholders. b. Guide the establishment of legal, policy and institutional frameworks of all stakeholders. c. Provide a framework for assessing responsiveness of programmes and activities to equal opportunities, in redressing any imbalances therein. d. Empower marginalized and vulnerable groups for their full participation in all development processes. e. Enhance capacity of implementing agencies to provide quality services with a view to monitoring compliance with affirmative action and the constitutional provisions. 04. The National This policy establishes the environmental health priorities of the Environmental health encompasses a Environment Government of Uganda and provides a framework for the wide range of subjects but in the
44
Health Policy development of services and programmes at national and local Ugandan context is concerned 2010 government levels. It has been developed in support of the primarily with: water supply, sanitation National Health Policy and primarily concerns the role of the and hygiene promotion; solid, liquid, Ministry of Health. However, environmental health is a cross- hazardous and health care waste cutting discipline and the policy therefore has implications for management; air pollution control; food other departments and agencies. safety and hygiene; the control of insect vectors and vermin; occupational. 05. The National The overall goal of this policy is to maintain an optimum Upgrade of the road has to take this Policy on diversity of uses and users and consideration of other policy into consideration since some Conservation and stakeholders when using wetland resources. The objectives of sections of the road goes through Management of this policy include; establishing the principles by which wetland wetlands, which therefore calls for Wetland resources can be optimally used now and in future; to end proper impact assessment and ensuring resources 1995 practices, which reduce wetland productivity; maintaining the that the road construction works are biological diversity of natural or semi natural wetlands; mitigated to avoid adverse impacts on maintaining wetlands functions and values; and integrating the wetland ecosystem. Efforts will be wetlands concerns into the planning and decision making of accorded towards ensuring other sectors. This policy outlines guidelines for wetland protection/conservation of wetlands resource developers. traversed by proposed project roads. 06. The National The objective of the policy is to provide guidance on The contractor will ensure routine Water Policy, development and management of the water resources of Uganda monitoring of all surface water sources 1999 in an integrated and sustainable manner, so as to secure and to prevent their contamination in line provide water of adequate quantity and quality for all social and with this policy. economic needs, with full participation of all stakeholders and mindful of the needs of future generations. 07. National Policy The policy emphasizes early intervention to prevent re- The contractor in liaison with district on Elimination of victimization of and long-term effects for girls, including officials (especially District Gender Based interpersonal violence, sexual coercion, alcohol and drug abuse Community Officer-DCDO) will violence, 2016 and mental health problems; Reporting cases of violence against undertake initiatives to do away with children immediately. Gender Based Violence-GBV cases relating to project implementation activities.
45
08. The Uganda The land policy addresses the contemporary land issues and Land acquisition and issues relating to National Land conflicts facing the Country. The vision of the policy is: compensation will be addressed as Policy, 2013 “Sustainable and optimal use of land and land-based resources guided by this policy. for transformation of Ugandan society and the economy” while the goal of the policy is: “to ensure efficient, equitable and sustainable utilization and management of Uganda’s land and land-based resources for poverty reduction, wealth creation and overall socio-economic development”. 09. National Policy on The policy obliges developing entities to mainstream The contractor will undertake HIV/AIDS and the HIV/AIDS interventions to their planned development HIV/AIDS sensitization and prevention world of work, interventions. measures throughout the project 2007 activities in line with the requirements of this policy. 10. Uganda Gender The Uganda Gender Policy mandates the Ministry of Gender, The developer is an employer, which Policy 2007 Labor and Social Development and other line Ministries to provide equal opportunity to work; mainstream gender in all sectors. therefore, women will be employed as far as applicable during the project lifecycle. 11. The National Section 3.4 of the policy talks about Impact mitigation at The HIV prevalence was at 6.7% HIV/AIDS Policy, individual to community level. The policy aims at providing (2015) compared to the regional 2004 psychosocial and economic support to all those infected and prevalence of 8.2% (UAIS 2011) and directly affected by HIV & AIDS. the national prevalence of 7.3% (UAIS 2011). With the District HIV The epidemic has severe short- and long-term effects on various prevalence estimated to be 6.7% the population categories on development efforts at household, population of 38,452 persons is community, sector and national levels. The impact on the labour expected to be living with HIV/AIDS. force in the various sectors in communities and households The project will mainstream HIV/AIDS affects productivity, household income and savings. Objective interventions in its plans and activities. of this section in the policy is to minimize the socio-economic consequences of HIV & AIDS on the population and promote involvement of the infected and affected in the development efforts. Subsection I under Policy Strategies it specifically requires workplace policies in both public and non-public
46
formal and informal sectors to be appropriately reviewed to cater for HIV&AIDS prevention & care issues in the workplace.
12. Uganda Road a. MoWT Guidelines for mainstreaming crosscutting The policies categorize various road Sector Policy issues, 2008. Ministry of Works & Transport (MoWT) projects and levels of EIA to be Statements, has in place guidelines for mainstreaming concerns and undertaken depending on scale of the Guidelines interventions for crosscutting issues into its activities, road project. Under the project plans and programmes. The sub-sector crosscutting categorization of the Sub- Sector EIA issues include: Gender, Occupational Health and Safety, Guidelines, the planned upgrading road People with Disabilities and the Elderly concerns and project falls under Category IV HIV/AIDS. entailing projects that require full and b. The guidelines provide guidance on strategies, methods mandatory EIA to be conducted before and responsibilities for mainstreaming crosscutting they are implemented. issues in road infrastructure projects. c. MoWT General Specifications for Road and Bridge Works, 2005 d. MoWT developed general specifications for Road and bridge works, which detail how contractors undertaking road and bridge works ought to address, amongst others, cross-cutting issues (gender, environment HIV/AIDS and OSH). The guidelines give practical mitigation measures to be integrated into road designs and implemented during construction and operation. The project will ensure that the guidance is planned for and implemented. e. EIA Guidelines for Road Sub-Sector, 2008: EIA Guidelines for the road sector were finalized by MoWT in 2008 and outline sector-specific socio-environmental assessment requirements for road project.
47
13. Transport Sector The Transport Sector Policy aims at providing strategic support Upgrading the proposed road will Policy and linkage to the Government declared Poverty Eradication improve the transport and Action Plan (PEAP) under Pillar II that seeks to enhance communication in the area hence, easy production. One of the policy implications of PEAP is to remove access to goods and services. constraints from agricultural sector where the poorest are self- employed. One of the ways of removing constraints is improving transport. Furthermore, to give transport modal linkage, the sub-sector has four supplementary policies of which one is on environment which provides that, the government will ensure an optimum and sustainable road network and bridge stock that balances traffic needs against safety and environmental demands. 14. UNRA’s UNRA Resettlement/Land Acquisition Framework provides This is very applicable for the proposed Resettlement/Land that: Compensation should be aimed at minimizing social project as a number of community Acquisition and disruption and assist those who have lost assets as a result of a infrastructures including trading Resettlement road project to maintain their livelihoods. In accordance with centers, boreholes and electricity poles Framework Ugandan laws and standards, a disturbance allowance is to be are within the road reserve and likely to provided to assist the project affected individual or family to be affected during the alignment of the cover costs of moving and locating to a new holding. roads to avoid sharp corners. Community infrastructure must be replaced and ideally be improved in situations where it was deficient. This includes installation of sanitary facilities, electricity generation systems, road links and provision of water. 15. Uganda Forestry The goal of the Forestry Policy is an integrated forest sector that The strategies in the policy statements Policy 2001 achieves sustainable increases in the economic, social and No. 7 and No. 8 are directly relevant to environmental benefits from forests and trees by all the people the road project in that, three CFRs are of Uganda, especially the poor and vulnerable. It attempts to traversed by the road. limit the current trend in the decline of the forest estate. 16. The National The Policy seeks to assure older The Policy promotes and contributes to the attainment of the Policy for Older persons that their concerns are national development goals. This policy informs other policies, Persons 2009 concerns and they will not live programmes and sectoral plans. It will provide a framework unprotected, ignored or marginalized. for: The goal of the Policy is the wellbeing
48
❖ Enhancing the recognition of the roles, contributions and of older persons. It aims to strengthen potentials of older persons in the development process; their legitimate place in society and ❖ Strengthening the informal and formal community-based help older persons to live the last phase support systems and actions for older persons dignity; of their life with purpose, dignity and ❖ Promoting actions that encourage older persons to pass peace. The contractor will carry out the knowledge to the younger generation; road construction works with caution in ❖ Guiding, coordinating and harmonizing interventions for residential areas especially with the older persons by stakeholders; and noise levels and air quality which have Promoting research on issues of older persons. the main effect on the elderly. 17. National Policy on The National Policy on Disability in Uganda aims at promoting With limited skills characteristic of Disability 2006 equal opportunities for enhanced empowerment, participation most PWDs, accessing employment is a and protection of rights of PWDs irrespective of gender, age and major challenge. Most potential type of disability. This is in recognition that PWDs can perform employers do not give chance to PWDs to their full potential given the same conditions and to compete for employment even where opportunities irrespective of their social, economic and cultural they have the necessary qualifications backgrounds. The Policy is to guide and inform the planning and experience. During recruitment of process, resource allocation, implementation, monitoring and workers to be employed in the road evaluation of activities with respect to PWDs concerns at all construction, there are PWDs who will levels. apply for some jobs, the contactor should at least give chance to some PWDs who can compete for those jobs. 18. The National The Policy focuses on full development and realization of rights Families living with orphans and other Orphans and other of orphans and other vulnerable children. Specifically to ensure vulnerable children often lack resources Vulnerable that the legal, policy, and institutional framework for child to cater for their needs. Therefore, Children’s Policy protection is developed and strengthened at all levels and that, interventions like the contractor 2004 orphans, vulnerable children and their families access basic carrying out Corporate Social essential services package as well as ensuring that, resources for Responsibility (CSR) such as providing interventions that benefit orphans and other vulnerable children scholastic materials, food and are mobilized and efficiently utilized. education to needy children in the area will enhance coping mechanisms of the affected households and communities will be promoted. 19. The Uganda It provides strategies to enhance the integration of culture into Cultural leaders and local leaders need
49
National Culture development. These strategies include; advocating for culture, to be involved and consulted during the Policy 2006 ensuring capacity building, ensuring research and EIA process for the road so that they documentation, promoting collaboration with stakeholders and can help identify the cultural treasures mobilizing resources for culture. These strategies are an integral for the people in the area and taken into part of the Social Development Sector Strategic Investment Plan consideration in the upgrading of the (SDIP) whose mission is to create an enabling environment for roads process. social protection and social transformation of communities. 20. The National The Policy focuses on full development and realization of rights Families living with orphans and other Orphans and other of orphans and other vulnerable children. The policy objectives vulnerable children often lack resources Vulnerable amongst others provides for: to cater for their needs. Therefore, Children’s Policy i. Access to basic and essential services for vulnerable interventions like the contractor 2004 children and their families; carrying out Corporate Social ii. interventions that benefit orphans and other vulnerable Responsibility (CSR) through children are mobilized and efficiently utilized; and, provision of scholastic materials, food iii. capacity enhancement of duty-bearers for orphans and and education to needy children in the other vulnerable children in the provision of essential area will enhance coping mechanisms services. of the affected households and communities will be promoted. 21. National Policy The policy emphasizes early intervention to prevent re- The contractor in liaison with district on Elimination of victimization of and long-term effects for girls, including officials (especially District Gender Based interpersonal violence, sexual coercion, alcohol and drug abuse Community Officer-DCDO) will violence, 2016 and mental health problems; Reporting cases of violence against undertake initiatives to do away with children immediately. Gender Based Violence-GBV cases relating to project implementation activities. Legislations 01. The Constitution The Constitution requires that the project to be implemented The road works are to be undertaken of the Republic of without endangering human health and the environment. while ensuring safe and healthy Uganda, 1995 environment is maintained. 02. The National The Fourth and Fifth Schedules of the Act lists projects to be Road upgrading falls under Schedule 5 Environment Act considered for ESIA. Schedule 4 listed projects requires Project for projects which require mandatory 2019 Briefs (ESMPs) to be prepared whereas Schedule 5 lists projects ESIAs before implementation, as such, for Mandatory detailed ESIA including Scoping. Specifically, the need to conduct this study.
50
this project falls under Schedule 5, No.1 (a) (i) Enlargement or upgrade of existing public roads, for which Mandatory ESIA is required. 03. Explosives Act, This Act regulates the use and the management of explosives for For stone quarrying where explosives Cap 298 civil purposes. Under this Act, explosives are to be kept at a site will be used, provisions of this Act will approved by the Ministry of Internal Affairs (MoIA) and can be relevant to this project. only be transported to the blast site under Police escort. Charging of explosives and blasting are carried out under Police supervision. 04. The Land This Act provides for acquisition of land after its valuation and The key consideration regarding this Acquisition Act, along approved procedures which ensure adequate, fair and Act in the project is to ensure 1965 timely compensation to the landowners. The Act requires that landowners affected by the project are adequate, fair and prompt compensation is paid before taking adequately and timely compensated. possession of land and property. Dispute arising from the compensation to be paid should be referred to the court for decision if the Land Tribunal cannot handle. 05. The National Every landowner or occupier shall while utilizing land in a None of the project roads in the district Environment mountainous and hilly area shall amongst others, observe all traverses a major hill. In areas where (Mountainous and necessary measures for sustainable management of such the roads go through an elevated Hilly Areas ecosystems as prescribed by these Regulations. landscape, appropriate measures will be Management) implemented to curb soil erosion Regulations, 2000. incidences. 06. The Physical It is an Act to consolidate the provisions for the orderly and This is a relevant Act that will be Planning Act 2010 progressive development of land, towns and other areas, applied in the road beautification whether urban or rural. In respect of every area declared to be a programmes for the different rural areas planning area under section 5, there shall be a planning along this road such as Lefori, Kuru, committee or planning committees. This planning committee Lodonga and Apoo among others. shall be the municipal council or shall consist of such persons as the board, after consultation with any local authority concerned, shall appoint for town areas and rural areas respectively. 07. The Access roads The Access to Roads Act seeks to ensure that a private This Act is applicable because the Act Cap 350 landowner who has no reasonable means of access to public upgrade construction process will affect
51
highway may apply for leave to construct a road of access to a access roads to various homes and public highway. The law establishes a mechanism for applying therefore need for some roads to be for such a road. modified.
08. The Uganda In order to support sustainable utilization of wildlife for the There is no wildlife of conservation Wildlife Act, Cap benefit of the people of Uganda, the purpose of the Act among concerns in areas of proposed road 200, 2000 others is to provide for the conservation of wildlife throughout project. However, measures will be Uganda so that the abundance and diversity of their species are undertaken to ensure protection of any maintained at optimum levels commensurate with other forms wildlife resources encountered during of land use. works. 09. The Historical The Act provides for the preservation and protection of Some cultural sites or objects of Monuments Act, historical monuments and objects of archaeological, significance to indigenous communities 1968 paleontological, ethnographical and traditional interest and for might be unearthed/encountered during other matters connected therewith. construction. 10. The Public Health Under this Act, the Minister may cause to be made such For the construction of workers camps, Act, Cap 281 inquiries as he or she may see fit in relation to any matters the provisions of this Act will be concerning the public health in any place. When such a directive relevant for inspection and any other is made, the person directed to make the inquiry shall have free machinery and workers work access to all books, plans, maps, documents and other things conditions. construction activities will relevant to the inquiry and shall have in relation to witnesses and take all possible mitigations to make their examination and the production of documents similar sure that, all impacts to human and powers to those conferred upon commissioners by the environment are avoided or where not Commissions of Inquiry Act, and may enter and inspect any possible or in case of accident, there building, premises or place, for the purpose of inquiry. will be compensation. 11. The Water Act The Act provides for the use, protection and management of Any disposal of waste shall need to be Cap, 152 1997 water resources and supply in Uganda. The Water Resources in line with the waste discharge Regulations of 1998 established under this Act stipulates a regulations; proper management of requirement to apply for a permit to construct, own, occupy or fuel/oil spills is essential for control any works on or adjacent the land as per Regulation 10. minimizing chances of water contamination. 12. Traffic and Road Section 119 of the Traffic and Road Safety Act stipulates that The contractor is to ensure that all Safety Act, every person who uses, parks or stands a motor vehicle, trailer project vehicles are navigated in due Cap.361 or engineering plant on any road carelessly or without order as relates to this Act.
52
reasonable consideration for other persons using the road commits an offence. 13. The Occupational The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 2006 makes When implementing the project, the Safety and Health provisions for the health, safety, welfare and appropriate employers must provide for the Act, 2006 training of persons employed in workplaces. protection of workers from accidents and adverse weather by provision of full PPE, and provision of a clean and healthy work environment, sanitary conveniences, washing facilities, First Aid and facilities for meals. 14. The Land Act, Cap The Land Act, Cap 227 of 1998 provides for the tenure, The project involves land acquisition 227, of 1998 ownership and management of land. Under Section 44 the and compensation. Due procedure will Government or the local government shall hold land in trust for be followed in line with this act to the people and protect natural lakes, ground water, natural ensure land acquisition processes are streams, wetlands and any other land reserved for ecological thorough. purposes for the common good of Ugandans. 15. The Employment This Act provides for matters governing individual employment This Act is relevant in that, it addresses Act, 2006 relationships in terms of circumstances of provision of labor. It matters of engagement of workers and is quite explicit on matters of forced labor that, no one should their rights while at work. be forced to work, there should be no discrimination with regard to recruitment process, and it prohibits sexual harassment in employment. It also Act provides for matters of grievance settlement and issues of payment of wages and salaries. 16. Mining Act, The Act limits human settlement to a radius of not less than This Act will be applicable on matters 9/2003 500m from a quarry site. Mining, including quarrying and of standalone ESIAs to be conducted opencast extraction of stone aggregates sand and gravel are for the quarry sites and borrow sites listed in section 6 of this schedule and require compliance with selected by the contractor. the EIA process. 17. The Employment The Employment Act 2006 is the governing legal statutory Persons shall be employed in the Act, 2006 instrument for the recruitment, contracting, deployment, project need to be issued with contracts remuneration, management, sexual harassment and and their welfare taken care by compensation of workers. employer. 18. The Historical and This Act provides for the preservation and protection of Since the road already exists, this Act is
53
Monuments Act, historical monuments and objects of archaeological, more relevantly to "chance finds" that 1967 paleontological, ethnographical and traditional interest. It also could be made during earthworks at gives a mandate to the Department of Museums and Monuments borrow sites and along the roadsides. to collect document and preserve cultural relics that have values to the community, the nation and the international community. Chance find objects that may be found during the road works will, therefore, be reported to the Department of Museums and Monuments for necessary action. 19. The Workers’ The Act outlines matters of compensation for injuries and The road project is expected to employ Compensation accidents as well as the responsibility of employees to take many people. The Act seeks to Act, Cap. 225 care of their health and safety while on the project. safeguard the workers and ensure that they receive compensation in case of injury in the from project operation. 20. The Road Act, The Act prohibits erection of any building or planting of any The Road Act provides guidance on the Cap 358 tree or permanent crops within the road reserve except with a road works. The proposed project will written permission of the Road Authority. Any person who be undertaken in line with the commits this offence will have the Road Authority write a notice provisions of this Act. Road reserve is to him requiring him to pull down buildings, cut down /uproot to be demarcated based on the Road trees or crops, alter road entrance or close the means of access Design Manual for Class II roads. (section 6). 21. The Prohibition of Section (2) of this Act prohibits the burning of grass by any During road construction, the Burning of Grass person in all areas of Uganda. contractor must not engage in biomass Act, 1974 disposal through burning unless otherwise expressly authorized by RE, NEMA, UNRA or DEOs. 22. The National Section 38 of this Act requires that a person intending to Some project roads have forested Forestry and Tree undertake a project or activity, which may impact a forest, sections, hence, need for detailed Planting Act, 2003 should undertake ESIA studies to evaluate the magnitude and assessment of impacts across such extent of forest destruction and the mitigation measures for sections. salvaging the forest. 23. Children Act Cap The Act defines a child as a person below the age of 18. It lists Child labor is to be prohibited on the 59 the right for children to be with their parents, circumstances toad project roads i.e. no employment under which they should not, foster care and adoption
54
procedures as well as mandates of local authorities and roles of of children below 18 years of road community. works or associated activities. 24. Domestic The Act provides for the protection and relief of victims of This act gives guidance to workers on Violence Act 2010 domestic violence; provides for the punishment of perpetrators how to handle cases of domestic of domestic violence and also spells procedures and guidelines violence. to be followed by the court in relation to the protection and compensation of victims of domestic violence as well as matters relating to cases of domestic violence in general. 25. The Uganda This Act makes provision for acquisition of citizenship of All Ugandans to work on the road Citizenship and Uganda pursuant to the Constitution and largely has provisions upgrade projects will be required to Immigration and guidelines for acquiring work permits by the imported labor have national identity cards and non- Control Act. Cap during project workers. Ugandans will be required to have work 66 permits to legally work on the road projects.
26. Traffic and Road The Act provides for administration, registration and licensing This Act gives guidance to management Safety Act Cap of motor vehicles, driving permits, licenses for public service, of safety during construction and 361, 1998 private omnibus and goods vehicles, use of motor vehicles, operation of the roads. The relevant control of traffic, enforcement, and information on the national licenses shall be obtained for the roads and safety council. contractor vehicles that will be used on the road.
27. The Public This Act makes provision for public holidays. In this Act, unless The contractor shall pay to each of Holiday Act the context otherwise requires, “public holiday” means a public his/her employees in respect of every holiday specified by this Act. public holidays the full remuneration which would have been payable to the employee for a full day’s work if that day had not been a public holiday. 28. The Survey Act, . Section 23 of the Act also points out compensation for injury Survey of land for this project will be 1964 done by clearance during the act of survey. For the purpose of carried out and will be guided by the the topographic survey of the road this act will be relevant in Act and conducted by a registered this project. With regard to compensation the Act stipulates as survey authorized by the commissioner follows: “Where any demand for compensation is made as a for surveys.
55
result of the clearance of any boundary or other line , a Government surveyor shall, as soon as conveniently may be, inspect any trees, fences, or standing crops which are alleged to have been cut down or damaged, and , if he or she shall consider that any compensation should be paid, shall pay or tender to the owner of the trees, fences or standing crops the amount of compensation which in his or her opinion should be allowed for them”. Regulations and Standards 08. Employment The Employment Sexual Harassment Regulations states that an The contractor will put in place (Sexual employer with more than twenty-five employees shall adopt a measures to address sexual harassment Harrasment) written policy against sexual harassment which includes a notice during execution of the project and such Regulations 2012 to employees that sexual harassment is unlawful, a statement of measures shall include, creating a consequences for employees who are found to have committed sexual harassment committee in which sexual harassment, and education and training programs on the committee receives and registers sexual harassment for all employees on a regular basis. complaints of sexual harassment. 30. The The National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) These Regulations serve to guide the Environmental issued Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, S.I. No. ESIA process and this study was Impact 13/1998) for conduct of EIAs, which are now part of the undertaken in line with the provisions Assessment Environmental Legislation of Uganda. The actual of the Regulations. Regulations, 1998 implementation of the EIA process remains a function of the relevant line ministries and departments, the private sector, NGOs and the general 31. Water Resources The Regulations apply to motorized water abstraction from The Contractor will be required to abide Regulations, 1998 boreholes or surface watercourses or diverting, impounding or by provisions of this law in regard to using more than 400m3 of water within a period of 24 hours. abstraction of water to be used for road Part II, Regulation 3 requires a water permit for operation of construction and at the road camps. motorized water pump from a borehole or waterway. 32. The National These Regulations guides on the development procedures to be The road project traverses a number of Environment followed where developments are to be undertaken in wetlands as such, the construction of (Wetlands, wetlands, riverbanks and lakeshores. the road is likely to affect them. Riverbanks and Lakeshores
56
Management) Regulations 2000. 33. Draft National Air Considering that construction equipment and machinery are These standards will be important at Quality Standards, powered by diesel/ gasoline engines, pollutants such as CO2, worksites, quarries, equipment yards 2006 NOx, SOx, VOC and particulates are expected to be emitted. and workers' camps to ensure minimal The draft National air quality standards provide the following impact on local air quality regulatory limits for these emissions. 34. The National These Regulations apply to all categories of hazardous and non- Waste is to be generated during Environment hazardous waste, storage and disposal of hazardous waste and construction from construction works (Waste their movement into and out of Uganda and to all waste disposal and from facilities set up or used by Management) facilities, landfills, and sanitary fills and to incinerators. The contractors. The Regulations directly Regulations, 1999 Regulations further describe issues such as sorting and disposal apply to disposal of waste generated of domestic waste, cleaner production methods, application for during road construction; licenses for transportation and storage of waste, packaging of waste and powers of environmental inspector among others. Road construction is expected to generate waste of different types and therefore making the regulation relevant to this project. 35. National These regulations provide standards for effluent discharge. The project shall not directly result into Environment Section 6 (2) detail maximum permissible limits for 54 effluent discharge however; this could (Standards for regulated contaminants, which must not be exceeded before happen during the construction period. Discharge of effluent is discharged into water or on land. Effluent into Water or on Land) Regulations, 1999 36. The National Part III Sec. (1) requires machinery operators to use the best Noise generation is inevitable during Environment practicable means to ensure that the emission of noise does not road construction, these standards shall (Noise Standards exceed the permissible levels. apply for purposes of keeping noise and Control) levels to limits bearable. Regulations, 2003 National According WHO, Secondhand smoke (SHS) is a human Requirements of these regulations Environment carcinogen for which there is no "safe" exposure level 1. To should be fulfilled to avoid exposure of (Control of avoid public health risk from SHS, Uganda enacted this workers to tobacco SHS and attendant
57
Smoking in Public Regulations to regulate smoking in public places. Under this health risks. Places) law, a public place is defined as, "any place to which members Regulations, 2004 of the general public or segments of the general public ordinarily have access by express or implied invitation and includes any indoor part of a place specified in this schedule". These places include, office buildings, workplaces, eating areas, toilets and public service vehicles. The regulations task owners of such places to designate "NO SMOKING" and "SMOKING AREAS" in premises. In the road project, these regulations will apply to areas communally used by construction workers such as site offices, eating areas in camps and workers transport vehicles. 37. The National Section 14 of this Regulation provides for the preparation of an These regulations provide that the Environment Audit 12months after start of works hence, this project will owner /operator of facility whose (Audit) commission an Audit after 12 months of its start. activities are likely to have a significant Regulations 2006 impact on the environment shall establish an environment management system. The road construction project should hence develop an EMS, as a contractual obligation.
58
4.2 WORLD BANK ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL FRAMEWORK The World Bank Environment and Social Framework is an elaborate systematic approach to guaranteeing sustainable development. The Environment and Social Framework (ESF) sets out the Bank’s vision for sustainable development, the Environment and Social policy for investment project financing and ten mandatory Environment and Social Standards (ESS) that guide borrowers in the course project implementation. The standards have been applied to: (a) support Government of Uganda in achieving good international practice relating to environmental and social sustainability; (b) assist GoU in fulfilling their national and international environmental and social obligations; (c) enhance nondiscrimination, transparency, participation, accountability and governance; and (d) enhance the sustainable development outcomes of projects through ongoing stakeholder engagement. The Bank’s Access to Information Policy applies to the entire ESF and requires disclosure of the ESIA. The following ESSs will apply to proposed Koboko-Yumbe- Moyo:
4.2.1 ESS1: ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISKS AND IMPACTS ESS1 makes it incumbent on borrowers to undertake comprehensive assessment and monitoring of environmental and social impacts and risks at all phases of project development. UNRA is obliged to commission an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment and further a Resettlement Action Plan for the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade project. The ESIA will inform project alignment and design and further enable stakeholder engagement. ESS1 further aids identification of mitigation measures and action to further improve decision-making, while emphasizing application of the mitigation hierarchy to avoid, minimize, reduce and mitigate risks and impacts, and where significant residual impacts remain, to compensate for or offset such impacts. Assessment is extended to all associated facilities; workers camps and equipment yards and material source areas fall under the ambit of ESS1. Environment and Social Standard 1 requires that UNRA undertakes stakeholder engagement and disclose appropriate information in accordance with ESS10. Monitoring and reporting of environment and social performance of the project on all ESSs is mandatory as specified in ESS1.
4.2.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISK CLASIFICATION (ESRC) The World Bank ESF 2017 classifies all projects (including projects involving Financial Intermediaries (FIs) into one of four classifications: High Risk, Substantial Risk, Moderate Risk or Low Risk (Table below). In determining the appropriate risk classification, the following parameters are taken into consideration: the type of project, its location, sensitivity, and scale of the project; the nature and magnitude of the potential environmental and social risks and impacts; and the capacity and commitment of the Borrower (including any other entity responsible for the implementation of the project) to manage the environmental and social risks and impacts in a manner consistent with the ESSs.
59
Table 14: Summary of project categorization based on ESF 2017 Aspect High Risk Substantial Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk Project type, Complex large to very Not as complex; large to No activities with high Few or no adverse risks location, large scale in sensitive medium scale not such potential for harming and impacts. sensitivity, scale location(s). sensitive location. people or environment; located away from sensitive areas. Nature & Mitigation unproven: Mitigation more reliable: Easily mitigated: site Nothing to mitigate- no magnitude of unable to entirely address significant risks but specific, low magnitude further assessment after risks & impacts, significant risk; high possible to avoid or risks. screening. available residual value. address. mitigation Borrower Challenges and concerns Some concerns about Sufficient borrower Minimal or negligible capacity and about track record borrower track record, experience, track record, risks to and impacts on commitment regarding E&S issues, engagement capacity but stakeholder engagement human populations and/or significant stakeholder readily addressed. capacity. the environment engagement capacity, commitment, track record concerns. Context of risk Significant effects on Some effects on ability to No effects on ability to Negligible risk. relevant to ES ability to mitigate risk - mitigate risk - known and mitigate risk – no measures significant contextual reliable mechanisms to contextual risks with risks outside project prevent or minimize, effects on E&S control impacting on enforcement is weak in performance E&S performance and some respects, some outcomes. stakeholder engagement concerns but readily addressed.
60
Based on the baseline studies, field findings, and proposed project activities, the proposed KYM Road upgrade is classified under Substantial Risk Project on account of: a. Project type, Location, Sensitivity and Scale: KYM is an existing road and not a greenfield, and therefore will not entail substantial clearance of vegetation/ or impact any critical habitat. The three Central Forest Reserves (Lodonga, Eria, and Lobajo) traversed by the project are modified habitats planted with exotic tree species of Eucalyptus camadulensis, Tectonia grandis, Gmelina arborea, and Pinus orcapa, among others. From ecological baseline studies there are no faunal and floral species of conservation concern. b. Nature & magnitude of risks & impacts, available mitigation: Given the type and scale of expected road upgrade construction activities; there will likely be substantial environmental and social impacts that may range from health and safety of both the workers and host community, air and noise pollution, impacts of extraction, processing and transportation of construction materials. However, the likely impacts will readily be identified and mitigated following the mitigation hierarchy through project design measures and Good International Industry Practices (GIIP). Borrower Capacity and Commitment: Given UNRA’s experience with TSDP, the WB supported it to develop an Environmental and Social Management System which has been operational for the past three years and has served to streamline environmental and social safeguards management. In addition, UNRA has fully fledged Environment and Social Safeguards Management Department headed by an officer at the rank of a Manager. The Department has 5 Specialists (3No. Social Development Specialists and 2No. Environmental Specialists). In addition, there is a pool of six Technical Assistants (3No. Environmental Specialists and 3No. Social Development Specialists) and these are provided through technical assistance programmes by the World Bank and African Development Bank financed projects. Furthermore, DESS has 5No. Junior Safeguards officers and 6No. Environmental and Social Safeguards Trainees. However, UNRA currently faces some operational constraints that require attention to adequately manage its growing number of road projects with respect to management of environmental and social aspects. From discussions with DESS, as of December 2019, there were 63 road projects (including bridges) under preparation and 42 under implementation and spread throughout the country all requiring environmental and social safeguards support from existing 5 specialists and 6 technical assistants. The proposed project has included Strengthening of UNRA’s Safeguards Capacity as one of the Components and will require hiring of project Specific Safeguards Personnel at UNRA who will be dedicated to this specific project to ensure that social and environmental safeguards are managed as well as effectively manage risks and help enhance positive impacts. It also noted that, the Head of Environmental amd Social Safeguards in UNRA alongside two other Social Development Specialists have received training in GBV. During the ESIA, one Specialist had specialized training in GBV and Vulnerabiliy which helped bring issues of GBV and vulnerability to the fore front during the study. c. Supervision Consultants and Contractors. These commitments have been included in the project ESCP which will form part of the FA.
61
d. Context of risk relevant to ES measures: Some aspects may affect project performance and ability to mitigate risk, for example possible weak enforcement and institutional coordination by UNRA, Engineering Consultants, NEMA, MoGLSD and Districts Local Governments. There is also a possibility of having a weak Grievance Management System to address host community issues as well as GBV and relations with the vast Refugee population. The project contextual issues have been taken into consideration during the design and as part of this ESIA.
4.2.2 ESS2 LABOUR AND WORKING CONDITIONS Environment and Social Standard 2 of the World Bank Environment and Social Framework is cast in such a way as to streamline workers’ rights, benefits and other general work conditions irrespective of the category they find themselves in. The Bank recognizes the importance of employment creation, income generation and poverty alleviation albeit the challenges of worker exploitation, discrimination, sexual harassment, child labour and a horde of other ills that may compromise project benefits. Through ESS2, the Bank seeks to enhance the protection of workers’ rights and promote a safe work environment. The Bank hence requires that all borrowers undertake to institute mechanisms that either mainstream, operationalize and address: a. Working conditions and management of worker relationships b. Protect the work force c. Operationalise a Grievance mechanism d. Ensure Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) e. Issues of contracted workers f. Issues of Community workers g. Concerns of Contracted workers h. Concerns of primary supply workers
4.2.3 ESS3 RESOURCE EFFICIENCY AND POLLUTION PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT Environment and Social Standard 3 focuses on issue of resource efficiency and pollution. Cognizant of the pollution potential of development activities and their ability to disrupt natural ecosystems and provisioning services and their contribution to Green House Gases (GHG), the Bank sets out guidelines for resource exploitation and use and further for pollution management throughout the project life cycle consistent with Good International Industrial Practices (GIIP). The Bank hence requires that the borrower addresses issues of resource efficiency and pollution management.
Resource efficiency issues a. Energy use: The borrower shall adopt measures that optimize energy use to the extent that is technically and financially feasible. b. Water use: Projects that have a potentially significant water use level or are predicted to significantly impact water quality, the borrower shall adopt technically and financially feasible measures that avoid or minimize water usage impacts on the environment and the communities. c. Raw material use: Raw material extraction and use technologies account for rampant natural resource degradation. In the road development sector, rock quarries, borrow areas and sources
62
of construction water and sand require the use resource conservation technologies. Observance of EHSGs of the world Bank and GIIP is encouraged by ESS3.
Pollution Prevention and Management issues ESS3 targets pollution in all its facets. The Bank requires that the borrower institutes mechanisms to avoid the release of pollutants or when avoidance is not feasible, minimize and control the concentration and mass flow of their release using performance standards and measures as specified in National laws or the EHSGs, whichever is most stringent. Site remediation is also made a requirement under ESS3 as well as alternative evaluation of project location.
Pollution management shall require the following actions among others: a. Characterization and assessment of air pollution sources including GHG of the project b. Management of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes c. Management of chemicals and hazardous materials d. Management of pesticides (may not apply to the project under assessment)
4.2.4 ESS4 COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY ESS4 focuses on health, security and safety issues of project affected communities. Project actions may compromise security around the camps, health of surrounding communities through spread of communicable diseases including HIV/AIDS and compromised safety on the roads where contractor equipment. ESS4 shall address project concerns in a number of areas: Community Health and Safety a. The borrower is obliged to address issues of Infrastructure and equipment design and safety bridges are important in this respect b. Safety of services provided by the borrower to the affected communities c. Traffic and road safety of project workers and affected communities. Safety during construction is prioritized under this theme d. Ecosystem services that may exacerbate climate change impacts. Impacts on surface water courses will have to be monitored e. Community exposure to health issues. Of particular importance are sexually transmitted diseases including HIV/AIDS and insect vector diseases associated with water ponding in material extraction areas. f. Management and safety of hazardous materials g. Emergence preparedness and response h. Security personnel contracted or employed by the borrower must be appropriately trained and must operate within the law and commitments made by the borrower.
4.2.5 ESS5 LAND ACQUISITION, RESTRICTIONS ON LAND USE AND INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT This road construction project will trigger ESS4 requiring the borrower to generate measures that guide land acquisition, limit restrictions on land use due to inappropriate designs reduce incidences of involuntary resettlement. Left unmitigated these issues cause severe disruption of economic and social aspects of any community. Loss of livelihoods occurs and disorientation of once settled communities may come with social disorder and disrupted social networks.
ESS5 will be applied to guide various project aspects including:
63
a. Permanent or temporary physical and economic displacement resulting from the different types of land acquisition or restrictions on land use b. Limit incidences of involuntary resettlement and land acquisition through undertaking appropriate alternative project designs that limit such incidences and avoid forced eviction. c. Where compulsory land acquisition and restrictions on land cannot be avoided, the borrower will offer affected people compensation at replacement cost and other assistance as may be necessary to aid improvement or at least restore their livelihoods. All appropriate modalities in line with national regulations, Bank ESS5 requirements and GIIP shall be observed. d. Community engagement with affected communities through a process of stakeholder engagement following guidelines as prescribed in the ESS10 shall be undertaken. All decisions related to resettlement and livelihood restoration shall be considered at the design stage. Consultations and participation shall continue throughout the project cycle. e. A grievance mechanism for the project shall be formulated in accordance with national regulations, local customs and ESS10 to address compensation, relocation and livelihood restoration within the project area. f. ESS5 demands that planning and implementation of land acquisition be carried out prior to project implementation. Inventories in the form of a census must be carried out to identify those eligible for compensation and those who should be left out. A cut-off date should be established for this purpose. g. A physical displacement plan shall be drafted to mitigate the negative impacts of displacement. Among the many aspects of this plan will be a budget and implementation schedule, entitlement of all affected communities and gender aspects and other vulnerable section of society will be reflected in the plan.
4.2.6 ESS6 BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION AND SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF LIVING NATURAL RESOURCES Environment and Social Standard 6 anchors the conservation of biodiversity and sustainable management of living natural resources. Biodiversity loss during project implementation will impact ecosystem services valued by humans. In addition to compromising utilitarian values, biodiversity carries inherent intrinsic value hence the protection of habitats is justified along these grounds. ESS6 shall therefore require that the borrower observes a series of requirements: a. Carry out an assessment of risks and impacts considering threats to biodiversity including habitat loss, degradation and fragmentation, invasive alien species, overexploitation, hydrological changes, nutrient loading, pollution and incidental take as well as climate change impacts. b. Designing a mitigation hierarchy for all identified risks and impacts in line with GIIP and national regulatory framework. A precautionary approach will be the basis for mitigation c. Undertake a differentiated approach to risk management based on sensitivity and values of identified habitats. All habitats shall be categorised as either modified, natural or critical including those that are under any national protection regime. d. ESS6 makes observations on intentional or accidental introduction of alien or non-native species of flora and fauna into areas where they are normally not found. Alien species threaten biodiversity through over competition or complete destruction.
64
4.2.7 INDIGENOUS PEOPLES/SUB SAHARAN AFRICAN HISTORICALLY UNDERSERVED TRADITIONAL LOCAL COMMUNITIES (ESS7) Environment and Social Standard 7 (ESS7) deals with mainstreaming concerns of traditional local communities and minorities whose aspirations and identities are distinct from mainstream community groups where they reside. Many a time, development project fail to address nor even identify their interests and end up being marginalized and vulnerable. They lack capacity and means to defend their rights to and interests in land, natural and cultural resources. Implied under ESS7 is the differential roles of women and men in traditional societies that render women and children marginalized and vulnerable with limited entitlements. Well intentioned development projects that fail to recognize such stratified and encumbered entitlements for women and other vulnerable groups end up entrenching marginality and exclusion. However, the KYM project area does not host African Historically Underserved Traditional Local Communities as defined by ESS7. The known IPs in Uganda include the Batwas settled in Southwest, the Benets in Moount Elgon slopes, Iks and Tepeth in the Karamoja region.
4.2.8 CULTURAL HERITAGE ESS8 Environment and Social Standard 8 (ESS8) sets out general provisions on risks and impacts to cultural heritage from project activities. The standard sets out to protect cultural heritage from adverse impacts of project activities and support its preservation for sustainable development. The scope of application of ESS8 is quite diverse though centers on integration of cultural heritage into overall project planning and implementation. The following scope is thus envisaged: a. The borrower will engage in meaningful consultations with identified stakeholders through providing timely, understandable, relevant and accessible information. b. While consulting with stakeholders the client shall follow all principles and guidelines as laid down in ESS10 Stakeholder engagement. A grievance mechanism will also be a key aspect of interface with stakeholders. c. Confidentiality on matters of cultural heritage is paramount and is given attention in ESS8. The borrower in consultation with the Bank and project affected communities including individual shall determine whether disclosure of information regarding cultural heritage would compromise or jeopardize the safety or integrity of cultural heritage. Where sensitive information concerning a cultural heritage cannot be shared then it will be expunged. d. Recognition of legally protected cultural heritage areas is enshrined in this standard. The ESIA will determine the presence of all listed legally protected cultural heritage areas affected by the project. e. ESS8 contains provisions for specific types of cultural heritage including built heritage, natural features with cultural significance and movable cultural heritage. f. Under ESS8, guidance on commercial use of cultural heritage is provided. Where the project intends to use cultural resources for commercial purposes, the communities must be informed and their rights under national laws clearly spelt out to their satisfaction. Consultations and a fair approach to sharing benefits shall be the basis for any exploitation/use of such resources.
4.2.9 FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES ESS9 b) ESS9 recognizes that strong domestic capital and financial markets and access to finance are important for economic development, growth and poverty reduction. The Bank is committed to supporting sustainable financial sector development and enhancing the role of domestic
65
capital and financial markets. Financial Intermediaries (FIs) are required to monitor and manage the environmental and social risks and impacts of their portfolio and FI subprojects, and monitor portfolio risk, as appropriate to the nature of intermediated financing. However, KYM will not involve FIs and ESS9 will not be applicable.
4.2.10 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE ESS10 Environment and Social Standard 10 recognizes the importance of open and transparent engagement with project stakeholders. Success of any project is hinged on level and quality of stakeholder engagement which is an inclusive process expected to occur throughout the project life cycle. Engagement is more useful when introduced in the early phases of project development and is mainstreamed into all levels of decision-making. In applying ESS10, the following scope is envisaged: a. Stakeholder identification and analysis: ESS10 requires the identification of key project affected parties and those with interests in the project. At this level emphasis will be on vulnerable people or groups of people whose situation are likely to be accelerated by project implementation. Identification should be able to bring out different sets of affected people and their interests. b. Stakeholder Engagement Plan: A Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) shall be drafted in consultation with the Bank. The SEP will be disclosed at all appropriate levels to afford all affected and interested have inputs into project design and implementation. c. Information Disclosure: The borrower is obliged to undertake timely and effective disclosure of information regarding the project including its purpose, nature, scale, potential risks and impacts on the local communities and further present possible mitigation measures. d. Meaningful Consultations: Consultation is meaningful if a dialogue exists, communities and individuals should be given an opportunity to interact with respect and dignity. Interactions should be based on prior disclosure of project relevant information to all parties. e. Engagement during project implementation and external reporting: Continuous interaction with project affected persons throughout the project lifecycle is inferred in ESS10. Project affected Persons shall be availed all relevant information using appropriate means to enale them reach an informed decision. f. Grievance mechanism: A grievance mechanism is expected to guide the resolution and management of concerns, complaints and issues that may arise during the entire project life cycle. The GRM will be proportionate to identified potential risks and impacts. g. Organisational capacity and Commitment: ESS10 requires that project developers define clear roles, responsibilities and authority and further designate properly skilled personnel to be responsible for implementation of specific stakeholder assignments.
4.2.11 WORLD BANK GROUP ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY GUIDELINES The ESF also requires application of the Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines (EHSGs). The EHSGs are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific statements of Good International Industry Practice. The EHSGs contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities by existing technology at reasonable cost. When host country requirements differ from the levels and measures presented in the EHSGs, the Bank will require the Borrower to achieve or implement whichever is more stringent. If less
66
stringent levels or measures than those provided in the EHSGs are appropriate in view of the Borrower’s limited technical or financial constraints or other specific project circumstances, the Bank will require the Borrower to provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives through the environmental and social assessment. This justification must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Bank, that the choice of any alternative performance level is consistent with the objectives of the ESSs and the applicable EHSGs, and is unlikely to result in any significant environmental or social harm.
The project ESIA has incorporated guidance contained in Industry Specific EHSG for Toll Roads and Construction Materials Extraction. This document includes information relevant to construction materials extraction activities such as aggregates, limestone, sand, and gravel amongst others. Although the construction materials extraction guidelines emphasize major and complex extraction schemes, the concepts are also applicable to small operations. Some of the key concepts covered under these Guidelines include: a. Environment: Environmental issues during the operational, construction, and decommissioning phases of construction materials extraction primarily include aspects such as air emissions, noise and vibrations, water, waste and land conversion; b. Occupational Health and Safety hazards likely to occur during the operational phase of construction materials extraction projects which primarily include; respiratory hazards, noise and physical hazards; and c. Community Health and Safety issues relating to construction, operation, and decommissioning mainly focus on land instability, water and explosives safety and aspects of decommissioning at the end of the project. These have been considered during the preparation of the ESIA with the objective of ensuring project compliance with these provisions. Accordingly, an ESMP has been prepared to address anticipated negative environmental and social impacts during project implementation phase.
4.3 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT The proposed road upgrade project will require coordination involving a number of national lead and regulatory agencies assisted by local district level sectoral Departments. Non-Governmental Organizations will also contribute to the success of this project. The table below presents a profile of relevant institutions for the implementation of the road rehabilitation and upgrade project.
Table 15: Relevant institutions for proposed road rehabilitation and upgrade No Institution Mandate 1 Ministry of Works Lead ministry from which UNRA derives its mandate. It has and Transport responsibility over policy matters. Through the Environment Liaison Committee, MoWT will monitor project implementation and compliance with the certificate of approval given by NEMA. 2 Uganda National The mandate of UNRA is to develop and maintain national road Roads Authority system, advise Government on general roads policy and contribute (UNRA). to addressing transport concerns. In this project, UNRA is both a developer and lead agency. As a lead agency, UNRA manages national roads infrastructure and is responsible for mitigation of impacts associated with road development. As a developer on the other hand, UNRA is required to comply with National
67
No Institution Mandate Environmental laws including undertaking ESIA and Audits for road projects. UNRA will take lead during preparation and implementation of the project. They will monitor and supervise project construction and operation, including compiling and submitting progress reports to relevant stakeholders and partners. 3 National The National Environmental Act establishes NEMA as the Environment principal agency responsible for coordination, monitoring and Management supervision of environmental management activities in Uganda. Authority NEMA has a cross-sectoral mandate to oversee the conduct of (NEMA) ESIAs through issuance of ESIA guidelines, regulations and registration of practitioners. It reviews and approves environmental impact statements (EIS) in consultation with sectoral agencies. NEMA and the network of District Environment Officers will undertake third party monitoring compliance with project approval conditions during implementation and decommissioning. 4 The Directorate of The Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM), has Water Resources a responsibility to regulate quality and quantity of water resources Management- in the country. The Directorate is responsible for the full range of (DWRM) MoWE integrated water resources management (IWRM) activities including monitoring, assessing, planning, allocating and regulating water resources. Specifically, the Water Resources Planning Department is responsible for water regulation through issuance of permits for water abstraction and wastewater discharge. Abstraction of water for road construction purposes and for domestic use in campsites will be regulated by this directorate. Also, construction on surface water courses will require permits from this Agency. 5 Wetland The Department is mandated to manage and monitor the use of Management wetlands to ensure sustainability. The road project will traverse a Department. Ministry number of wetlands requiring monitoring and guidance from this of Water and Department. Environment (MoWE) 6 Ministry of Gender, The Ministry is responsible for ensuring workers are protected Labour and Social while at work and have good working conditions. The Ministry is Development also responsible for the welfare of workers including enforcing (MoLGSD). workplace laws and regulations, worker compensation and disputes, Child protection and management of Gender based violence. 7 Department of Archaeologists from the department responsible for museums and Museums and monuments in this Ministry will be key in monitoring road project Monuments construction activities, especially excavations at borrow sites and (Ministry of Trade, other excavation areas to ensure socio-cultural resources are Tourism & industry) preserved in the project.
68
No Institution Mandate 8 Department of The Department of Geological Survey and Mines controls the Geological mines and mining sector (including stone quarrying) through the Mining Act. Surveys. (Ministry of The same will issue permits for quarrying activities. Energy and Mineral Development 9 Ministry of Lands, The Chief Government Valuer is responsible for determining the Housing and Urban Compensation rates for all properties to be affected by road Development construction and auxiliary activities. The valuation report that was prepared alongside the RAP (separate RAP document) must be approved by the Chief Government Valuer. 10 District Local Districts are headed by the Chair Local Council Five (LC5) who Governments is the political head and a Chief Administration Officer, the technical head of district administration. Technical District personnel directly involved with the project will include Environmental Officer, District Planner, Community Development Officer, District Director of Health Services, Wetlands Officer, Forestry Sector Manager, Agricultural Officer, District Water Officer, District Engineer, District Community Development Officer and District Gender officer. In addition, under MoWT there is provision for establishment of road committees to sensitize communities about road development and ownership of it. 11 District Land Boards The district land board is responsible for land allocation at local government level. District land boards set compensation rates for crops and structures. In each District, compensation will be deduced utilizing rates developed by Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo district land boards. 12 Non-Government There are several relief agencies in the project area that support Organizations refugee activities and will be useful in forging linkages between the communities and project management to ensure social cohesion. 13 Local Communities These are the direct affected people. All road project impacts will be on communities especially in the right of way and households near material extraction areas.
69
5 BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT BASELINE CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT AREA
5.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
5.1.1 TOPOGRAPHY The topography of the project area is characterized by extensive flat landscapes. The section from Koboko through Yumbe towards the border with Moyo is a very extensive flat plain with no significant contrasting feature while the section towards Moyo exhibits low-lying hills superimposed on an extensive rolling plain. Broad shallow valley landscapes spate the hilly clusters on which extensive shrubby/scrubby tree vegetation has developed. To the north of the project area, a variegated landscape is visible with gently rolling plains merging into clustered hilly landscapes graduating into circular elongated ridges. This spectacular topography is a result of a combination of a complex geology and ancient denudation processes that have produced a series of magnificent landscapes associated with rifting and volcanic activity in East African. The lower slopes and ridge tops have been progressively shaped by continued denudation and deposition processes. The Map below shows the general topography of the project area.
70
Figure 13: Topography of the Project Areas
71
5.1.2 GEOLOGY The project area is underlain by some of the oldest Precambrian basement complex rocks much of which have been modified by tectonic processes associated with formation of the rift valley. The evidently deeply weathered Precambrian crystalline rocks associated with the general geology of the Albertine graben and adjacent regions resulting from tectonic processes that operated on Precambrian orogenic-metallogenic belts of Africa underlie the project area.
Following long periods of tectonic activity and mass wasting, the geology comprises thick sequences of sandstones and shales derived from basement gneisses and schists. The dominant Proterozoic lithologies (Karagwe-Ankolean system) occur further to the greater South Western Uganda and are less common to the north of Lake Albert where the project area lies. Undifferentiated gneisses, argillite, arenites and meta-sediments mainly shales, phyllites, sandstones, mica schists are represented in the project area.
72
Figure 14: Geological Formations of the Project Area.
73
5.1.3 SOILS The soils of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo districts are derived from prolonged deposition and weathering in situ and basically fall into ferrallitic soils with significant zones of vertisols characterized by poor drainage. The distribution of ferrallitic soils is hinged on the local landscape features particularly the topographic conditions. According to Smith Cernuda (1951), ferrallitic soils are physically among the most stable soils. They are usually soils that have a high amount of sesquioxides which produces a net positive charge on clay-size particles. Instead of increasing the capacity to retain cations such as Ca, Mg and K, the iron-oxides on the contrary block the existing negative adsorption sites. Their use for crop cultivation is highly dependent on level of management. Vertisols are mainly found in valleys and flood plains where they have developed under prolonged periods of inundation to produce back cotton soils.
74
Figure 15: Soils of the Project Area
75
5.1.4 CLIMATE Climate of the greater West Nile region displays a rather unimodal long-term pattern though fluid peaks in May and October. However, contemporary climate change scenarios do greatly modify the general established pattern with episodes of offseason rainfall and intense heat. Temperatures range from medium to high temperatures throughout the year.
5.1.4.1 RAINFALL The mean annual rainfall amounts for the region range from anywhere between 900-1100mm per annum and could be a little higher in the wettest parts of the project area and lower towards the rain scarce points. The Distribution is largely unimodal with the long-subdued peaks in May and anywhere from October to November. The distribution is well represented by the figure below which gives rainfall figures for Arua the nearest weather station with recorded data. However, much as the distribution is consistent with the project area, amounts do vary.
350.0 2000 300.0 2001 250.0 2002 2003 200.0 2004 150.0 2005
100.0 2006 2007 50.0 2008 0.0 2009 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Figure 16: Mean monthly rainfall amount for Recorded at Arua (2000-2009)
5.1.5 TEMPERATURE The mean monthly distribution structure for the minimum and maximum temperatures for Arua for 2013 is shown in Figures 5.2. The mean minimum monthly temperatures vary from 16.6 in Dec to 18.40C in March, while the mean maximum temperatures vary from 27.1 in August to 31.50C in February. The highest temperatures have been recorded in the months of January, February and March, while the lowest temperatures have been recorded from August to December. The figures below show temperature distribution at Arua Weather Station the nearest station to the project area with consistent weather records.
76
35
30
25
20
15 Max Min 10
5
0
Figure 17: Mean Daily Maximum and Minimum temperatures for Arua (2013)
Field Measurements: Relative humidity and temperature were measured using Elitech BT-3 Indoor/outdoor temperature, indoor humidity display Hygro-Thermometer with the following Specifications: a. Temperature measuring range: -50 ~ +70℃ (-58 ~ +158°F) b. Relative humidity measuring range: 20% - 99% c. Resolution: 0.1 ℃ /0.1 F; 1%RH
The hygrometer was mounted on a nearby wall or tree depending on the location, then relative humidity and temperature recorded every after 30 minutes for approx. 10 hours at every site.
Table 16: Temperature and Humidity Measurements at Selected Location Location & Temp (oC) Relative Humidity Details (e.g. Date & Run (%) school, time Mi Ave Max Mi Ave Ma hospital, n n x residence, etc.) Location 1 From:19/11/201 20.5 25. 29.3 35 57. 90 Mindrabe 9 0 3 Primary 7:55am School, Midia To: 19/11/2019 S/C, Koboko 6:55pm District
77
Location 2 From:22/11/201 22.9 29. 36.2 10 37. 69 Gborokolong 9 8:18am 9 8 o Health To: 22/11/2019 Center Iii, 6:48pm Abuku S/C, Koboko District Location 3 From:24/11/201 21.5 26. 29.3 40 51. 85 Kuru Trading 9 8:25am 0 8 Center, Kuru S/C, Yumbe To: 24/11/2019 District 6:25pm Location 4 From:25/11/201 20.8 25. 33.2 25 58. 97 Likidobo 9 8:30am 0 4 Village, To: 25/11/2019 Lodonga S/C, 6:30pm Yumbe District Location 5 From:26/11/201 21.5 25. 29.1 41 58 87 Yumbe Health 9 8:45am 4 Center Iv, To: 26/11/2019 Yume Town 6:45pm Council, Yumbe District Location 6 From:28/11/201 23.3 30. 34.9 22 37. 74 Lokopoi Hills 9 8:25am 3 8 Technical To: 28/11/2019 Institute, 6:55pm Location 7 From: 21.0 26. 31. 35 58. 87 Eria Catholic 3/12/2019 5 7 5 Church Moyo 8:20am District To: 3/12/2019 6:20Pm Location 8 From: 21.7 26. 30.9 25 48. 85 Moyo Town 1/12/2019 5 0 8:00AM To: 1/12/2019 6:57PM
The average temperature for the 8 sampled locations ranged between 25.00C to 30.30C, average relative humidity ranged between 37.8% and 58.5%. Gborokolongo Health Center recorded the highest temperature of 36.20C and the lowest humidity of 10%. The variations in the recorded temperature and relative humidity for all sampled receptors is due to changes in weather conditions across different times of the day. Likidobo village and Eria Catholic church in Moyo recorded the
78
highest relative humidity readings (58.4% and 58.5% respectively). In general, the results indicate a region with dry conditions.
Graph of Temperaure and Relative Humidity at Mindrabe Primary school 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Time
Temperature (0C) Humidity (%)
Figure 18: Variation of Temp and Humidity with time at Mindrabe Primary School
Graph of Temperature and Relative Humidity at Gborokolongo Health Center III
80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Temperature (0C) Humidity (%)
Figure 19: Variation of Temp and Humidity with time at Mindrabe Primary School
79
Graph showing Temperature and Relative Humidity at Yumbe Health Center IV 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Temp (0C) Humidity(%)
Figure 20: Variation of Temp and Relative Humidity at Yumbe HC IV
5.1.6 DRAINAGE The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road generally runs on a ridge or catchment divide and therefore intercepts few streams, rivers, or swamps. The only major water crossings intercepted by the project road are R. Kochi at Baringa, R. Newa and R. Ofua swamp. These major catchments generally drain in a north to south direction and eventually feed into the greater River Nile system.
80
Figure 21: Drainage Map of the project area.
81
5.1.7 AIR QUALITY BASELINE (PARTICULATE MATTER AND GAS MEASUREMENT) Air quality baselines for a range of parameters were measured using a Portable Aeroqual S500 Monitor to establish the baseline values for PM2.5, PM10, NO2, SO2, VOCs and CO by simply swapping the particulate matter (PM) sensor head for the gas sensor head of choice. The Aeroqual monitor was placed on a tripod stand 1.2m above the ground, switched on, allowed 3 minutes of zeroing and 7 minutes of stabilizing readings. The monitor was then set to start data logging at a frequency of five (5) minutes for 7-12 hours per site. The data was then downloaded on a PC using Aeroqual S500 V6.5 Software and analyzed. The software generates mass concentration graphs and also provides minimum (min), average (ave) and maximum (max) values for each parameter logged.
Monitoring baseline air quality and Noise at Monitoring Air quality and Noise in Moyo Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute town Figure 22: Air Quality Monitoring
5.1.7.1 RESULTS FOR PARTICULATE MATTER The Table below presents results for PM 2.5 and PM 10 taken at selected receptors along the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road alignment.
Table 17: Concentration of Particulate Matter at selected air monitoring points Location & Date & Run PM 2.5 (mg/m3) PM 10 (mg/m3) Details (e.g. time Min Ave Max Min Ave Max school, hospital, residence, etc.) Location 1 From: 0.005 0.010 0.039 0.014 0.056 0.438 Mandribe P/S, 19/11/2019 Koboko 10:00 am To: 19/11/2019 7:00 pm
82
Location 2 From: 0.004 0.008 0.052 0.008 0.054 0.942 Gborokolongo 21/11/2019 Health Centre III, 8:00 am Abuku S/C To: 21/11/2019 6:57 pm Location 3 From: 0.003 0.011 0.084 0.004 0.039 0.425 Kuru Trading 24/11/2019 Center 8:40 am To: 24/11/2019 6:30 pm Location 4 From: 0.003 0.011 0.115 0.004 0.024 0.647 Likidibo village, 25/11/2019 Lodonga S/C 8:35 am To: 25/11/2019 6:36 pm Location 5 From: 0.003 0.015 0.088 0.006 0.102 0.821 Yumbe Health 26/11/2019 Centre IV, Yumbe 8:59 am town To: 26/11/2019 6:44 pm Location 6 From: 0.005 0.009 0.104 0.006 0.037 0.885 Lokopoi Hills 28/11/2019 Technical Institute 8:29am To: 28/11/2019 6:54pm Location 7 From: 0.03 0.011 0.092 0.004 0.045 0.309 Moyo Town 1/12/2019 7:40am To: 1/12/2019 6:45pm Location 8 From: 0.006 0.009 0.031 0.010 0.022 0.267 Eria Catholic 3/12/2019 Church, Moyo 7:40am To: 3/12/2019 6:30 pm
At Mindrabe P/S, the particulate matter values ranged between 0.005 mg/m3 to 0.039 mg/m3 for PM2.5 and 0.014 mg/m3 to 0.438 mg/m3 for PM10. Kuru TC recorded an average PM10 of 0.039 mg/m3. Among the sampled sites, Likidobo village and Lokopoi Hills Technical
83
Institute registered the highest values for PM2.5 (0.115 mg/m3 and 0.104 mg/m3) respectively. This was attributed to smoke emissions from cooking places within Likidobo village and Lokopoi Technical, Gborokolongo HC III. Yumbe HC IV and Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute registered the highest readings for PM10 (0.942µm/m3, 0.885 mg/m3, 0.821 mg/m3 respectively).
Particulate matter levels were mainly influenced by weather and land use patterns. On hot/ dry and windy days, the particulate matter readings were high but on rainy days with low temperatures, PM readings were lower. This is because high temperatures and wind cause resuspension of particulate matter as well as increasing the dispersion rates. During rainfall events, some of the particulate matter is removed from the air through wet deposition. Trading centers and Health Centers close to the road also registered relatively high values for particulate matter for both PM10 and PM2.5. This can be attributed to their locations i.e. proximity to the road and therefore the dust suspended by traffic along the road and particulate matter from the vehicle emissions ends up there.
Figure 23: Vehicles that are responsible for resuspension of dust in Kuru Trading Center
84
Figure 24: Graphs showing variation of PM10 and PM2.5 with time respectively at Yumbe HC IV
Figure 25: Graphs showing variation of PM10 and PM2.5 with time of the day at Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute.
5.1.7.2 GASES The four most common pollutants considered during the assessment included Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs).
Table 18: Concentration of gases at Sensitive Receptors.
85
Location & Details Date & Run Readings (e.g. school, hospital, time residence, etc.) NO2 (ppm) SO2 (ppm) CO (ppm) VOCs (ppm) Location 1 From: Min: 0.031 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.02 Mindrabe Primary 20/11/2019 Ave: 0.076 Ave:0.02 Ave:0.95 Ave: 0.03 School, Midia S/C, 7:59am Max: 0.127 Max: 0.24 Max: 8.47 Max: 0.10 Koboko District To: 20/11/2019 6:59pm Location 2 From: Min: 0.019 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Gborokolongo Health 22/11/2019 Ave: 0.072 Ave: 0.004 Ave: 0.34 Ave: 0.02 Center Iii, Abuku S/C, 8:20AM Max: 0.133 Max: 0.14 Max: 2.43 Max: 0.04 Koboko District To: 22/11/2019 6:48PM Location 3 From: Min: 0.055 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.03 Kuru Trading Center, 24/11/2019 Ave: 0.071 Ave: 0.05 Ave:0.86 Ave: 0.05 Kuru S/C, Yumbe 8:42AM Max: 0.085 Max: 0.35 Max: 7.12 Max: 0.15 District To: 24/11/2019 6:30PM Location 4 From: Min: 0.034 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.01 Likidobo Village, 25/11/2109 Ave: 0.072 Ave: 0.29 Ave: 1.08 Ave: 0.03 Lodonga S/C, Yumbe 8:30AM Max: 0.094 Max: 0.05 Max: 7.88 Max: 0.07 District To: 25/11/2019 6:37PM Location 5 From: Min: 0.0008 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.02 YUMBE HEALTH 27/11/2019 Ave: 0.070 Ave: 0.07 Ave: 0.90 Ave: 0.03 CENTER IV, YUME 8:45AM Max: 0.111 Max: 0.28 Max: 7.36 Max: 0.07 TOWN COUNCIL, To: 27/11/2019 YUMBE DISTRICT 6:48PM Location 6 From: Min: 0.037 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.04 Lokopoi Hills 29/11/2019 Ave: 0.070 Ave: 0.100 Ave: 1.31 Ave: 0.05 Technical Institute, 8:20AM Max: 0.112 Max: 0.410 Max: 11.80 Max: 016 To: 29/11/2019 2:00PM Location 7 From: Min: 0.015 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.02 Eria Catholic Church, 3/12/2019 Ave: 0.071 Ave: 0.07 Ave: 0.55 Ave: 0.02 Moyo 7:30AM Max: 0.118 Max: 0.35 Max: 7.81 Max: 0.05 To: 3/12/2019 Location 8 From: Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.00 Min: 0.02 Moyo Town 1/12/2019 Ave: 0.079 Ave: 0.04 Ave: 0.95 Ave: 0.03 7:40AM Max: 0.117 Max: 0.34 Max: 7.33 Max: 0.08 To: 1/12/2019 6:45PM
At the 8 sites monitored, Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) average values ranged from 0.070ppm to 0.079ppm, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) average values ranged between 0.02ppm – 0.29ppm, Carbon
86
Monoxide average values ranged from 0.34ppm to 1.31ppm and VOCs average values ranged from 0.02ppm to 0.05ppm.
Average values for Nitrogen Dioxide and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) at all the 8 sites sampled did not vary significantly i.e. NO2 (0.070 ppm-0.079 ppm), VOC (0.02 ppm- 0.005 ppm), whereas Carbon Monoxide and Sulphur Dioxide average values recorded variations across the different sites monitored. This was attributed to the different emission sources for instance Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute registered the highest levels of CO (11.80ppm) due to emissions from the Diesel Generator supplying power to the Institute, also Likidobo Village (500m off the road) registered high CO readings (7.88 ppm) due to open cooking stoves emitting a lot of smoke.
Figure 26: Open cooking in Likidobo village emitting smoke containing Carbon Monoxide
87
Variation of CO with time at Lokopoi Variation of NO2 with time at Mindrabe Hills Technical Institute P/S, Koboko
Variation of VOC concentration with time Variation of SO2 with time for Lokopoi at Eria church Moyo S/C Hills Technical Institute Figure 27: Variation of different gases with time at selected monitoring locations
5.1.7.3 NOISE MEASUREMENTS Ambient noise measurements were undertaken at different receptors (schools, Hospitals, Trading centers) along the different sections of the road. A duly calibrated Casella CEL-633B Environmental & Occupational Noise Meter was used for the assessment. The CEL-633B instrument provides SPL, Integrating and Octave band noise measurements compliant with the following international standards:
88
a. IEC 61672-1: 2002-5 (Electro-Acoustics – Sound Level Meters) Group “X” instruments. Performance of Class 1 or 2 as relevant to the instrument model. b. IEC 60651: 1979, IEC 60804: 2000, ANSI S1.4 1983, ANSI S1.43-1997(R2007) c. 1/1 Octave and 1/3 Octave Filters comply with EN61260: 1996, Class 0 and ANSI S1.11 1986, Order-3 Type 0C.
Equipment set-up and measurement: The instrument was first calibrated using Acoustic sound level calibrator type CEL-251 for sound level meter at 114.0 dB (A) for every point measured. The equipment was then placed on a tripod stand (1.2 m high) from ground. It was switched on and the run mode set up. The instrument has an initialization screen that displays for approximately 10 seconds and then the measurement screen is displayed and ready for use. The equipment does simultaneously recordings for all noise functions it completes, and it also makes periodic or cumulative data measurements, and stores acquired data on a repeating interval of time. The equipment was left to log noise readings at an interval of 30 minutes and the results were later downloaded to a computer for analysis using the Casella Insight software. The execution of measurements was conducted entirely in the absence of rain and strong wind conditions. In total, 8 acoustic measurements of at least 6-hour duration each, were undertaken along the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road in different sensitive receptors adjacent to the proposed road sections.
Figure 28: Noise measurements using the Casella CEL-633B Sound Meter
The following noise parameters measured are defined below: a. LAeq: A-weighted, equivalent sound level. b. LAeq,8h is the equivalent continuous noise level over an 8-hour period c. LAFmax: A-weighted, fast response, maximum, sound level, (note: maximum is not peak) d. LASmax: A-weighted, slow response, maximum, sound level, (maximum is not peak) e. LCeq: C-weighted, Leq (equivalent sound level) f. LCFmax: C-weighted, fast response, maximum, sound level, (note: maximum is not peak) g. LZeq: Z-weighted, equivalent sound level.
89
h. LZFmax: Z-weighted, fast response, maximum, sound level
90
Table 19: Summary of Baseline Noise levels at selected monitoring points Location Date & Run LAFmin(dB) LAFmax(dB) LAeq(dB) Maximum time Permissible Location 1 From: 38.9 83.3 57.8 levels45 (dB) Mindrabe 11/19/2019 Primary 9:42:46 School, Midia AM S/C, Koboko To: District 11/19/2019 5:50:53 PM Location 2 From: 34.2 79.9 51.9 45 Gborokolongo 11/21/2019 Health Center 12:15:38 Iii, Abuku PM S/C, Koboko To: District 11/21/2019 5:21:31 PM Location 3 From: 51.4 92.6 65 55 Kuru Trading 11/22/2019 Center, Kuru 7:48:22 S/C, Yumbe AM District To: 11/22/2019 4:47:34 PM Location 4 From: 28.9 71.8 42.5 50 Likidobo 11/25/2019 Village, 9:01:51 Lodonga S/C, AM Yumbe To: District 11/25/2019 1:05:51 PM Location 5 From: 43.2 89.4 62.9 45 Yumbe Health 11/27/2019 Center Iv, 8:59:20 Yumbe Town AM Council, To: Yumbe 11/27/2019 District 12:35:52 PM Location 6 From: 34.0 74.4 47.6 45 Lokopoi Hills 11/28/2019 Technical 8:40:27 Institute, AM To: 11/28/2019
91
Location Date & Run LAFmin(dB) LAFmax(dB) LAeq(dB) Maximum time Permissible 12:55:34 levels (dB) PM Location 7 From: 31.8 86.9 50.5 55 Eria Ctholic 12/3/2019 Church, Moyo 7:54:37 District AM To: 12/3/2019 3:58:17 PM Location 8 From: 44.2 90.6 59.5 60 Moyo Town 12/1/2019 7:50:39 AM To: 12/1/2019 2:30:41 PM
The LAeq i.e. the equivalent continuous sound pressure level with A-weighting was monitored. The noise levels recorded at different sampled receptors varied depending on the noise sources at a specific monitoring time of the day. The noise levels (LAeq) for the monitored sites ranged from 42.5dBA (in a tranquil village setting) to 65dBA for busy and noisy business centers. High noise levels registered in trading centers especially Kuru Trading centre in Yumbe district can be ascribed to a range of activities typical of trading centers such as high volumes of disco music, running generators, speeding vehicular traffic (heavy trailers, taxis, private cars and boda bodas) as well as noise generated by trading center dwellers. Similarly, the high noise levels registered at Yumbe HC IV can be attributed to vehicular traffic on two adjacent roads adjoining at the health center, disco music from Yumbe Town, running generators within different business entities in Yumbe town and dwellers of both the Health Centre and Yumbe Town.
The LAeq of 47.6 dBA registered at Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute is as a result of a running generator, vehicular traffic from the adjacent Yumbe-Moyo road and noise generated by institute students. The high noise levels recorded at Midrabe Primary school are mainly from noise generated by school pupils and vehicular traffic along the adjacent Koboko-Yumbe road. In case the project would like to undertake night works, separate nighttime baseline measurements shall be undertaken for noise pollution as part of the night works application package to NEMA and MoGLSD.
Table 20: Eria Church Noise Levels Instrument CEL-633B LAIminModel 32.6 dB LAFmax with 86.9 dB (12/3/2019 Duration 03:25:16 HH:MM:SS LAFminTime with 31.88:01:29 dB AM)(12/3/2019 Time 10:15:36 AM) 92
LAImin with 32.6 dB (12/3/2019 LZeq 62 dB RuTimen Number 6610:15:37 AM) LCeq 58.9 dB LAImax with 87.2 dB (12/3/2019 LCeq-LAeq 8.4 dB LAImaxTime 87.28:01:29 dB AM) LAIeq 55.2 dB LAFmax 86.9 dB LAE 91.5 dB LAFmin 31.8 dB End Date & Time 12/3/2019 11:19:53 AM Start Date & 12/3/2019 7:54:37 AM Calibration 1/1/2015 12:00:47 AM LAeqTime 50.5 dB Calibration(Before) Date 114 dB LCpeak with 97.9 dB (12/3/2019 Calibration(Before) SPL (After) 12/3/2019 11:21:42 AM Lepd(Projected)Time 50.59:36:12 dB AM) CalibrationDate Drift -0.1 dB Lex8h(Projected) 50.5 dB Result Cumulative
The graph for the sound pressure levels versus frequency for the equivalent continuous sound pressure level with A-weighting (LAeq) indicates that the noise generated is of low frequency that lies between 16 Hz to 16 Hz and most of the distribution lies within 125 Hz to 8 KHz.
Figure 29: Relationship between parameters at Eria Church
Figure 30: LAeq at Eria Church
93
Figure 31: LAFmax at Eria Church Table 21: Noise Measurements for Kuru Trading Centre Instrument CEL-633B LAIminModel 49.5 dB LAFmax with 92.3 dB (11/22/2019 Duration 03:00:48 HH:MM:SS LAFminTime with 46.05:46:39 dB PM)(11/22/2019 LAImin with Time 49.5 dB (11/22/2019 LZeqTime 74.76:01:00 dB PM) Run Number 396:16:00 PM) LCeq 72.1 dB LAImax with Time 94.2 dB (11/22/2019 LCeq-LAeq 9.1 dB LAImax 94.25:46:39 dB PM) LAIeq 66.2 dB LAFmax 92.3 dB LAE 103.4 dB LAFmin 46 dB End Date & Time 11/22/2019 7:48:22 PM Start Date & Time 11/22/2019 4:47:34 Calibration 11/22/2019 4:45:53 PM LAeq 63PM dB Calibration(Before) Date 114 dB LCpeak with Time 106.6 dB (11/22/2019 Calibration(Before) SPL 11/22/2019 7:50:28 PM Lepd(Projected) 636:20:23 dB PM) Cal(After)ibration Date Drift 0.1 dB Lex8h(Projected) 63 dB Result Cumulative
Figure 32: LAeq at Kuru Trading Centre
94
Figure 33:LAFmax at Kuru Trading Centre
Table 22: Noise Measurements for Mindrabe Primary School LAImin 43 dB LAFmin with 38.9 dB (11/19/2019 LAImin with 43.0 dB (11/19/2019 LZeqTime 739:53:11 dB AM) Time 9:50:57 AM) LAImax with 87.5 dB (11/19/2019 LCeq 63.7 dB LAImaxTime 87.511:05:13 dB AM) LCeq-LAeq 5.9 dB LAFmax 83.3 dB LAIeq 63.1 dB LAFmin 38.9 dB LAE 97.4 dB Start Date & 11/19/2019 9:42:46 End Date & Time 11/19/2019 12:17:52 LAeqTime 57.8AM dB Calibration 11/19/2019PM 9:41:03 AM LCpeak with 100.7 dB (11/19/2019 Calibration(Before) Date 114 dB Time 11:11:03 AM) (Before) SPL Lepd (Projected) 57.8 dB Calibration 11/19/2019 12:19:14 Lex8h(Projected) 57.8 dB Calibration(After) Date Drift 0.3PM dB LAFmax with 83.3 dB (11/19/2019 Result Cumulative Time 11:05:13 AM)
Figure 34: Relationship of different noise parameters at Mindrabe Primary School
95
Figure 35: LAeq at Mindrabe Primary School
Figure 36: LAFmax at Mindrabe Primary School Table 23: Noise Mesurements taken at Yumbe HC IV Instrument CEL-633B LAIminModel 45.9 dB LAFmax with 89.4 dB Duration 03:36:32 HH:MM:SS LAFminTime with 43.2(11/27/2019 dB LAImin with 45.9 dB (11/27/2019 LZeqTime 75(11/27/20199:58:11.7 dB AM) RunTime Number 499:03:28 AM) LCeq 73.59:03:30 dB AM) LAImax with 91.2 dB (11/27/2019 LCeq-LAeq 10.6 dB LAImaxTime 91.29:58:11 dB AM) LAIeq 66.7 dB LAFmax 89.4 dB LAE 104.1 dB LAFmin 43.2 dB End Date & 11/27/2019 Start Date & 11/27/2019 8:59:20 CTimealibration 11/27/201912:35:52 PM LAeqTime 62.9AM dB Calibration(Before) Date 1148:59:08 dB AM LCpeak with 116.4 dB (11/27/2019 Calibration(Before) SPL 11/27/2019 Lepd(Projected)Time 62.911:41:25 dB AM) Calibration(After) Date Drift 0.112:38:56 dB PM Lex8h(Projected) 62.9 dB Result Cumulative
96
Figure 37: LAeq at Yumbe HC IV
Figure 38: LAFmax at Yumbe HC IV
5.1.7.4 VIBRATIONS Vibrations were measured using Extech SDL800: Vibration Meter/Datalogger. The SDL800 measures and logs vibration using a remote vibration sensor with magnetic adapter on a 1.2m cable. The distance from the point of measuring and the vibration source (road) was measured and recorded. The machine was connected to a 6inch nail using the magnetic adapter and the nail mounted into the ground near the building where vibrations were being measured. The machine was switched on and allowed 1 minute to settle, it was then set to start logging data at a frequency of 5minutes. The peak particle velocity (PPV) was measured in mm/s.
Table 24: Vibration Measurements at Seleceted Receptors Location & Min Max Ave Distance Details (e.g. Run time PPV PPV PPV from school, (mm/s) (mm/s) (mm/s) the Locationhospital, 1 Start: 11/22/2019 0.0 2.6 0.35 Road34.4m Gresidence,borokolongo 8:09:13 Healthetc.) Center End: 11/22/2019 III 16:36:13
97
Location 2 Start: 11/23/2019 0.0 14.5 0.7 12.7m Kuru Trading 8:55:26 Center End: 11/23/2019 18:33:26 Location 3 Start: 11/25/2019 0.0 4.4 0.2 500m Likidobo 8:32:56 village, End: 11/25/2019 Lodonga S/C 18:38:56 Location 4 Start: 12/1/2019 0.0 3.0 0.45 11.8 Moyo Town, 7:56:49 Stanbic Bank End: 12/1/2019 Building 18:41:49 Location 5 Start: 11/26/2019 0.0 5.3 0.7 8.9m Yumbe 9:29:46 Health Center End: 11/26/2019 IV, Children’s 18:44:45 Ward Location 6: Start: 12/3/2019 0.0 4.2 0.7 24.7 Eria Catholic 7:47:33 Church, End: 12/3/2019 Moyo 18:12:33
Yumbe Health Centre IV Vibrations recorded at the children’s ward 8m from Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road. Major vibration sources were vehicular movements along Yumbe-Koboko road.
Graph showing Vibrations at Yumbe Health Center IV 6
) 5
4
3
2
1 Peak Velocity (mm/s Velocity Peak
0
9:29:46 9:49:45
12:49:45 10:09:45 10:29:45 10:49:45 11:09:45 11:29:45 11:49:45 12:09:45 12:29:45 13:09:45 13:29:45 13:49:45 14:09:45 14:29:45 14:49:45 15:09:45 15:29:45 15:49:45 16:09:45 16:29:45 16:49:45 17:09:45 17:29:45 17:49:45 18:09:45 18:29:45 Time
Figure 39: Variation of PPV with time of the day at Yumbe HC IV
98
Moyo Town Vibrations were measured at Stanbic Bank building 11.8m from the main road. Sources of vibrations human movements into the bank and vehicular movements along the main road (Moyo-Yumbe road). Graph showing Vibrations for Moyo Town 3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
Peak Velocity (mm/s) Velocity Peak 0.5
0
7:56:49 8:21:49 8:46:49 9:11:49 9:36:49
16:41:49 10:01:49 10:26:49 10:51:49 11:16:49 11:41:49 12:06:49 12:31:49 12:56:49 13:21:49 13:46:49 14:11:49 14:36:49 15:01:49 15:26:49 15:51:49 16:16:49 17:06:49 17:31:49 17:56:49 18:21:49 Time
Figure 40: Vibration measurements at Moyo Stanbic Bank
Gborokolongo Health Center III Vibrations were measured at the Outpatient building 34.4m from Koboko-Yumbe road. Vibration sources included vehicular movements within facility premises and along the adjacent Koboko-Yumbe road.
Graph showing Vibrations at Gborokolongo Health Center III 3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
Peak Particle Velocity (mm/s) Velocity Particle Peak
8:48:06 9:04:06 9:20:06 9:36:06 9:52:06
10:08:06 10:24:06 10:40:06 10:56:06 11:12:06 11:28:06 12:08:13 12:24:13 12:40:13 12:56:13 13:12:13 13:28:13 13:44:13 14:00:13 14:16:13 14:32:13 14:48:13 15:04:13 15:20:13 15:36:13 15:52:13 16:08:13 16:24:13 Time (Minutes)
Figure 41: Vibration Measurements at Gborokolongo Health Center III
99
Graph showing Vibrations at Kuru Trading Center 4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5 Peak Particle Velocity (mm/s) Velocity Particle Peak
0
8:53:43 8:28:43 9:18:43 9:43:43
14:18:43 10:08:43 10:33:43 10:58:43 11:23:43 11:48:43 12:13:43 12:38:43 13:03:43 13:28:43 13:53:43 14:43:43 15:08:43 15:33:43 15:58:43 16:23:43 16:48:43 17:13:43 17:38:43 18:03:43 18:28:43 18:53:43 Time (Minutes)
Figure 42: Variation of PPV with time at a sampling point at Kuru Trading Centrer
Graph showing Vibrations at a Homestead in Likidobo
5 ) 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
Peak Particle Velocity (mm/s Velocity Particle Peak 0
8:32:56 8:56:56 9:20:56 9:44:56
12:32:56 10:08:56 10:32:56 10:56:56 11:20:56 11:44:56 12:08:56 12:56:56 13:20:56 13:44:56 14:08:56 14:32:56 14:56:56 15:20:56 15:44:56 16:08:56 16:32:56 16:56:56 17:20:56 17:44:56 18:08:56 18:32:56 Tme (Minutes)
Figure 43: Variation of PPV with time at a sampling point at Kuru Trading Centrer
100
Graph showing Vibrations at Eria Catholic Church 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
0
9:29:12 9:54:12
Peak Particle Velocity (mm/s) Velocity Particle Peak
13:39:12 10:19:12 10:44:12 11:09:12 11:34:12 11:59:12 12:24:12 12:49:12 13:14:12 14:04:12 14:29:12 14:54:12 15:19:12 15:44:12 16:09:12 16:34:12 16:59:12 17:24:12 17:49:12 18:14:12 18:39:12 Time (Minutes)
Figure 44: Vibration Measurements at Eria Catholic Church
5.1.8 WATER QUALITY In situ measurements were undertaken using the Horiba U-53 Multi-parameter Meter. The results indicate high values for turbidity. The water in all the sampled rivers appeared dirty (brownish colour). However, the dissolved oxygen levels are typical of natural systems and the levels are sufficient to support aquatic life. The communities use the rivers as a source of domestic water especially Lebijo. Siltation is one of the major causes of high turbidity levels caused by soil erosion of the riverbanks. R. Lebijo is surrounded by gardens upstream and grasses, thickets downstream. Kochi R. has a tree nursery bed upstream and riverine vegetation.
Table 25: Water quality Measurements at Selected Receptors Location & GPS pH EC TDS DO Turbidit Tem Lab Details Coordinate (uS/cm (g/l) (mg/l y (NTU) p Sampl s ) ) (oC) e No. Location 1 36N 6.8 0.078 0.05 7.84 127 22.83 003 Lebijo 0279947 5 0 River, Upstream 0380502 Location 2 36N 6.5 0.084 0.05 5.37 111 22.94 004 Lebijo 0279975 9 5 River, Downstrea 0380453 m Location 3 36N 7.7 0.136 0.08 5.46 121 25.78 001 River 0337293 6 4 Nyawa, upstream 0399087
101
Location 4 36N 7.8 0.154 0.09 5.04 120 26.05 002 River 0337288 6 7 Nyawa downstrea 0399017 m Location 5 36N 7.6 0.156 0.10 4.37 83.1 26.99 005 River Kochi 0326561 1 1 upstream 0393622 Location 6 36N 7.8 0.158 0.10 5.07 78.9 27.08 006 River Kochi 0326567 2 3 downstrea m 0393570
5.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
5.2.1 VEGETATION The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road traverses through savanna mosaic of bush lands and thickets graduating into extensive woodlands in Moyo. For much of the project area, human activities have induced changes in vegetation especially in Koboko and Yumbe where population densities appear to be moderate. Existing land cover/land use zones are a reflection of continuous or intermittent cultivation of mainly annual crops. Extensive fallow lands occupy the immediate zones of the alignment.
5.2.1.1 CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION IN THE PROJECT AREA Vegetation within the area can be classified into Woodlands (Eria Central Forest Reserves) grasslands, bushland/thickets, riverine swamps and post cultivation vegetation where woodlots have been established. Plantation forests have been established within these Zones and gazetted as Central Forest Reserves under the management of the National Forest Authority (NFA). Sampling was carried out in all identified vegetation zones.
❖ Central Forest Reserves The project road traverses through three Central Forest Reserves; Lodonga CFR in Yumbe District and Eria and Lobajo CFRs in Moyo District. The CFRs are under the management of National Forest Authority (NFA). Lodonga CFR is a plantation forest with an area of 106 ha established for industrial timber and part of the reserve is licensed to private tobacco tree farmers. Eria CFR occupying 575 ha is a degraded natural high forest, NFA established plantations of Tectona grandis in degraded areas. Lobajo CFR is a plantation forest covering 111 ha established for industrial purposes like providing forest products to nearby communities. The reserve is comprised of plantations of Tectona grandis and Pinus oocarpa. The table below presents species found within each of the plantation forests:
102
Table 26: Summary of CFRs Plant Species Central Forest Plant Species Recorded Reserve Plantation forest Eria Central Forest Acacia hockii, Acacia senegal var. rostrate, Afzelia Africana, Annona Reserve, Moyo senegalensis, Balanites aegyptiaca, Combretum adenogonium, District Combretum collinum, Combretum molle, Dalbergia melanoxylon, Dombeya mukole, Entada abyssinica, Ficus glumosa, Flueggea virosa, Gardenia jovis-tonantis, Grewia trichocarpa, Hyparrhenia rufa, Lonchocarpus capassa, Macaranga tanarius, Maytenus senegalensis, Piliostigma thonningii, Prosopis species, Rhus natalensis, Tectona grandis, Vitellaria paradoxa, Ziziphus mauritiana, Ziziphus mucronata Lobajo Central Acacia hockii, Acacia polyacantha, Acacia sieberiana, Afzelia Forest Reserve, Africana, Albizia coriaria, Annona senegalensis, Borassus aethiopum, Moyo District Broussonetia papyrifera, Faidherbia species, Ficus mucuso, Gardenia imperialis, Grewia mollis, Hyparrhenia rufa, Khaya anthotheca, Lonchocarpus capassa, Macaranga tanarius, Mangifera indica, Milicia excels, Piliostigma thonningii, Pinus oocarpa, Syzygium cumuni, Tectona grandis, Vitellaria paradoxa Lodonga Central Acacia polyacantha, Albizia coriaria, Borassus aethiopum, Cedrela Forest Reserve, odorata, Celtis durandii, Chromolaena odorata, Erythrina abyssinica, Yumbe District Eucalyptus grandis, Ficus thonningii, Mangifera indica, Milicia excels, Ricinus communis, Senna siamea, Senna spectabilis, Syzygium cumuni, Tectona grandis, Thevetia peruviana, Vitex doniana
103
Figure 45: Road scenes through the CFR
5.2.2 ROAD IMPACT ON CFRS The areas of the CFRs taken up by the road are summarised as follows:
Table 27: Ratios of affected areas and lengths of the project road Forest Reserve Total Area Length Area Taken Area Taken Area Area Name (Ha) Covered by by Road Taken by Taken by (m) carriageway Reserve Road Road (Ha) (Ha) Corridor Reserve (%) (%) Lobajo 119 0.475 0.81 1.85 0.68 1.55 Eria 533 2.2 2.44 11.2 0.46 2.10 Lodonga 107 0.52 0.8 2.46 0.75 2.30 Total 759 3.195 4.05 15.51 1.89 5.96
104
Figure 46: Map showing part of Lodonga CFR affected by the project road in Yumbe District
105
Figure 47: Location map of Lobajo CFR along the project road in Moyo District
106
Figure 48: Map showing part of Lobajo CFR affected by the project road in Moyo District ❖ Woodlands Open woodlands with Sheanut butter tree species and Acacia species occur in the project area. These are mainly common on the road section towards Moyo town. Sample sites were drawn at different sites and the following species were recorded. Acacia hockii, Acacia polyacantha, Acacia senegal var. rostrate, Afzelia Africana, Annona senegalensis, Bambusa bambos, Borassus aethiopum, Cola gigantean, Combretum adenogonium, Combretum collinum, Combretum molle, Eucalyptus grandis, Ficus species, Flueggea virosa, Gmelina arborea, Grewia mollis, Grewia trichocarpa, Hyparrhenia rufa, Khaya anthotheca, Lonchocarpus capassa, Lophira alata, Maytenus senegalensis, Morus lacteal, Piliostigma thonningii, Psidium guajava, Rhus natalensis, Sarcocephalus latifolius, Schefflera volkensii, Senna siamea, Tamarindus indica, Vitellaria paradoxa. Sections of woodlands have been degraded and efforts to establish woodlots are evident.
❖ Woodlands Open woodlands with Sheanut butter tree species and Acacia species occur in the project area. These are mainly common on the road section towards Moyo town. Sample sites were drawn at different sites and the following species were recorded. Acacia hockii, Acacia polyacantha, Acacia senegal var. rostrate, Afzelia Africana, Annona senegalensis, Bambusa bambos, Borassus aethiopum, Cola gigantean, Combretum adenogonium, Combretum collinum, Combretum molle, Eucalyptus grandis, Ficus species, Flueggea virosa, Gmelina arborea, Grewia mollis, Grewia trichocarpa, Hyparrhenia rufa, Khaya anthotheca, Lonchocarpus
107
capassa, Lophira alata, Maytenus senegalensis, Morus lacteal, Piliostigma thonningii, Psidium guajava, Rhus natalensis, Sarcocephalus latifolius, Schefflera volkensii, Senna siamea, Tamarindus indica, Vitellaria paradoxa. Sections of woodlands have been degraded and efforts to establish woodlots are evident.
Figure 49: Road through open woodlands
❖ Grasslands The project road traverses patches of savannah grasslands. Much of grassland has been modified especially in Koboko and Yumbe districts. Where the remnants occur, the following species were recorded: Acacia hockii, Flueggea virosa, Gmelina arborea, Heteropogon contortus, Hyparrhenia rufa, Imperata cylindrical, Kigelia Africana, Leonotis nepetifolia, Setaria sphacelata, Vernonia amygdalina, Vernonia cinerea, Vitellaria paradoxa.
Figure 50: Part of open grasslands
❖ Bushland/thickets Bushlands/thickets are established where soils appear shallow and rocky and cultivation has not taken place though livestock rearing is evident. These border the open woodlands and are also found along intermittent surface water courses. Plant species recorded within the sampled sites include the following: Acacia hockii, Acacia polyacantha, Acalypha species, Agave sisalana, Albizia coriaria, Borassus aethiopum, Chromolaena odorata, Combretum adenogonium, Erythrina abyssinica, Ficus natalensis, Ficus sur, Flueggea virosa, Gmelina
108
arborea, Hyparrhenia rufa, Hyptis suaveolens, Jatropha curcas, Khaya anthotheca, Lantana camara, Leonotis nepetifolia, Mangifera indica, Maytenus senegalensis, Milicia excels, Moringa oleifera, Piliostigma thonningii, Psidium guajava, Rhus natalensis, Ricinus communis, Senna spectabilis, Solanum incanum, Syzygium cumuni, Tamarindus indica, Tectona grandis, Terminalia glaucescens, Thevetia peruviana, Tithonia diversifolia, Unkown species, Vangueria apiculate, Vernonia amygdalina, Ziziphus mucronata.
Riverbanks and Seasonal Wetlands The project road crosses a number of surface water courses including Rivers Koch, Newa and Ofua among other streams. Narrow seasonal wetlands have developed along these water courses in addition to a series of other seasonal wetlands that occur on the extensive low-lying flat landscapes along the project road. An extensive stretch of wetland of approximately 1km occupies the section from Km 80+300 to 81+300. Other smaller wetlands exist at km 79+500, km, 81+100 to 81+800 and 86+300 to 86+800. Though the stretch from 80+300 to 81+300 has been classified as a permanent wetland by the Engineering design report, significant sections have been reclaimed for rice cultivation hence affecting biodiversity. Using a combination of biodiversity and morphological indicators may not place it under the category of permanent wetlands though soil based indicators could place it under permanent wetlands. Based on the IUCN Red List of threatened species 2018, none of the Amphibian species recorded is of conservation concern, all species are listed as Least Concern (LC). The extensive degradation of this seasonal wetland could have contributed to migration of significant numbers of fauna further away from the project sites.
A combination of intermittent availability of water and silt deposition processes, vegetation species associated with seasonal wetlands have colonized these sites. The following species were recorded at sampled sites: Acacia hockii, Acacia polyacantha, Acacia senegal var. rostrate, Acacia sieberiana, Albizia grandibracteata, Allophylus abyssinicus, Borassus aethiopum, Chromolaena odorata, Combretum adenogonium, Combretum collinum, Erythrina abyssinica, Ficus mucuso, , Ficus natalensis, Flueggea virosa, Gardenia jovis-tonantis, Grewia mollis, Hyparrhenia rufa, Kigelia Africana, Leersia hexandra, Mangifera indica, Maytenus senegalensis, Panicum maximum, Pennisetum purpureum, Psydrax schimperiana, Ricinus communis, Sesbania sesban, Solanum incanum, Tamarindus indica, Teclea nobilis, Tithonia diversifolia, Vernonia amygdalina. Based on the IUCN Red List of threatened species 2018 none of the recorded species are of conservation concern, they are all recorded as of least concern (LC). Table 30 and 31 indicate the most common fauna inventoried in the seasonal wetlands.
109
Seasonal wetlands within the project area are characterized by intermittent water ponding during the rains and gradual discharge during the dry season leading to complete disappearance and subsequent lowering of the water table. The introduction of rice cultivation in the most extensive patch has thus intensified channelization affecting the water table and ability to support vegetation.
Figure 51: Typical riverine vegetation
❖ Roadside Planted woodlots Woodlots have been raised along the alignment for different purposes. These are privately owned woodlots mainly of pine species. Common species include the following: Milicia excels, Eucalyptus camadulensis, E. grandis, Gardenia imperialis, Gmelina arborea, Grevillea robusta, Tectona grandis (Fig. 49).
Figure 52: Roadside trees in areas of Lodonga Village, Yumbe District
❖ Cultivated Fields and fallow lands Woodlots have been raised along the alignment for different purposes. These are either individual woodlots privately owned by households or community woodlots. The most
110
common species planted are Senna siamea, Tectona grandis, Eucalyptus species, Vitellaria paradoxa, Gmelina arborea and Pinus species. Other species that are either inter cropped within crops or planted in a line along the road include Acacia hockii, Albizia coriaria, Annona muricata, Annona senegalensis, Artocarpus heterophyllus, Azadirachta indica, Brachiaria decumbens, Borassus aethiopum, Carica papaya, Carissa edulis, Chromolaena odorata, Citrus limon, Combretum adenogonium, Encephalartos macrostrobilus, Entada abyssinica, Eucalyptus camaldulensis, Eucalyptus grandis, Gardenia imperialis, Grevillea robusta and Grewia mollis among many others. Major crops grown in the project area are cotton, cassava, pigeon peas, sunflower, rice and sorghum. These dominate vegetation cover in all settled and lands under agriculture.
5.2.3 FAUNA WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA The project area especially in Koboko and Yumbe Districts is generally a modified environment. The following habitat types were identified, and detailed sampling was conducted to establish which faunal species occur in them. The sites sampled were near settlements, woodlots/tree plantations, forest reserves, riverine areas, grasslands, and cultivated areas. Ten points are along the Koboko section of the Road, twelve sampling points along the Yumbe section of the road and Thirteen Sampling points along the Moyo section of the road (Figures 50-53). Sections 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.3.4 present the status of fauna within the project area.
Figure 53: Fauna Sampling Points (37) along the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Project.
111
Figure 54: Fauna Sampling Points (10) along the Koboko Section of the Road.
Figure 55: Fauna Sampling Points (12) along the Yumbe Section of the Road.
112
Figure 56: Sampling Points (13) along the Moyo Section of the Road.
5.2.3.1 BUTTERFLY ❖ Species Richness
Twenty-Four (24) species of butterflies were recorded in the project area. The butterflies belong to four (4) families Papilionidae, Pieridae, Lycaenidae, and Nymphalidae. Nymphalidae is the most diverse family represented by six sub-families, Ten Genus and Nineteen Species.
Table 28: Number Butterfly Species recorded in the project area Family No. of Sub-family No. of Genus No. of Species Papilionidae 1 1 2 Pieridae 2 2 2 Lycaenidae 1 1 1 Nymphalidae 6 10 19 Total 10 14 24
The full list of the species is presented below. The project area has been modified and has been settled especially the sections in Koboko and Yumbe Districts. This road section looks an open habitat because of the settlements and cultivation, and about 50% of the species were recorded in an open habitat setting. The most common species include Papilio demodocus Citrus Swallowtail, Papilio nireus Narrow Blue-banded Swallowtail, Danaus chrysippus African
113
Queen (African Monarch), Junonia oenone Dark Blue Pansy and Neptidopsis ophione Scalloped Sailer.
Table 29: List of Butterflies encountered in the project area Species No. seen IUCN Status PAPILIONIDAE Papilioninae Papilio demodocus Citrus Swallowtail 31 LC Papilio nireus Narrow Blue-banded Swallowtail 23 LC PIERIDAE Coliadinae Catopsilia florella African Emigrant 9 LC Pierinae Belenois creona Common White (African Caper) 54 LC LYCAENIDAE Polyommatinae Euchrysops malathana Smoky Bean Cupid 13 LC NYMPHALIDAE Danainae Danaus chrysippus African Queen (African Monarch) 38 LC Tirumala petiverana African Blue Tiger 5 LC Charaxinae Charaxes etesipe Savanna Charaxes 3 LC Charaxes brutus White-barred Charaxes 7 LC Charaxes castor Giant Charaxes 11 LC Charaxes varanes Pearl Charaxes 19 LC Nymphalinae Hypolimnas misippus Diadem 17 LC Junonia oenone Dark Blue Pansy 21 LC Vanessa cardui Painted Lady 9 LC Precis archesia Ugandensis Garden Inspector 8 LC Biblidinae Biblidini Neptidopsis ophione Scalloped Sailer 5 LC Limenitinae Neptidini Neptis goochi Small Streaked Sailer 47 LC Acraeinae Acraea caecilia 14 LC Acraea caldarena Black Tip Acraea 16 LC Acraea uvui Tiny Acraea 6 LC Acraea encedon Encedon Acraea 7 LC Acraea eponina Orange Acraea 12 LC Acraea natalica Natal Acraea 9 LC Acraea bonasia Dancing Acraea 11 LC 114
Species No. seen IUCN Status Total
Small Streaked Sailer Neptis goochi Narrow Blue-Banded Swallowtail Papilio nireus
Garden Inspector Precis archesia African Queen (African Monarch) Danaus chrysippus
Citrus Swallowtail Papilio demodocus Charaxes sp
115
Figure 57: Photographic catalogue of some of the butterflies in the project area
❖ Conservation status None of the butterfly species encountered during the study are listed under the IUCN Red List category of threatened species. They are listed as Least Concern (LC).
5.2.4 HERPETOFAUNA
5.2.4.1 AMPHIBIANS ❖ Species Richness A total of Eight (8) amphibian species belonging to six (6) families and six (6) genera were recorded in the project area. All recorded species belong to Order Anura of Class Amphibia. Each of the six families was represented by one genus. In terms of species richness, family Phrynobatrachidae and Bufonidae were represented by two species each. The rest of the families were represented by one species. A list of encountered species is shown in the Table below. Amphibians are secretive creatures and require studies across seasons. A complete inventory list would benefit from a longer-term survey.
Table 30: Amphibian species richness by families and genera Family No. of Genera No. of Species Pipidae 1 1 Hyperoliidae 1 1 Phrynobatrachidae 1 2 Dicroglossidae 1 1 Ptychadenidae 1 1 Bufonidae 1 2 Total: 6 families 6 8
The Eastern Groove-Growned Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus occipitalis is a well-known wetland specialist, meaning it spends most of its time near a water source. In the project area, it was observed around ephemeral water pools or ponds, for example along the roadside in low lying areas. These pools and ponds by their nature dry out. This may imply that the Eastern Groove- crowned Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus occipitalis have adopted to surviving in and around ephemeral water sources. The rest of the species have been known to be adaptive to water stressed environments.
Table 31: Amphibian Species List for Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Family Herpetofauna No. Seen IUCN Red List Status Hyperoliidae Common Reed Frog Hyperolius 6 LC viridiflavus Phrynobatrachidae Dwarf Puddle Frog Phrynobatrachus 3 LC mababiensis Phrynobatrachidae Natal Puddle Frog Phrynobatrachus 4 LC natalensis
116
Dicroglossidae Eastern Groove-crowned Bullfrog 30 LC Hoplobatrachus occipitalis Bufonidae Flat backed toad Sclerophrys maculatus 1 LC Bufonidae Kisolo Toad Sclerophrys kisoloensis 3 LC Pipidae Lake Victoria Clawed Frog Xenopus 10 LC victorianus Ptychadenidae Mascarene Ridged Frog Ptychadena 7 LC mascareniensis Total 8 species
Mascarene Ridged Frog Ptychadena Eastern Groove-crowned Bullfrog mascareniensis Hoplobatrachus occipitalis
Lake Victoria Clawed Frog Xenopus Kisolo Toad Sclerophrys kisoloensis victorianus Figure 58: Some of the Amphibians were encountered in the project Area
Table 32: Shannon Wiener Diversity Indices for Amphibian fauna A long KYM Road Shannon Wiener Way Point GPS Coordinate of Sampling Point Diversity Index Koboko Road Section WP-956 36 N 0279200, 0380183 Water Pond 0.56
117
36 N 0279973, 0380466 (At 6.8km) WP-957 Lebijo River 1.2 Yumbe Road Section 36 N 0288404, 0376820 WP-962 Lodonga Central Forest Reserve 0.69 Moyo Road Section 36 N 0352435, 0401291 WP-990 Oyajo Village, Rocky Habitat 0.69 36 N 0345847, 0398886 WP-993 Seasonal wetland, Lokiriji Stream 1.1 36 N 0341271, 0395866 WP-994 Ayii Seasonal Stream 1.1 36 N 0331806, 0395396 WP-1002 Lewa Stream (Seasonal stream) 0.64 36 N 0331212, 0395341. WP-1003 Kebwuru Stream 0.95
❖ Species of conservation Concern Based on the IUCN Red List of threatened species 2018, none of the Amphibian species recorded is of conservation concern, all species are listed as Least Concern (LC). One species, the Mascarene Ridged Frog Ptychadena mascareniensis, is listed as Data Deficient (DD) by the National Red List for Uganda (WCS, 2016).
5.2.4.2 REPTILES ❖ Species Richness Eleven reptile species were recorded during the field survey. They include Three Lizards, One skink, five snakes and two chelonians. These are represented by eight families, ten genera and eleven species.
Table 33: Reptile species recorded along Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road Family Herpetofauna No. seen IUCN Red List Status Elapidae Black-necked Spitting Cobra Naja reported LC nigricollis Colubridae Boomslang Dispholidus typus reported LC Colubridae Brown House Snake Lamprophis 1 NE fuliginosus Colubridae Olive House Snake Lamprophis 1 LC olivaceus Pythonidae Central Africa Rock Python Python reported LC sebae
118
Testunidae Bell’s Hinged Tortoise Kinixys belliana reported LC Testunidae Helmeted Terrapin Pelomedusa subrufa reported LC Varanidae Nile Monitor Lizard Varanus niloticus 2 LC Agamidae Red-Headed Rock Agama Agama agama 88 LC Lacertidae Speke’s Sand Lizard Heliobolus spekii 2 LC Scincidae Rainbow skink Trachylepis margaritifer 56 LC Total 11 Species
Table 34: Number of Genera and Species of reptiles encountered during the survey Family No. of genera No. of Species Elapidae 1 1 Colubridae 2 3 Pythonidae 1 1 Testunidae 2 2 Varanidae 1 1 Agamidae 1 1 Lacertidae 1 1 Scincidae 1 1 Total: 8 Families 10 11
The Black-necked Spitting Cobra Naja nigricollis, Boomslang Dispholidus typus, Central Africa Rock Python Python sebae, Bell’s Hinged Tortoise Kinixys belliana and Helmeted Terrapin Pelomedusa subrufa, were reported by the community members the survey team interacted with. By the color descriptions given by the community members, the identity of the five species were arrived at. Some confessed to have killed them at one time.
The Red-Headed Rock Agama Agama agama and the Rainbow skink Trachylepis margaritifer were the most common. This is because most lizards have well-developed limbs; the head is normally held high off the ground, and they are agile predators. This increases their colonization success unlike the limbless Serpentes (Savage 1992). The Rainbow skink Trachylepis margaritifer was the second most common. This is because the skinks are generalists with a wide ecological tolerance (Gerlach, 2005). The two species also take advantage of any crevices or hiding places, and this gives them wide distribution and successful colonization.
119
Nile Monitor Lizard Varanus niloticus Red-Headed Rock Agama Agama agama Figure 59: Some of the Reptiles species encountered during the survey
❖ Conservation status With the exception of the Brown House Snake Lamprophis fuliginosus, the IUCN Red List 2018 and the National Red List for Uganda 2016 indicates that none of the species recorded are of conservation concern. They are all shown as being of Least Concern (LC). The Brown House Snake Lamprophis fuliginosus is listed as Not Evaluated (NE) by IUCN red list, while the Uganda National Red list lists it as being Data Deficient (DD). The Central Africa Rock Python Python sebae and the Nile Monitor Lizard Varanus niloticus are listed under the Endangered Species Decree of 1985, which means that international trade of the species is prohibited. The Species are listed under CITES Appendix II (Branch 1998). However, in Uganda the two species were down listed from Appendix II because the two species are still abundant and widespread in the country.
The Shannon Wiener diversity index of the different sampling points along the proposed road indicate that Lodonga Central Forest Reserve (WP-962 - 36 N 0288404, 0376820), Loboje Central Forest Reserve (WP-987 - 36 N 0355377, 0402816), Nyawa River at Yumbe - Moyo district boundary (WP-99536 N 0337276, 0399057) and Kochi River (WP-1004 - 36 N 0326547, 0393599) were the most diverse in Reptile fauna with Shannon wiener diversity index of 1.5, 1.5, 1.5, and 1.2 respectively. To minimize loss of fauna, the workers will be sensitized to be on a look out for any slow moving herpetofauna and accordingly allow them to move out of the work area into the nearby bushes.
Table 35: Shannon Wiener Diversity Indices for Reptile fauna A long KYM Road Way Point GPS Coordinate of Sampling Point Shannon Wiener Diversity Index Koboko Road Section 36 N 0277664, 0380042: Kei Gbengi WP-951 Community Forest 0.5 36 N 0279973, 0380466 (6.8km) Lebijo WP-957 River 0.68 WP-958 36 N 0282266, 0380289 0.69
120
WP-960 36 N 0283606, 0379883 0.64 Yumbe Road Section 36 N 0288404, 0376820 WP-962 Lodonga Central Forest Reserve 1.5 WP-966 36 N 0291813, 0378328 0.67 WP-968 36 N 0295446, 0378671 1.1 WP-971 36 N 0299447, 0380881 0.56 WP-974 36 N 0303084, 0382758 0.99 WP-975 36 N 0305256, 0383695 0.61 WP-976 36 N 0307335, 0385821 1.1 WP-977 36 N 0311366, 0387741 0.45 WP-978 36 N 0312536, 0388440 0.9 Moyo Road Section 36 N 0355377, 0402816 WP-987 Loboje CFR 1.5 WP-989 36 N 0354695, 0402577 0.69 36 N 0352435, 0401291 WP-990 Oyajo Village, Rocky Habitat 1.1 36 N 0350086, 0400909 WP-981 ERIA CFR 0.67 36 N 0345847, 0398886 WP-993 Seasonal wetland, Lokiriji Stream 0.56 36 N 0341271, 0395866 WP-994 Ayii Seasonal Stream 0.69 36 N 0337276, 0399057 Nyawa River (Yumbe and Moyo District WP-995 boundary) 1.5 36 N 0331806, 0395396 WP-1002 Lewa Stream (Seasonal stream) 0.69 36 N 0326547, 0393599 WP-1004 Kochi River 1.2 WP-1005 36 N 0325188, 0393372 0.95
5.2.4.3 BIRD FAUNA ❖ Species Richness Bird species representing fifty (50) genera were recorded in the project area. The most represented genera are Streptopelia with four species and genus Euplectes with three species. The most common species recorded in the project area include the African Palm Swift, Northern Red Bishop, Black-Headed Weaver, Common Bulbul, Piapiac, African Mourning Dove, Red-eyed Dove, Laughing Dove and Vinaceous Dove.
Table 36: Bird species List encountered during the survey
121
Britton Species EcoType in No. Seen IUCN No. ERA List Ardea cinereal Grey Heron 1 LC 27 Ardea melanocephala Black-headed O 1 LC Heron 837 Camaroptera brachyura Grey-backed f,C 2 LC Camaroptera 583 Campethera nubica Nubian O,C 1 LC Woodpecker 406 Centropus superciliosus White- O,O 4 LC browed Coucal 389 Chrysococcyx cupreus Emerald F,O 1 LC Cuckoo Cinnyris erythrocerca Red-chested 1 LC Sunbird 864 Cisticola lateralis Whistling Cisticola O,C 3 LC 866 Cisticola natalensis Croaking O,C LC Cisticola Corvus albus Pied Crow 3 LC 376 Crinifer zonurus Eastern Grey W,O 2 LC Plantain Eater 399 Cuculus solitarius Red-chested F,O 2 LC Cuckoo 452 Cypsiurus parvus Palm Swift O,O 66 LC 644 Dicrurus adsimilis Fork-Tailed f,C 2 LC Drongo Euplectes axilaris Fan-Tailed 2 LC Widowbird Euplectes franciscanus Northern Red O 6 LC Bishop 1148 Euplectes macrourus Yellow-mantled O,C 1 LC Widowbird 182 Francolinus sephaena Crested O 1-Eggs LC Francolin seen 86 Gyps rueppellii Ruppell's Vulture O LC 472 Halcyon chelicuti Striped Kingfisher O,C 2 LC 129 Kaupifalco monogrammicus Lizard O 3 LC Buzzard 1239 Lagonosticta rubricata African O,C LC Firefinch 1241 Lagonosticta senegala Red-billed O,C LC Firefinch 1060 Lamprotornis purpuropterus O,O 1 LC Ruppell's Long-tailed Glossy Starling
122
Britton Species EcoType in No. Seen IUCN No. ERA List 1003 Laniarius barbarus Black-headed O,C 4 LC Gonolek Lanius collaris Common Fiscal O 3 LC 1032 Lanius excubitorius Grey-backed O,O 3 LC Fiscal Leptoptilos cruneniferous Marabou 23 LC Stork 1265 Lonchura bicolor Black and White f,C 2 LC Mannikin 130 Lophaetus occipitalis Long-crested O 1 LC Eagle 934 Melaenornis edolioides Black O,C LC Flycatcher 138 Milvus migrans Black Kite O 16 LC 991 Motacilla aguimp African Pied W,P 4 LC Wagtail 771 Myrmecocichla nigra Sooty Chat O,O 1 LC 1122 Nectarinia senegalensis Scarlet- f,C 2 LC chested Sunbird 190 Numida meleagris Helmeted O 2 LC Guineafowl Passer rufocinctus Rufous Sparrow 1 LC 508 Phoeniculus purpureus Green Wood O,O 1 LC Hoopoe 1165 Ploceus cucullatus Black-headed O,C 29 LC Weaver 1177 Ploceus ocularis Spectacled Weaver f,C 1 LC 549 Pogoniulus chrysoconus Yellow- O,C 1 LC fronted Tinkerbird 367 Poicephalus meyeri Brown Parrot O,O 2 LC Polyboroides typus African Harrier 1 LC Hawk 659 Ptilostomus afer Piapiac O,O 31 LC 732 Pycnonotus barbatus Common f,C 26 LC Bulbul Streptopelia decipiens African 1 LC Mourning Dove 350 Streptopelia semitorquata Red-eyed f, O 3 LC Dove 351 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing O 2 LC Dove 353 Streptopelia vinacea Vinaceous Dove O, C 1 LC 416 Strix woodfordii African Wood Owl F,O 1 LC
123
Britton Species EcoType in No. Seen IUCN No. ERA List 968 Terpsiphone viridis Paradise f,C 1 LC Flycatcher 518 Tockus erythrorhynchus Red-billed O,O 1 LC Hornbill 801 Turdus pelios African Thrush f,C 1 LC 355 Turtur afer Blue-spotted Wood Dove f, C 1 LC 1261 Uraeginthus bengalus Red-cheeked O,C 1 LC Cordon-bleu 1216 Vidua macroura Pin-tailed Whydah W,O 1 LC 1133 Zosterops senegalensis Yellow f,C 1 LC White-eye Total 59 Species
Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo districts are found in the Albertine Rift which is well known for its richness in biodiversity. The project area is generally modified for settlement and cultivation, resulting into an open habitat. From the list generated during the survey, the area supports a high proportion of species associated with open habitats and grassland. There is correspondingly a low percentage of forest dependent species.
Lanius collaris Common Fiscal Numida meleagris Helmeted Guinea Fowl egg shells
124
Northern Red Bishop Euplectes franciscanus
Ptilostomus afer Piapiac Figure 60: Some of the Bird species encountered during the survey
The Shannon Wiener diversity index were computed for the different sampling points along the proposed road. The index shows that the bird fauna is more diverse at the following points: ERIA Central Forest Reserve (WP-981 - 36 N 0350086, 0400909) with Shannon wiener diversity index of 2.8; Kochi River (WP-1004 - 36 N 0326547, 0393599) with Shannon diversity index of 2.5, WP-971 (36 N 0299447, 0380881) with Shannon Wiener diversity index of 1.9, Ayii Seasonal Stream (WP-994 - 36 N 0341271, 0395866) with Shannon wiener diversity index of 1.9, and Lewa Seasonal Stream (WP-1002 - 36 N 0331806, 0395396) with Shannon diversity index of 1.8. The bird fauna becomes more diverse in the CFRs. . All the recorded bird species are of LC conservation status.
Table 37: Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for Bird fauna A long KYM Road Shannon Wiener Way Point GPS Coordinate of Sampling Point Diversity Index Koboko Road Section WP-937 36 N 0273618, 0378054 (At 0.3km) 0.59 WP-940 36 N 0275594, 0379590 (At 2.7 km) 0.64 WP-941 36 N 0275784, 0379595 (At 2.9km) 0.9 36 N 0277664, 0380042 (?? Km) WP-951 Kei Gbengi Community Forest 0.69 36 N 0279200, 0380183 WP-956 Water Pond 1.5 36 N 0279973, 0380466 (6.8km) WP-957 Lebijo River 0.17 WP-958 36 N 0282266, 0380289 0.3 WP-960 36 N 0283606, 0379883 1.1 Yumbe Road Section
125
36 N 0288404, 0376820 WP-962 Lodonga Central Forest Reserve 1.5 WP-966 36 N 0291813, 0378328 1.6 WP-971 36 N 0299447, 0380881 1.9 WP-974 36 N 0303084, 0382758 2 WP-975 36 N 0305256, 0383695 1.4 WP-976 36 N 0307335, 0385821 2 WP-977 36 N 0311366, 0387741 1.4 WP-979 36 N 0314482, 0391669 1.7 Moyo Road Section WP-998 36 N 0358030, 0404013 1.3 36 N 0355377, 0402816 WP-987 Loboje CFR 0.95 WP-989 36 N 0354695, 0402577 1.7 36 N 0352435, 0401291 WP-990 Oyajo Village, Rocky Habitat 1.3 36 N 0350086, 0400909 WP-981 ERIA CFR 2.8 36 N 0345847, 0398886 WP-993 Seasonal wetland, Lokiriji Stream 2 36 N 0341271, 0395866 WP-994 Ayii Seasonal Stream 1.9 36 N 0337276, 0399057 WP-995 Nyawa River Yumbe and Moyo boundary 1.6 WP-1000 36 N 0346626, 0399725 1.3 WP-1001 36 N 0334537, 0395394 1.3 36 N 0331806, 0395396 WP-1002 Lewa Stream (Seasonal stream) 1.8 36 N 0331212, 0395341. WP-1003 Kebwuru Stream 1.4 36 N 0326547, 0393599 WP-1004 Kochi River 2.5
5.2.4.4 MAMMALS ❖ Species Richness Fifteen mammal species were recorded during the survey. The species included six rodent species, three shrew species, one Bat, one mongoose and four Primate Species. These mammals were represented by 7 families, 13 genera and 15 species. The Primates were reported as present by the National Forestry Authority staff working with Lodonga, Era and Eria CFR’s. Also reported was the Greater cane Rat Thryonomys swinderianus. According to the local community this is a delicacy in the area. Given the level of degradation in the project
126
area landscape especially for agricultural purpose, it is unlikely there are large mammal species in the area. Elephants used to roam in the area 60 years ago. Assessments of small mammal presence or absence in an area give a unique perspective on the ecological importance of a given area than the more mobile larger mammals (Dickinson and Kityo 1996). The researcher’s efforts in the survey of small mammals yielded nine species and these were mainly recorded in the Moyo section of the project area. The Bats were recorded at a roosting place within Moyo Town Council. Over 500 individuals were recorded.
Table 38: Mammal Species recorded during the survey English Name No. Seen IUCN Red National Red / trapped List Status List Status Family: Muridae House Rat Rattus rattus 1 LC LC Family: Cricetidae Subfamily: Murinae Striped Grass Mouse *Lemniscomys striatus 2 LC LC Hinde's rock rat Aethomys hindei 2 LC LC African pygmy mouse Mus minutoides 2 LC LC Subfamily: Gerbillinae Tatera validaSavanna gerbil Tatera valida 3 LC LC Family: Thryonomyidae (cane rats) Greater cane Rat Thryonomys swinderianus Reported LC LC Family: Soricidae (shrews) Subfamily: Crocidurinae Jackson's shrew Crocidura jacksoni 2 LC LC African giant shrew Crocidura olivieri 3 LC LC Ugandan lowland shrew Crocidura Selina 1 LC LC Family: Vespertilionidae Vespertilioninae Banana pipistrelle Neoromicia nanus 500 LC LC Family: Herpestidae (mongooses) Marsh Mongoose Atilex paludinosus 1 LC LC Family: Cercopithecidae Black and White Colobus Monkey Colobus Reported LC LC guereza Olive Baboon Papio anubis Reported LC LC Red-tailed monkey Cercopithecus ascanius Reported LC LC Patas monkey Erythrocebus patas Reported LC LC Total 15 Species Conservation status: LC – Least Concern.
Table 39: Genera and number of species represented by each mammal families Family No. of Genera No. of species Muridae 1 1
127
Cricetidae 4 4 Thryonomyidae 1 1 Soricidae 1 3 Vespertilionidae 1 1 Herpestidae 1 1 Cercopithecidae 4 4 Total: 7 families 13 15
The Table below shows the Shannon Wiener diversity index computed for the different sampling points were mammals were recorded along the proposed road. The Shannon Wiener diversity index shows that the mammal fauna is more diverse at two points: ERIA Central Forest Reserve (WP-981 - 36 N 0350086, 0400909) which has the highest diversity index of 1.8 and Nyawa River (WP-995 - 36 N 0337276, 0399057) which has the second highest diversity index of 1.1. Nyawa River forms the boundary between Yumbe and Moyo districts. The cause of the high diversity index is the natural undisturbed habitat of Eria Central Forest Reserve and the relatively undisturbed habitat around Nyawa River.
Table 40: Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for Mammal fauna A long KYM Road Way Point GPS Coordinate of Sampling Point Shannon Wiener Diversity Index Koboko Road Section 36 N 0277664, 0380042 (?? Km) WP-951 Kei Gbengi Community Forest 0.69 Yumbe Road Section None Under this section Moyo Road Section 36 N 0350086, 0400909 WP-981 ERIA CFR 1.8 36 N 0337276, 0399057 Nyawa River Yumbe and Moyo WP-995 boundary 1.1 36 N 0326547, 0393599 WP-1004 Kochi River 0.69
❖ Conservation Status All the three species recorded are listed as least concern by IUCN Red list (IUCN, 2018 and the National Red list for Uganda (WCS, 2016).
128
6 SOCIOECONOMIC BASELINE CONDITIONS WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA
6.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter presents a description of the social-economic characteristics of the project area along the 105km stretch from Koboko, to Moyo through Yumbe districts. Baseline descriptions have been formed through a combination of primary survey data, secondary data and stakeholder consultation. Baseline descriptions of demographic characteristics, access to infrastructure (such as roads), available healthcare services and prevalent diseases, land tenure, transport, economic activity, gender, vulnerability, equity issues and literacy levels in the project area is essential to understanding project affected communities, possible benefits to recipient communities and potential challenges and impacts during project implementation.
6.2 ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE The construction of the 105km road will pass through 36 villages (17 LHS and 19 RHS) in Koboko district, 110 villages (52 LHS and 58 RHS) in Yumbe district and 35 villages (18 LHS and 17 RHS) in Moyo district. The project areas are under administrative jurisdiction of these respective decentralized local governments, where each local government functions with autonomy to formulate development objectives and budgets in line with policies of the Central Government. This section briefly outlines the administrative structure of Uganda, particularly those administrative levels relevant to this ESIA.
In the administrative structure, a district is subdivided into Counties and Municipalities or Towns depending on their size and other criteria set by the Ministry of Local Government. Every County is further subdivided into sub-counties, while municipalities are subdivided into divisions. The Sub-Counties, Divisions and Towns are further subdivided into Parishes and Wards, respectively (Error! Reference source not found.). The Parishes and Wards are f urther subdivided into villages, which are the lowest administrative units.The LCIII, LC V and some LCIV (municipality councils) are local governments, while the others are administrative units. Local governments in Uganda have legislative, financial and administrative powers. On the other hand, the administrative units largely have administrative roles. The law requires that the total number of councilors must not be less than 10, and their terms last four years.
Table 41: Local Government Structure in Uganda Level Administrative Head Political Head Chief Administrative Officer District Local Council V Chairman (CAO) Local Council IV Chairman Town Council Town Clerk (Mayor) Assistant Administrative Officer County Local Council IV Chairman (AAO) Sub-county Sub-county Chief Local Council III Chairman Parish Parish Chief Local Council II Chairman Village n/a Local Council I Chairman
129
Within the project area, the districts are split into Counties, Sub-Counties and subsequently into Parishes and Villages. Most of the executive decisions are taken at the District and Municipality level. The lower-level authorities are considered to be the Sub-Counties, towns and divisions, while Parishes and Wards are regarded as administrative units supporting their upper structures. The 105km road will affect 2 Sub-counties in Koboko, 5 Sub-counties in Yumbe and 3 Sub-counties in Moyo districts.
6.3 AVERAGE SIZE OF THE HOUSEHOLDS IN THE PROJECT AREA From the field data in the “project” areas, the social census survey indicated that the average household comprised of 9 and above persons (38.3%) for Koboko, Moyo and Yumbe which is higher than the national average living within a single household of 4.7 persons. Survey results also revealed that in the project area, households had an average of 7-8 persons (26.2%) and 5-6 persons (16.3%) 1-2 people (15.5%) and 3-4 persons living in them. The existence of large household sizes can have major implications for a household’s priorities, particularly with respect to the demand, and allocation of resources, for education, food, health care and other basic necessities required in a household.
Table 42: Average number of people living within the household Distric Tota t Number of persons per household l 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9 and persons persons persons persons above Kobok o % 2.3 1.6 2.9 6.4 6.2 19.4 Moyo % 7.4 0.8 4.3 7.6 16.5 36.5 Yumbe % 5.8 1.4 9.1 12.2 15.5 44.1 Total % 15.5 3.7 16.3 26.2 38.3 100 Source: Primary data
6.4 AGE GROUP IN PROJECT AREA Age is one of the important factors in socio-economic analysis thus finding out the age groups in the project area of influence is important as it helps to inform development planning and how to mitigate project related impacts in the beneficiary communities. Notably, age can be used to give an indication of the need physiological status and healthcare needs of a given population. Analysis of field baseline data reveals that the majority of household heads are within the age group of 56 and above (26.2%) for male and (56.2%). Along the alignment from Koboko to Yumbe most of the household were between the age-group of 26-35 years (27.5%), 36-45 years (23.4%) and 15.4%) for male headed households in all the districts of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo. However, there were less female headed households within this age group as only those between 26-35 years were only (5%), 36-45 year (5%) and 46-55 only (3.8%) along the entire area traversed by the road. A slight majority for both male (7.5%) and female (6.2%) respondents were within the age-group of 15-25 years.
Table 43: Age group of respondents
130
Type of household Age of household head Tota head l 15- 26- 36- 46- 56 and
25 35 45 55 above Kobok % 0.5 7.7 5.4 2.6 4.9 21.1 Male o
Moyo % 1.6 6.5 9.1 6.5 9.8 33.5
Yumbe % 5.4 13.3 8.9 6.3 11.5 45.4 Total % 7.5 27.5 23.4 15.4 26.2 100 Kobok % 2.6 2.5 1.2 1.2 7.5 Female headed o
Moyo % 6.2 8.8 2.5 37.5 55
Yumbe % 6.2 5 5 3.8 17.5 37.5 Total % 6.2 13.8 16.3 7.5 56.2 100 Source: Primary data
6.5 GENDER AND MARITAL STATUS OF THE RESPONDENTS Results from the social profile survey indicate that both male (88.2%) and female (85.4%) respondents were married in all the project-affected districts in Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo. All females who were heading households were found to be single (1.2%), divorced (6.1%) and (7.3%) widowed in comparison to the male respondents who were (0.8%) single, 6.7%) and (4.3%). Such women fall under the vulnerable groups and are susceptible to exploitation during such project and therefore well-designed social protection measures need to be instituted to reduce social risk and vulnerability.
Table 44: Gender and Marital Status Gender Marital status Tota l Distric Singl Marrie Divorced/separate Widowe Gender % t e d d d Male Koboko % 0.4 15.9 1.1 1.1 18.5 Moyo % 30.6 2.6 1.1 34.3 Yumbe % 0.4 41.7 3 2.1 47.2 Total % 0.8 88.2 6.7 4.3 100 Female Koboko % 0.8 17.2 0.6 0.6 19.2 headed Moyo % 28.5 3.1 4.5 36.1 Yumbe % 0.4 39.7 2.4 2.2 44.7 Total % 1.2 85.4 6.1 7.3 100 Source: primary data
6.5.1 TYPE OF MARRIAGE
131
Further still, analysis of marital status in the households with the project area of influence in revealed that most of the respondents were monogamous and officially had one spouse with having Koboko (10.1%), Yumbe (22.2%) and Moyo (30.2%). However, in all the districts traversed by the road some respondents also indicated having more than one spouse. Data from the baseline indicates that Yumbe had (17.4%) of respondents with more than one spouse, Koboko (8.4%) and Moyo (11.7%). There were no reported cases of women with more than one spouse among the surveyed households. From the community consultations, it was noted that tension might arise within households where the men are in polygamous relationships and lead to social disharmony where there is contestation regarding the sharing of compensation proceeds.
Table 45: Number of spouses Gender Number of spouses Total
1 2 3 4 5 6 Male Koboko % 10.1 6.3 1.6 0.5 - - 18.5 Moyo % 22.2 6.9 4.2 0.6 - - 33.9 Yumbe % 30.2 12.7 3.7 0.5 - 0.5 47.6 Total % 62.5 25.9 9.5 1.6 - 0.5 100 Female Koboko % 29.7 - - - - - 29.7 Moyo % 27.1 - - - - - 27.1 Yumbe % 43.2 - - - - - 43.2 Total % 100 - - - - - 100 Source: primary data
5.6 ETHNICITY AND RELIGION Ethnic composition in the project area was heterogeneous. The respondents along the 105km stretch are predominantly Lugbara of Aringa dialect (58.6%) followed by the Madi (29%) and Kakwa (11.4%). The Lugbara are mainly in the district of Yumbe (41.2%), Kakwa (10.4%) in Koboko and Madi (27.3%) in Moyo.
Table 46: Tribes in the project area District Tribal Affiliation Total Alur Lugbara Kakwa Madi Other specify Koboko % - 9.1 10.4 - 19.5 Moyo % 0.2 8.3 0.4 27.3 0.4 36.6 Yumbe % - 41.2 0.6 1.7 0.4 43.9 Total % 0.2 58.6 11.4 29 0.8 100 Source: primary data
The project area of has strong cultural and religious heritage expressed in traditional beliefs, religious practices and attitudes. Survey results show that Islam was the most common belief
132
((61.5%) and Christianity which denoted various religions such as Catholics (30.5%) Protestants (4.7%, Pentecostal (2.7%) and Seventh Day Adventist (0.6%). Islam is predominantly practiced in Yumbe (39.3%) and Koboko (15.6%). Catholicism is mainly practiced in Moyo district.
Table 47: Religious beliefs of the affected people District Number of persons per household Total Catholic Protestant Islam Pentecostal/born again SDA Koboko % 1 2.3 15.6 0.4 19.3 Moyo % 25.6 1.4 6.6 1.8 0.6 35.9 Yumbe % 3.9 1 39.3 0.6 44.7 Total % 30.5 4.7 61.5 2.7 0.6 100 Source: Primary data
6.6 PRIMARY OCCUPATION OF RESPONDENTS Communities in the project area from Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo were classified into different types of primary occupations. Results from the survey in the areas along the corridor indicate that majority of respondents are farmers (81%), formal employment (8%), trading (3.7%) and provision of casual labour (1.4%).
Table 48: Religious beliefs of the affected people
District Primary occupation of respondents Total
Formal Formal
Service Service Fishing
Trading
vending
Farming
provision provision
Road side side Road
Employment
Brick making Brick Casual labour Casual Koboko % 16.8 1 0.2 1.2 0.2 - - - 19.4 Moyo % 27.3 4.9 0.7 2.2 - - 1.4 36.5 Yumbe % 36.9 2.1 1.2 1.8 1.6 0.2 0.3 - 44.1 Total % 81 8 1.4 3.7 4 0.2 0.3 1.4 100 Source: primary data
6.6.1 SUBSISTENCE FARMING Agriculture was the primary occupation for most respondents in villages potentially affected by proposed KYM 105km road. The most grown crop in all the districts is cassava (71.4%), maize (67.5%), sorghum (59.5%) and vegetables (45.7%). Other crops include; sweet potatoes, groundnuts, simsim, cowpeas, sunflower, cotton among others. Rice is also grown in Lefori Sub-county and is largely grown for commercial purposes where women are reported to be the highly involved in the farming activities. Tobacco is also a major cash crop and a main source of livelihood for most of the population in the district of Yumbe.
133
Many farmers in the project-affected villages lack basic tools and equipment used for farming. They commonly use hoes, pangas and an axe for digging and this, according to some farmers, leads to low production. During FGDs with local leaders and farmers, it emerged that chemical fertilizers are not widely used because of their expense. Farmers use organic fertilizers or use farming practice based on traditional practice of shifting cultivation with bush fallow. Irrigation was not practiced in affected villages and all agriculture is rain dependent.
Farming is practiced by both men and women, although women play a more important role, especially in planting, weeding and harvesting. Women are also responsible for selling crops at the market, although men control the money earned. Key challenges facing farmers include: a. Pests affecting crop yields like banana weevil; b. Poor transportation infrastructure; c. Lack of farming equipment and inputs; and d. Limited access to markets for produces harvested.
Figure 61: Typical crop grown in the project area
Table 49: Typically grown crops in the districts District Commonly grown crops Maize Cassava Sorghum Vegetables Others Koboko % 15.3 16.8 13.2 9.9 12.8
134
Moyo % 22.6 21.5 15.5 8.7 22.8 Yumbe % 29.6 33.1 30.8 27.1 27.9 Total % 67.5 71.4 59.5 45.7 63.5 Source: Primary Field Data
Although women are responsible for over 80% of the agricultural production in the project area, they own less than 7% of all productive land. Culturally women are not supposed to inherit the land of their husbands or fathers. Therefore, women practice agricultural production on land to which they have limited access and little control. For example, it is the men who determine what should be planted on the land and when. Men also control the income that accrues from agricultural production. During FGD with women, they reported that they are in charge of food crops, which yield no income, while men are in charge of cash crops like coffee. This phenomenon has aggravated poverty amongst women.
6.6.2 LIVESTOCK KEEPING From the project area, primary data indicate livestock reared in the district include; goats (65.8%), cattle (42.8%), poultry (50.9%), sheep (18.4%), pigs (5.4%) and Rabbits (1.6%). It is important to note that most households kept different types of livestock at the same time as shown in the Table below.
Table 50: Animals reared in the project areas District Animals reared Goat Cattle Poultry Pigs Sheep Rabbit Others Koboko % 14.4 9.9 12 - 5.6 0.4 - Moyo % 19.7 13 15.1 5.4 2.5 - 2.5 Yumbe % 31.7 19.9 23.8 - 10.3 1.2 0.4 Total % 65.8 42.8 50.9 5.4 18.4 1.6 2.9 Source: Primary Field Data
Tree planting is also carried out in the project area and trees grown ranged from fruit trees (Oranges, avocado and guava (20.9%, 22%) and (12.5%) respectively. Building trees such as eucalyptus (20.3%) and Pine (7.2%) were also grown in the project area that is traversed by the road in Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo district. Other trees included vanilla, bamboo, jackfruit, Pawpaw. Table 51: Typically grown trees Distri Trees grown ct Pin Eucalypt Grevill Tea Shear Guav Avoca Oran Mango
e us ea k nut a do ge es Kobo % 2.9 11.2 3.5 8.1 0.2 5 7.9 7.5 7.9 ko 10. Moyo % 1.2 1.2 3.1 2.3 1.7 3.1 7.2 12.8 3
135
Yumb 18. % 3.1 7.9 3.9 2.5 5.8 11 6.2 24 e 2 36. Total % 7.2 20.3 10.5 5 12.5 22 20.9 44.7 6 Source: Primary Field Data
6.6.3 BODA-BODA AND RETAIL BUSINESS Motorcycle transport (Boda-boda) has become a hub for youth within the project are and is a prominent economic activity in project areas of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo. The business is a secondary source of income, agriculture being the primary source; although it is a primary source of livelihood for some people within the project area. During an interview with one of the “boda-boda” transporters, it was cited that their fares range from 2,000/= (less than one dollar) per trip or more, depending on the distance of the journey and the difficulty of the terrain. Photos below show the boda-boda stage in the project area.
Figure 62: One of the boda-boda stage in Sub-county
Artisanal related activities such welding and carpentry etc were very common on most of the trading centers along the KYM 105km road. Other roadside businesses such as working in restaurants and bars, chapatti baking, welding and goat roasting were observed.
6.6.4 ROADSIDE VENDING Roadside vending of food stuffs and other items is common and a source of employment and income for many rural dwellers especially by women along the KYM 105km road. From FGDs and KIIs, it was revealed that women dominate roadside vending. This is mainly due to the limited economic opportunities for women in both rural and growth centers, gender bias in education, and augmenting husbands’ income. Some women in the roadside businesses have
136
used the roads as ready markets for their own produce from their own gardens. The women sell their vegetables and other food stuffs to road users. Some of the items included vegetables, silver fish, groundnuts for paste, rice, onions, beans among others. Focus Group Discussions with women along the road revealed being in women groups where savings are made which assist them in purchasing some food stuffs and merchandise. Quite a number of roadside vendors were observed along the road. There were about 10 women groups of roadside vendors identified along the road as shown in Table below. The different roadside venders met reported mainly selling their food stuffs in the evening after carrying out household chores although some reported starting work in the morning hours. Additionally, from meetings with women, they reported having fears of the road construction having an impact on their businesses hence affecting their sources of income.
Table 52: Women groups carrying out roadside business along the KYM road Group Location (village Remarks name and district) Munguchi Mengo village, a. The group is comprised of 30 members with a Women Galaba Ward, Chairperson Lecture Santina being the in charge; Group Lodonga T/C b. Vendors/members who operate business on the Yumbe roadside deal in sale of items like vegetables, silver fish, groundnuts for paste, rice, onions, beans etc. c. They often start operating business at around 6:00pm Members have fears due to intended road project include; a. To be chased away since they operate on the road reserve, they wonder whether they will be supported due to inconvenience, most of them are widows and the above-mentioned business is main livelihood source. Benefits sighted by vendors about road project; there will be reduced transport costs, as well reduced dust, increased opportunities for income generation through roadside markets. Suggestions a. Provide space for road side vending activities for the women b. Provide shelter from rain and sunshine Recommendations provided • Establishment of market shades along the road • Financial literacy trainings • Linking markets vendors to existing credit facilities such as Micro Finance Support Centre (Government has provided funds that can be accessed by Groups especially SACCO once the set criteria is met)
137
Group Location (village Remarks name and district) • Training organized groups market vendors in group dynamics and formation c. Mengo Basilica, Yiba, a. There are 30 members operating petty trade Women Lodonga T/C, business. Their chairperson is Aponye Sarah. Some group Yumbe members acknowledge that they can save 3000- 5000/= per day. b. Items mainly sold in include; fried groundnuts, bananas, mandazi, sugarcane(seasonal), selling tea (morning hours), mangoes and avocado (seasonal). Members have fears due to intended road project include: Vendors are worried of where to relocate as they have no alternative place yet. Benefits sighted by vendors about the intended road project: Transport will become cheap, increase turnover due to support from laborers during road construction. Suggestions Provide space for road side vending activities for the women Provide shelter from rain and sunshine Recommendations provided • Establishment of market shades along the road • Financial literacy trainings • Linking markets vendors to existing credit facilities such as Micro Finance Support Centre (Government has provided funds that can be accessed by Groups especially SACCO once the set criteria is met) • Training organized groups market vendors in group dynamics and formation
Mavule Mavule village, This group is comprised of 40 women. With chairperson Women Yumele parish, Anguko Nafisa. group lodonga SC. Items sold include: Tomatoes, onions, beans, silver Yumbe district fish, sim sim groundnuts maize, egg plants, cassava, paw paw, sweet potatoes salt, soap, flour, yellow banana eggs and maize corn. Members have fears due to intended road project include: To be chased from the roadside since their side is pegged. Dust and noise impacts Risks of accidents when road is tarmacked.
138
Group Location (village Remarks name and district) Benefits sighted by vendors about the intended road project a. There will be no dust after construction of the road. b. Transport will be easy and cheap. c. They save up to 1M per month. d. Saving range from 1k-10k e. They get credit with interest of 10% per month. Suggestions a. Provide space for road side vending activities for the women b. Provide shelter from rain and sunshine
Recommendations • The project will install road signages and speed humps to regulate the speed of vehicles, • There will be pedestrian crossings recommended as part of the design. Ijonde Nabara village, This group is comprised of 30 women. With women Kochi SC Kochi Chairperson: zainabu Dawa group Parish, Yumbe Items sold include: Tomatoes, onions, Gnuts, orange, district cabbages, Ocra, dried eggplants, sweet potatoes, cassava flour, beans, dodo, cowpeas, silver fish, mud fish, rice sim Sim paste, salt sorghum and millet. Start: 8am- 10pm. Save up to 1M/month Members have fears due to intended road project include: a. Where to go when the road construction starts. b. On average every woman makes about 30,000ugx- 40,000ugx. c. Credit is provided with 10% interest d. 50% of them are widows. Benefits sighted by vendors about the intended road project a. The road will be smooth hence easy transportation of their goods. b. They will get more customers from the workers constructing the road. Suggestions Provide shelter for the vendors. Provide proper sinage and humps to reduce the impact of accidents.
139
Group Location (village Remarks name and district) Samusere Coloa East, Lefori This group is comprised of 10 women with Chairperson: women SC, Moyo District Onjiya Ramula. group Items sold include: Coconut boiled fruit, pumpkin, yellow banana, beans, groundnuts, simsim, water for drinking, cooking oil, fried maize, mushroom Start working from 10am-4pm. Save about 5,500 Ugx each person per week. Members have fears due to intended road project include: a. When the construction commences, their shelter i.e. trees will be cut down. b. Fear of where they will go next during construction period. And yet this is their only source of income to support their children’s education. Benefits sighted by vendors about the intended road project. They don't see any benefit. Suggestions: Can be relocated to the new taxi park behind Coloa east centre since they normally sell to taxi passengers. Provide shelter for the different women groups. Recommendations provided • Establishment of market shades along the road • Financial literacy trainings • Linking markets vendors to existing credit facilities such as Micro Finance Support Centre (Government has provided funds that can be accessed by Groups especially SACCO once the set criteria is met) • Training organized groups market vendors in group dynamics and formation Eria Eria central, moyo This group is comprised of 15 women with women SC Eria parish Chairperson: Vuchiri Nabara group Moyo district Items sold include: Sugar, sim sim, cow peas, tomatoes, cooking oil, silver fish, beans, onions, beans, ground nuts, oranges. Members have fears due to intended road project include: Their market marked and will be demolished, and they don't have where to go. Benefits sighted by vendors about the intended road project a. Workers will purchase food items from them. b. Easy movement to moyo town.
140
Group Location (village Remarks name and district) Recommendations provided • Establishment of new market shades along the road after construction • The women groups will be trained onFinancial literacy trainings • Linking markets vendors to existing credit facilities such as Micro Finance Support Centre (Government has provided funds that can be accessed by Groups especially SACCO once the set criteria is met) • Training organized groups market vendors in group dynamics and formation Aliyowako Kaliwala village, This group is comprised of 30 women with Women Lodonga SC Chairperson: Jemiya Nyaba Group Nyori Parish, Items sold include: pawpaw, pumpkin, cassava flour, Yumbe district Onions, tomatoes, fish, simsim and sim sim paste, Gnuts and G.nut paste, mats, beans. They operate between 8:00am- 7.30pm. Members have fears due to intended road project include: Part of their market is taken, and they don't know where to go. There was fear of being hit by over speeding vehicles especially those whose businesses operate along busy road after the road is constructed Benefits sighted by vendors about the intended road project a. There will be no dust. b. They will be able to access customers from anywhere. c. Easy to move and buy goods from bigger markets. d. Transport costs will reduce. e. Note: f. Each can make15,000-30,000Ugx per day g. Saved up to 5M in their group. Recommendations provided • There will be establishment of new market shades along the road after construction. • As a They can move further inside during construction of the road • Financial literacy trainings • Linking markets vendors to existing credit facilities such as Micro Finance Support Centre (Government
141
Group Location (village Remarks name and district) has provided funds that can be accessed by Groups especially SACCO once the set criteria is met) • Training organized groups market vendors in group dynamics and formation. • There will be recommendations to install road signs or speed humps to regulate the speed of vehicles and and ensure pedestrian crossings
Figure 63: Mavule women group in Lodonga Sub-county in Yumbe District
142
Figure 64: Ijonde women group vending in Kochi SC
Figure 65: Samusere women group in Lefori SC in Moyo district
6.7 ACCESS TO MARKETS Results from the baseline survey along the Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo road revealed that 28% travel 1.55-5km, 25.3% of the respondents travel over 5km to access markets, (22.1%) travel 1-1.5km and (17.1%) 100-500m. Markets in rural areas play an important role in improving agricultural marketing as they provide a location at which farmers can meet with traders and increase retail competition by providing a convenient place where farmers can meet with consumers. Understanding of access and distances to markets for rural farmers is important as
143
it can help to inform the implementation process on the possible interventions that can be made in the area of marketing agricultural produce.
Table 53: Distance to markets District Distance to market Total 100 meters 100-500 meters 1-1.5km 1.55-5km Over 5km Koboko % 1.2 1 3 6.5 9.7 21.3 Moyo % 2 7.2 9.7 5.5 7.9 32.3 Yumbe % 4.2 8.9 9.4 16.1 7.7 46.4 Total % 7.4 17.1 22.1 28 25.3 100.
6.8 HEALTH CARE Health is an important component of human capital because ill health results in loss of earning opportunities and perpetuation of poverty hence the need to have quick and easy access to health care services. In the project area, (64.3%) of the respondents indicated that they were using health center IIIs to access healthcare services. 17.1% of the respondents went to referral hospitals to access healthcare services and 8.7% went to Health center IIs for the same services. Some members of the community other places to access healthcare such as traditional healers and self-medication.
Table 54: Access to health care Type of health centre Distr Refer Chur Privat Heal Heal Commu Privatel Other Tot ict ral ch ely th th nity y run (speci al Hospi run run cent cent Health clinic/D fy) tal hospi Hospit re re II Centre rug tal al III shop Kobo % ko 1.4 - - 16.7 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.2 19 36. Moyo % 7.2 - - 23.7 2.1 - 1.2 2.3 5 Yum 44. % be 8.5 1.6 0.4 23.9 6.4 1.4 0.8 1.6 5 Total % 17.1 1.6 0.4 64.3 8.7 1.7 2.1 4.1 100
6.8.1 DISTANCE TO HEALTH FACILITIES Distance to a health facility has a strong influence on access to healthcare, which has an effect on the outcome of health conditions. Patient travel to attend medical clinics in many cases is reliant on the distances they have to travel. Ministry of Health Uganda recommends a maximum distance of 5 km to the nearest health facility. From the field survey, majority of the respondents indicated that they travel 1-1.55 km (40.8%), 1.55-5km (23.4%) and over 5km (6.2%) to access the health facility in the respective areas where they reside. Other members of the community use different health facilities such as Private clinics/ drug shops (2%), and traditional healers/herbal medicines (4.1%) as shown the table above.
144
Table 55: Distance to Health facility Distance to nearest health facility Tot Type of health facility 100 100-500 1- 1.55- Over al meters meters 1.5km 5km 5km Referral Hospital % 3.1 5.9 4.1 3.7 0.4 17.2 Church run Hospital % - - - 0.8 0.8 1.6 Privately run Hospital % 0.2 - - 0.2 - 0.4 Health Centre III % 3.9 10.9 16.8 29.9 2.9 64.5 Health Centre II % 0.4 1.4 1 4.7 1 8.4 Community Health % 0.4 0.6 0.2 0.6 1.8 Centre Privately run - 1 0.8 0.4 2 clinic/Drug shop Others 1.8 0.8 1.4 0.2 4.1 Total % 8 21.5 23.4 40.8 6.2 100 Source: Primary Field Data
From the field data, prevalent diseases that impact most on the respondents in the project area were reported to be malaria (42.4%), respiratory tract infections (30.9%), Intestinal infections (9.9%) and others (6.4%) included diarrheal, stomach ulcers, skins infections among others.
Table 56: Some of the common diseases District Most common diseases Malaria RTIs Water STDs Intestinal HEP/B HIV/AID Other related infections diseases Koboko % 19 14.3 3.7 1.5 6.8 0.4 0.6 1.9 Moyo % 35.6 21.9 3.1 - 1.7 - - 6.6 Yumbe % 42.4 30.9 7 1.5 9.9 0.6 1 6.4 Source: Primary Field Data
6.8.2 HIV/AIDS KNOWLEDGE IN THE PROJECT AREA According to the Uganda HIV/AIDs country progress report July 2016-june 20173, the country has made great strides in reducing HIV incidence, HIV related mortality, infant HIV infection and HIV prevalence where the National HIV/AIDS Strategic Plan (NSP) targets were surpassed. The Uganda Population HIV Impact Assessment (UPHIA) results revealed that the country has made significant progress in reducing the HIV prevalence from 7.3% in 2011 to 6% in 2017. More still according to UNAIDS report, there are 1,400,000 people living with HIV and AIDS in Uganda of which 84% know their HIV positive status and 72% of people living with HIV were on treatment. Women are disproportionally affected by HIV in Uganda: of the 1 300 000 adults living with HIV, 770 000 (59.23%) were women. New HIV infections
3 https://www.unaids.org/sites/default/files/country/documents/UGA_2018_countryreport.pdf 145
among young women aged 15–24 years were more than double those among young men: 14 000 new infections among young women, compared to 5000 among young men. HIV treatment was higher among women than men, however, with 79% of adult women living with HIV on treatment, compared to 63% of adult men (UNAIDS 20184). According to the socioeconomic survey study of households along the KYM road, all of the respondents (100%) interviewed knew how HIV/AIDs could be contracted and the various ways in which it can be contracted as shown in the Table below.
Table 57: Ways of contracting HIV/AIDS Knowledge of contracting Percentage 1 Sexual intercourse with an infected person 96.7 2 Mother to child 41.4 3 Infected needles & syringes 66.7 4 Blood transfusion 27.2 5 Other 1.7 Source: Primary Field Data
Respondents acknowledged receiving information from multiple sources and radio (76.2%) was the most highly used communication channel in the project area.
Table 58: Channels of communication Channels of communication Percentage TV 13.3 Radio 76.2 Film 2.9 Drama 10.4 Newspapers 12.2 Brochures 2.9 Posters 12.6 Billboards 8.1 Family 24.2 Friends 30.4 Peers 12.2 Teachers 15.3 Political leaders 22.8 Traditional leaders 10.6 Religious leaders 27.5 Others (specify) 24 Source: Primary Field Data
6.8.3 KNOWLEDGE OF HEPATITIS B
4 https://www.unaids.org/en/regionscountries/countries/uganda 146
Just like HIV/AIDS, the spread of Hepatitis B is rampant in Uganda. Statistics from Ministry of Health show that Uganda is one of the countries most affected by Hepatitis B. According to WHO5, about 3.5 million (10% of population) are living with chronic hepatitis B infection. Highest infection rates are in Karamoja (23.9%), northern Uganda (20.7%), West Nile (18.5%) and western region (10.0%). On knowledge of Hepatitis B infections, prevalence in the community and receiving vaccinations. 88.6% of the respondents revealed that they had heard about infections, 70.3% knew about its prevalence in the community and 56.2% had been vaccinated against the virus. However, some of the respondents (11.4%) had no knowledge of Hepatitis B, (29.78%) hadn’t heard of infections in the community and (43.8%) had never been vaccinated.
Table 59: Knowledge on Hepatitis B Hepatitis B Heard of HEP B Heard of infections in Have you been infection community vaccinated Yes 88.6 70.3 56.2 No 11.4 29.7 43.8 Source: Primary Field Data
6.8.4 HEALTH FACILITIES LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED ALONG THE 105KM KYM ROAD The 105km road construction will mainly affect health centre IIs and III and a referral hospital.
Table 60: Health Facilities along the KYM road Name District Sub-County Parish Village Left Hand Side Kochi Health Centre III, Yumbe Kochi Kochi Nabara Yumbe District Gwere Health Centre II Moyo Lefori Gwere Chinyi Lefori Health Centre III Moyo Lefori Egbweya Marigu West Eria Health Centre III Moyo Moyo Eria Eria Central Right Hand Side Gborokolongo Health Koboko Abuku Gborokolongo Gborokolongo Centre III Kuru Town Yumbe Referral Hospital Yumbe Omba Ward Balala Cell Council Ombachi Health II Yumbe Kochi Ombachi Koro Source: Primary Field Data
5 https://www.newvision.co.ug/new_vision/news/1482225/-ugandans-hepatitis-b 147
Figure 66: Kochi HC III and Lefori HC III
6.9 WATER SUPPLY IN PROJECT AREA Results from the baseline survey indicate that (79.2%) of the population in all the districts access their water from communal boreholes and others from piped water in the house (9.7%) and protected springs (3.3%). The objective of the Sectoral Specific Schedules/Guidelines 2009/10 for Ministry of Water and Environment, is to provide “sustainable provision of safe water within easy reach and hygienic sanitation facilities, based on management responsibility and ownership by the users, to 77% of the population in rural areas and 100% of the urban population by the year 2015 with an 80%-90% effective use and functionality of facilities”. On the other hand, the NDP projects access to safe water at 89.3 percent by the end of the NDP period 2014/2015. Project implementation should therefore ensure that these water sources are safe guarded and where they are impacted on relocation should be done to a place that is convenient and accessible to the community.
Table 61: Sources of water for Communities in the project area District Type of water source Total Communal Protected Unprotected River/lake Piped Pubic borehole spring spring water in water house stand Koboko % 14.8 2.3 1.2 0.3 0.4 19 Moyo % 26.7 0.2 0.4 6.4 2.9 36.6 Yumbe % 37.7 0.8 0.8 1.8 2.9 0.4 44.4 Total % 79.2 3.3 2.4 2.1 9.7 3.3 100 Source: Primary Field Data
6.9.1 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED AT CURRENT WATER SOURCE When asked about problems at the current water sources, majority of the respondents indicated the challenge of seasonality (32.1%), long queues (27%), high turbidity of water (10.8%) and unsafe water (10.4%). Only a few respondents decried the challenge of distances to water sources (9.1%) and salinity of water (2.6%).
Table 62: Challenges from water sources
148
District Problems encountered Seasonality Unsafe Long Salty High Long
water distance Turbidity queue Koboko % 10.1 3.7 1.4 0.4 4.4 4.6 Moyo % 8.5 2.3 2.3 1.4 3.7 5.8 Yumbe % 13.5 4.4 5.4 0.8 2.7 16.6 Total % 32.1 10.4 9.1 2.6 10.8 27 Source: Primary Field Data
6.9.2 WATER SOURCES THAT COULD BE IMPACTED In the entire project affected areas, within the project affected households, there was combination of ground and surface water sources that the affected households used. Affected boreholes along the KYM include: a. Gwere East Borehole, b. Ogabaje LC 1 BH (Ogabaje, Apo SC), c. Abuku community BH (Abuku village, Abuku SC, Koboko district), d. Padika Community Public Tap House (Podika village, Lodonga SC, Yumbe district) e. Gojuru Parish Community Borehole (Jabala village, Kuru SC, Yumbe district) f. Senior Quatrers LC 1 Community Borehole *Senior quarters cell, Yumbe TC, Yumbe district) g. Nyai Community Borehole (Deku village, Abuku SC, Koboko district) h. Kololo Village Community Borehole (Kololo village, Abuku SC, Koboko district) i. Arumadri Community Borehole (Arumadri village, Abuku SC, Koboko district) j. Komba Community Borehole (Komba village, Abuku SC, Koboko district) k. Lodonga Community Borehole (Lodonga village, Lodonga SC, Yumbe district) l. Atiipili Community Borehole (Atipili Cell, Kuru SC, Yumbe district) m. Oyajo 1,2,3 Community Boreholes (Oyajo village, Moyo SC, Moyo district)
Communal boreholes (47.6%) were the most commonly used water sources followed by tap water (35.1 %) and rivers/lakes stream 11.1%) and unprotected springs (5.1%) as indicated in the figure above. The access to water from boreholes marks notable progress in increasing access to improved drinking water sources in rural areas and major strides are being taken in improving the national and local rural water service delivery systems. Related to distance from water source, the majority (38.6) and (35.9%) of respondents reported living within 100-500 meters from water source while only (0.7%) travelled over 5km to access the nearest water source in the areas traversed by the road project.
149
Water source 0.2% 11.10% 0.2% 5.1% 35.1% 0.7%
47.6%
Tap water Borehole Protected Spring/well Unprotected Spring/well River, Lake, stream, swam Valley Tank/Earth dam Others
Figure 67: Water sources within project area
Table 63: Distance to water sources Distance to nearest water source Type of water Tot source 100 100- 500- 1- 1.5- Over al meters 500meters 1km 1.5km 5km 5km Tap water % 14.7 12.6 5.1 1.4 0.7 0.2 34.7 Borehole % 15.4 20.2 6.9 3.2 1.4 0.2 47.4 Protected % spring 0.2 0.5 0.7 Unprotected % spring 2.5 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.2 5.3 Rivers/Lake/str % eam 3 4.6 2.1 0.5 1.4 11.5 Valley tank % 0.2 0.2 Other % 0.2 0.2 Total % 35.9 38.6 15.6 5.1 4.1 0.7 100 Source: primary data
6.9.3 LIKELY IMPACT OF THE ROAD ON WATER POINT Regarding impacts on water points, respondents indicated that the road project might have a variation of impacts on water points and these were both positive and negative impacts. On positive impacts respondents indicated that there will be improved accessibility to water sources (44.3%) and reduced travel time (16.8%). Anticipated negative impacts included increased contamination (12.3%), impeded accessibility (8.5%) and increased travel time (3.1%).
Table 64: Likely impacts on water
150
Likely impact Percentage Improved accessibility 44.3 Impended accessibility 8.5 Increased contamination 12.3 Reduced contamination 6.5 Reduced travel time 16.8 Increased travel time 3.1 Improved Quality 4.0 Reduced Quality 0.9 Reduced Quantity 2.2 Increased quantity 1.3 Source: Primary data
6.10 ENERGY SOURCES According to the NDP, exploitation of the energy from wood, which is consumed in the form of charcoal or firewood is not reliable because it heavily relies on non-renewable energy, which is both costly, untimely, limited and has serious environmental effects. The socio-baseline study also collected information on fuel used by the households in the project area of influence. The distribution of households by type of fuel used for lighting and cooking is presented in Table below. A considerable number were found to be using off-grid energy sources such solar (49%) for lighting and this points to the proliferation of renewable energy sources in rural areas Firewood (70.4%) was the most highly used source of energy for cooking. Overall Solar (49%) and firewood (60.4%) are the dominant sources of fuel for lighting and cooking respectively within the households. Table 65: Sources of energy Source Percentage Usage Cooking Firewood 70.4 Gas 0.2 Charcoal 28.2 Solar 0.9 Kerosene 0.3 Lighting Firewood 4.5 Charcoal 1.4 Solar 49 Kerosene 9 Electricity 8.3 Other 27.7
151
6.11 EDUCATION SERVICES Education is a critical issue which impacts nearly every aspect of human life and socio- development planning and knowledge of the level of education among stakeholders is imperative as it guides on the method and frequency of engagement before and during project implementation. Results from baseline data regarding the education level of respondents in the project area of influence indicate that most respondents had attained primary education (46.7%), (22.5%) ordinary level and (13.6%) had never gone to school. It is imperative to consider this low level of literacy in the project area as it can affect the project implementation especially in terms of communication. Therefore, the way information is presented for informative and/or discussion purposes should be geared towards more visual/oral means rather than written communications for better understanding by the project affected communities.
Table 66: Education levels of Household heads Distric Tota t Level of education of respondents l Primar A Vocation University/Colle Non y O level level al ge e Kobok o % 10.1 3.2 1.4 0.8 1.2 2.4 18.9 Moyo % 15 8.1 1.4 3.4 4.7 3.9 36.5 Yumbe % 21.7 11.2 1 1.6 1.8 7.3 44.6 Total % 46.7 22.5 3.7 5.7 7.7 13.6 100 Source: Primary data
6.12 ACCESS TO EDUCATION SERVICES Regarding access to education services, field data shows that most households were able to access primary school that were within walking distance of 500 meter-1km (26.1%) (19.5%), 1-1.5km (25.9%) and 100m-500m (21.6%) Only (1%) of the respondents indicated travelling over 5km to access primary schools from their places of residence. Regarding secondary schools, most respondents indicated that they have to travel over 5km (28.9%), (26.1%) 1.5- 5km, 1-1.5km (14.7%) to access secondary schools. However, some responds lived in close proximity with the school travelled for 100meters (3%), 100-500m (11.8%) and 500m-1km as shown in the tables below.
Table 67: Distance to nearest Primary School Distri Tot ct Distance to nearest primary school al 100 100-500 500m- 1- 1.5- Over meters m 1km 1.5km 5km 5km Kobok o % 1.8 2.4 3.5 9 2.4 0.4 19.4 Moyo % 4.3 10.2 11 5.9 4.5 0.4 36.3
152
Yumb e % 3.9 9 11.6 11 8.6 0.2 44.3 Total % 10 21.6 26.1 25.9 15.5 1 100 Source: Primary Field Data
Table 68: Distance to nearest Secondary School Distri Tota ct Distance to nearest secondary school l 100 100-500 500m- 1- 1.5- Over meters meters 1km 1.5km 5km 5km Kobok o % 0.6 1 1.4 3.8 8.4 4.6 19.7 Moyo % 1.8 7.4 9 3.2 3.8 10.4 35.5 Yumb e % 1 3.4 4.8 7.8 13.9 13.9 44.8 Total % 3.4 11.8 15.1 14.7 26.1 28.9 100 Source: Primary Field Data
There are schools located along the KYM 105km alignment most of which are primary schools. Others include secondary and technical institutions of learning. The Table below gives details of the institutions.
Table 69: Schools located along the 105km KYM Road Name District Sub- parish village Enrolment county Schools on LHS Mindrabe Koboko Midia Asunga Mindrabe Male-552 Primary Female-662 School Nyai Koboko Abuku Nyai Deku Male 165 Secondary Female-75 School Hajee Koboko Abuku Nyai Deku Female Nursery School Nyai Koboko Abuku Nyai Deku Male-524 Primary Female=430 School Kuru Koboko Kuru Ambala Atipili Cell Male-559 Secondary Ward Female-377 School Kuru Islamic Yumbe Kuru Gojuru Kuru Cell Male-568 Primary Town Ward Female-571 School Council
153
Gojuru Yumbe Kuru Gojuru Jabala Male-394 Primary Female-289 School Lukutua Yumbe Yumbe Amanyira Delo Cell Male-799 Primary Town Ward Female-848 School Council Lokopio Yumbe Kochi Ombachi Koro Male -479 Primary Female-496 School East Koka Yumbe Kochi Yayari Koka Male- 339 Primary Female- 259 School Lokopio Yumbe Male- 2 Hills Female-188 Kochi Yayari Lokopio Technical Institute Christ The Yumbe Male-65 King Primay Kochi Kochi Nabara Female-97 School Lewa Yumbe Kochi Lombe Lewa B Male- 47 Academy Female-44 Nursery and Primary School Lombe Yumbe Kochi Lombe Aliodranusi Male -295 Primary Female-228 School Lefori Moyo Lefori Egbweya Marigu East Male - 357 Primary Female- 300 School Lefori Moyo Lefori Lefori Lefori Male -174 Parents Females -203 Nursery & Primary School Eria Primary Moyo Male-176 School Moyo Eria Eria Central Female-176
Era Primary Moyo Moyo Eria Oyajo Male-43 School Female-46 Toloro Moyo Male -136 Primary Moyo Vura Toloro Female -164 School
Schools on RHS
154
Child Jesus Male-124 Lodonga Nursery and Galaba Female-120 Yumbe Town Odredri Cell Primary Ward Council School Lodonga Lodonga Male-463 Galaba Minor Yumbe Town Odredri Cell Female-449 Ward Basilica Council Nyori Male=524 Primary Yumbe Lodonga Yumele Dacha Female-430 School Kuru Kuru Male- 559 Omba Primary Yumbe Town Ndrundrua Female-377 Ward School Council Hunain Yumbe Islamic Ariguyi Yumbe Town Okanga Cell Primary Ward Council School Aringa Yumbe Senior Ariguyi Senior Yumbe Town Secondary Ward Quarters Cell Council School Manibe Male-332 Islamic Female-300 Yumbe Kochi Ombachi Kogbo Primary School Romogi Male-294 Seed Female-124 Yumbe Kochi Yayari Lokopio Secondary School Gwere Male- 259 Primary Moyo Lefori Gwere Gwere East Female-222 School
6.13 TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION SERVICES An effective transportation network is very important as it allows for access to food, healthcare, educational opportunities, and employment. As such, efficient and affordable transportation is an important driver of economic growth in rural areas and helps ensure that people can obtain services and participate in public life. From the project area, all respondents (100%) indicated that they use road as the only mode of transport. Further analysis of the baseline data also indicates that members of the community use all the types of roads. However, community access roads (65.4%) support rural travel and transport in the project area which are dominated by walking, head loading and bicycle transport. These are followed by national trunk roads (42%), district feeder roads (41.2%) and footpaths (40%).
155
Table 70: Types of roads Type of roads Percentage National roads (Trunk) 42 District feeder roads 41.2 Community access roads 65.4 Footpaths 40
Table 71: Commonly used means of transport used in project area Means of transport Percentage Foot 69.7 Bus 2.6 Lorry 0.4 Motorcycle (owned) 7.5 Motorcycle (hire) 12 Bicycle 6.1 Own car 0.4 Taxi 1.4
Regarding means of transports, most respondents indicated that they travel on mainly on foot (69.7%) especially within the villages where they reside. However, when they are travelling out of their villages, many of them use public transport which includes (motorcycles owned (7.5%) and hired (12%,) bicycle (6.1%), Taxis (1.4%), Buses (2.6%), Lorries (0.4%) and other use their own cars (0.4%).
6.13.1 REASONS FOR TRAVEL On reasons for travel, respondents in the project area indicated that they move mainly to work (35.7%), going to the market (35.5%) and collecting water/firewood for cooking (10.7%). Other travelled because of the need to access health facilities, grazing cattle (4.1%), visiting families (3.7%), going to the garden (2.8%) going to school (0.8%) and other reasons (1.2%) such ass passing time, buying household items and the like.
Table 72: Reason for travel Reason for travel Percentage Going to work 35.7 Graze cattle 4.1 Collect water/firewood for cooking 10.7 To the market 35.5 Visit Family 3.7 Health facility 5.5 School 0.8 Garden 2.8 Others 1.2
156
Survey data indicates that majority of respondents used 0-1000(31.7%) and 1000-2000(31.7%) Ugandan shillings to pay for their travel. (10.5%) used between 2000-3000 and 4000-5000 shillings to cater for their transportation costs. A section of the respondents (8.7%) also indicated that they used 3000-4000 and more than 5000 shillings (6.9%).
Table 73: Cost of transport Cost of transport Percentage 0-1000 31.7 1000-2000 31.7 2000-3000 10.5 3000-4000 8.7 4000-5000 10.5 > 5000 6.9
6.13.2 IMPACT OF THE ROAD PROJECT ON TRANSPORT NEEDS Road construction can be perceived differently by beneficiary communities and as such communities in the project area in Koboko Yumbe and Moyo gave a variation perceived impacts of the road project as shown in the table below.
Table 74: Impact of on transport needs. Perceived impact on transport needs Percentage 1. Improve accessibility to social services 74.5 2. Reduce travel time 55.5 3. Reduce transport cost 51.4 4. Bring services nearer (such as Markets, hospitals, schools, entertainment 42.9 5. Increase the available means of transport 32 6. Improve drive quality 15.8 7. Improve road safety 22.5 8. Increase accidents 9.9 9. Increase travel time 1.2 10. Reduce vehicle maintenance costs 15 11. No Impact 1.4 12. I do not know 1.8
6.14 ACCESS TO FINANCIAL SERVICES
6.14.1 FORMS OF SAVING Different saving methods are used in the project area. When asked about forms of saving majority of the respondents indicated that they keep their money with financial institutions such as SACCOs (33.2%), banks (14.8%) and keeping their saving with relatives (22.1%). However, baseline data also indicates that some respondents use in kind saving methods such
157
as purchasing of livestock (4.1%), crop storage like buying of grain such as maize, simsim and other valuable goods which increase in value as prices rise and can be easily resold for cash at a later date at a profit. Other members used village saving groups, mobile money account and some kept their saving at home.
Table 75: Forms of saving in the project area Form of saving Percentage Crops in storage 10.7 Buy livestock 4.1 Deposit in bank 14.8 Save with a local SACCO 33.2 Keep it with a friend/relative 22.1 Other (specify) 15.1
6.14.2 ACCESS TO CREDIT
6.14.2.1 RESPONDENTS WITH ACCESS TO CREDIT Access to credit is important in successful implementation of projects especially if project affected communities are organized into growers’ cooperatives, farmer field groups, cooperative agro-industries, and SACCOS through which the implementing authority would seek interventions which could be in the form of safety nets, reduced interest rates for the affected households.From primary data, some members of the community (48%) indicated that they had access to credit while (52%) had no access to credit.
6.14.2.2 SOURCE OF CREDIT Respondents who had access to credit were mainly village SACCOs (57.8%), self-help groups (21.7%) Internal (family and friends) (15.2%), commercial banks (9.8%) Micro finance institutions (7.8 and money lenders (2.5%) and “government (0.2%).
Table 76: Source of credit Source of credit Percentage Commercial banks 9.8 Micro finance institutions 7.8 Moneylenders 2.5 Input supply 0.8 Self-help group 21.7 Internal (family and friends) 15.2 Government 0.4 SACCO 57.8 NGO 1.6
158
On the reasons for accessing credit, majority of the respondents revealed acquiring credit mainly for home use such (paying school fees) agricultural labor employment (14.1%) seed purchases (15.4%) trading agricultural produce (8.1%) and Livestock rearing (2.6%). Farm inputs such as fertilizers (0.9%).
Table 77: Reasons for accessing credit Reasons for accessing credit Percentage Agricultural labor employment 14.1 Seeds purchase 15.4 Fertilizer 0.9 Agro-chemicals 0.4 Livestock rearing 2.6 Trading agricultural produce 8.1 Home use 58.5
6.15 GENDER ANALYSIS AND EQUITY ISSUES ALONG KYM Gender analysis is the process of identifying differences between sexes with regard to living conditions, needs, levels of participation in development programmes and activities, access to and control over resources, access to and participation in decision making and distribution of different roles for women and men. Gender analysis highlights the imbalances as regards to advantages and disadvantages for women and men in society or in a specific area. It reveals the underlying causes of gender inequality. Promoting gender equality and women's economic empowerment is important in the development planning process as both are important in ensuring that women enjoy their human rights and can contribute to inclusive and sustainable development. The Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo road project needs to put this at the center of their implementing strategy to ensure that women can be assisted to overcome the hurdles rural women face in the world of work.
6.15.1 POWER AND DECISION MAKING IN KYM Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo districts are occupied by three different ethnic groups; Kakwa (found in Koboko), Aringa (Yumbe) and the Madi (of Moyo), despite coming from different ethnicities, they have similar characteristics especially in Power Relations at Household level. KYM community is patriarchal in nature where men are considered leaders and have the privilege to make decisions over their wives, sisters, daughters and mothers on most aspects including ownership of land and other productive resources as well as decisions that impact on the socioeconomic life and health of women. They KYM community is run and controlled by clan Lords and Land Lords predominantly male and cultural norms stipulate that a wife should be subordinate to her husband and therefore has no right to question him since he is the head of the household. Like women, girls are excluded from decision-making, however, the boys (males) are usually part of decision-making, they attend public consultations and clan meetings where decisions on major productive resources and other important issues are made. The lack of social and economic value for women and women’s work and accepted gender roles perpetuate and reinforce the assumption that men have decision-making power and control
159
over women including what they produce. This creates unequal power relations in the home and in the KYM community as a whole between men and women, boys and girls which further contribute to increased vulnerability of women and girls to GBV and poverty. The study findings indicate that relationships between spouses, children and their parents in KYM are marked by different levels of authority and power that maintain privileges and subordination among the different sexes and members of society. In all the groups consulted, relations between men and women in particular, were characterized with high levels of inequality. Traditionally in all these communities, men are seen as decision makers, household heads and breadwinners among others, they therefore hold sole authority over the women (wives, daughters, sisters, mothers), a situation worsened by the tradition of paying bride price where the women(wives) are perceived and viewed more as servants and secondary citizens than spouses. Important to note therefore is the fact that despite men assuming and taking on the lead role as HH heads, it is only in theory, women across the KYM region are the providers of family basic needs.
6.15.1.1 DECISIONS WOMEN MAKE Regarding land related decisions, the vast majority of respondents indicated that women make decisions on matters related to where to plant (74%), what to plant (73.1%) when to plant (57%). Only a few acknowledged making decisions on sale of land (26.3%), where to buy (35.2%) and on all transactions (26.3%).
Table 78: Decisions women make Decisions women make Percentage Sell or buy 26.3 Where to buy 35.2 Where to plant 74 What to plant 73.1 When to plant 57 On all transactions 26.3 Use of Proceeds from sale of land 8.4 Others (specify) 3.6
6.15.1.2 ACCESS TO LAND ESS5 recognizes that project-related land acquisition and restrictions on land use can have adverse impacts on communities and persons. More so, these impacts may fall disproportionally on the vulnerable PAP households. Where the environmental and social assessment of the project identifies specific individuals or groups as disadvantaged or vulnerable, the borrower will identify such groups; and propose and implement differentiated measures so that adverse impacts do not fall disproportionately on the disadvantaged or vulnerable, and that they are not disadvantaged in the sharing of any development benefits and opportunities resulting from the project6.
6 World Bank Environmental and Social Framework, 2016. 160
Land is a vital resource and livelihood asset for all women and men considering the fact that in Uganda, most people depend on agriculture to earn a living. However, because land in KYM is communally owned, “Clan Lords and landlords” predominantly male oversee and hold in trust the land on behalf of the whole community and make decisions on it. In the KYM region, Women are given land user rights whereby, husbands allocate land to each wife for family production, the women therefore till the land with their children to produce food for her family’s consumption. Men therefore have decision making power as the women are given user rights as qualified by the statement below from one of the FGDs Men control land because land is inherited, God gave a man power to rule over his home therefore, a man is the family head and a king in the home. Women are brought from outside into the marital home so they have no right control the land (FGD with men in Coloa West Village – Moyo district) In addition, a respondent from one of the FGDs explained that; I have 3 wives and when it comes to cultivation, I allocate every woman their own piece of land to cultivate and I also reserve for myself some gardens, every women takes care of her own children (FGD male respondent Aliodranyosi village, Lombe parish). Similarly, I have 4 wives and I distribute my land to my different wives and each wife manages her portion together with her children (FGD male respondent Aliodranyosi village, Lombe parish). The men on the other hand retain some gardens for themselves and whatever they grow, is mainly meant to be for sale to earn them (men) some income. This money is not shared at family level but it is meant to facilitate the men’s leisure time like drinking alcohol and soda for Christian men and Muslims respectively, marrying other wives and giving them a good start in the family as they transition to the normal daily hard conditions prevailing in the homestead for those who are still taking on other wives. Most of the productive assets are owned and controlled by men including; land, animals (cows, goats, sheep etc.) are property of men and incase the women own animals, they are required to produce ownership licenses to be able to sell them in the market thus, the men in most cases sell on behalf of women and give them the proceeds. These proceeds at times are not delivered in full amounts and because the men are the HH heads, they are not to be questioned consequently disadvantaging the women. A few women especially living in the urban centers along the KYM alignment have bought plots of land from the proceeds they get from their businesses. It is also important to note that FGDs in Moyo district revealed that most women are single mothers whose husbands have a bonded them with the children and the have to fend for them single handedly, although a few of them have bought pieces of land, majority of them rent houses. In their opinion, this is going to expose them” women” to sexual exploitation and GBV with the coming of construction workers with dispensable cash as they try to fend for their families.
161
When questioned about ownership of land, respondents indicated that men (80.6%) own and have full rights to it while a few (13.6%) women owned land while (5.6%) indicated co- ownership of land. Women play important roles in the rural economy. They work as farmers, wage earners and entrepreneurs and yet possess very minimal authority and rights over land use which in many serves as a major constrain in engaging in productive and meaningful economic activities.
Land owner 5.6% 13.8%
80.6%
Man Woman Co-owned
Figure 68: Land Ownership in project area
6.15.1.3 LEGAL RIGHTS AND STATUS Women are essential to economic growth in developing countries. Moreover, investments in women often return multiple dividends in terms of helping to improve the well-being of their children, families and communities. Women are also central wage earners. Their earnings and productive activities provide vital income to many households. Women are also the biggest food producers and preparers for both their family consumption and for sale. It is estimated that, women in developing countries produce between 60 and 80 percent of food crops. Yet women continue to face social barriers and inequities that prevent them from realizing their full economic potential. Although there is a national gender policy (2007) as well as the “Gender Strategy for National Land Policy Implementation” by the Ministry of Land, Housing and Urban Development in 2016, which aims to establish gender-equality with a view on access to and decision making on land, a lot needs to be done to actualize these policy instruments for the benefit of women, men, boys and girls. Women produce over 70% of agricultural produce but only about 17% own land and yet majority of women are the biggest land users but have no control over it and thus cannot make decision on this asset.
162
It has become necessary to address land rights for and women as land access and related conflicts in Uganda are increasing due to population pressure coupled with increasing demand from powerful international private sector corporations in search of land for agricultural production and for biofuel and commercial farming. Land rights are especially important for women because they face a double exclusion in decision making for such key productive resources due to historical and cultural barriers. National land reform processes and policies, international food policies and technical assistance are not adequately known to many citizens whose livelihoods depend entirely on land.
6.15.1.4 TIME AND SPACE Koboko and Yumbe are Muslim dominated areas and because their religion allows for polygamy, most men produce several children for whom they cannot cater for leaving this docket for the women thus, girl child education is not apriority and therefore FGDs across the KYM region indicate that, as soon as a girl gets her first menstrual periods, she is viewed to be ready for marriage. Similarly, these girls are kept away in the homestead doing housework while the boys (youth) are always at the trading centers. It is important to note that, FGDs across KYM reported that, boys have developed a culture of laziness whereby they only wake up and go to hang out with peers in trading centers gambling and involving themselves in substance abuse, this was confirmed using participant observation. Girls in KYM especially in the Muslim dominated areas of Koboko and Yumbe are relegated to the homestead and prevented from accessing the public thus, most girls have dropped out of school and are providing labor at home (cooking, fetching water, taking care of their siblings, washing etc.) This put a heavy work burden on the girls and their mothers leaving the boys and mean having more time for leisure than work. Although the case is different in Moyo, girls from Christian homes finish their Primary Leaving examinations and are limited by school fees to continue with education consequently, the only solution is marriage. On the other hand, adult women had fears incase their water sources/boreholes are destroyed, because these are their social spaces where they get to interact with their mates, according to them, this is because Muslim women are controlled and restricted and relegated to the homestead and the only time they get to socialize is when they go to the market and to fetch water and chat with their friends.
6.15.1.5 GENDER DIVISION OF LABOUR IN KOBOKO, YUMBE AND MOYO DISTRICTS Because Gender Division of Labour (GDL) depends on the socio economic and cultural context of a community, all consultations across the KYM region reveal the fact that women work more than men and they are the sole providers of livelihoods at home. Unlike their male counterparts, women in the KYM region perform productive, reproductive and community management roles with less or minimal support from their male counterparts. Several factors have contributed to this and among them include;
163
a. Payment of dowry an issue which has qualified women in KYM servants than companions (spouses), women are therefore looked at and considered property of men and thus, should work for them. b. The general polygamous nature of KYM region, where all the ethnic groups Kakwa (Koboko), Aringa (Yumbe) and Madi (Moyo) have made it a culture to marry more than one wife mainly as a way of providing labour to the family. c. The Islamic religion which condones the practice of polygamy allows men to take on up to four wives and beyond, an issue that has greatly disadvantaged women who have to till the land and solely provide for their family’s basic needs.
These three factors have had adverse implications on Gender division of labour as well as access, control and decision making for women and girls. On one hand, it apportions men unlimited power to control and make decisions over women and their labour, land and other productive resources as well as the proceeds that accrue from their labour while on the other hand, it relegates women to the periphery leaving them without any alternatives but to endure the suffering for the sake of their children. Although women contribute over 70 percent of the labor that is invested in agricultural production and are the main providers of family basic needs, they do not make decisions on land and other productive resources. KYM research findings indicate that; a) Productive roles: these are mainly performed by women because they have to provide for their families due to the polygamous nature of KYM, men allocate each wife apportion of land for which she cultivates with the support of her children to earn a living. The men have the privilege to have a meal at each wife’s house so whatever they produce is mainly for sale to earn them income. Although women and girls do market most of the produce the grow, the do this in small quantities where by the sell small portions in the nearby trading centers so as to access basic items like salt sugar, paraffin, medical treatment etc. and big bulk is usually taken to bigger markets by their spouse on bicycles. Because of the long distances to markets and the poor nature of the roads in KYM, men transport the produce of their wives on bicycles to the markets but proceeds are not handed over in full to the women thus, women have limited say on the proceeds accrued from what they produce consequently disadvantaging them economically. additional activities women engage in include; farming, vending, charcoal burning, brewing local beer, tailoring and they also participate in activities like - SACOs and revolving fund groups where they save and borrow money with interest. Men are engaged in; brick laying, animal raring/grazing, sand mining, stone quarrying, charcoal burning, planting trees (tick trees), moto mechanics (repair motorcycles and bicycles), road maintenance work, carpentry and joinery. The boys (youth) are mainly engaged in motorcycle (boda-boda) riding, carpentry, brick molding and laying, cattle rearing, small scale farming, sell petrol at trading centers, house construction work. While the girls mainly stay to help their mothers with domestic work at home. Activities that both men, women and the youth especially boys share besides agriculture across KYM include, charcoal burning and casual labour. 164
b) Reproductive work: across KYM, these are mainly performed by women, maintenance of the home, cooking, cleaning, fetching water, washing and child rearing, maintenance, treatment and nurturing are a prerogative of the wife and they are helped by their daughters. The men come in to help when the child is sick and the woman needs help inform of transport to take her to the hospital, for men who have bicycles, they usually give lifts to their wives while those without look for some money to transport the women to the health centers Table 79: Daily Activity Schedule for Women and Men in KYM Woman Man Time Activity Time Activity 5:00am When the cock crows, 5:00am When the cock crows, wake up wake up and pray and pray 5:00 am Light the fire to prepare 5:00am wake up and go to the garden some breakfast for the for 6 hours children before heading to the garden 5:30 am Go to the garden for 11:00am Return home from garden about 5 hours 11:00am Return home from garden Return home from garden and release chicken and goats 11:30am With the help of the 11:30am Take a shower and relax on the children, they go and chair fetch water for cooking, washing and bathing 12:00pm Prepares lunch and bathes 12:00pm Takes a bath and relaxes on the the children bed 1:00 – Serves food for the family 1:30-2:00pm Takes lunch 2:00pm 2:00 - Return to the garden for 2:00-4:00pm Most men go to graze and 4:00pm second digging in case of others return to the garden for rainy season second digging in case of rainy season. 4:00 - On the way to home, fetch 4:00:5:00pm Return home, lock up the 4:30pm firewood on the way animals and for those from the garden, take a bath 4:30- Return home, go and fetch 5:00-7:30pm Go to the trading center to relax 5:30pm water for cooking and with friends, soccer, drinking bathing 5:30 - Prepare supper for the 7:30-8:00pm Return home from 7:30PM family relaxing/drinking for non- Muslims /soccer
165
7:30 – Take a bath 8:00 – 8:30pm Ensure the animals, goats, cows 8:30pm and chicken are in their rightful places 8:30 - Bath children 8:30-900pm Relax with the children 9:00pm 9:00 - Serve supper 9:00:9:30pm Eat supper 9:30pm 9:30-10pm Eat supper 9:30-10:00pm Go to sleep 10:00- Put children to sleep 10:300pm 10:30- Keep away kitchen 11:00pm utensils and store them, lock up and go to sleep
c) Community Management Work: a cross all FGDs and KIIs, it was agreed that in the past, women were relegated to the private (home) but due to modernization and women empowerment, a few women are now beginning to own land, do business and take on paid jobs. Thus, women are now working in groups and frequently attend meetings for their revolving funds and SACOs, some of them have even taken up leadership positions in the community as one female KII noted that; Women in this community have taken up leadership position and participate in leadership activities, some women are vocal and have a better capacity to lead than men. There are 3 ways of getting women into leadership positions; 1) Religious activities where women have to be part of the committee, 2). Cultural institutions have positions for women, 3). Politics has positions for women (KII with parish chief Choloa)
6.15.2 GENDER BASED VIOLENCE Domestic violence in Uganda is a problem as it is in many parts of Africa. There is a deep cultural belief in Uganda that it is socially acceptable to resort to brute force to resolve family disputes. Therefore, is pertinent to interrogate gender-based violence related issues and devise possible measure to mitigate it before, during and after implementation of the road project. From the project area respondents indicated that there are no cases of physical fights (88.8%) at household level. However, pockets of it are prevalent since 4.1% indicated using physical force during disputes, other had witnessed other members of the household doing it (4.1%) while in some cases both spouses (2.1%) had physical confrontation during domestic disagreements.
Table 80: Initiating physical violence Violent members at HHs level Percentage No 88.8 Only you 4.1 Only your spouse 1
166
Both 2.1 Other members of the family 4.1 a) Institution/persons for assistance Baseline data also reveals that respondents who experience domestic violence have institutions or persons (84.8%) where they would seek assistance or help. These institutions/persons were composed of religious leaders, family members/relatives, elders and police among others as shown in the table below.
Table 81: Institutions/persons for assistance Institution for assistance Percentage Yes 84.8 No 15.2 Social assistance Percentage Spouse 8.6 Friend 15.3 Family members/relative 55.3 Religious leader 4.2 Political leader 1.2 LCI 10 Village SACCO/group 1.4 Counsellors 0.5 Police 0.9 Nobody 2.8
6.16 VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDREN Violence against children in Uganda is widespread and occurs in a range of settings. Many children are routinely exposed to physical, sexual and emotional violence in their homes and schools, communities, places of work and other settings. Notably, much of the violence against children remains normalized and socially condoned especially in rural settings. Therefore, the project will need concerted effort to ensure that this risk is minimized. Analysis of issues related to early pregnancies for underage girls indicate that only 4.9% of the respondents had experienced such cases and 20% respondents had heard about cases of elopement or forced marriages. The KYM project will ensure that persons below 18years are not employed in any of its activities. The District Probation officers and CDOs along side MGLSD will carry out routine monitoring to check any instances of child labour throughout the project during project implementation.
Table 82: Gender statistics for the project area Violence against children Pregnancy cases of Cases of elopement for females below 18 females below 18 Yes 4.9 20 No 95.1 80 167
Source: Primary field data
6.17 VULNERABILITY BASELINE WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA OF INFLUENCE Disadvantaged or vulnerable individuals or groups are defined by the World Bank as those people who by virtue of specific conditions or circumstances including age, gender, ethnicity, religion, physical, mental or other disability, social, civic or health status, and/or dependence on unique natural resources may be more likely to be adversely affected by project impacts and/or more limited than others in their ability to take advantage of project benefits. Individuals and groups that are vulnerable are mostly excluded or are unable to participate meaningfully in any community discourse and may require specific assistance.
A combination of historical narratives, cultural dispositions, religious dogma, social arrangements, economic situations and contemporary political arrangements tend to designate some individuals and groups vulnerable within the project area. A history of prolonged civil wars and armed rebellion has created multiple generations of orphans, single mothers and perennially internally displaced households with insecure tenure on land that they occupy. The largely patriarchal male dominated social arrangement arrogate decision making to men and hence skews entitlement away from women. Cultural dispositions operating alongside opportunistic spiritual interpretations have tended to justify marginalization of women and their children. Lack of access to production assets especially land is key to designating most local youth to livelihoods based on provision of casual labour and exposure to alcohol abuse.
Table 83: Vulnerability Assessment for Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Upgrade. Vulnerable Category Special Assistance Program Required Action for Area Developer/UNRA Households with 1. Professional advice, counseling 1. UNRA to include orphans and other and guidance relevant programs for such vulnerable children 2. Support to acquire land titles vulnerable PAP households in new areas 2. Make budgetary 3. Support for tuition and provisions for delivering such scholastic materials during assistance relocation 3. Work with CSOs and 4. Appointment of trusted relevant local government adults and relative to manage departments which can offer compensation awards for such such support and training children 4. House for house replacement option Divorced, 1. Legal aid and professional . UNRA to include separated/widowed advice, counseling and guidance relevant programs for such spouses without 2. House for house vulnerable PAP households support replacement option 2. Make budgetary 3. Education Sponsorship for provisions for delivering such children living in assistance
168
widowed/separated PAP 3. Work with CSOs and household relevant local government 4. Consideration for departments which can offer payments to accounts of widow or such support and training divorced/separated female spouse 4. House for house 5. Transport assistance replacement option 6. Financial literacy and 5. Work with different faiths business skills training to counsel affected couples 7. Provision of a wider community-based intervention such as a market because it can make their work easier and improved than before the project. 8. Facilitate women leaders in the pre disclosure phase to promote rights of women and children Female headed 1. Financial literacy and 1. UNRA to include households business skills training relevant programs for such 2. Early and adequate vulnerable PAP households notification for vacation 2. Make budgetary 3. Legal and administrative provisions for delivering such support to process titles and bank assistance accounts etc. 3. Work with CSOs and 4. Tuition support for children relevant local government during relocation and early departments which can offer settling in such support and training 5. Facilitate women leaders in the 4. House for house pre disclosure phase to promote replacement option rights of women and children Old 1. Special assistance officer or 1. UNRA to include age/elderly/chronically desk for old PAPs at payment relevant programs for such ill headed PAP centre vulnerable PAP households households 2. Specialized health services 2. Make budgetary during relocation and settling provisions for delivering such 3. Early payments for old assistance PAPs/elderly groups 3. Work with CSOs and 4. Land/house for land/house relevant local government replacement departments which can offer 5. Provide wheelchairs for such support and training elderly PAP that cannot move 4. House for house 6. Financial support and replacement option tuition support for dependants of old/elderly PAPs 7. Financial and business skills training for elderly PAPs and at least some dependants
169
People with disabilities 1.Transport assistance during 1. UNRA to include relevant including PAP relocation programs for such vulnerable household heads with 2. Financial and tuition support PAP households physical disabilities for dependents 2. Make budgetary 3. Psycho-social support for provisions for delivering such household members assistance 4. Business and financial literacy 3. Work with CSOs and training for some dependants relevant local government 5. Special consideration or departments which can offer priority fast tracking during such support and training compensation payments and 4. House for house engagements replacement option 6. Provide access during and after construction to include disabled Household head with 1. Provide special assistance to 1. UNRA to include relevant visual impairments families during relocation programs for such vulnerable 2. Aid these individual in PAP households preparing compensation 2. Make budgetary documentation and eventual provisions for delivering such relocation assistance 3. Where possible undertake house 3. Work with CSOs and for house compensation relevant local government 4. Provide usable access to their departments which can offer properties and to public service such support and training centers 4. House for house 5. Liaise with CSO and replacement option international NGOs for specialised attention Teenage Girls (12-18) 1. Awareness on GBV and Child UNRA to include relevant rights programs for such vulnerable 2. Gender policy and action plan PAP households for contractors to undertake 2. Make budgetary project provisions for delivering such 3. Provide specialised assistance to assistance schools along project road 3. Work with CSOs and relevant local government departments which can offer such support and training
170
Roadside Petty 1.Establish formal markets within UNRA to include relevant Traders trading centres programs for such vulnerable 2. Assist in formation of SACCOs PAP households 3. Working with local 2. Make budgetary governments to register provisions for delivering such individuals assistance 3. Work with CSOs and relevant local government departments which can offer such support and training 4. Provide small roadside markets as part of the project
Refugees 1. Sensitization on employment UNRA to include relevant and rights of refugees programs for such vulnerable refugees 2. Make budgetary provisions for delivering such assistance 3. Work with NGOs, CSOs and relevant government departments which can offer such support
6.18 REFUGEE SITUATION IN KYM ROAD CONSTRUCTION PROJECT From the dialogue with self-settled refugee’s groups in Koboko who have constituted themselves into associations with full constituted leadership that include; South Sudanese Refugee Association (SURA) established in 2016 and Congolese Refugee Association (CORA) established in 2018.7 Altogether, there were 79 members in attendance 56 females and 23males. The statistics in the settlements indicate that there are more women and children than men and according to the refugees, the men are back home in South Sudan and Congo. Most of these refugees live along the KYM road alignment where the road construction work is going to take place and the might be affected in one way or the other by the construction works, this is because most of them engage on road side businesses and petty trade along the KYM road alignment. According to the refugee association leaders, the main activities that bring them together are; a) Counselling and guidance of refugees plus psychosocial support b) Economic support through the VSLA
7 These associations have constituted leadership and their chairpersons are, Aringu Peter is the Chair Person for South Sudanese Refugee Association (SURA) while Shantal is the Chairperson for Congolese Refugee Association (CORA). 171
According to them, they have 32 Sudanese VSLA groups and 10 VSLA Congolese groups, although self-settled in the rural growth centers and major towns, all the group members are fully registered as refugees in refugee camps of Bidibidi Refugee settlement, Palorinya and Lobule Refugee settlements and they are all getting food rations from the camp although they argue that, the food rations got from the camp are not enough.
6.18.1.1 KYM HOST COMMUNITY – REFUGEE RELATIONSHIPS When asked about their relationships with the host community, the refugees expressed the following responses; a) We live well with the host community b) We are involved in community activities, rent is the major challenge we have c) Access to water is one of the biggest challenge in the community, we buy water and incase one has no money, then they have no access to water d) Access to health services is always a challenge, refugees are segregated upon compared to locals in the health facilities e) Employment challenges, refugees are not easily employed even if they have qualifications, they can only access causal jobs f) In the education system, the refugees are still segregated upon and are asked to pay more than the locals 6.18.1.2 HEALTH SERVICE PROVISION Although its alleged that health service providers favor locals compared to refugees, the following points are important to note about health service provision in the KYM community as explained by the refugees; a) All refugees are vaccinated for free b) During antenatal clinics, refugees are tested for STDs, HIV/AIDs and Hepatitis B but they are not sensitized on these STDs c) There is a high prevalence rate for Hepatitis B and yet there is discrimination on treatment in health facilities, we need sensitization d) We have challenges when it comes to giving birth especially C-section, most people cannot afford money to fuel the ambulance to transport them to the referral hospital in Arua as well as money for treatment. 6.18.1.3 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES REFUGEES ARE ENGAGED According to the refugees, they moved to towns mainly to give their children better education, because there are good schools in the urban centers and towns and they are mainly renting houses at accost of fifteen thousand (15,000) per room. According to them, the main activities that they engage in to get money for rent, feeding, school fees and family upkeep and sustenance include; a) They offer casual labour including washing clothes, working on people’s farms, fetching and selling water, working on people’s farms, washing cars for money b) They engage in small business like shoe and bag making c) For some, VSLA have become a stepping stone to access money for fees. There are 25 groups of 25 persons per group participating in the VSLA and of the 25 people, each person is required to save 1,000 shillings per week totaling to 25, 000 and 100,000 is
172
saved in a month. The group members borrow this money at an interest of 5% per month and the dividends are shared equally at the end of the year. d) Some parents sponsored their children to acquire skills in shoe making and necklace making and they sell these to earn a living and get school fees and rent 6.18.1.4 SOCIAL SETTING IN REFUGEE SETTLEMENTS Refugee found in KYM are mostly from South Sudan and Congo, the Congolese prefer to leave in camps along Koboko because of language and cultural similarities they have with the Kakwa people of Koboko. Similarly, many of them have marriage relationships and therefore prefer to leave near each other. This similar with the South Sudan case where the Madi have relations across the borders and have similarities in culture, religion and language thus, the refuges easily adopt to the new environment.
Some refugees have blood relations among the host communities, where by intermarriages have taken place between members of the host community and refugees and they are now in- laws. Some refugees have even been lucky to be allocated land by their in-laws to construct house to stay and other have bought plots of land, although this is a bit tricky since land in this region is communally owned and there are clan lords and landlords who hold the land in trust for their communities, however, they can allocate land to other people but the land remains for the clan. So the issues of accessing ownership documents could be challenging.
6.18.1.5 SECURITY AND CONFLICTS In terms of security, refugees point out that they have experienced considerable peace although there are cases of violence amongst themselves and some from the community but most of them are as a result of substance abuse. However, when it comes to human trafficking, they refugees argued that, whenever it happens, there is always connivance between South Sudanese and Uganda’s, the recent case was of a boy who was kidnaped and was kept in a container for transporting goods for one night, he was supposed to be transported to the African Central republic but he was rescued.
6.19 CULTURAL HERITAGE Cultural heritage studies reveal the existence of cultural heritage along the alignment with varying offset distances. Study findings indicate the presence of archeological sites (21), burial sites (12), historical monuments (2) and living sites (14). Some of these sites are within the ROW. The descriptions within the matrix give an indication of what exists at the different sites and an indicator of their usefulness. At the end of each section a conclusive statement on the importance of these sites is made.
6.19.1 CULTURAL HERITAGE SITES ALONG THE ALIGNMENT These are summarized in the Table below:
173
Table 84: Cultural Heritage Sites along the Alignment S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site 1 Tololo The site is characterized by These resources have shattred pottery site both decorated and un- and scattered around as a decorated potsherds result of settlements, hence 36N exposed by the cuts on the they are not archaeologically 0357041 slopes. The site is important as they spread. UTM characterized by scatters of 0404312, iron slag appearing in Elevation association with tuyeres 984m and potsherds along the cut slopes of the existing road. Roulette decorated potsherds exposed on the The concentration of the surface at Tololo pottery site slag is moderate. 4 36N The site is characterized by They iron slag is spread and, 0344143 scatters of iron slag in many spots, hence not that UTM appearing in association archaeologically unique. 0397884, with tuyeres and potsherds Elevation along the cut slopes of the 778m existing road. The concentration of the slag is moderate
174
S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site
A few The site is I m off the These occur spread and not meters from existing road characterized unique from archaelogcal the bridge at by numerous iron slag perspective. river Nyawa scattered on both sides of at the road. A piece of a coordinates tuyere was also recorded 36N on the site confirming the 0337091 making and use of metals UTM from iron in this area. 0399322 Elevation 756m. 36N A potsherd in situ was These occur spread and not 0336611 recorded at this site unique from archaelogcal UTM exposed by erosion with perspective. 0398584, clear quartz used as elevation temper. Other potsherds 767m. are observed along the cut slopes of the road at this site. The site is characterized by scattered short trees with bare surface probably because of erosion
175
S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site Lewa B; Survey at this site recorded The points this was Kochi Sub a piece of a tuyere encountred was outside the County protruding from the edges alignment. Yumbe of the cut slope of the district on existing road. The tuyere coordinates appears in association with 36N a horizontal line of 0334271 probably a settlement UTM structure observed from the 0395569 cut slopes of the road. elevation Daubs arranged in a line 775m. are observed at this site. A tuyere is indicative of early iron working in the area even though no iron slag or iron implement was
recorded on the site. A piece of a broken pot with circular grooves and dotted lines was recorded outside the road alignment.
176
S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site Coordinates The concentration is high No direct impact on these 36N with both decorated and locations from raod works. 0332684 undecorated potsherds. UTM Among the decoration 0395609, motifs identified in the elevation of potsherds include PGR of 760m LIA. The site covers an area along the road of about 15m outside of the road reserve towards Yumbe from Moyo.
Nambara Survey at this site recorded Occurred in the bushes, on the village, a roulette-decorated edges of the road reserve in Kochi potsherd exposed along the former abandoned parish, road cut slope. The settlements. Kochi Sub potsherd could have been County, exposed by a recent road Yumbe grading district on coordinates 36N 0327413 UTM 0394486, elevation 753m.
177
S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site Lori village, The site is characterized of Ombachi both decorated (potsherd parish, with mamillations, TGR) Yumbe and un-decorated scatters district on of potsherds along the cut coordinates slope of the existing road. 36N 0312463 UTM 0388643 at an elevation of 905m. Werejenge Probably these potsherds in pottery site form of rims and bases Coordinates could be associated with 36N ritual activities. However, 0296849 other potsherds had dark UTM spots an indication of 0379736, having been used for
178
S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site elevation of cooking. These included an They are spread and scattred 1016m. The open bowl rim sherd throughout the project areas, site is recorded on the site. The not unique from located in site covers a long stretch archaeological perspective. Werejenge characterized by both village, decorated and un- Lodonga decorated potsherds Sub County, appearing in association Yumbe with iron slag especially on district the right side along Yumbe Koboko road. Some of the identified decoration techniques included bold incisions and oblique stamping, wavy lines and crosshatches. This is an important site that accommodates different types of pottery and iron slag. Samples were bagged from this site for further analysis.
179
S/N Location & Cultural Heritage Images Explanatory Notes Conservation/Archaelogical coordinates implications Archeological, Iron smelting, Pottery Site Lodonga The site is characterized by The site is a graden and Iron works, iron slag in association outside the road alignment, Lodonga with potsherds along the hence no direct impact from village, road cut edges. A probable the road works. Lodonga hummer stone was also sub county, recorded and bagged from Yumbe this site for further district on analysis. Photograph coordinates shows Iron slag and a 36N hummer stone recorded at 02926650 Lodonga Iron working site. UTM Once the harmmer is 0379002, identified from DMM, it elevation of will be returned to the 1051m district of Yumbe for the conservation.
180
6.19.2 POTENTIAL IMPACT ON POTSHERDS AND IRON SLAG All assessed sites return almost similar deposits associated clay and iron works. Most sites are characterized by both decorated and un-decorated potsherds sometimes exposed by the cuts on the slopes while others have been buried and were exposed through test pits. Among the identified decorations included the knotted roulettes (Late Iron Age decorations). There are sites reveaing scatters of iron slag appearing in association with tuyeres and potsherds along the cut slopes of the existing road.
Several interpretations can be made in relation to potsherds, those potsherds in form of rims and bases could be associated with ritual activities. However, other potsherds had dark spots an indication of having been used for cooking. These included open bowl rim sherd recorded on some of the sites. Some of the identified decoration techniques included bold incisions and oblique stamping, wavy lines and crosshatches. The wide spread nature of these PCRs archeological findings tend to point human settlement for a long time in the area and their sizes suggest implication of repeated human actitivies in the sites implying, they are have been greatly reduced, shattred and scattred all over, hence, no major archaelogical values can be assigned to them. In addution, the possibility of chance findings does exist and hence, a Chance Findings Procedure has been designed.
6.19.3 BURIAL GROUNDS ON THE ALIGNMENT Burial grounds are widespread along the alignment some within the ROW while others are clearly out of the immediate impact zone. The state of these graves varies sometimes due to religious and cultural dictums. While relocation will be the most obvious mitigation, there are sites that are expansive requiring minor design deviations especially where religious attachments are very strong.
Table 85: Summary of Graves likely to be affected by the road Graves on KYM DistDistrict No. of Improvement Type Type of grave Finish graves Total Koboko Earth 5 37 Koboko Cemented 2 2 Moyo Earth 6 12 Moyo Cemented 1 2 Yumbe Earth 16 106 Yumbe Cemented 2 13 Yumbe Ceramic Tiles 1 3 TOTAL 33 175
181
Table 86: Graves along sections of the road SN Location &Coordinates Images Explanatory notes Burial Grounds and Cemeteries Logiri Village, Moyo district The site contains four graves, 2 at coordinates 36N 0344522 cemented and 2 none cemented. With UTM 0398236, elevation an offset of 60m from carriageway. 770m
Lefori Muslim cemetery. The The site which was established in burial site is located opposite 1945 belongs to the Muslim the mosque in Lefori trading community in the area and land was centre a provided by Chief Waigo Avungo of Lefori. The site is situated close to the road covering an area of approximately 100 xs100m and likely to be impacted by the road upgrade. All the graves at this site are earth and unseen, a common way of burying
among the Muslims
182
SN Location &Coordinates Images Explanatory notes Nabara village, Kochi parish, The site is located at an offset of 10m. Kochi Sub County, Yumbe The site is owned by the family of Mr. district on coordinates 36N Ali Muga who can be contacted on 0327310 UTM 0394453, 0780234399. The site is characterized elevation 753m of 9 earth graves.
Site is located next to The burial contains 6 graves offset of Salaama mosque in Alaba 30m belonging to the family of Mr. village, Yayare Parish, Kochi Dramani Swaibu. The site has been in Sub County in Yumbe district use since 1986. However, it has been at coordinates 36N 0315673 abandoned and trees and bushes have UTM 0392768, elevation overgrown around it. Mr. Dramani 834m Saibu, the caretaker of the site can be contacted on 0779573621
183
SN Location &Coordinates Images Explanatory notes Kogbo village, Ombachi The burial site established by the parish, Kochi Sub County in Muslim community has been in use Yumbe district. Survey at this since 1960s. The site accommodates a site recorded a burial site number of graves and it is still being approximately 6m from the used by the Muslim community. existing road at coordinates 36N 0311378 UTM 0388043, elevation 923m.
Kerila village, Apo sub Cemetery for the Moslem community county Yumbe district on of the Kerali clan and has existed since coordinates 36N 0308997 1950s. Several earth graves are UTM 0387223, elevation located on this site, covering about 951m 200x100m
184
SN Location &Coordinates Images Explanatory notes Bulaki village, Lodonga Sub This is a community owned burial site County in Yumbe district on for Muslims and when a member of coordinates 36N 0287987 the community dies, he/she is buried UTM 0377080, elevation at this site. 1032m.
Gonjuru village, Kuru sub This is a family burial site located at county in Yumbe district on 6m offset from existing road contains coordinates 36N 0302008 many graves, some built up with UTM 0382542, elevation bricks and cement. 990m
185
Table 87: Places of worship-Churches and mosques SN Location &Coordinates Images Explanatory Notes 1 Moyo catholic parish Centenary The grounds were constructed in celebration grounds located 2017 to mark centenary celebrations atTololo village along the (100 years) of Moyo Catholic Church existing road (Moyo-Yumbe) at which started in 1917 coordinates 36N 0357365, 0404334, Elevation :973m.
2 Eria Christ the King Eucaristic This Catholic Church is said to have centre been in existence for 50 years. The located in Eria central; Moyo church land covers the two sides of district approximately 50m the road. from the existing road at coordinates 36N 0350782 UTM 0401659, elevation 886m
3 Nambara Christ the king The church located at approximately Chapelis located in Nambara 80m from the existing road was village, Kochi parish, Kochi sub constructed in 1953 and renovated to county, Yumbe district on the current status in 1993. coordinates 36N 0327515 UTM 0394713, elevation 759m.
186
4 Nambara Cross sign It is said that this is a spot where a is located after the church in local lady died as a result of an Nambara village accident (knocked by a vehicle. Prayers are conducted at the scene. This explains why there is a cross sign at this site.
5 Delo Mosque located in Delo The mosque located approximately village, Yumbe town council at 70m off the road is used by the coordinates 36N 0306859 UTM community as the Muslim dominates 0384777, elevation 978m. the area.
6 Fatah Mosque mosque is The mosque is located at 20m off the located in Atipili village, existing road Ambala ward in Kuru sub county Yumbe district on coordinates 36N 0297489 UTM 0380219, elevation 1012m.
187
7 Nyori Malik mosque Oringi The mosque is located at village; Nyori parish in approximately 60m off the existing Lodonga Sub County in Yumbe road, no direct impact from the road district on coordinates works. 36N0294883 UTM 0378961, elevation 1021m.
8 Padiaka mosque Padiaka The mosque still under construction, village, Nyori parish, Lodonga however there is an old grass thatched sub county in Yumbe district on mosque currently being used (it is coordinates 36N 0296680 UTM outside the road alignment) 0379608, elevation of 1017m
9 Mosque in Gborokongo Village, The mosque has an offset of 60m Abuko Sub County in Yumbe from current alignment. district. The mosque was recorded on coordinates 36N 0286508 UTM 0378183, elevation 1025m
188
10 Sabirina mosqueis located in The mosque is located approximately Anyufira village; Midia Sub 25m off the existing road County and Koboko district on coordinates 36N 0275144 UTM 0379291, elevation 1226m
189
7 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
7.1 INTRODUCTION Public consultation and stakeholder engagement form an integral and mandatory part of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) process as stipulated in the National Environment Act No5 of 2019 and World Bank ESS 10. As such, the interaction with the communities should be meaningful, adequate, timely and proportionate to improve the environmental and social sustainability of projects, enhance project acceptance, and make a significant contribution to successful project design and implementation.
Specifically, on this project, stakeholder engagement entailed an interactive process where input of key stakeholders such as project affected communities, district technical officials, political leaders, government regulatory institutions, other interested parties and key implementing partners was sought and incorporated in the planning process as early as possible. Information disclosed included details of the purpose, nature, location, duration, the project benefits and adverse impacts, as well as the proposed enhancement and mitigation measures.
The stakeholder engagement mechanisms employed during this study included information sharing meetings with the stakeholders, focus group discussions and key informant interviews. The information was disclosed in relevant local languages (Aringa, Kakwa, Madi and Lugbar)and in a manner that is accessible and culturally appropriate. Meetings were also held with disadvantaged and vulnerable groups affected by the project such as, elderly, women among others. This chapter describes the public information and consultation process that was implemented by the consultant as part of the ESIA.
7.2 OBJECTIVES The objectives of consultations during the ESIA study were to share project information with key stakeholders, to raise awareness, obtain baseline information, and to allow stakeholders the opportunity to make comments and express their views on the proposed project. This aided improving decision-making by tapping on local knowledge and information through the involvement of individuals, groups and organizations with a stake in the proposed road upgrade project.
7.3 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN 7.3.1 GENERAL PLANNING FOR STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT Stakeholder consultations were conducted at all the various stages of project planning including; inception, during detailed field studies and are expected to continue throughout the implementation phase. The Table below identifies these stages, or “consultation rounds”, and presents, for each of them, the specific engagement objectives, target groups and implementation periods. a. Stakeholder’s appreciation: All the stakeholders interviewed appreciated and welcomed the proposed road upgrade project. Indeed, several of them said they have been waiting for the construction of the road for many years. Generally, the stakeholders’ expectations were high. b. Stakeholders’ concerns: Stakeholders including government officials, political leaders, host communities, NGO executives, and other stakeholders expressed several concerns on the negative impacts of the project especially on the loss of land, delayed compensation,
190
demolition of property, pollution, issues of sexual harassment and GBV, increase in cases of HIV/AIDS, and other concerns. c. Project Timeline: Some stakeholders were still in doubt as to whether the road would be constructed since there has been talk of the road construction since 1982.
Table 88: Summary of the Public Consultations Process ENGAGEMENT OBJECTIVES TARGET GROUPS TIMELINE Consultation Round 1: Inception phase a. To identify and map out the various a. Community around the 22nd to 25th stakeholders and their interests project area. October b. To convey information about the b. Koboko District 2019. project to the stakeholders; Administration leadership. c. To ascertain modalities to enhance c. Yumbe District smooth community participation in Administration leadership. the project; and d. Moyo District d. To harmonize data collection Administration leadership. between the feasibility study and e. Project area political engineering design team and the leadership. ESIA team. Consultation Round 2: Detailed study phase a. To ascertain stakeholders’ interests a. Community around the 14th and information requirements about project area. November to the project. b. Koboko District 20th Administration leadership. December c. Yumbe District 2019 Administration leadership. d. Moyo District Administration leadership. e. Sub county, Parish and Local Council officials. f. Ministries, Departments and Lead Agencies. g. NGOs and CBOs in the project area. h. Security agencies Consultation Round 3: Consultation on ESIA preliminary findings a. To disseminate the draft ESIA report a. Community around the To be done to the stakeholders; project area between b. To verify whether stakeholders’ b. Koboko District February – interests and information Administration leadership. June 2020 requirements about the project were c. Yumbe District after accurately captured in the draft ESIA Administration leadership. disclosure of report d. Moyo District the report at c. To collect any other information Administration leadership. the which may have not been collected e. Sub county officials. respective during Round 2 consultation phase f. Ministries, Departments and host Lead Agencies. districts and g. NGOs and CSos in the Public project area. Libraries in Kampala,
191
ENGAGEMENT OBJECTIVES TARGET GROUPS TIMELINE and Websites (UNRA, NEMA(
7.3.2 TARGET STAKEHOLDER GROUPS Target groups for the ESIA stakeholder engagement process included the following: a. Directly concerned ministries and national agencies (Ministry of Works and Transport, Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development, Ministry of Water and Environment, Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development, Area (Host) Members of Parliament); b. Districts’ local government authorities and technical staff (Koboko, Yumbe, Moyo); c. Customary authorities (clan leaders, elders and cultural leaders); d. Lefori and Aboo Women Groups; e. Project-host communities and households; f. Relevant NGOs, development and human rights (UNHCR, Save the Children, Oxfam, CARE International, World Vision).
7.4 ISSUES AND CONCERNS A summary of the key findings from the consultation process right from the inception to the detailed ESIA phase are presented in the Tables below while a detailed transcription of all the meetings is appended to this document.
7.4.1 RESULTS FROM CONSULTATION ROUND 1 (INCEPTION PHASE) Initial consultation meetings for this ESIA study were conducted in October 2019 as part of the study’s inception phase and environmental and social scoping exercise. These were performed through individual and semi-structured interviews with a limited number of key stakeholders at national and district levels. Results for this consultation round are summarized below, both in terms of stakeholder group reached and key issues that were raised. Participants’ signed attendance lists are appended.
Meeting with Koboko DLG on 23/10/19 at Midia Sub county, Koboko, 23/10/19 at District Head Quarters Koboko District Head Quarters
192
Meeting with Yumbe DLG, 24/10/19 at Meeting with Sub-county and Parish chiefs Yumbe District Headquarters of Yumbe district on 23/10/19 Figure 69: Pictorial evidence of consultations during the Scoping Phase
Table 89: Key Issues Raised Subject View Responses Koboko District-23rd, October, 2019 1 John Kennedy, There is need for fair UNRA will ensure timely (DISO) compensation in case of compensation is made. project affected people are along the proposed alignment. The time between completion of property surveys and actual project implementation should not be too long; otherwise, affected people may receive compensation packages that are not able to restore their pre-project conditions. Affected people should be Meaningful consultations have fully involved in deciding been carried out at lower levels how they desire to be and affected communities resettled. involved. GRC are going to be established at parish level to ensure that communities lodge their concerns. 2 Land Officer, The district currently does The district should follow up and Koboko not have approved expedite the process of approving compensation rates. They the compensation rates However, are still at proposal stage in case the submitted Koboko and were submitted to District rates are not yet approved
193
Subject View Responses Ministry of Lands for in time by the MoLHUD at the approval. time of approving final valuation report, District rates for neighbouring district (e.g Arua) will be used. As part of resettlement the The project is cognizant of the project should consider potential impacts on the livelihood restoration and livelihoods of directly affected and improvement training indirectly affected persons and as programmes for affected such, the resettlement planning people. will have a livelihood restoration strategy that will guide the project on the best intervention that can be made to ensure that peoples livelihoods are restored and boosted. The project will ensure monitoring, particularly for safety from backlash, is integrated into livelihoods and empowerment programmes 3 Kepo Vicky: UNRA should share and This is noted and UNRA has been Acting provide the detailed road informed to share with and consult Municipal designs with the engineers districts on the proposed Engineer early enough so that they engineering design. ensure that important features such as humps, pedestrian crossings, drainages and road signage are incorporated. For the previous Arua-Koboko tarmacking of the road, the project did not incorporate them in the designs especially within the towns and these caused a lot of accidents. 4 Mokili Peter Compensation should be in This is a GoU project funded by Abeson, time so PAPs can quickly World Bank and therefore, (Secretary restore their lives. All relevant laws and international Social Services) affected property should be best practices will be followed to equitably compensated to ensure that all PAPs are avoid grievances. compensated fairly adequately and timely. 5 Atim Alfred, There is need to involve the Noted. The Municipal Council Physical Municipal council officials will be involved. Planner during compensation since plots exchange hands and the Municipal office is in
194
Subject View Responses charge of land and has data on land ownership. The Municipal Council usually grow trees along the roads therefore during valuation exercise, the municipal council should be information as well. 6 Olaboro Emmy People have a number of The project is cognizant on the Ejuku, DCDO, livelihood activities along potential impacts on the Koboko the alignment such as livelihoods of directly affected and roadside dwellers and road indirectly affected persons and as construction may have an such, the resettlement planning impact on them. The project will have a livelihood restoration should ensure that they strategy that will guide the project come up with measures in on the best intervention that can be case PAPs’ livelihoods are made to ensure that peoples impacted on. livelihoods are restored and boosted. Yumbe District, 24th October 2019 1 Charity Farida, Affected people should be PAPs that will require physical District Speaker fully involved in deciding resettlement and are eligible for how they desire to be compensation, will be consulted resettled. and sensitized on the resettlement and relocation options. The project is mindful of the need and importance of resettling people in areas where they can comfortably live in relation to access to social services, social cultural ties, land, access to facilities (markets, schools, health centers, water etc) Compensation of PAPs This is a GOU project funded by should be fair and adequate. World Bank Project and therefore, relevant laws and international best practices will be followed to ensure that all PAPs are compensated fairly adequately and timely. 2 Taban Yassin, Quality of the road to be Noted, the required standards will LC 5 constructed should be of be followed. high standards.
195
Subject View Responses 3 Aniku Sayidi, Land tenure is mainly Relevant laws and procedures will District Vice customary, and the man is be followed to ensure that interests Chairman the family head. Women of women are catered for and only use the land. However, safeguarded against any form of the project should ensure abuse and deprivation by their that rights of women are spouses. safe guarded. Both husband and wife should be signatories for the compensation package. Consider employing the Local people will have priority for local communities and employment at all levels. All ensure that women are potential employees shall be involved in employment. required to produce recommendation letters from the LC chairpersons. When planning for the The project will have a sexual project issues of sexual harassment policy and GRM with harassment and Gender a clear referral path to help curtail based violence should be sexual harassment and violence taken into account. against workers and members of the community.
Involvement of The Project shall develop an communities on HIV/AIDs HIV/AIDS policy. The policy will awareness should be done. among other things guide The project should not only community sensitization on consider the project workers HIV/AIDS, voluntary testing and counselling.
Continuous HIV/AIDS awareness programs will be carried out in the project areas. 4 Kawawa Ensure that the contractor to Before commencement of works, Serbeet, District be hired is compliant to the contractor to be hired will be Natural environment and social tasked to develop all the Resource safeguards. Environmental and social Officer (DNRO) management plans and will ensure that they are adhered to. The contractor will also be required to recruit relevant adequately trained and experienced safeguards personnel to ensure that the ESMPs are monitored regularly.
A supervising consultant will be hired who will have qualified safeguard personnel to monitor
196
Subject View Responses and supervise social and environmental aspects.
UNRA will have a project implementing Unit including Environmental and Social safeguard personnel that will do the overall supervision of both the supervising consultant and the contractor in line with environmental and social safeguards. 5 Ayimani Ensure that the design has Noted. Bernard, provision for access to District institutions and people’s Engineer homes because many times this aspect is ignored. The 17km road to Bidi Bidi The 105km road is focusing on refugee settlement should Koboko Yumbe and Moyo road. be tarmacked. This will UNRA is considering undertaking directly benefit the refugees. measures to improve access roads to settlement camps and will accordingly inform the host communities. Moyo District, 25th October 2019 1 Vita Betty, The District has This is noted. This project will District Land experienced compensation follow requisite international best Officer issues. This is an experience practice to ensure this does not from the REA project along happen with this project the same alignment. 2 Ereku George The project design should Surveyors will map out land that is District Planner clearly indicate the to be acquired by the project and boundary of the road, so will communicate to the PAPs. communities know actual size of land to be affected. Noted. The project is 105km road from Koboko, through Yumbe to There is need to clearly Moyo districts. For Yumbe identify and communicate district, the road length to be the distances (number of constructed is 6okm, Koboko is km) for each District 18km and Moyo 27km Vita Betty Loe,3 Land SurDistrict Do the designs include Yes. Surveyor, beautification aspects like Moyo streetlights?
4 Luga David, In town there are muvule Noted and the said aspects shall be Environmental trees that are likely to be part of the project ESMP. Officer affected as a result of road construction, the restoration 197
Subject View Responses program should put a side avenue, The project should protect/conserve all sensitive ecosystems and endangered tree species along the road stretch including Eria Central forest Reserve, shea nut, Mvule, teak and African trees, Yii wetland, Nyawa river and streams. Provide portable mobile toilets to project workers and ensure proper hygiene and sanitation across all project components Communities around quarry sites should be sensitised prior to commencement of works. Safety of workers should be investigated during the ESIA and necessary mitigation measures developed. The district should be involved in the supervision and monitoring of project activities. 5 Sub-County Issues and criteria A RAP is being developed and will and Parish associated with damage to provided measures to address Chiefs of property and how they resettlement issues. Midia and would be compensated Abuku sub- should be addressed in the counties in project’s resettlement action Koboko plan. district Baseline information should Noted. The measure will be include record of state of included in the project to ensure structures to avoid future that records on state of structures claims of structural damage are recorded prior to works. (cracking) yet were not caused by the project. Local leaders will be notified and Involve local leaders in fully involved in the mobilisation mobilisation during detailed and sensitization of the assessments. communities.
198
Subject View Responses Ascertaining property rights issues related to ownership of land and resolving conflicts over and other properties should be land; resolved by family members and elders in the community before commencement of valuation. The project will establish GMCs to handle contested properties. Avoid delayed This is a GOU project funded by compensation and unclear World Bank Project and therefore, compensation procedures relevant laws and international and rates, pending best practices will be followed to compensation from ongoing ensure that all PAPs are government projects, compensated fairly, adequately and timely. Consult religious and Noted. The ESIA team entails a cultural leaders during Physical Cultural Resource expert detailed assessments. who will be handling such cases There are sacred trees along and will involve and consult with alignment, Compensation the cultural and religious leaders. should be paid before construction starts. For small values consider The RAP will recommend that cash payments. smaller values before 200,000/= will be paid by cash. 6 Sub-county and There should be continuous Meaningful, timely, adequate and Parish chiefs of and effective proportionate engagements will be Lodonga, Kuru, communication with done throughout the planning and Moyo TC, Apo stakeholders at all stages of project execution process. and Koch sub- the proposed development. counties in For instance, affected Yumbe district persons should be provided with project timelines to enable them plan to vacate affected areas in adequate time. Information about the IEC materials related to the project project should be availed to will be produced and disseminated local people in native at village, parish and sub-county languages for effective levels and key areas in towns disclosure, engagement and council and trading centres. meaningful feedback. For public sensitization, project personnel will include CLOs who will translate information being relayed by project team members to the communities to ensure that project information is clearly understood.
199
Subject View Responses Impact of construction Workers shall be required to sign workers on family, social Code of Conduct and project will relations and public health, set up Community Grievance Women and children rights Management committees. protection during compensation,
7.4.2 RESULTS FROM CONSULTATION ROUND 2 (DETAILED ESIA STUDY PHASE) Consultation Round 2 was performed early in the detailed ESIA study phase, in November to December 2019. It included engagement activities with both affected communities and key stakeholders at the district, national levels and lead agencies as shown below. Key issues, concerns discussed are explained in Table 89 below.
200
Table 90: Stakeholder Groups Reached DATE LOCATION Stakeholder Group 12th Nov 2019 At Moyo District District officers including; The Ag. CAO, Ass. Headquarters Chairman LC5, RDC, Ag. DPO, DFO, Sec. Production, DCDO. DNRO, Town Clerk, District Staff Surveyor Planner, District Engineer. Moyo and Lefori Sub-county chiefs and parish chiefs 12th Nov At UNRA Moyo Road maintenance Engineers, Ag. Station Manager. 2019 District Offices 12th Nov. Koboko District District officers including; The Ag. CAO, Ass. 2019 Headquarters Chairman LC5, RDC, Mayor, Ag. DPO, DFO, Sec. Production, DCDO. DNRO, Town Clerk, District Staff Surveyor Planner, District Engineer. 13th Nov RDC Office Security Agencies (DISO, Brigade Commander, 2019 Commandant 67 Battalion, RSO, Intelligence 3rd and 4th Officer 67 Battalion, RDC Yumbe, Koboko and December Moyo, DISOs, District Police Commander, UPDF 2019 Commander 69 Battalion, Commander 55 Battalion, DPC 13th Nov Apo Sub county LC III, Sub-county and Parish chief representatives 2019 Headquarters- Yumbe 13h Nov Kochi Sub County S/C and Parish level leaders, Councilors and special 2019 Headhunters, Yumbe groups representatives. 15th Nov Yumbe TC Town Clerk and representatives 2019 headquarters 20th Nov BidiBidi Refugee SAsc OPM, OPM Protection Assistant, Community 2019 Camp Services Ass. 20th Nov Yumbe District ACDO, Agricultural Officer, CDO-Yumbe Town 2019 Headquarters Council, CDO-Lodonga, CDO-Kochi, Gender Officer, CDO-Kuru 20th Palorinya Settlement Settlement Commandant-OPM Nov.2019 Camp 3rd Dec 2010 SURA Compound Community Level Consultations (with self-settled Refugees – SURA & CORA 4th Dec 2019 Koboko District ACAV, PICIT, CAFOMI, AFORD, IDI. CERID Headquaters 5th Dec 2019 Yumbe Town Hall Plan International, Oxfam, World Vision, Mercy Corps, F.C.A, Here is Life, District Speaker 9TH Dec 2019 Board Room of IDI, Window Trust, WEMPS, NURI, Finn Church Moyo LC V Aid, Global Aim, Save the Children Chairperson 16th Dec, UNRA Training Honorable Members of Parliament of Yumbe, 2019 Centre at Kyambogo Maracha NGOs (CARE International, Save the Children, Oxfam) UNHCR, MGLSD, MWE
201
NB: CAO=Chief Administrative Officer, LC5 = Local Council 5, RDC=Resident District Commissioner, DPO=District Production Officer, DFO=District Forest/Fisheries officer, DCDO = District Community Development Officer. DNRO = District Natural Resources Officer, ACDO = Assistant Community Development Officer, DISO = District Internal Security Officer, RISO = Regional Internal Security Officer, DPC = District Police Commander, SAS = Senior Assistant Secretary.
Meeting with Mida and Abuku local leaders on Moyo DLG –12th Nov 2019 12:00pm, at 23/10/19 Moyo District Headquarters
Meeting with Moyo District Environmental Meeting with communities of Besia, Lowi Officer in Moyo 12th Nov 2019 3:00pm Quarters, Metu Quarters on 14th Nov 2019 at Besia Parish Centre
Meeting with communities of Celecelea East, Meeting with communities of Toloro, Celecelea West, Edua on 15th Nov 2019, 10: Adua, Maduga, Vura Opi, Onigo on 15th 30pm at Celecelea Parish Centre Nov 2019 2:00pm at Toloro Multipurpose
202
Meeting with communities of Kibira, Marigu Meeting with communities of Gwere East, East, Marigu West, Lojili, Abiricaku, Ebwea Gwere West, Chinyi, Meria on 16th Nov 15th Nov 2019 5:00pm at Ebwea Parish Centre 2019 2:30pm at Gwere Parish Centre
16th Nov 2019 5:00pm Meeting with communities of Masaloa East, Masaloa West, Ajunde, Cohwe on 17th Nov 2019 4:00PM at Masaloa Parish Centre
Meeting with communities of Lefori on 17th Meeting with communities of Aliodra- Nov 2019 5:00pm Anyusi, Gborogborochu, Nyewa, Lewa A, Lewa B, Nyam-Nyam on 18th Nov 2019 10:00am at Aliodra-Anyusi Trading Centre
203
Meeting with communities of Pure, Loolo East, Meeting with communities of Pure, Loolo Loolo West, Nabara, Kogbo, Kegburu on 18th East, Loolo West, Nabara, Kogbo, Nov 2019, 2:00pm at Kochi Trading Centre Kegburu on 18th Nov 2019, 2:00pm at Kochi Trading Centre
Meeting with communities of Ngakua on 18th Meeting with communities of Lokopio, Nov 2019 5:00pm at Ngakua Trading Centre Alaba, Chamanikua, Koka on 19th Nov 2019 10:00am at Alaba Trading Centre
Meeting with communities of Koro, Lori, Meeting with communities of Anguwira, Kogbo, Oce on 19th Nov 2019 2:00pm at Lori Kowonge on 20th Nov 2019 11:00am, at Trading Centre Kowonge Mosque Figure 70: Pictorial evidence of consultations during ESIA studies
204
Consultations with women of Besia Village, FGD with Youth (boys of Eria Central Moyo Town Council on 14th /11/2019 Parish) 15th 11/2019
FGD with Men of Coloa West Village, FGD with women of Coloa West Village, Choloa Parish, Moyo District 16th /11/2019 Choloa Parish, Moyo District 6th /11/2019
FGD with Men of Lefori Parish, Kochi KIIs with technical and political leadership subcounty, Moyo district FGD with Men of of coloa sub-county, Lefori towncouncil, Coloa West Village, Choloa Parish, Moyo Moyo district 6th /11/2019 District 6th /11/2019
205
KIIs with the DCDO and DPO Moyo Consultations with with the technical district and political leadership of Kochi subcounty, Moyo district
FGD with Elderly Persons of Ebwea village, Lojili village and Abiricaku village, Ebwea parish – Moyo district 16th /11/2019 Figure 71: Additional consultations
7.4.3 KEY ISSUES FROM DISTRICT LOCAL GOVERNMENT LEADERSHIP The team made appointments with the district technical and political leaders through the CAO Key concerns, expectations and opportunities expressed at District Local Government level (Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo) are summarized as below.
Table 91: Key issues from Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo District Local Government Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears District officers of Koboko, To prevent peoples from LCs will be involved in the Yumbe and Moyo including; running away from their process of compensation for the Ag. CAO, Ass. families after compensation, financial security and Chairperson LC5, RDC, Ag. this issue should be handled sometimes joint family DPO, DFO, Sec. Production, by local authorities and the accounts would be DCDO. DNRO, Town Clerk, religious leaders suggested. District Staff Surveyor Planner, District Engineer. The project team should try Emphasis is going to be to control human influx made to ensure that priority related to labour by is given to the local affected encouraging employment of communities to be employed.
206
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears locals in the project affected communities. The project might bring A nominated HIV/AIDS about influx of migrant organization shall conduct workers which will increase workplace HIV/AIDS the risk of spread of awareness, and control HIV/AIDS and other programs for the contractor’s STDS. workers. Construction projects Workers will be required to normally bring about Sexual sign Code of Conduct Exploitation and Abuse (covering among others (SEA) and Sexual aspects SEA) as part of Harassment. Ensure that this Employment Contract. KYM curbs such issues. Workers shall be frequently sensitized on proper behavior and community leaders shall be involved. A nominated service provider shall also be hired to undertake GBV/SEA/SH work in the Community and Workers. Gender-based violence at The project will ensure the community level following; effective and on- going community engagement and consultation, particularly with women and girls; review of specific project components that are known to heighten GBV risk at the community level, e.g. compensation schemes; employment schemes for women; etc. Specific plan for mitigating these known risks, e.g. sensitization around gender-equitable approaches to compensation and employment; etc; adequate referral mechanisms are in place if a case of GBV at the community level is reported related to project implementation Community consultation and Early and informed sensitization should be community sensitizations carried out to determine if will be carried out with all
207
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears there is any persons within villages that are affected by the corridor so that they can the KYM project. be considered for PAPs assessment by the government. Project should come up with Watering of the roads with measures on how control use of a water bowser, shall dust pollution during be undertaken by the construction as it might contractor in areas where results into diseases in the people reside along heavily project area. used sections which are prone to dust generation. Speed control structures such as humps shall be installed at inhabited areas to besides safety reasons also control dust associated with speeding vehicles. Sensitization of local residents shall be carried out prior to the start of the construction works. Grievance Management Committees shall be established at parish level. Communities will be sensitized about the GMC and how to report any concerns related to the project. All national level Prior and well-informed stakeholders including the consultations will be carried community through which out to all stakeholders the project road traverses throughout project should be consulted as a way implementation. of making them own up the project. The project might bring The proposed project will be about incidences of SGBV implemented while especially on women and following the SGBV girls. framework that was developed by the Ministry of Gender, Labor and Social Development (MGLSD) as well as UNRA’s Environment and Social Management System
208
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears and relevant World Bank Policies. Project workers including the foreign workers will be sensitized and educated on the laws against defilement and other sexual offences; their gender rights and responsibilities, including signing up to a Code of Conduct. Display on signs within the project area and making it clear that the work site is a violence free zone and Violence Against Women and Girls (VAWG) will not be tolerated; The project might have an The project team has a impact on cultural sites along physical cultural Resource the proposed roads. There are expert who will assess all graves, trees of cultural cultural heritage aspects importance that should be along the KYM road and taken into consideration propose mitigation actions when carrying out that shall be shared with the assessments. host community. Security Agencies: RDC The District Security The Project shall develop Yumbe, Koboko and Moyo, Committee welcomes the and implement a Chance DISOs, District Police project and is ready to Finds Procedure including an Commander, UPDF provide any security support. Emergency Response Commander 69 Battalion, The area is secure from all Plan/Procedure that will Commander 55 Battalion, sorts of insurgents, war items include identification and DPC and criminalities. All management of UXOs, groundwork including mine working closely with the sweeping was done more Security Agencies (District than ten years ago to ensure Security Committee, UPDF, that the area is free from and Ministry of Internal explosives. affairs). There is a good relationship among the security agencies in the district that enables them to share in a timely manner any security related information. The project during its implementation should work hand in hand with District
209
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears Security Committee so that security support is fully built. Project Workers shall sign Of late, there have been Code of Conduct and in case issues of child Abuse and of any involvement in Child GBV and teenage Abuse or GBV shall be pregnancies. These can be subject to requirements of addressed when security National Laws governing the agencies and other same. The Project will hire stakeholders are informed Service Provider to early enough. undertake Community Police addresses issues of outreach on Child Abuse, GBV and child abuse and GBV, HIV/AIDS and have baseline data on the Community Safety. status. OPM-Deputy Camp The project team should The project/UNRA shall as Commandant Bidi Bidi acquaint themselves with the and when necessary liaise Refugee camp and his staff international NGO security with the Agencies and Palorinya Camp standards. which include: responsible for Refugees to 1951 Geneva conventions address issues that may arise and Uganda, 1960 second during project protocol to operationalize the implementation. GRM shall Geneva protocol, 2006 be established as one of the Refugee Act of Uganda, linkage avenues. 2010 refugee regulation of Uganda, OAU convention 1964 and the Supreme law. These specify entitlement to 1. Own land, 2. Employment, 3. Movement. The host community and the GRM shall be established as refugees live in harmony one of the linkage avenues with each other, some have with host Community and even intermarried Refugees. Refugees have been granted Local Communities shall be employment rights. The given priority during office of the Prime Minister recruitment. will help coordinate the number of refugees getting employment opportunities on the project. There should be a clear line Local Communities shall be between labor opportunities given priority during for the refugees and the local recruitment. people. The law provides for 30% local and 70% refugee opportunity in the refugee camps and 70% local and
210
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears 30% refugee employment in the host community. Escalation of sexual Workers will be required to relationships and their sign Code of Conduct related problems. (covering among others aspects SEA) as part of Employment Contract. Workers shall be frequently sensitized on proper behavior and community leaders shall be involved. A nominated service provider shall also be hired to undertake GBV/SEA work in the Community and Workers. There is no human Noted trafficking within the settlement as it has been revealed that no registered refugee has carried out human trafficking Fear of men leaving their Sensitization will be carried wives after receiving out within the communities, compensation package. The and spouses shall be jointly project should manage such involved to receive incidences. compensation. The local authorities shall be engaged through the GRCs to follow- up and resolve such issues. Ensure restoration of burrow Contractor/s shall be sites is done required to undertake progressive restoration of borrow/gravel pits/ sites. Rate of accidents. Need for The contractor shall employ massive sensitization on use a qualified Health and Safety of the road and road signs to professionals at the work site the community. Humps and to ensure compliance with zebra crossings should be health and safety. planned for especially near Road safety signage that is the Early childhood clear and visibly displayed development centres. shall be used to warn off residents, curious passers-by and project employees. Speed Control Structures shall be installed at appropriate points, especially inhabited areas.
211
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears Local Community Leaders shall be involved in securing signage furniture. Refugees( self-settled)- • Access to social services • All persons with property SURA & CORA is poor among refugees along alignment will be • Some refugees are identified and assessed. earning livelihoods along • Refugees are considered the alignment and own vulnerable and will in gardens and temporary addition be entitled to shelters along alignment special assistance for • Consider employment resettlement such as opportunities for financial literacy and refugees too during credit support project development • This RAP recommends • Exposure to health risks health education as one likely increasing. of the special assistance Integrate health interventions for PAPs education for community and other community members and refugees members including during construction refugees • Access to refugee • Access roads to refugee settlements to collect settlements will be open food rations might be during rad construction constrained or cut off during road construction Influx of workers in the area might lead to increased rental costs which some refugees may not afford
7.4.4 KEY ISSUES WITH NGOS AND CBOS
Stakeholder Group Views, concerns, requests Responses and fears CSOs and NGOs working • Vulnerabilities high • Considered in the final in Koboko District; Yumbe along the alignment. SEP and consulted. District; and CSOs and Consult women, Views documented and NGOs working in Moyo children, elderly and synthesized in report District PWD • LCs to witness • Involve LCs and compensation consents guardians in securing and payments including entitlements for child for children headed households • Human rights and • Apply “no harm and best financial literacy interest” principle in included as prerequisite considering children for payment and in the LRP
212
rights during planning • RAP will promote joint and payments ownership of account • Include human rights and during pre-disclosure financial literacy engagements education before • Financial literacy, human payments are made rights and transition • Promote Joint Acc support integrated in Ownership for family LRP and special affected property assistance interventions • Consider transitional • Joint account ownership support for all PAPs after to promote participation payments of other family members • Minimise impacts on in property and social services along livelihood restoration alignment since service • Impacts on service levels are already low facilities along alignment • Consider employment of identified and local labour avoidance/mitigation measures suggested in report. UNRA will encourage contractor to hire local labour. Considered in the ESIA of this report Uganda Police (FPU, GBV • Level of human rights • Human and women’s and CLO Depts) in Moyo, awareness is low rights will be included in Koboko and Yumbe especially among women pre-disclosure • Include human rights and engagements respect for women and • Human rights, children children rights in PAP and women rights sensitisations before integrated in LRP and payments are done special assistance Involve police in monitoring interventions abuse of women and • Human and women’s children rights after rights have been included payments as part of sensitization and they will continue through RAP implementation and construction. • UNRA will employ an Nominated Service Provider. This will cater for women and Children rights; including HIV/AIDS prevention. Police will be involved in handling grievance related
213
to crime including abuse of women and children rights CSOs and NGOs working • Vulnerabilities high • Considered in the final in Koboko District; Yumbe along the alignment. SEP and consulted. District; and CSOs and Consult women, Views documented and NGOs working in Moyo children, elderly and synthesized in report District PWD • LCs to witness • Involve LCs and compensation consents guardians in securing and payments including entitlements for child for children headed households • Human rights and • Apply “no harm and best financial literacy interest” principle in included as prerequisite considering children for payment and in the rights during planning LRP and payments • RAP will promote joint • Include human rights and ownership of account financial literacy during pre-disclosure education before engagements payments are made • Financial literacy, human • Promote Joint Acc rights and transition Ownership for family support integrated in affected property LRP and special • Consider transitional assistance interventions support for all PAPs after • Joint account ownership payments to promote participation • Minimise impacts on of other family members social services along in property and alignment since service livelihood restoration levels are already low • Impacts on service • Consider employment of facilities along alignment local labour identified and avoidance/mitigation measures suggested in report. UNRA will encourage contractor to hire local labour. Considered in the ESIA of this report
7.4.5 KEY ISSUES FROM COMMUNITY Mobilization of the communities was done through the chairpersons of the respective villages. A total of 32 meetings were organized. A series of FGDs and KIIs were held with women, men, elderly, local leaders, clan leaders at selected villages along the road. Approximately 2,699 community members were consulted and of these 720 of the participants who turned up were women. All the community meetings were conducted in the local languages of Aringa (Yumbe), Kakwa (Koboko) and Madi (Moyo). The key concerns raised from all community consultation are summarized in the matrix below.
214
Table 92: Key Community concerns Stakeholder Views, concerns, Responses Group requests and fears Midia and Abuku How will you handle We expect the owner of the land and the Sub-County in people who are falsely property on the land to be around when the Koboko, claiming ownership of valuers and the enumerators come to your Kuru, Lodonga land? land. and Yumbe TC- Yumbe District, The LC1 chairpersons will also be around. Apo and Kochi However, if such happens, we are here to Sub-county- work with you and minimize such issues. Yumbe District, We request that you disclose those issues to Moyo TC, Moyo us or report such issues to the LC1, Parish and Lefori Sub- chiefs, and the District. On the other hand, county-Moyo Grievance Management Committees District (GMCs) are going to be established at each parish to handle grievances. From all host villages, This a World Bank funded project and there was fear of delayed before commencement of any works, PAPs and non-compensation will be compensated for affected property. of PAPs, unfair UNRA will undertake a phased hand-over of compensation. the road sections where compensation has Reference was given to taken place and works will only be allowed the Vura-Oraba-Koboko to commence in such sections. road that had a number Uncompensated sections will not be handed of PAPs who up to date to the Contractor. are still claiming for their compensation package. Will project compensate Yes a tree or a house that is on the land that has been considered for compensation? Employment Priority will be given to employ local opportunities for local communities based on their qualifications residents and they will be given first priority for manual jobs. Elopement and sexual The contractor will have a code of conduct exploitation and abuse of that will signed by every employee to curb the the fraternization and sexual misconduct on the beneficiaries/community project and its associated facilities. memberscommon with contract labour.
When is the construction Construction is expected to commence when of the road expected to all studies, designs, land acquisition and commence? procurement of a contractor have been What will be the mode of finalised Payments will be done through the payment? bank and it’s the company’s expectation that
215
Stakeholder Views, concerns, Responses Group requests and fears In case the contractor payments will be done immediately in some and the team come instances the payments sometimes delay disturbing their wives because of lack of funds, lack of proper what should we do? documents and in case of death of land owners, , or family differences/ wrangles. Landowners will be paid for their land as well as land users will be paid for their properties on the land. As an affected person they will be required to fill in grievance redress forms and take to management or take legal actions but the best way to do is for them to protect their families. When access to my Access to homes will be restored and home is blocked during maintained by the Contractor as well as to the construction of the schools, hospital, etc. Please bring issues of road what should I do? cut-access to the attention of UNRA or RE for timely redress. How are you going to handle grievances before the compensation? We urge you to settle all the disputes among yourselves using elders and local leaders. GMCs will be established at parish levels. How will the grievance A grievance redress committee will be management committee established at each parish and will have a work? guided procedure on where, whom and how to lodge complaints and the time it would take to resolve particular issues. Representatives will be picked from PAPs, leaders and CLOs. GMCs will be gender sensitive. The established GRCs will be trained on their work and responsibilities. Sexual harassment by Policies and stringent rules will be put in male road workers. place together with a team to ensure that sexual harassment is curtailed. Workers will be required to sign code of conduct and there will be zero tolerance to SEA/SH. HIV/AIDS and STI The Project shall develop and HIV/AIDS infection rates may policy. The policy will among other things increase because of the guide community sensitization on road project. HIV/AIDS, voluntary testing and counselling. Programmes on HIV/AIDS Fear of spread of STDS shall be implemented by the project using a in particular HIV/AIDS. hired/ nominated service provider. Increase in school drop Age limit for recruiting workers which will out in the name of be monitored by the area LCI C/man and in seeking employment cases where school going children are to be especially amongst involved in work, it should be during youths holidays. Workers shall be asked to produce
216
Stakeholder Views, concerns, Responses Group requests and fears their National IDs to prove their minimum age requirement before employment. Respect for spiritual Where relocation is to take place, all sites (trees near Pire relevant cultural norms will be performed. Involvement of cultural and local leaders will be done before any trees of spiritual importance are to be cut down as a result of the road construction. The project may lead to The contractor’s drivers will be sensitized accidents during on speed limit along the road and will sign- construction. up to the specific Code of Conduct for Drivers and Machine Operators, these being Access to homesteads one of the highest sources of accidents at during construction construction sites. Workers shall be taken (deep cuts and heaping through a series of daily safety tool box talks of spoil on access to to constantly remind them of safety homesteads) requirements pertaining to every piece of work. Communities will also be sensitized on road safety measures using a nominated service provider. The contractor will have a contractual obligation to maintain access to homes and business units. Sensitization of Before any activities done at quarry sites that communities around will be identified, the contractor that will be quarry sites should be contracted will be tasked to carryout done community sensitizations. For communities that are at a radius of 500metres, an assessment will be done to ensure that they are relocated and compensated to the period of time the quarry site will be in use. Boreholes along the road In case there are boreholes that are likely to that belong to be affected by the road project, the communities are likely developer and contractor together with the to be affected help of the community and local leaders will identify a safer alternative water source within the community where they will construct a similar borehole to help the community. Unfairness, improper The project shall develop a code of conduct behavior by road for all employees and will work with LCs workers and other ills and the police to enforce the code of conduct that may crop up during construction.
Mechanisms for A grievance redress mechanism shall be registering complaints established for the road project.
217
Stakeholder Views, concerns, Responses Group requests and fears against inappropriate valuation of properties (GRM). Injurious damage to Injurious damage to properties shall be properties should be assessed on a case by case basis and carefully managed compensation given.
Contractors should Water bowsing shall be carried out in all control road dust that busy commercial and administrative centers, could soil goods sold in near health facilities and schools. Vehicel roadside kiosks, speed control measures shall be instituted at especially food or food inhabited areas, such as trading centers/ products. small towns. Loss of business during For persons with business buildings, construction period compensation will be given to them and for those carrying out roadside business (food vending) along the road, there will be livelihood programs to help those affected. Where possible, alternative operating sites shall be identified and given to the affected buisinesses. The communities have The project will use as much as possible youth who are locally available labour for the unskilled unemployed and labour requirements and where the required energetic. Consideration skills are available locally, the local people should be given to them will be given first priority. during construction of the road. Communities wanted to UNRA shall work with Directorate of Water know what plans the Development and the District Local contractors have in Governments of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo ensuring relocation of to relocate boreholes affected by road affected community widening before handling the sites over to boreholes. the Contractor.
7.4.6 KEY ISSUES FROM OTHER RELEVANT STAKEHOLDERS A general stakeholder workshop was held with key stakeholders in Kampala. The meeting was organised and scheduled by UNRA together with JBN team where a formal letter was sent to all relevant and key stakeholders. These stakeholders included; Members of parliament, lead agencies (MoGLSD, MWE, NFA, UWA, NWSC, MoWT, MLHUD), NGOs (Save the Children, Oxfam, UNHCR, World Vision, CARE International, Mercy Corps, PLAN International among others). Key issues/concerns that were raised and suggestions provided by the different stakeholders are shown in table below.
Table 93: Key issues/concerns raised by relevant stakeholders
218
Stakeholder Issues/concerns raised Responses Groups Woman MP, • This a timely project for all the stakeholders Communities have Yumbe District • There is need to have a comprehensive already been message passed on to the public to ensure the engaged and right project activities and the communities consulted, informed understand objectives of the road. about the project, in • The Political heads of the various beneficiary close collaboration districts should be involved to ensure that the with the local project is a success. leaders, and the consultation process shall be continuous throughout project implementation. PWD Woman • The road is a challenge towards the road users. Walkways and MP (Northern) • The road should include walkways, drainages, protected pedestrian space for motorbikes to improve safety along crossings have been the road. The design should differ from Vura- considered in the Arua-Koboko-Oraba road which has led to an design along the increase in accidents on the road. 105km road, • The design should also cater for PWDs. especially at the Design pavements along the road to cater for inhabited areas like PWDs. towns. • The growing towns should be catered for to -UNRA shall ensure that future displacement in minimized. demarcate the road The heavy trucks transporting aid to the reserves using settlements should be put into consideration. concrete markers to • There is still pending compensation for PAPs curtail along Vura-Arua-Koboko-Oraba road. UNRA encroachment should respond to this in a timely manner. . UNRA shall • Involvement of cultural leaders when enforce axle-loading engaging with communities on cultural issues limits- such as graves The design shall consider inclusion of laybays for heavy trucks on transit, preferably in Moyo. Pending compensation for Vura-Arua-Koboko- Oraba is separately being processed by UNRA. Cultural Leaders have been engaged during assessment of Cultural Heritage. Affected Property will be compensated. A
219
Stakeholder Issues/concerns raised Responses Groups resettlement Action Plan is under preparation MP, Maracha • The current roads have few climbing lanes UNRA’s design East, Maracha which leads to accidents. As such the design team will review the should put this into consideration design to confirm/ • The designs should consider placing utility/ integrate the washrooms facilities along strategic sections aspects. of the road in order to improve sanitation. • The road should be climate resilient unlike the current Karuma- Pakwach road. • The project should incorporate planting of trees to mitigate the trees destroyed during construction. MP, Maracha • UNRA should put in place a Grievance UNRA policy County, Mechanism so as to timely respond to requires that all Maracha complaints arising. projects have a • How will the project respond to livelihood in grievance the area in terms of skilling? Mechanism. • How will the communities benefit from the tree planting activities planned? • Since the completion of Arua-Koboko-Oraba road, quarries and borrow areas have not rehabilitated, how will UNRA ensure that this does not happen again especially on the KYM project?
Ministry of • Borrow areas should be considered for other UNRA will consider Water and potential uses like communal watering points this proposal upon Environment where possible. request from Land • The contractor should apply for all the owners and approval requisite permits for construction. by NEMA/District LGs. Project shall acquire Construction permits before commencement of works. Save the • The project should consider a holistic plan The Livelihood Plan Children including livelihood plan compatible with the has been developed area activities. as part of the RAP • The project should communicate to process and it implementing partners in the area. This will addresses the matter enable implementing partners provide support raised here. where necessary and also plan activities in UNRA shall hire a response to the project impacts and schedule. service provider to undertake
220
Stakeholder Issues/concerns raised Responses Groups • The impact on children should be put into GBV/SEA work, consideration. child protection and • Has a traffic count been carried out? Community health and safety. Ministry of • There is need to utilize the existing UNRA will involve Gender, Labor government structure like the Community DLGs and MGLSD and Social Development Officer, Labour Officer during in project Development implementation of the project. implementation. • The ESIA and RAP reports should be disclosed
Lefori Women • Money for compensation should not be paid UNRA during its Group before families are sensitized because it can livelihoods cause conflicts. programs should • Can the project set out some special work in conduct the project to be done by breast-feeding sensitization of the mothers. communities.
7.5 PUBLIC DISCLOSURE 7.5.1 NEMA’S DISCLOSURE OF THE ESIA REPORT Once the ESIA study is concluded, the Developer (UNRA) will submit the Environment and Social Impact Assessment Report (ESIA) to NEMA for their review and approval. Once submitted to NEMA, the ESIA becomes a public document and may be inspected at any reasonable time by any person. Within two (2) weeks from date of receipt of the EIS, NEMA is mandated, if it finds it necessary; to publicize receipt of the ESIA, identify the concerned region and stakeholders, the places for inspection of the ESIA, and makes copies or summaries of the statement available for public inspection. The ESIA summary should be translated into local languages. In addition, during the public hearings, the proceedings are also translated into the local languages in the area.
NEMA also sends copies of the ESIA within 14 days from the date on which the ESIA was received to other lead agencies and experts for comments. Public comments and/or objections are submitted to NEMA within 3 weeks. It is, therefore, policy of Government to have the Statement disclosed by NEMA during the review process but the level of disclosure is at the discretion of NEMA, the Authority mandated by law to coordinate, monitor and supervise all activities in the field of the environment. For road projects, in its mandate, NEMA sends the ESIAs to Lead Agencies and the general public at the places where the Statements can be consulted and through the District Environment Offices invites the public to make comments which are transmitted to NEMA for a final decision regarding the environmental aspect to be made by the Executive Director.
7.5.2 PUBLIC HEARINGS A public hearing is only conducted if NEMA is of the opinion that the Hearing will enable the Executive Director make a fair and just decision if the comments received during the public disclosure from the Lead Agencies, the general public and persons affected by the project are not sufficient to reach such a decision; and is necessary for the protection of the environment
221
and protection of good governance. Public Hearings are therefore, at the discretion of the Executive Director of NEMA, based on the outcomes of the Public Disclosure during the ESIA review process, especially in cases where there is wider public feedback and/or differing views. For the Public Hearing to be conducted the Executive Director of NEMA makes a written request to the Lead Agency to hold the Public Hearing. Public Hearings are conducted in line with the relevant national laws and established guidelines.
7.6 ECONOMIC VALUE OF POTENTIAL BIODIVERSITY LOSSES
7.6.1 METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH TO THE ASSESSMENT The assessment of environmental and economic impacts of the project involved five discrete steps including (i) initial disclosure and scoping exercise (ii) desk review, identification of key environmental resources and ecosystem services (iii) refining of the ToRs of the study (iv) field study involving detailed assessment of stock of trees, useful wetland plants, herbs and grasses that will be affected by the road project (v) data analysis and computation of monetized environmental cost of the project.
7.6.2 INITIAL DISCLOSURE AND SCOPING EXERCISE The purpose of this stage was to inform and engage stakeholders about the proposed project, its potential benefits, impacts, and expectations. This step identified the ecosystem services and environmental resources that will be impacted by the proposed project. The step involved quick consultations, expert observation, quick field tests and measurements of the different ecosystem/environmental goods and services that will be diminished by the proposed project including the road works and associated infrastructure developments.
7.6.3 DESK REVIEW AND IDENTIFICATION OF KEY ECOSYSTEM SERVICES The purpose of the desk study was to review literature and reports that give insight into the ecology and economic activities in the area. This step generated information on the range of environmental goods and services that will be impacted by the project. In order not to miss out on any resource categorization, the concept of ecosystem services which identifies four categories of ecosystem values including provisioning, regulatory, supporting and cultural values was used.
7.6.4 DEFINING THE TORS OF THE STUDY This step involved prioritization of the ecosystem services to value and the choice of valuation approaches to use for the study. The prioritization of ecosystem services was based on the significance of the service, ease of measurement and policy implications and requirements. The provisioning services dominated the services that were evaluated because they had direct, immediate and tangible welfare implications for the project affected persons.
7.6.5 DETAILED FIELD STUDY This involved field assessment of stock including systematic enumeration of trees and other vegetation, timber and non-timber tree products including fruits and nuts, fodder, fuelwood. The detailed field study also generated information on resource use patterns, trade and market information, growth patterns and harvest cycles etc.
222
7.6.6 DATA ANALYSIS AND VALUATION Resource values were estimated from the perspective of net benefit streams, using farm gate or forest gate prices. Present values were calculated by discounting the average future annual benefit streams from resource sales or personal consumption using the Government of Uganda’s social8 opportunity cost of capital of 12 percent. Thus:
t =n B P V B = t t t =1 (1+ i) Where: n = number of years being considered; t = each individual year; and i = the discount rate expressed as a decimal fraction
A total present value was computed for the various ecosystem services that will be foregone as a result of the road project to generate a Total Present Value. The Total Present Value is the sum of the net present values of all the ecosystem goods and services i.e.
m T P V = N P V s s=1 Where: TPV = Total Present Value; NPV= Net Present Value; and s(1-m) = all ecosystem services from 1 to m
Note: Simple calculus shows that TPV is equivalent to the quotient of the NPV divided by the discount rate (i)
TPV = NPV i
The approach is a good measure of the overall opportunity cost implications of the project affected area. The lost wood resources in the impact area were computed as a one-off capital stock, with no future benefit flows/streams to simplify the analysis. In calculating the streams of benefits arising from timber, poles and firewood, the National Forest Authority (NFA) reserve prices were used. Non-timber forest products including tamarind, shea nut butter, various fruits that are harvested from the impact area were separately valued using market analysis. Carbon sequestration including carbon stored in growing stock, carbon sequestered annually as a result of growth and that in the ground and biodiversity values were estimated and valued using benefits transfer techniques.
7.7 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT IMPACT AREA The field baseline assessment study aimed at characterising the project impact area including identifying and quantifying the key ecosystem services that will be affected by the proposed road project. The assessment identified farmlands, woodlots and forests, wetlands, open grasslands, woodlands and bush ecosystems and assessed their baseline conditions, quantities,
8 A social time preference rate (STP), reflecting the preference society has for present as opposed to future consumption, or the relative value it puts on the consumption of future generations. Discount rates for projects in developing countries usually range from 8% to 12%. The evaluator is best advised to use 10% or 12%
223
direct and indirect use systems, interactions and prices. The farmlands, woodlots and plantation forest were dominated by three key species including Eucalyptus camadulensis, Tectona grandis and Gmelina arborea. There were occasional woodlots of Grevillea robusta, Senna spp, Azedaractha indica and Melia azedaracht interspersed with cassava, potatoes, maize and Sesame and mango trees. The open grasslands, woodlands and bush ecosystems and fallows had Combretum-Terminalia-Vitellaria-Acacia species especially on the Yumbe and Moyo section of the proposed road project. There were many large old individual trees particularly immediately outside the current road carriage way of Ficus species (Ficus natalensis, Ficus mucuso and Ficus exasperate) and Melicia excelsa and wild fruit trees including the desert date (Balanites aegyptiaca), chocolate berries (Vitex doniana) and tamarind (Tamarindus indica). Most of these trees provided shade for petty businesses but also provided fruits of important nutritional and commercial value. The sections in Yumbe and Moyo had many stands of Borassus palms which also produce edible fruits but are also used as timber. There were clumps of low land bamboos (Bambusa tulda and Bambusa bamboos) which are harvested and sold for building, fencing and decorative purposes in the towns of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo.
The main grass species in the area were spear grass (Imperata cylindrica), giant rat’s tail grass (Sporobulus pyramidalis) and the great thatching grass (Hyparrhenia rufa and H. dissoluta). Grass is important as forage and fodder for livestock but was also widely used by the local population as thatch for housing. Wetlands had Echrochloa pyramidalis, Cyperus dives, Phragmites mauritianum and Cynodon dactylon which are mostly used for handicrafts.
7.8 ECONOMIC VALUE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS The road will traverse changing landscapes of farmlands and woodlots, modified dry Combretum-Terminalia-Vitellaria-Acacia woodlands, wetlands and open grasslands. The impact area has stocks of timber, various community uses and values, biodiversity and habitats and carbon sequestration and storage values. The key ecosystem groups and production systems that will be affected by the road project therefore included:
7.8.1 TIMBER PRODUCTION VALUES This study estimated the standing volume (timber size trees on a whole tree basis) within the proposed right of way to be about 2,323m3 of Class I timber species including mostly Eucalyptus camadulensis, Tectona grandis, Albizzia spp, Afzelia spp, Khaya anthoseca, Melicia excelsa, Vitellaria paradoxa and Daniellia oliveri. The study further found out that the National Forestry Authority (NFA) reserve price for this quality of wood was Ushs 143,615 (39.3 USD) per m3 of round wood implying that the total value of standing volume of wood in this category was Ushs 333,617,645 (91,402 USD). The other trees comprising of mostly Class II timber species including Gmelina arborea, Antiaris africana (toxicaria), Ficus spp and Vitex doniana made a total of 783m3 valued at Ushs 56,225,664 (15,225,664 USD) using the NFA reserve price of Ushs 71,808 (19.67USD) per m3 for this category of timber. The total value of standing timber volume for the impact area was therefore Ushs 89,843,309(24,614 USD).
7.8.2 CULTIVATED AND BUSH POLE VALUES The study enumerated all bush and cultivated pole size trees (3-10 cm dbh) in the project impact area. Cultivated poles dominated this category of tree products. The NFA reserve price for cultivated poles of Ushs 2500(0.68 USD) was therefore applied to generate a potential lost value of Ushs 3,497,500 (958.2 USD). Bamboo products were also assessed, and the study estimated that about 55 headloads of bamboo withes are harvested from the project impact area
224
each year. The estimated value of this resource was Ushs 275,000 (75.34 USD) at local market prices of Ushs 5,000 (1.36 USD) per headload. The total value of wood products in this category was therefore Ushs 3,772,500 (1,025 USD.
7.8.3 BORASSUS PALM WOOD VALUES Borassus palms may be converted into timber especially for roofing purposes. Flat planks of the same tree are used in construction of river crossings as temporary footbridges. Palm trees also yield wine and edible shoots. Borassus palms when sold for timber cost up to Ushs 100,000 (27.3 USD) per tree. This price was applied to the total number of mature palms in the road right of way to yield a total timber value from palms of Ushs 34,900,000 (9,561.6).
7.8.4 FUEL-WOOD VALUES Tree branches and boles of less than 1 metre length were considered unsuitable for conversion into timber or poles and will be sold off as fuelwood. This study estimated that the trees in the road right of way will generate about 592m3 of firewood. This amount of fuelwood mostly sourced from natural forests and woodlands will generate about Ushs 14,800,000 (4,054.7) if National Forest Authority reserve prices are applied.
7.8.5 FRUITS, NUTS AND OTHER NON-WOOD TREE PRODUCTS An assessment of the tree products in the area yielded more than six edible parts of local indigenous trees. The most used parts included fruits, nuts, shoots, twigs but also the bark and roots. Several species of ficuses including Ficus sur and Ficus natalensis provided edible leaves and fruits, while Daniellia oliveri doubled as a wide spectrum medicine but also a source of food. The other edible trees were Vitellaria paradoxa and Butyrospermum paradoxum sub species niloticum (shea nut butter), Borassus aethiopum, Tamarindus indica, Balanites aegyptica, Grewia bicolor, Gardenia ternifolia, Ziziphus abyssinica, Ximenia Americana var caffra, Vitex doniana, Elaeis guineensis, Moringa oleifera, Anonna senegalensis, Mangifera indica and Lophira alata.
The food value of six tree species was assessed in detail and yielded a potential lost value of Ushs 220,622,500(60,444.5 USD) per annum when the trees are cleared to give way to the road project. This value covered fruits, nuts and berries but not edible roots, shoots and twigs.
Tree specie Yield/Season Price/Unit No of Total Value Total Value Sold Trees (UGX) (USD) Affected Tamarindus 500 (fruits) Ushs1000 per 52 2,650,000 726.02 indica 10 fruits Vitellaria 20 litres of oil Ushs 200,000 533 106,600,000 29,205.4 paradoxa per 20 litre jerrycan Vitex 30 cups Ushs 1000 41 1,230,000 336.98 doniana per cup Balanites 2000 fruits Ushs 500 per 6 300,000 82.1 aegyptica 20 fruits Mangifera 15 boxes Ushs 7,500 669 75,262,500 20,619.8 indica per box Borassus 30 fruits Ushs 1000 349 34,900,000 9,561 aethiopum per 3 fruits
225
TOTAL 220,622,500 60,444.5
7.8.6 BIODIVERSITY VALUES Previous biodiversity assessments in the area noted that the Combretum-Terminalia- Vitellaria-Acacia woodlands in the Yumbe and Moyo section of the project are very rich in plant biodiversity. A large proportion of this biodiversity is medicinal. Some trees and climbing plants in the area are reported to be of use for medicinal purposes by the local population (Eilu and Bukenya-Ziraba, 2004). The project area some has some potential for the development of plant-based pharmaceuticals in the future. This aspect of value represents an option value, which is an important value, but also one of the least tangible benefits of Uganda’s ecosystems (Bush et al, 2004).
This study therefore consulted and used secondary data to compute the pharmaceutical value of the project impact area. Some of the studies used included Ruitenbeek (1989) on the Social Cost Benefit Analysis of the Korup Project; Pearce and Moran (1994) on the Economic Value of Biodiversity and Howard (1995) on the Economic Value of Uganda’s ecosystems. Ruitenbeek (1989) estimated the biodiversity value of Korup Park in Cameroon at US$0.1 per hectare per year. Pearce and Moran (1994) provided a range of values for tropical forests of US$0.1 per hectare to US$21 per hectare. Mendelsohn and Balik (1997) produced a value for undiscovered plant-based drugs in tropical forests with average plant endemism of US$3 per hectare. This study adopted the Pearce and Moran (1994) lower limit value of US$0.1 per hectare per annum to calculate the pharmaceutical value of the project impact area. For a discount rate of 5 percent over a long-time horizon, this figure translated to a biodiversity related present value of land of US$2 per hectare. This present value translated to a total pharmaceutical value of US$483 or Ushs 1,762,950 for the total project impact area of 241.5 hectares.
7.8.7 CARBON SEQUESTRATION VALUES The trees and other vegetation in the project impact area play a role in sequestering carbon and hence a carbon sequestration value of considerable significance. The carbon storage value of ecosystems may be distinguished into two aspects. First, ecological systems store carbon in standing biomass. The flux conditions generated by photosynthesis and death and decomposition approximates a carbon balance situation in such systems. The second aspect is the carbon sequestered by changing biomass volumes as a result of growth. Both aspects attract value.
This assessment focused on both aspects of carbon storage since road works and earth movements will trigger major biomass changes. Emerton and Muramira (1999) and Bush et al (2004) documented the carbon sequestration values of various vegetation types in Uganda. They estimated that woodlands, bushlands and grasslands sequester up to USD0.7 per hectare per year in carbon values translating into USD 169 or Ushs 617,032 per annum of lost carbon value due to the road project.
7.8.8 SUMMARY OF VALUES AND ECOSYSTEM SERVICES TO BE IMPACTED BY THE KYM ROAD PROJECT The ecosystem services that will be impacted by the road are summarized in the table below with their respective value estimates and valuation methodology/approach used.
226
Table 94: Ecosystem services and values in the road corridor Ecosystem Service Method of Economic Economic Valuation Value (UGX) Value (USD) Timber Production (Eucalyptus camadulensis, Market 89,843,309 24,614.6 Tectona grandis, Albizzia spp, Afzelia spp, Analysis Khaya anthoseca, Melicia excelsa, Vitellaria paradoxa and Daniellia oliveri) Cultivated and bush poles (trees of 3-10 cm dbh) Market 3,772,500 1,033.5 Analysis Borassus palm wood Market 34,900,000 9,561.6 Analysis Fuelwood (tree branches and boles for trees of Market 14,800,000 4,054.7 less than 1 metre bole height) including Analysis Combretum spp, Mangifera indica, Senna spp Albizzia spp, Afzelia spp, Khaya anthoseca, Melicia excelsa, Vitellaria paradoxa and Daniellia oliveri) Fruits, Nuts and other non-wood tree products Market 220,622,500 60,444.5 (Vitellaria paradoxa and Butyrospermum Analysis paradoxum sub species niloticum (shea nut butter), Borassus aethiopum, Tamarindus indica, Balanites aegyptica, Grewia bicolor, Gardenia ternifolia, Ziziphus abyssinica, Ximenia Americana var caffra, Vitex doniana, Elaeis guineensis, Moringa oleifera, Anonna senegalensis, Mangifera indica and Lophira alata). Biodiversity Values Benefits 1,762,950 483 transfer Carbon sequestration Values (annual Benefits 617,032 169.04 sequestration values) transfer
7.9 DISTRIBUTION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS AND COSTS OF THE PROJECT Environmental costs and benefits transcend geographical boundaries and can be far reaching. The proposed road project will hence generate beneficiaries and cost bearers at local household, within off-site communities, tourists, industry and business entities, local and national government and the rest of the world. Whereas the road project will definitely generate a large portfolio of benefits, most of the costs will be borne by the project impact population. This study hence notes that project affected persons will need to be compensated for the implied opportunity costs of the project and given incentives to support and appreciate the importance of the project. This broad analysis of the actual scope of benefits and costs and implied opportunity cost implications was therefore, aimed at informing the proper implementation of the project resettlement action plan (RAP).
7.10 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
227
The project traverses generally modified ecosystems and will have limited impact on biodiversity given that it is an existing road with a 7m carriageway. A series of costs will however occur including lost natural resources of direct and indirect use value and physical disturbances during project implementation. Most of the above-mentioned costs will be borne by local on-site communities while off-site populations, tourists and business people and industries will get the bulk of the benefits of the road project. This dichotomy may generate considerable inequity, which could in the long-run if unattended to undermine the overall value of the road project. In addition to the standard RAP compensations, the project team will need look at restoration of livelihoods for local communities and a range of instruments and measures including provision of jobs, social services and other compensatory measures.
8 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES
Analysis of alternatives adopted in this ESIA is based on a two tiered approach. The first level of alternative analysis is based on multi-criteria analysis using key environment and social indicators to analyze two locational alternatives (Minor deviations and Major deviations) and the Zero option. The minor deviations alternative which follows the existing alignment is the most viable option selected at this level.
Since the selected alternative meets all design criteria, the existing alignment was subjected to an economic analysis to determine the most optimal technological configuration at the construction level. The constitutes the second level of alternative analysis.
8.1 MULTI-CRITERIA ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS USING ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL INDICATORS a. The No-Action alternative (Zero Alternative). b. Location alternatives (alternative sites).
For any alternative to be considered feasible such an alternative must meet the project objectives of the development proposal without presenting significantly high associated impacts. Four alternatives have been identified as follows.
8.2 NO-GO ALTERNATIVE The “No Go Alternative” refers to not implementing the proposed project at all. This alternative would imply that the current status quo would continue. It is important to note that the No Go Alternative is the baseline against which all other alternatives and the development proposals will be assessed. When considering the Zero alternative the impacts (both positive and negative) associated with any specific alternative or the development proposal would not occur and in effect the impacts of the Zero Alternative are therefore inadvertently assessed by assessing the other alternatives. In addition to the direct implications of retaining the status quo there are certain indirect impacts, which may occur should the Zero alternative be followed.
The zero option will perpetuate poverty and impede development of the entire sub-region, besides derailing refugee response activities in all the hosting districts in the west-Nile Region of Uganda. The region hosts an estimated one million refugees housed in a number of settlements, and thus delivery of humanitarian assistance to settlements would continue to be delayed. The carriageway and associated drainage system have deteriorated in many parts and the current road attracts incremental costs in repairs. Frequent maintenance and gravel
228
quarrying pose financial and environmental costs. Due to the bad road, road safety is low, travel times are unduly long and journeys cumbersome and uncomfortable. Because of associated use of heavy vehicles to transport refugees and relief assistance in the region, there has been evident degeneration of gravel roads and socially perceived by the Host Communities as being caused and driven by the Refugees. If the condition of the road is not improved, there will be escalated tension between the host community and refugees concerning such social services.
8.3 LOCATION ALTERNATIVES Location alternatives can apply to the entire proposed project as well as the specific individual components of the proposed development. The location alternatives considered during the project feasibility and planning phases were (a) Major Deviation Alternative and (b) Minor Deviations Alternative. The alternatives are described below:
8.3.1 ROUTE ALIGNMENT ALTERNATIVE 1 – MAJOR DEVIATION ALTERNATIVE The route alternative will divert off the existing road in certain urban sections to avoid heavily settled commercial centers mainly Yumbe, Aringa, Baringa and Lefori. This would be done to improve road safety and to minimize, land acquisition and property loss along the route alignment. This Alternative would require changes in the alignment deviating from the existing carriageway at these points. The new sections would traverse vast undisturbed areas that will be cleared for road construction, which would incur very high construction costs and increase the environmental footprint of the road upgrade project. This Alternative was therefore deemed not viable by the ESIA Consultants.
8.3.2 ROUTE ALIGNMENT ALTERNATIVE 2 – MINOR DEVIATION ALTERNATIVE Minor, local deviation alternatives do not attempt to make major realignments to roads, thus community and road user safety is an issue. Rather than diverting around settled areas, minor deviation alternatives apply mitigation measures on the existing alignment that would improve road safety. These minor deviation alternatives often impact on existing ribbon-development patterns along the road. Affected persons have to be compensated, but the ecological impact is often low, due to anthropogenic influences around settled areas. Local mitigation attempts to improve road safety and alignment, at the cost of impacting on existing properties.
8.4 8.1.5 COMPARATIVE ALTERNATIVE ASSESSMENT Alternative assessments should be reviewed in both Major and Minor deviation contexts. Major Deviation Alternative road impacts are primary to reduce road safety impacts on communities by diverting roads around settled areas at the cost of impacting on previously undisturbed “Greenfield” sites. Minor deviation alternatives are primarily concerned with increasing road safety for road users and surrounding communities with mitigation measures such as speed limits, signage, wider roads, at the expense of landowners, rather than altering existing alignments, which would impact on undisturbed “Greenfield” sites. Minor deviation alternatives in this project were also used to avoid impacts on burial sites and other culturally significant buildings, such as churches and mosques as required by development partners.
The primary purpose of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road is to act as a transport corridor, linking hinter land of the three districts with other greater regional centers and act as an international
229
link. Thus, the social and economic use of the road has been considered when evaluating major and minor deviation alternatives. Daily community life relies on this road mobility within the districts. Delivery of humanitarian assistance to refugee settlements are all dependent on this road together with the income to people who earn from activities along the road. Commercial services are all located along road alignments, due to the high number of road users.
Table 95: Comparative Evaluation of alternatives Route Alternatives Key Environmental and Social No – Go 1 2 Components Alternative (Major Deviation (Minor deviation Alternative Alternative Socio-economic Parameters Land use Status Quo Realignment to impact Minimal land use remains (0) on undisturbed areas (- change, affected 3) properties (-1) Land take No land take and Virgin land to be Additional land to be status quo remains acquired off the taken to achieve 30m (0) existing alignment (-3) and 50m ROW (-1) Impact on Status Quo Loss of Business for Stimulated commercial centers remains – existing enterprises commercial stagnating bypassed by the road (- enterprises (+3) economic 3) development, due to lack of regional access (0) Demolition of No structure is Most structures in Structures within the structures affected (0) urban areas will be ROW shall be avoid though off demolished but current alignment compensation shall be structures could be given though affected (-1) disturbances occur (- 2) Impacts on Gender Status quo remains Re-alignment to avoid Re-alignment to (0) major settlement avoid major areas, some will settlement areas, reduce exposure some will reduce +3 exposure
+3 Demolition of No structure is Most structures in Structures within the structures affected (0) urban areas will be ROW shall be avoid though off demolished but current alignment compensation shall be structures could be given though affected (-1) disturbances occur (- 2)
230
Route Alternatives Key Environmental and Social No – Go 1 2 Components Alternative (Major Deviation (Minor deviation Alternative Alternative Impacts on urban Routine All urban Disruption of infrastructure and maintenance of infrastructure will be infrastructure will Utilities infrastructure is avoided (+3) occur power lines, required (-1) water and telecom but can be mitigated (-1) Environment and Safety Parameters
Traffic management Traffic Much of the through Speed calming in urban centers management is traffic will be diverted facilities will be quite chaotic but to the deviations and introduced to manage limited (+1) construction traffic through traffic (+2) shall be away from commercial centers (+3) Impacts on wetlands No impact will be Impacts will remain as Impacts will remain registered assessed since no as assessed since no Status Quo diversion is planned at diversion is planned remains these points at these points (0) (0) (0) Safety during and Status Quo Increased safety by Alignment though after construction remains (0) bypassing settled area settled areas, but (+3) safety risk mitigated (+2) Surface Drainage Status quo remains Urban centers will be Improved drains shall along the ROW in and will worsen (- bypassed and drainage be constructed urban centers 3) problems will persist evacuating surface with potential to runoff effectively worsen (-3) +3 Impacts on Central No impact will Impact will remain as No impact will Forest Reserves occur as status quo assessed since no remain as assessed remains diversion is planned at since no diversion is these points planned at these (0) points (0) (0) Woodlot along the Woodlots will Potential to take Woodlots along the alignment remain intact (+3) woodlots off through alignment shall be realignment is high lost but numbers and extent magnified limited due to by new ROW (-3) existing ROW (-1) Impacts on Cultural No impact will be Realignment shall be Re alignment shall be Heritages registered done to avoid grave done to avoid grave (+3 ) site sights (+3) (+3)
231
Route Alternatives Key Environmental and Social No – Go 1 2 Components Alternative (Major Deviation (Minor deviation Alternative Alternative Cumulative Impacts No additional Minimum impact on Relocation of services associated with impacts since concurrent lines will occur concurrent status quo remains developments during construction development (0) including leading to costs. projects communication However, permanent infrastructure and acquisition of the power lines. Where corridor will mean deviations occur other easing development infrastructure may not and maintenance of share the corridor (-1) all infrastructure facilities along the road hence becoming a benefit (+3) Total Score (6) (-3) (+12)
It can be seen from Table 93 above that major deviation alternatives reduce road safety impacts by by-passing settled areas, which impacts on Greenfield sites, but inevitably, commercial services and transport services will migrate towards the transport corridor in strip developments. Minor Local deviation alternatives do not deviate significantly from existing roads, thus the need for land-use change is reduced.
Thus, from an alternative assessment approach, minor deviation alternatives for Koboko- Yumbe-Moyo road will be a more-viable long-term solution. The alternative will address the safety challenges, will not affect the social and economic activities in existing growth centers and will not impact cultural heritage sites. This however will come at the cost of land compensation. Compensation impacts have been lessened by reducing the Right of Way (ROW) from 50m in rural areas to 30m in the urban areas. The selected analysis was subjected to an economic and technical analysis by the desgn team.
8.5 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGICAL AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS The investigation to evaluate appropriate upgrading options and establish the viability of upgrading the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo gravel road was done using the HDM-4 framework based on the concept of pavement lifecycle analysis, which is typically 15 to 40 years. The economic evaluation provides an indication of the economic feasibility of each alternative compared to Alternative 0 – Do nothing: Following a comprehensive assessment of the design standards, project requirements and local constraints, Minor Deviations Alternative 2 which follows the existing alignment was found to satisfy the geometric parameters in the functional and design criteria for this route. As a result, one design option with various alternatives following the existing alignment is proposed for this project road.
At the second level of alternatives analysis, technical and economic parameters have been used on four alternatives to select the most optimal one. The project improvements comprise of
232
upgrading the gravel road to paved road standards. The “Without project Scenario” will imply frequent routine and periodic maintenance operations that are traditionally carried out by road agencies to keep the road functional and operational, these constitute the interventions for the ‘without-project’ scenario. The remaining three alternatives are intended to identify a comprehensive solution that will mitigate the need for frequent recurrent maintenance required by the without project alternative. Three project alternative cases were considered, the “Without Project” case and three “With Project” cases as detailed under the table below.
Project Alternative Options Considered in the Economic Analysis
Alternative Choice Description Alternative 0- (Base Do Nothing Option or Do Minimum (only periodic maintenance Case) for gravel roads). This alternative models the base case. In this case it is assumed that only a minimum amount of maintenance is done on the road. Alternative 1 (AC Upgrading the Gravel road to an 50mm Asphalt Concrete (AC) Option 1) Pavement Surface, with 200mm Granular subbase, and 250mm CRR cemented subbase, for a 20 Year Design Life to accommodate the forecasted traffic volumes. Alternative 2 (AC Upgrading the Gravel road to an 50mm Asphalt Concrete (AC) Option 2) Pavement Surface, with 175mm Granular subbase, and 225mm CRR cemented subbase, for a 20 Year Design Life to accommodate the forecasted traffic volumes. Alternative 3 (DBST) Upgrading the Gravel road to a 24mm Double Bituminous Surface Treatment (DBST) Pavement Surface, with 200mm Granular subbase, and 250mm CRR cemented subbase, for a 20 year Design Life to accommodate the forecasted traffic volumes.
Key outputs of the economic analysis of all the identified options have been reflected in road deterioration trends, road user costs, financial costs to UNRA, economic indicators and sensitivity analysis. However, economic indicators could provide a clear scenario to guide decision making
The net economic benefit is the difference between savings in road user costs and increase in road agency costs. To compute the feasibility of the proposed road investment, the benefit that will be gained by better road conditions has to be weighed against the cost of building the new road. This was achieved by calculating the difference between the costs of Base Case and new road alternative. This was arrived at after discounting to the base year and is represented as NPV. The NPV values together with other economic indicators such as EIRR and NPV to Capital Cost ratios for the project road analysis are shown in the Table below. Upgrading Weighted Net NPV/Capital Internal Result Alternatives Average Present Cost Ratio Rate of Roughness Value Return (IRI NPV in (EIRR US$ %) million Option 1: AC 3.8 36.667 0.512 19.7 Feasible (50mm/200mm/250mm) Option 2: AC 3.5 41.568 0.581 20.5 Feasible (50mm/175mm/225mm)
233
Option 3: DBST 4.2 63.136 1.301 25.7 Feasible (Source: Draft Feasiblity Stduy Report for KYM 2019)
All options considered are feasible, however Option 3 of upgrading to DBST is most favorable with an NPV US$ 63.136 million, the NPV/Capital Cost ratio is 1.301 and, an IRR is 25.7 %, which is greater than the discount rate of 12%. Based on the above economic analysis, option 3 comprising of DBST has been adopted for this road upgrade project and will follow existing alignment with minor deviations as recommended by the environment and social alternative analysis.
234
9 IMPACTS ANALYSIS, ENHANCEMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES
9.1 OVERVIEW Key potential environmental and social impacts of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade project for each stage of the project cycle are assessed in this chapter and an Environmental and Social Management and Monitoring Plan (ESMMP) provided under Section 10. Analysis and prediction of possible positive and negative impacts of upgrading the project road are presented. Since the road is not a greenfield and has been in existence for many years, most socio-environmental impacts associated with upgrading will be direct in nature and mostly resulting from construction activities.
Impact analysis has involved determination of nature of impact, its magnitude, extent, reversibility duration and likelihood of occurance of potential impacts. For the proposed road upgrade project, potential positive and negative impacts were identified both for the construction phase and operation phases. Throughout this report, impacts have been characterized as:
a. “Positive” when they; ❖ Enhance socio-economic welfare e.g. health, employment, education ❖ Enhance quality of existing environment. b. “Negative” when they; ❖ Reduce socio-economic welfare of people, ❖ Reduce quality of existing environment, ❖ Reduce economic value e.g. of surrounding property. c. “First order” (or direct) impacts; ❖ Are directly caused by a specific project action as the primary effects. ❖ Occur at the same time and location as the project action. d. “Second order” (or indirect) impacts result from effects of the first order impacts. e. “Third order” impacts result from incremental effects of second order impacts. f. “Reversible” where existing technology can restore environmental and social components to pre-exposure levels while “Irreversible” where no known technology and skills can restore pre-impact conditions g. “Short-term” impacts last only a short duration probably a few days or months. h. “Medium-term” impacts could last a few years. i. “Long-term” impacts would persist for many years or decades. A qualitative approach has been used to analyse the impacts arising from this road upgrade project. Impact narratives are followed by qualitative matrices.
9.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE POSITIVE IMPACTS Pre construction positive impacts are quite limited and will mainly accrue to few local residents hired by survey teams and design consultants.
9.2.1 TEMPORARY SHORT TERM EMPLOYMENT Limited employment opportunities shall be realised by local residents. These will work as guides for the survey teams and further for the design team. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible while impact magnitude is taken to be low hence an impact of Minor Significance
235
Likelihood of Occurrence
Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare
5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact 20 e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Enhancement UNRA shall undertake to advertise the empending road planning phase within the project area through mass media and Local Government Structures. Temporary non skilled jobs shall be reserved for local residents along the alignment.
9.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
9.3.1 SOCIAL ANXIETY Information disclosure on impending upgrade of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road will create high levels of anxiety among project host communities especially households within the ROW. Unsubstantiated information on property appropriation and compensation procedures peddled by unscrupulous individuals within communities will not only confuse residents but lead to poor decisions prior to valuation. People may resort to selling off their properties in fear of loosing out on compensation. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible and impact sensitivity as low. Impact magnitude is also is also low since sensitization will preceed these activities. Overall impact significance is hence Minor
Sensitivity
Very High medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t
236
10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation UNRA shall sensitize all host communities through mass media on all steps taken during the valuation exercise and eventual compensation. The sensitization teams shall hold village level meetings all Local council 1 sites along the project road. Meetings shall also be held at LC III and at the district level.
9.3.2 SPECULATION AND MANIPULATION The pre construction phase is often characterized by misinformation, speculation and manipulation of host communities by unscrupulous individuals. Impersonation of survey teams are common with individuals demanding money from affected households claiming to be working for UNRA. Also speculation over land values may occur where individuals dispute compensation values after being dissuaded by speculators to demand for higher rates. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked unlikely given the sensitization carried out using radio stations. However, the sensitivity is high since it may lead to lengthy legal processes should Project affected Households choose to challenge compensation values and magnitude medium. Overall impact significance will thus be moderate.
Sensitivity
Very High medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation UNRA shall work with respective District Local Governments to sensitize host communities on the valuation procedures and compensation process.
9.4 CONSTRUCTION PHASE POSITIVE IMPACTS
237
The road construction phase is a high intensity phase characterised by overt operations on project sites. Construction phase impacts are quite visible though others could be masked and difficult to mitigate.
9.4.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES The proposed road upgrade project will traverse a largely rural underdeveloped region with very few avenues for gainful public sector employment. Much as the road will not offer employment to all job seeking individuals, it will nevertheless offer opportunities to the many unskilled rural populace in need of cash incomes.
The design, feasibility studies and planning phase has provided financial benefit and employment for local and foreign consultants. However, many of these are non-resident though this is a positive, short-term and reversible socio-economic impact. The construction phase is bound to provide more employment avenues to local people. Contract provisions for road construction require 30% of the labour force to be drawn from the local population with particular emphasis on women. Since construction is estimated to last about 3 years, this phase will provide short-term job opportunities for local people along the road. Koboko-Yumbe- Moyo districts indicated during field work that labour on the project should be sourced within their boundaries. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as a certainty and magnitude as high given the number of nonskilled workers that will be required. This is an impact of major significance.
Likelihood of Occurrence
Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare
5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact 20 e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Impact enhancement The contractor should involve local leaders and the district local governments in the recruitment process to ensure full and fair participation of local communities. Positive gender discrimination should be applied to offer women jobs in line with their competences. The following shall be specifically implemented a. Available job opportunities be disclosed in public places/notices; b. Contractor to involve local leaders and the District Local Governments in the recruitment process to ensure full and fair participation of local people; and c. Deliberate ring fencing some jobs for women.
238
9.4.2 SOURCING OF ROAD CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Road construction will require considerable volumes of construction materials including gravel (murram), aggregate (stone), sand among others. Other materials include lime, bitumen, water, cement and steel especially for bridges among others. Procurement of these materials will provide income to suppliers and owners of land where quarry sites and borrow areas will be located. This is a positive impact with likelihood of occurrence ranked as certain since all mentioned materials will be required and hence procured, however impact magnitude is low since only low value place based inputs including gravel, rock products, sand and water will be procured while high value products will be sourced from distant manufactures. The impact is thus short-term, reversible and of moderate significance.
Likelihood of Occurrence
Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare
5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican 3 t t 2 1
Impact enhancement a. All material source areas including stone quarries shall carry out appropriate levels of standalone Environmental and Social Impact Assessments. b. Earth materials procurement contracts should be reviewed by competent legal practitioners under the overall supervision of UNRA/RE to avoid taking advantage of landowners where borrow pits and rock quarries are located. c. Contracts should specifically bind the contract to restoration of completed or abandoned borrow pits and quarry sites. d. Site restoration should be undertaken in line with procedures as specified in UNRA and National guidelines. e. All contracts for material source areas shall be witnessed by Local Council chairpersons in consultation with the District Environment and Community Development offices. f. Periodic monitoring to be specified in the ESMP shall be undertaken to ensure environmental and social integrity of material source areas.
9.4.3 SHORT-TERM ROADSIDE BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES FOR WOMEN Road construction will stimulate roadside businesses mostly owned by women, such as vending food and basic household items to construction workers. Although short-term and reversible, this is a positive impact to women (and their households) who would be involved. Impact magnitude is however low since it is a short-term impact and easily reversible. Likelihood of occurrence is certain hence impact significance is ranked as moderate.
239
Likelihood of Occurrence
Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare
5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor In significan Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1 Impact enhancement: This is a short term and reversible impact with a potential to be enhanced through complementary development initiatives. Deliberate initiatives can be initiated to support overall socioeconomic development: a. Collaborate with District Local Governments to design and construct roadside markets in major identified growth centres including Lefori, Lodonga, Kuru among others. b. The contractor shall control dust during road construction to avoid effect to roadside businesses and markets especially ones involved in vending foodstuff. c. The contractor will further endeavour to provide eating shelters at work sites.
9.4.4 RENTAL INCOME TO LAND AND PROPERTY OWNERS. Land will be required on which to set up temporary workers’ camps and equipment yards. Owners of land on which these facilities will be erected will earn a rental income negotiated with contractors. Property owners along the road shall earn rental incomes from their tenements that will be rented by workers. This is a positive but short-term and reversible benefit ceasing with project completion or whenever such facilities are no longer required in a given location.
Impact duration will be short-term for each site and property used as workers’ camp or equipment yard and income will accrue possibly to a single household thus negligible magnitude. The likelihood of occurring is certain but since benefit will be to a few landowners the impact is of minor significance.
Likelihood of Occurrence
Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare
5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e
240
12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insign ifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Impact enhancement As a contractual obligation, contractors should clean- up sites where temporary facilities had been erected when their use ceases. All waste thereon should be removed and responsibly disposed of in compliance with national laws (National Environment (Waste Management) Regulations, 1999) and World Bank guidelines as contained in ESS3 (Resource efficiency and Pollution Prevention and Management) and Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines - Industry Specific for waste management. Any contaminated areas on site must be cleaned up as part of site restoration.
9.4.5 SKILLS DEVELOPMENT AMONG LOCAL RESIDENTS The project will have the potential to employ local residents especially on low skill jobs within the different specialties. Placements will also be available for youths with different levels of formal education and training including artisans and technicians. Engagement of these categories of people will encourage skills transfer from experienced road workforce to local residents with multiplier effects for the local construction industry. The likelihood of skills transfer occurring is ranked as possible given that the choice of local youth seeking employment cannot be guaranteed. Impact magnitude will be medium since the numbers involved are small and may occur in the low cadre employment category. Overall impact significance is hence moderate.
Likelihood of Occurrence
Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare
5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Impact Enhancement a. Implement the policy on employment of local residents that requires 30% of the work force to be drawn from project districts.
241
b. Sensitize people especially youths on non-monetary benefits accruing to employment on road construction project including skills development. c. Design employment contracts that guarantee employees progressive placements that facilitate skills development.
9.5 OPERATIONAL PHASE POSITIVE IMPACTS
9.5.1 SAFER ROAD AND REDUCED SOCIAL COST OF TRANSPORT Improvement of the roads will have positive, significant and long-term local, national and international socio-economic impacts that include: i. Lower travel cost: When improved, the road is expected to attract more operators of public transport and ensuing competition would lower fares for both goods and passenger transport. ii. Reduced vehicle wear/ tear. iii. Road upgrade will improve the carriageway that is currently in a poor state characterized by lacerated sections. iv. Safer journeys with reduced accident risk. The proposed design will reduce accidents following improvement in road geometry and pavement strengthening. Paving will improve visibility, reduce braking distances and have road signs installed where none existed. Although speeds are expected to increase, there is evidence that overall rehabilitation and upgrading the road will reduce accident rates and fatalities. v. Reduced travel time: The average travel time on existing Koboko and Moyo road in its present state is at a maximum of 40-50 km per hour and significantly reduces during the wet season. When upgraded, maximum speed could reach 80-120 km and travel time halved, greatly aiding transportation of perishable agricultural products.
Duration of this impact will be long-term and likelihood of occurring certain after road improvement. Benefit to road users will be of local, national and international spatial extent, hence high magnitude and major impact significance. Likelihood of Occurrence Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e 12
Impact Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor3 Magnitud e 12 e 9 e Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 4 e 10 e 8 Insignifican t 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 5 Minor 3 Insignifican Insignifican e t 2 t 1
Impact enhancement
242
UNRA shall ensure that road design provide facilities and signage for safe pedestrian crossing and traffic navigation. The contractor should liaise with the traffic police and install appropriate road furniture in blind spots. Appropriate design in urban areas should be followed that allow sufficient walkways for pedestrians especially school children. Similar provisions should be installed on sections near schools and health facilities.
9.5.2 INCREASED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY AND GENDER BENEFITS The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road is an important link facilitating access to distant parts of West Nile and further to South Sudan. The road is hence an important component of the regional network. The road will thus improve Uganda’s tourism industry and regional trade and political integration. At a national level, the road segment will facilitate unlocking of the vast agro- pastoral potential of the entire region.
Of specific benefit to women could be greater participation in less strenuous household income generating activities with examples including roadside retail trading or vending of food and agricultural produce, art and craft to travelers. This would be a long-term benefit, especially for rural women most of whom currently earn living working long hours on low pay dead end activities. Duration of this impact will be long-term and likelihood of occurring is certain after road upgrade. Increased economic activity in local economies would benefit all communities
Likelihood of Occurrence Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e 12
Impact Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor3 Magnitud e 12 e 9 e Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 4 e 10 e 8 Insignifican t 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 5 Minor 3 Insignifican Insignifican e t 2 t 1 along the road hence impact magnitude high and overall significance is major.
Impact enhancement: As is its mandate, UNRA shall ensure continual road maintenance to sustain mentioned benefits. Women shall be sensitized on new income generating activites and formation of Sacco to pool resources and engage in productive commercial ventures.
9.5.3 IMPROVED ACCESS TO SOCIAL SERVICES An Likelihood of Occurrence improved road will Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare ease access 5 4 3 2 1
243
to social High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 services, e 12 most vitally healthcare. Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor3 The project e 12 e 9 area is Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 4 serviced by e 10 e 8 Insignifican a Regional t 2 Referral Hospital in Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 5 Minor 3 Insignifican Insignifican Arua over e t 2 t 1 100km from Moyo and other medical facilities that will be easily accessed when road upgrade takes place. This will improve maternal health, reduce infant and maternal mortality. The above are significant, positive and long- term socio- economic cumulative impacts. Likelihood of occurrence of the impact is assessed to be very likely and its magnitude deemed to
244
be high. Therefore, the significanc e of this impact is major.
Impact Magnitude
mpact enhancement: UNRA shall ensure continual road maintenance to sustain road benefits. Government and local authorities shall invest in developing an ambulatory service to cover the entire project area.
9.5.4 CONTRIBUTE TO THE GROWTH OF TOURISM IN THE REGION The Kobobo – Yumbe – Moyo Road is the major route linking West Nile region to other parts of the greater North, the country and beyond. Uganda is positioning herself as a first-choice tourism destination with key attractions within the project area. The road will thus contribute to the National Development Plan. Tourist travel time and itinaries will improve leading to increased visitor satisfaction. The likelihood of occurrence of this impact is ranked as possible and magnitude medium. The overall significance is rated at moderate.
Likelihood of Occurrence Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e 12
Impact Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor3 Magnitud e 12 e 9 e Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 4 e 10 e 8 Insignifican t 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 5 Minor 3 Insignifican Insignifican e t 2 t 1
245
Impact enhancement a. Government should plan for the development of tourism sites along the route to improve existing itinaries especially around cultural sites. b. Plan to construct visitor huts along the road in future c. District Local Governments working with Central Government should plan to develop roadside markets selling crafts among other items to travellers in collaboration with NGOs operating in the region. d. The Ministry of Health should plan to construct a trauma center to cater for accident victims
9.5.4.1 IMPROVED ACCESSIBILITY TO REFUGEE SETTLEMENTS Livelihoods in refugee settlements are totally dependent on relief delivered by international agencies and their local counterparts. Where attempts have been made to encourage production, results are dismal. Accessibility therefore becomes the lifeline of all refugee settlements delivering much needed nutrition, medical, sanitary and indeed a myriad of other supplies that sustain life. Construction of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road will reduce travel time and allow heavy delivery truck access the settlements. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as certain while magnitude is High since inaccessible roads account for delayed distribution of relief aid especially during the rainy season. Impact significance has been rated as Major.
Likelihood of Occurrence Certain Likely Possible Unlikely Rare 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e 12
Impact Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor3 Magnitud e 12 e 9 e Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 4 e 10 e 8 Insignifican t 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 5 Minor 3 Insignifican Insignifican e t 2 t 1
Impact Enhancement: Upgrade and maintain feeder roads connecting to refugee settlements.
9.6 CONSTRUCTION PHASE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
9.6.1 EXPROPRIATION OF LAND AND DEMOLITION OF PROPERTIES THEREON The Engineering Design Report details out the road alignment and attendant Right of Way (ROW) and RAP sets out the extent of land to be acquired for the ROW and properties to be affected. Both commercial and residential structures will either be demolished or partially affected. Expropriation of land and demolition of properties at quarry sites and areas identified
246
for camps and equipment yards together with opening of access roads to material source is anticipated. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as certain given the proposed widening of the carriageway and subsequent Right of Way (ROW). Major areas affected will be growth centers spread along the road where structure exist within the ROW including Koboko Town Council, Yumbe TC, Aringa, Lefori, Moyo TC, areas where camps and material sources are located among others. With the exception of structures in growth centers, much of the impact will relate to land expropriation since many of the structures in rural sections are far removed from the ROW. The sensitivity of this impact is ranked as high on account of cost of replacement and attachment to properties. Given low population densities in the rural areas, land for resettlement is available and since compensation will be provided for lost land and affected properties, magnitude of this impact will be low resulting in a moderate overall significance level.
Sensitivity
Very High medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation UNRA commits to providing due compensation for loss of assets at replacement cost to all affected land and property owners to ensure post-project conditions do not make them worse off than they were before the project, as required by the Ugandan laws and World Bank ESF and relevant ESSs. All affected land shall be surveyed, valued and compensated at current market rates as determined by respective district councils. An appeals process shall be instituted to handle PAPs who are not satisfied with the values and the process.
In addition to compensation, restoration of livelihoods will be undertaken. Special attention shall be accorded to vulnerable households and groups of people identified in this report including the elderly staying alone, women/child headed households, women in delicate polygamous households and land licensees
Residual Impact When equitable compensation is provided to restore livelihoods and property of affected households, residual impacts of involuntary resettlement will be of low or moderate significance.
Impact management
247
a. UNRA shall provide adequate vacation notice (according to regulatory requirements, this is 3 or 6 months) to affected people before construction commences. This will also allow affected property owners to plan appropriately or take any salvageable material from their demolished structures without delaying construction work. UNRA shall not handover any uncompensated section of the road to the Contractor b. UNRA shall institute a strong grievance redress mechanism so that complaints and dissatisfactions about the resettlement/ compensation process do not unduly delay contractors progressing works. A grievance appeals procedure has been developed and appended to this document. c. All communities in the corridor shall be sensitized on the valuation and compensation procedures to avoid being taken advantage of by speculators and unscrupulous individuals who normally impersonate UNRA and compensation consultants. UNRA or its agents shall liaise with local authorities to assist the vulnerable to ease access and utilization of their compensation. Where bank accounts are difficult to open and operate by vulnerable persons, an appropriate intervention shall be designed.
9.6.2 SOURCING OF ROAD CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (GRAVEL AND STONE) Construction of the road will require natural gravel and rock for different purposes (aggregate, concrete products base material etc.). The materials report will identify candidate borrow pits along the project road and indeed these have been preliminarily identified. The choice to select borrow pits however rests with the contractor. Some of the candidate sites identified may be taken while others may not. Wherever materials are obtained, there will be negative environmental and social economic impacts. The method of their extraction, haulage and state in which sites are left upon project completion all have potential for socio-environmental impacts. Candidate sites examined during this ESIA are associated with the following impacts: a. Striping of vegetative biomass to create access to material sources, b. Temporary water impoundment during the rainy seasons c. Safety and public health risks of un-restored quarries and borrow pits including breeding of insect vectors, poisonous reptiles and possible drowning of children d. Excessive noise, vibrations and dust from borrow operations and rock blasting at quarries will occur. Noise and vibrations would affect local communities and quarry workers and vibrations will crack structures and affect health of especially elderly people and the sickly. e. Fly rock which damages crops, dwellings/ structures or injure people and livestock, f. Gaping pits due to unrestored pits cause visual blight and scarring of landscapes g. Haulage impacts, for example, accident risks and road dust will be realized, h. Quarrying of earth materials also has potential to disinter artifacts or other resources of archaeological and cultural significance. i. Secondary effects associated with stone/ rock quarrying and excavation of gravel can pose negative and sometimes irreversible social impacts. Sexual harassment, defilement, inappropriate sexual relationships, family breakups, alcoholism and drug abuse are some of the social ills associated with material extraction areas.
Some secondary impacts of stone blasting and quarrying such as injury or death caused by fly rock are irreversible. Damage to dwellings near quarries would be a considerable social impact in rural poor communities. The likelihood of this impact occurring is certain, material source areas will be required. Unless a firm contractual commitment is made by the contractor, sensitivity of this impact is taken to be High. Impact magnitude is also HIGH (can be lowered) except when quarries are located close to communities, an unlikely situation unless alternative
248
sites cannot be found. Impact significance is therefore MAJOR. Impact receptors will be Quarry workers, local communities near quarries (and their structures, crops, livestock, health and safety) and people living near unrestored or improperly rehabilitated quarry or borrow sites which pond water and harbor disease vectors including mosquitoes.
Table 96: Location of potential Borrow Areas
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor I ns ignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1 Mitigation All stone quarry sites will be subjected to a standalone ESIA by contractors while borrow pits will undertake an appropriate level of Environmental and Social Assessment/ESMP as required by the National Environment Act, No 5 of 2019. It shall be a contractual requirement for the contractor to design material source area restoration plans in the CESMP. All material source areas shall be screened beforehand to ensure that they are located a safe distance from sensitive ecological and social sites (wetlands, cultural heritage, schools, health facilities, administrative centers). The following shall apply to all material source areas: a. Rock quarries and borrow pits are located a safe distance from wetlands and any sensitive socio-ecological systems. The statutory 30m buffer area from wetlands and streams shall be observed. b. All material extraction sites shall produce site specific ESMPs detailing relevant OHS 249
requirements, traffic management plan, community safety plan and engagement plan. c. All efforts will be made to locate quarries at least 500m away from human settlements d. All residences within 500m radius of quarries shall be compensated and relocated for the duration of quarry operations. Other land users within this radius shall also be compensated and relocated, e. That quarry site restoration and extraction commence concurrently based on a material extraction plan. f. Height and orientation of the quarry benches need to be controlled to facilitate reinstatement; they should not exceed 3m heights. g. Excess soil (overburden) from roadbed excavation should be stockpiled at gazetted sites to aid quarry site restoration. h. Access road to quarries and borrow areas if not needed by local community should be scarified and re-vegetated. i. Site restoration should utilize native vegetation species and replanting undertaken during rainy season to ensure high re-vegetation success. j. Rock blasting should utilize licensed blasters and all explosives handled as per national security requirements. k. Quarries and borrow areas may not be allowed to operate without all requisite permits (NEMA certificate of approval, Blasters permit lifting equipment certification etc) l. Quarry operator should warn local communities before scheduled blasts by using sirens or drive-by announcements with a megaphone. m. Sensitization of workers on the use of PPEs n. After a day’s blasting operations, the quarry operator should assess any property damages in communities neighboring quarry and commit to effecting equitable compensation. o. Install sediment traps at the quarry site to limit incidences of transporting sediment by water. p. A quarry management committee with representation from the community shall be instituted at all quarries to run until restoration is completed. q. Quarry operators shall be required to undertake wet-crushing in order to minimize dust emissions. r. All quarry sites shall be fenced off to regulate access by unauthorized individuals and straying livestock. s. Baseline studies for quarry impacts associated with vibration and noise shall cover a minimum radius of 1 Km. t. Quarry operators shall undertake to implement sound health and safety measures to safeguard both the Workers and the Public from any negative impacts arising out of quarry operations. u. All workers at material source sites shall be required to use appropriate PPEs at all times v. Quarry sites shall be acquired with supervision of UNRA and/or RE and in consultation of the Local Council Leaders and respective District Local Governments.
Specific mitigation measures for contractors to undertake against cultural heritage impacts encountered at material source (borrow pits and quarry sites) sites are: a. The first two days of excavation of quarry sites should be witnessed by an official (archaeologist) from the Department responsible for museum and monuments. During this time, bulk earthworks and excavations must be monitored by a professional archaeologist. Archaeological monitoring is an important component of conserving and managing archaeological and historical resources that might be uncovered or exposed during road construction.
250
b. Should any human remains be disturbed, exposed or uncovered during excavations and earthworks, these should immediately be reported to the archaeologist and local authorities. Burial remains should not be disturbed or removed until inspected by the archaeologist or an authorized representative. c. Once identified, all proposed borrow pits should be investigated for archaeological remains. d. Prohibit collection of archaeological artifacts by road construction crews. e. Avoid undue disturbance to areas outside approved construction areas. f. Limit worker and vehicle access to construction areas only.
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of minor significance.
Impact management a. Compensate any accidents to people or injurious damage to structures due to fly rock and vibrations from stone/ rock blasting. b. Resident Engineer should not issue completion certificate to contractor or payments withheld until quarry sites are satisfactorily rehabilitated. c. Any unsuccessful vegetation regrowth should be replanted during contractor's defect liability period. d. Existing gravel and stone quarries can be used if meeting required material specifications and are certified by the National Environment Management Authority to avoid opening new ones. e. Workers should be provided with protective gear (muffs, hard hats, overalls, foot protection). f. Control dust by good housekeeping practices and process control including wet crushing. g. Draft a quarry traffic management plan h. Draft a risk management plan for the quarry including fire management.
9.6.3 IMPACT OF VIBRATIONS Ground vibration – Ground vibration from construction activities is a cause of concern to the community. This will emanate from movement of trucks, civil works, (excavation, grabbing, compaction, power generators, etc.), etc. For road works, vibrations are mainly associated with blasting at the quarries as well as blasting for the rock out crops.
Air blast over pressure – Air blast represents an undesirable and unavoidable output of blasting technique. This wave comprises 1) the audible part of the air blast (acoustic) that is characterized by higher frequency from 20 to 20,000 Hz and 2) the sub-audible part of the air blast (infrasound) having a low frequency content below 20 Hz. Unlike the audible air blast (Acoustic), which is classified as noise, the air blast at frequencies below 20 Hz is called concussion. These are classified as an “over pressure” when air blast pressure exceeds atmospheric pressure. Air blast overpressure exerts a force on structures and in turn causes a secondary and audible rattle within a structure. It is very often confused with vibrations transmitted by the ground. The air blast damage and annoyance may be influenced by numerous factors such as blast design, weather, field characteristics, and human response. Air blast disturbances propagate as compression wave in air. Under specific weather conditions and poor blast designs, air blast can travel for long distances.
Ground vibrations and air over blast due to rock blasting activities have an impact on the surroundings if, the mode blasting is not controlled. Both ground vibration and air blast are
251
matter of great concern as they typically result in damage to the existing surface structures and nuisances to the residents in the vicinity of stone quarries, which may be located near populated areas.
Receptors –the most sensitive ones to ground vibrations are the semi-permanent and aged structures that can develop cracks if exposed to vibrations. For air blast, this will be a nuisance to the general public but short-lived during the blasting which lasts a few minutes.
Extent and magnitude –Vibration from road construction could be a concern due to quarry blasting operations. Issues with construction-generated vibrations will depend on these types of activities occurring close to vibration-sensitive locations. The effects of vibration vary and depend on the magnitude of the vibration source, the particular ground conditions between the source and receiver, presence of rocks or other large structures in the area.
Particle velocity of ground motion near structures is an effective criterion of damage evaluation. Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) is the most accepted criteria to assess the damage potential of structures due to blast vibrations. It corresponds to the best description of the single ground vibration. The European Standards are PPV level as a function of two factors: (1) the frequency of vibration and (2) the type of structure. With regards to construction vibration, Ireland Guidelines (TII/Irish National Roads Authority Guidelines) outline the following limits in respect of ensuring that no cosmetic damage occurs to buildings in the vicinity of construction works.
Table 97: Vibrations standards for Republic of Ireland Allowable Vibration Velocity (Peak Particle Velocity) at the Closest Part of Any Sensitive Property to the Source of Vibration, at a Frequency of Less than 10Hz 10 to 50Hz 50 to 100Hz (and above) 8 mm/s 12.5 mm/s 20 mm/s (Source: Guidelines for the Treatment of Noise & Vibration in National Road Schemes for Ireland)
Whilst the levels of vibration outlined in Table above are deemed to be appropriate for soundly constructed buildings, it may be appropriate to adopt lower limits on vibration in the case of sensitive buildings including those of high intrinsic or archaeological value or those in poor state. Limits outlined in German Standard DIN 4150-3 Structural Vibration - Effects of Vibration on Structures may be appropriate for use in such instances. In addition, the TII/NRA Guidelines suggest that human tolerance for daytime blasting and piling, two of the primary sources of construction vibration, limits vibration levels to a peak particle velocity (ppv) of 12mm/s and 2.5mm/s respectively. A maximum PPV of 15 mm/s can be adopted for this project for blasting impacts.
(Source: The German standards from DIN 4150, Part 3)
252
Significance: The baseline vibrations values indicate the highest PPV of 3 mm/s which values are too low to damage existing structures along the road. However, blasting and use of heavy construction equipment may result in increased ground vibrations high enough to trigger structural damages for nearby structures. The impact of vibrations is likely to be major for semi-permanent and aged structures that are located less than 10 meters from the alignment. Any structures within 500 meters of the quarry are likely to be affected. Ground motion, which represents the major important effect of blasting, requires some regulations in relation with its structural damage. These regulations are mainly based on peak particle velocity (PPV) due to blasting operations. It is important for UNRA and NEMA to note that vibration and air blast are critical because blasting is inevitable. However, it is necessary to establish national standards in order to minimize environmental problems induced by blasting and judicial matters in Uganda.
It is recommended that for each blast, it requires a frequency analysis of blast-generated ground vibration wave as well as the measurements of the particle velocity. This method would be the best means to evaluate the potential damage to residential structures as well as human annoyance. It is further recommended that Baseline studies for quarry impacts associated with vibration and noise shall cover a minimum radius of 1 Km to document all structures that may be affected during operation of the quarry. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as likely since much as blasting will occur, it can be managed following approved procedures by the Resident Engineer on site. Impact sensitivity is thus high and magnitude is also high. Overal impact significance is therefore ranked as Major.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigations • All residences within 500m radius of the quarries must be compensated and relocated • A certified blaster is responsible for the blasting activities • The explosives are stored at the Police • The communities are given advance warning before blasting (e.g. use of sirens) • All workers are provided with appropriate PPE to protect them from risks of flying stones. • The Contractor will ensure that the community structures are inspected after every
253
blasting operation within a radius of 1 Km. • Regulating blasting using friendly explosives (Handitet and Magnum) • Secure a license for blasting and follow conditions contained in there. • Quarry operators shall be required to undertake wet-crushing in order to minimize dust emissions. • All quarry sites shall be fenced off to regulate access by unauthorized individuals and straying livestock. • Baseline studies for quarry impacts associated with vibration and noise shall cover a minimum radius of 1 Km. • Quarry operators shall undertake to implement sound health and safety measures to safeguard both the Workers and the Public from any negative impacts arising out of quarry operations. • Quarry sites shall be acquired with supervision of UNRA and/or RE and in consultation of the Local Council Leaders and respective District Local Governments.
9.6.4 IMPACTS ON AIR QUALITY Key Activities and Pollutants – The key sources of air emissions include the generators, vehicular movement on unpaved surfaces (dust), the quarry and crusher, blasting activities, bitumen heating and construction equipment. The emissions include particulate matter as well as gases. The construction activities will typically involve dumper trips every day for transportation of construction materials. During the construction phase, Suspended Particulate Matter (dust) is expected to be the main pollutant associated with the earthwork activities and material handling especially during the dry season. Exposed road surfaces during the dry season can generate a lot of dust that will add to the air pollution loading. Other sources of air pollution will be the asphalt plant and vehicular emissions (CO, NOx, SOx and PM) from construction equipment. Hydrocarbon emissions into the atmosphere will also be an issue if cutback asphalts are used.
The main source of air pollution during the operational phase will be vehicles moving on the highway. Most transportation vehicles run on hydrocarbons and emit essentially the same pollutants. The pollutants of greatest relevance to transportation air quality impact assessments are the ones that are subject to air quality standards or guidelines. These include carbon monoxide (CO), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), ozone (O3), particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), benzene, 1,3-butadiene, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and acrolein. Ozone and particulate matter are the two principal constituents of smog and, currently, the focus of attention of public health officials. These compounds can damage health and/or the environment. The emission rate of a pollutant by highway traffic, in grams/hour, is primarily a function of traffic volume, vehicle composition by type and age, and driving cycle. The percentage of heavy-duty trucks in the traffic affects strongly PM and NOx emission rates.
Sensitive receptors – The sensitive receptors include schools and other education institutions such Mindrabe Primary School and Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute, health centres such as Gborokolongo Health Center III and Yumbe Health Center IV, religious institutions such as several mosques and churches (e.g. Eria Catholic Church), businesses along the road especially those selling clothes and other items that can be affected by dust and in turn lose sale value.
Extent and Duration – Dust emissions often vary substantially from day to day, depending on the level of activity, the specific operations, and the prevailing meteorological conditions. The impact of dust nuisance will be confined within the project boundary and restricted to the
254
construction phase. Dust will inevitably occur at and inside the construction corridor and will also be generated alongside the haul routes from the borrow pits and quarry from where aggregate and murram will be obtained. Exhaust fumes from heavy construction equipment will temporarily adversely affect ambient air quality. The concentration of air pollutants will be highest at the immediate construction site and generally decrease with increasing distance from the source.
Magnitude – Dust is the major air quality problem from construction sites. Dust is a problem for a variety of reasons. If not suppressed, dust can taint goods in shops such as clothes, sugar, salt and grain flour and this is likely to be a major grievance amongst the business community. Near the road corridor, the concentration of an air pollutant at a specific location and time will be primarily a function of: • Background concentration of the pollutant at that location and time; • Emission and deposition rates of the pollutant at that site and time; • Location relative to the road; • Meteorological conditions at that time; • Geometry of the road; and • Topography of the road at that location
Significance – It is assumed that dust nuisance will mainly become topical in very dry periods and wherever clearance, earthworks, material transport or construction takes place in the vicinity of settlements. In addition, dust generation can adversely affect the health and safety of construction workers at the site. The impact will be moderate. The pollution in localized places and working zones may affect the health of workers and any nearby people or sensitive receptors within 50 meters. Overall, the impact of air pollution during construction will be moderate for receptors within 200-300 m and low for receptors located more than 500 m from the road.
During operation, it is predicted that the KYM road will be used by many heavy-duty trucks that transport goods to neighbouring countries especially South Sudan. The effect of air pollution on receptors depends on the distance between them and the road, wind direction, topography and other factors such as receptor sensitivity. The main direct effects are in the areas closest to the road as the rapid dispersion and dilution of exhaust gases quickly reduces their concentrations to levels at which risks are minimal. It is expected that near-road air pollutant concentrations will be highest. Specifically, it is predicted that the concentrations of key pollutants (NOx, CO and PM) will be substantially above their respective regional levels within approximately 100 m of the road in case the vehicular traffic significantly increases. The resulting pollution concentrations will, however, be superimposed on the existing background levels which is an important contribution as background levels of pollution are assumed to be low because of absence of any major industrial emission sources.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e 12
255
Impact Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 Magnitud e e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigations for dust nuisance • Sprinkle water on existing road and all accesses to material/quarry sites used by haulage trucks. • Transportation of construction materials should be done by using trucks with cover (tarpaulin), • Provide traffic diversions. • Carry out wet crushing and sprinkle water at quarry site. • In addition, dust screens shall be placed around the crusher to trap dust • Minimizing the speed at which vehicles move on unsealed surfaces (30-40 km/hr) • Regularly service vehicles and machinery likely to produce emissions if ill-serviced • Avoid long idling of vehicles and machinery to reduce the emission of exhaust fumes • The speed of haulage trucks and other vehicles along the project road and any road diversions shall be limited to reduce dust levels by installing speed control structures such as humps at populated areas. • Ensure that erodible material stockpiles are distant from sensitive establishments such as schools, hospitals, markets, trading centres and accommodation facilities among others to reduce dust emissions • Aggregates and sand at the site are kept dump at all times or covered with tarpaulin to minimize dust emissions
Residual significance – The residual significance will be very minor after application of mitigations; approximately 80% of dust reduction is anticipated by sprinkling water at the right intervals during construction. It is recommended that the Contractor to undertake monitoring of particulate matter both the source (crusher, blast areas, etc.) as well as at the receptors especially at the nearest homes. This is critical to check on the levels to which the workers and public are exposed to.
Mitigations for general air quality • Locations for borrow pits, rock crushing facilities, concrete batching yards and asphalt plants will require approval from the Engineer during the Pre-construction phase. Efforts will be made to ensure that these facilities are as near to the Project road as practical to avoid unnecessary journeys and potential dust issues from vehicle movements during construction works on unpaved roads in urban areas. Haul routes will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer as part of his Traffic Management Plan (TMP). • To prevent impacts arising from asphalt plants, construction camps, batching plants and rock crushing plants, will be prohibited within 500 meters of any urban area or sensitive receptor (school, hospital, etc). The locations of these facilities will be indicated within the Contractors CESMP. Baseline air quality monitoring will also be undertaken by the Contractor during the pre-construction phase as described below under the recommended
256
monitoring. • To adequately manage air quality impacts, the Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of an Air Quality Plan, submitted to the Engineer as part of the CESMP. The plan will detail the actions to be taken to minimize dust generation (e.g. spraying un- surfaced roads with water (including the types of equipment, sources of water, locations for watering and schedule), covering stock-piles, etc.) and will identify the type, age and standard of equipment to be used and will also provide details of the air quality monitoring program for baseline and routine monitoring. The Plan will also include contingencies for the accidental release of toxic air pollutants. • Exhaust emissions – No furnaces, boilers or other similar plant or equipment using any fuel that may produce air pollutants will be installed without prior written consent of the Engineer. Construction equipment will be maintained to a good standard and fitted with pollution control devices regularly monitored by the Contractor and Engineer. • Open burning of waste materials - No burning of debris or other materials will occur on the Site without permission of the Engineer.
9.6.5 IMPACT OF NOISE Description – The road construction works will be carried out during daytime. The noise during the construction phase depends on the stage of construction work and equipment used at the site. The main sources of noise and vibration during construction of the project are as follows: • Construction machinery especially during earthworks; • Quarry especially blasting and the stone crusher • Haulage and general vehicle movements; • Batching Plant • Generators and compressors • Blasting
Tire-pavement noise will be generated during operation. Tire/pavement impact generates noise at speeds typically greater than 35 mph (expected to be exceeded along the new KYM road) and the noise levels are dependent on vehicle type, vehicle speed and tire type.
Receptors – The noise sensitive receptors mainly include schools and residential properties located within less than 100 m from the proposed road alignment. Workers exposed to construction noise are sensitive receptors as well. Possible schools and other education institutions such Mindrabe Primary School and Lokopoi Hills Technical Institute, health centres such as Gborokolongo Health Center III and Yumbe Health Center IV, religious institutions such as several mosques and churches (e.g. Eria Catholic Church), businesses along the road and residences located less than 500 meters from the road. Baseline noise monitoring results revealed LAeq of about 42.5dBA in the rural locations and LAeq of 65 dBA at trading centers/RGC and towns adjacent to the existing road.
Duration – Construction noise lasts only for the duration of the construction event, with most construction activities in noise-sensitive areas being conducted during hours that are least disturbing to adjacent and nearby residents. Construction activities generally are of a short- term nature and, depending on the nature of the construction operations, could last from seconds (e.g., a truck passing a receiver) to months (e.g., constructing a bridge). Construction noise is intermittent and depends on the type of operation, location, and function of the equipment, and the equipment usage cycle.
257
Extent and Magnitude – The noise impact will be important during construction and the noise will occur at and around the construction site from the operation of heavy site equipment and construction vehicles. most road construction activities emit noise levels above 85 dB(A) standard even in out of factory condition. According to many studies, sound levels associated with heavy construction equipment range from 80 to 120 dB(A) and power tools commonly used in construction produce sound levels up to 115 dB(A). The typical road construction machinery and their noise levels (measured 15 m away) as below: • Power saw- 110 dBA • Dump truck- 88 dBA • Portable air compressor- 81 dBA • Concrete mixer- 85 dBA • Bulldozer- 87 dBA • Rock drill- 98 dBA • Pneumatic tools- 85 dBA
An area extending 500 meters from the proposed route and materials acquisition sites was reviewed for potential impacts. Project noise exposure levels, along with the quantity of noise that would result from the proposed project, were modeled along the project corridor. Noise exposure was modeled at various distances from the proposed route to evaluate project effects at sensitive receptors that potentially would be affected by the proposed project. For an approximate estimation of propagation of noise in the ambient air from the area or point source, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation has been used which is as follows. However, for modeling purposes, flat terrain is considered, and environmental attenuation factors were not considered so as to formulate the worst-case scenario.
Noise (Receptor) = Noise (Source) - 20 Log [distance (Receptor) / distance (Source)] - Ae Ae is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions.
The impact will be temporary and local and generally decrease with the distance from the source and will be limited to a distance of about 100 m meters at which, the noise level of the noisiest equipment (typically 85-90 dBA) will come down below 53 dB(A) as per the noise modeling results. During the operation phase, the traffic on the upgraded road will generate noise as a result of heavier vehicles, bigger number of vehicles, higher speed of the vehicles and higher volume of commerce in the area served by the road. The noise levels will then be typically 70 to 100 dBA (Leq).
Impact significance – The potential noise related issues during construction of the project is disturbance to sensitive receptors like schools, health centers and residential areas in the Project area. The level of noise exposure and associated risks for the health and wellbeing of the workforce will depend on the individual workplace and type of equipment used. The likelihood of this impact occurring is taken to be possible. The noise level will be major for construction workers and those receptors within less than 50m from the construction site and moderate for those living 100-200 m away. Due to the high noise levels of construction machinery, the personnel operating the machines and the workers stationed close to the machines will be prone to exposure of high levels of noise. Indeed, noise could have health impact especially on workers who will be exposed to it for up to 10 hours daily at work. Overall impact significance is thus moderate.
258
Sensitivity
Very High medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigations In many of the areas with traffic noise impacts, effective noise barriers may not be feasible or the cost-benefit value for an effective barrier may be prohibitive. Therefore, not all impacted areas are recommended for noise mitigation. However, some receptors such as schools can be prioritized. To address the temporary elevated noise levels that may be experienced during construction, standard mitigation measures shall be incorporated into construction contracts, where it is feasible to do so; a) Correct siting of construction camps and ancillary facilities will reduce the potential for elevated noise levels to affect sensitive receptors. As indicated above, locating these facilities more than 250 meters from residential or sensitive receptors will mean that the noise generated by these facilities will be lower than NEMA limits at this distance. Locating these facilities more than 500 meters downwind of sensitive receptors will further limit potential noise impacts b) Time and Activity Constraints, i.e., operations will be scheduled to coincide with periods when people would least likely be affected; work hours and workdays will be limited to less noise-sensitive times. Hours-of-work will be approved by the Engineer having due regard for possible noise disturbance to the local residents or other activities. Construction activities will be strictly prohibited between 10 PM and 6 AM in the residential areas. When operating close to sensitive areas (within 250 meters) such as residential, schools or medical facilities, the Contractor’s hours of working shall be limited to 7AM to 6PM; Any works to be undertaken at night must be approved by NEMA and MGLSD, and closely monitored and supervised by the RE. c) For schools within 10 m of the road, consideration will be given to a construction of screens, or other forms of barriers to avoid disruption of students’ attention while studying and their safety. d) Give notice as early as possible to sensitive receptors for periods of noisier works such as excavation. Describe the activities and how long they are expected to take. Keep affected neighbours informed of progress. e) Within normal working hours, where it is reasonable to do so, schedule noisy activities for less sensitive times; provide periods of respite from noisier works (for example, periodic breaks from jackhammer noise).
259
f) All mechanical plant is to be silenced by the best practical means using current technology. Mechanical plant, including noise-suppression devices, should be maintained to the manufacturer’s specifications. Internal combustion engines are to be fitted with a suitable muffler in good repair. g) Maintenance tools, machines and equipment so that they are in good conditions. When some wrong is found, they must be fixed immediately in order to reduce noise from the equipment. h) Fit all pneumatic tools with an effective silencer on their air exhaust port. i) Install less noisy movement/reversing warning systems for equipment and vehicles that will operate for extended periods, during sensitive times or in close proximity to sensitive sites. Occupational health and safety requirements for use of warning systems must be followed. j) Turn off plant when not being used. k) All vehicular movements to and from the site to only occur during the scheduled normal working hours, unless approval has been granted by the Engineer. l) Keep good conditions of trucks that use to transport construction materials so they cause no loud noise and control the truck speed, to be not exceeded 40 km/hr when driving through communities, and not exceeded 80 km/hr when driving on highways. m) Where possible, no truck associated with the work should be left standing with its engine operating in a street adjacent to a residential area. n) Provision of noise protection kits such as ear plug, earmuff, for workers who are working in the area with noise level is higher than 85 dB(A). It is designated as a regulation that workers must wear protection kits in case of working in a noisy area.
9.6.6 HAULAGE OF EARTH CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS During road construction transportation of materials from source areas to worksites will be undertaken. Haulage of gravel, crushed stone (aggregate) and other concrete products from sources to road construction work sites will be associated with the following impacts: ▪ Traffic accidents involving people and livestock, ▪ Traffic noise from haulage fleet, ▪ Excessive dust release impacting households and commercial units
Although never compensated, excessive dust will contaminate household properties and food stuffs posing health challenges especially to the young, elderly and the sick. In trading centers dust will affect merchandize in roadside shops (especially foodstuffs: salt, sugar, flour, etc) dust translates into a financial loss for local business owners. Unnecessary speeding by material haulage trucks poses a high accident risk to other road users and the community. At high risk are school crossing zones, livestock crossings and in trading centers. Haulage traffic noise is not expected to be a significant impact except near schools or health centers.
Material haulage will be short-term ceasing with completion of construction activities but secondary effects (if they occurred) such as accidents (hence disability or death) have negative, long-term and irreversible socio-economic impacts. The likelihood of this impact occurring has been ranked as possible. When mitigation recommendations are implemented, sensitivity of this impact is categorized as High and magnitude High especially when accidents involve loss of lives. Disabled people, children, women and elderly people are especially at risk of road accidents. Overall impact significance has been ranked as Major.
Sensitivity
260
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. Contractor shall provide temporary road signage during construction and ensure drivers observe speed limits for the safety of other road users. b. Contractor should deploy traffic guides, warning signs where necessary, such as at approach to trading centers. c. Contractor shall provide temporary and permanent speed reducing devices e.g. humps especially near population centers, markets, school premises, health facilities and areas of worship d. Contractor shall prohibit haulage activities at night to avoid accidents in high population settled areas and trading centers. e. Construction crews should take care to watch out for and avoid livestock. f. The contractor should station traffic guides at potentially high accident risk locations to warn / guide road users. g. The contractor shall suppress road dust by watering wherever necessary. A water bowsing schedule must be provided to the RE. h. To avoid excessive haulage traffic noise at sensitive facilities, the contractor should install temporary speed reduction features (humps) adjacent to schools or healthcare centers. This would avoid noise associated with high speed deceleration and acceleration at humps. Speed reduction humps should be located a reasonable distance prior to such places in such a way that trucks will not have gained sufficient acceleration. i. All detours shall be properly marked, and signage installed to guide motorists and other road users. j. All drivers and machine operators shall be licensed and undergo periodic random tests to determine levels of alcohol consumption. k. A driver code of conduct shall be drafted, and all drivers required to abide by it.
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of minor significance.
Impact management: ▪ The contractor should sensitize project drivers on accident risk and control measures. ▪ A driver instruction program should be designed to re-equip drivers with defensive driving skills on a quarterly or biennial basis at the minimum. ▪ The contractor should compensate victims of accidents through an insurance policy. 261
▪ Awareness forums shall be held with communities along the road to sensitize them on road safety, through a nominated service provider. ▪ The contractor shall report all accidents to the Resident Engineer and World Bank within 24 hours of occurrence.
9.6.7 IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS INCLUDING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS Stock piling construction materials near work sites is a normal practice during construction. Contractors stockpile and store assorted materials at or near construction sites to ensure uninterrupted access to supplies. This could lead to pollution of land and of watercourses (R. Kochi, R. Newa and R. Ofua) by spilling and wash away of materials. This impact can occur anywhere along the road and receptors are soil and water resources near storage sites, landowners and local communities dependent on affected environmental resources. The likelihood of this impact occurring has been ranked as possible. This will be short-term impact only occurring during the construction period and local in extent. However, spills in watercourses can impact remote/ distant downstream ecosystems and communities.
This impact is negative whose sensitivity is ranked to be high and magnitude low given that the project area is relatively flat with gentle gradients limiting transportation of sediment, hence reducing polluting potential. Overall impact significance is thus moderate.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. All material stocking areas shall undergo appropriate levels of Environment assessment. b. Stockpiles shall observe legal provisions regarding distances from water sources and wetlands. c. Contractor shall protect material stockpiles from storm water erosion (e.g. by excavating a cut-off ditch around stockpiles to keep away storm water). d. Contractor shall provide bunded storage for fuel, and obtain storage and dispensing Licence from Ministry of Energy and Minerals Development. e. All fuel storage sites shall be drained through oil skimming sumps f. Contractor shall cover material stockpiles containing fines with fabric or other materials.
262
g. All materials shall be stockpiled on concrete surface or compacted subbase material and on flat terrain. h. Construct silt traps on all material storage surfaces. i. Construct oil skimming tanks.
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of low significance.
Impact management a. Application of good engineering practices in design and construction should ensure that water courses are not affected by road upgrade works. The most likely source of watercourse contamination is loose soil being washed into rivers and streams during construction of drainage structures and bridges. This impact if well planned is not expected to be serious but if considerable contamination is likely, then the Resident Engineer must instruct the contractor to construct silt traps to avoid sediment entrainment in water. b. Contractors should have a contractual obligation to develop and implement a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan (CESMP) and spill response plan, to include the following: i. Basic training to workers, where required, to ensure effective implementation of the CESMP. ii. Installation of secondary containment measures in areas where fuels, oils or lubricants are stored, loaded or unloaded, including filling points. iii. Equipment and materials not to be stored within or near watercourses; iv. Potential contaminants stored on site should be properly isolated and bunded. v. Contractor should have a portable spill control pack (comprising absorbent pads/pillows, rolls, blankets, etc) on site to contain and clean up fuel spills.
9.6.8 IMPACT ON WATER SOURCES ALONG THE ROAD There are approximately 14 boreholes, 5 standpipes and a water scheme along the alignment within the project area. These are important sources of domestic water serving communities in this water stressed region especially during the dry season. Project actions may require the relocation of pipe networks, community shallow wells or shifting of boreholes. The likelihood of the project impacting water sources taken as possible given the proximity of some of the identified water sources to the pavement. Sensitivity of this impact is ranked as high and magnitude is also high on account of the multiplier effect associated with lack of access to portable water. Loss of water sources will lead to spread of waterborne diseases that may increase mortality especially among infants. Impact on water sources hence is of major significance.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e
263
12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Impact Mitigation ▪ UNRA shall work with Directorate of Water Development and the District Local Governments of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo to relocate boreholes affected by road widening before commencement of works in such areas. ▪ The design team shall optimize the design to avoid water sources especially boreholes located near high population concentration centers.
9.6.9 IMPACTS ON BIODIVERSITY IN CENTRAL FOREST RESERVES The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade will follow the existing alignment as much as possible even in the three Central Forest Reserves (CFR) of Lodonga CFR in Yumbe District, Eria and Lobajo CFRs all in Moyo District. Lodonga is a plantation forest covering 106 ha established for industrial timber, part of the reserve is licensed to private tobacco farmers, the planted species are mainly Eucalyptus camadulensis, Tectona grandis and Gmelina arborea. Eria CFR occupying 575 ha is a natural forest though severely degraded and now planted with Tectona grandis. Lobajo CFR is also a plantation forest covering 111 ha and planted with Tectona grandis and Pinus ocarpa among other species. The valuation estimated an approximate volume of about 2,323m3 of Class I timber species will be harvested.
Much as these are Central Forest Reserves, they are currently plantation forests holding mainly exotic tree species and thus modified habitats. No threatened or endangered species as per IUCN red data lists (IUCN 2019) and nationally threatened species for Uganda (WCS, 2016) was encountered.
During road construction, expansion of the carriageway may lead to loss of trees in the plantation which will only be limited to an incremental distance since the plantations have been established out of the current ROW in most sections. The overall biodiversity impact of the road will be on loss of planted exotic timber and carbon sequestration value of the affected trees.
Given that these are now pure stands of single species plantation sections whose diversity has been severely lost over time, the biodiversity conservation value of these ecosystems is low. Planned harvesting of mature timber, monetary compensation and subsequent replanting of equivalent area affected by road works further influences the sensitivity of this impact. Carbon sequestration attributed to the strip that will be lost can be greatly mitigated through replanting. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible given the nature of site planning activities that prior to vegetation clearance and grubbing. This is therefore an impact whose sensitivity is ranked as medium and magnitude also medium rendering it an impact of moderate significance.
Sensitivity
264
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e Impact 12 Magnitud Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1 Mitigation The following measures will be implemented to mitigate biodiversity loss: a. Biodiversity Management measures included in the CESMP shall be based on the ESIA/ESMP recommendations. b. UNRA shall seek approval from NFA and through acquisition of a permit to allow works within sections of the forest reserves. c. Work on sections in the Central Forest Reserves shall not commence before a methods statement is produced by the contractor detailing his methods at each of the sites and submitted to the Resident Engineer for approval and guidance. d. Undertake to identify land for tree planting within degraded sections of the forest reserves or any other sites that will be identified by UNRA in consultation with National Forest Authority (NFA), National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) and District Local Governments in the project area. e. Work in the forest plantation shall begin by coordinating with NFA zonal offices to provide guidance. f. A “soft start” approach will be used within these sites to enable any animals move further away from the road before civil works begin. This can be achieved by passing a heavy- duty roller several times over the section. g. Limit road footprint in the forest sections. The Environment Management team shall mark off using high visibility tapes the disturbance area before bush clearance and grubbing begin. h. No stockpiling construction materials in the forest sections. i. No extraction of construction materials in the forest section. j. Provide containerized waste management facilities at work sites. k. Provide mobile sewage management facilities at work sites.
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of low significance.
Impact management The contractor should sensitize workers about ecological sensitivity of the forests and continue monitoring during construction.
9.6.10 IMPACTS ON WOODLOTS ALONG THE ALIGNMENT
265
The existing alignment has woodlots within the Right of Way (ROW) that may either directly or indirectly be affected by bush clearance during earth works. Common species include Senna siamea, Tectona grandis, Eucalyptus species, Vitellaria paradoxa, Gmelina arborea, Pinus species, Eucalyptus camaldulensis and Senna siamea.
The most predicted impacts will arise from widening of the carriageway and construction of detours and bush clearance to create workspaces. Loss of woodlots will be associated with diverse impacts including primarily loss of energy sources especially fuelwood, timber and subsequently income to plantation owners. Destruction of woodlots shall further lead to loss of ecological services attributed to biodiversity, increased erosion due to clearance of vegetative cover, loss of carbon sequestration services and moderation of atmospheric moisture among others. Much as this impact is taken as a likely to occur, sensitivity has been ranked as moderate on account of the species being exotic and can be replanted. Magnitude has been taken to be low since the numbers of individual tree stands affected is small and mature trees will be harvested to provide timber and fuelwood. Overall impact significance is hence minor.
Sensitivity
Very High Moderate Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderate Moderate Minor 4 Impact 12 8 Magnitud Medium 3 Major 15 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 3 e 12 9 6 Low 2 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor Insignifican 10 8 6 4 t 2 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignific Insignifican 3 ant t 1 2
Mitigation a. All trees affected in each woodlot shall be counted, valued and owners compensated. b. Salvaging of trees shall be guided by professional foresters. Harvesting shall be done professional taking into account the age of trees and their salvage purpose. c. Offset planting shall be undertaken in the road reserve. UNRA working with the District Forestry Offices in Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo and National Forest Authority (NFA) shall undertake tree planting in the road reserve. Suitable tree species shall be identified for this purpose. d. All affected tree owners shall be encouraged to undertake planting. UNRA shall work with local District Local Governments to provide seedlings to landowners who have lost their woodlots
9.6.11 LOSS OF VEGETATIVE COVER AND HABITAT FOR WILDLIFE Widening of the carriageway will lead to loss of vegetation where especially where the expanded drainage works shall be constructed and further at work sites that will hold materials and wastes. It is estimated that a continuous strip of 2m will be required along the alignment on either side and further vegetation will be lost where minor deviations have been introduced.
266
The flora survey records number of species within the ROW most of which are common secondary vegetation and weeds which are widely prevalent species due to the high level of anthropogenic modification. The most common species along the alignment include Flueggea virosa, Nymphaea lotus, Hyparrhenia rufa, Hyptis suaveolens, Lantana camara, Mimosa pigra, Panicum maximum, Pennisetum species, Acacia hockii, Acacia polyacantha, Acacia senegal var. rostrate, Afzelia Africana, Annona senegalensis, Bambusa bambos among others. They are all species of least concern as per IUCN Redlist 2019. Within the different ecological zones, the survey recorded the prevalence of faunal species though because of the high levels of modification, prevalence and diversity of fauna is very low.
Vegetation within the incremental 2m wide strip will certainly be cleared but level of sensitivity of this impact is low because much of the vegetation to be effected is secondary vegetation characteristic of farmlands and the fauna is mainly rodents that inhabit such modified places. None of the fauna recorded appears on the IUCN Red list. Impact magnitude has also been ranked as low since re-vegetation using indigenous plant species shall be undertaken during site restoration.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. The Environment management team shall mark off the disturbance zone using high reflective tape before bush clearing to limit the area disturbed by bush clearing equipment. b. A soft start shall be used to allow slow moving wildlife to move away from the alignment.
9.6.12 POTENTIAL INTRODUCTION OF INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES
Invasive plant species have the potential to colonize rapidly with detrimental effects on diversity and prevalence of indigenous species. Invasive species recorded within the project area include Lantana camara, Broussonetia papyrifera, and Mimosa pigra. These are quite well established within all the vegetation zones. During road construction, mechanical equipment does disperse seeds of these plants as they clear vegetation along the road. Seed dispersal will also be associated with equipment working in gravel borrow areas. Haulage of spoil generated from grubbing and cut to spoil for long distances to spoil sites will further contribute to dispersal of invasive species. The probability of this impact occurring is unlikely
267
since invasive plant species are prevalent in the entire corridor implying they have already established. The sensitivity of this impact has been ranked as moderate since the common invasive species have already colonized the ROW in all vegetation zones lantana camara is a well-established along the road. Impact magnitude is minor since the common invasive species can be managed and their spread limited. Overall the impact is categorized as insignificant.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. Transfer of spoil across vegetation zones shall be limited. The Environment team shall identify suitable sites for spoiling in all vegetation zones identified. b. Topsoil generated during bush clearance and grubbing will be stockpiled on site to facilitate restoration and landscaping. c. Equipment shall be washed before they are moved between borrow areas.
9.6.13 IMPROPER MANAGEMENT OF CUT TO SPOIL AND OVERBURDEN The proposed road construction will involve excavation of large volumes of spoil generated from cut areas especially at the section towards Moyo. Large volumes of spoil present disposal challenges. Receptors of such large amounts of cut to spoil generated are mainly valleys, arable land areas, near water courses and communal lands. These are exposed to severe ecological and aesthetic impairment.
Unplanned disposal of cut to spoil leads to secondary socio-environmental impacts including impaired drainage and environmental degradation. Where such practices occur, receptor environments are disrupted and in extreme cases completely impaired. Surface water courses will experience downstream offsite impacts in form of siltation. The likelihood of this unplanned disposal of cut to spoil occurring is ranked as unlikely since much of it shall be used in fill sections subject to meeting material specifications or will be used to backfill borrow areas. Sensitivity of impact is ranked as Medium and magnitude is Medium. Improper management of spoil and overburden is thus an impact of Moderatesignificance.
Sensitivity
268
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e Impact 12 Magnitud Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. Identify suitable spoil management sites through screening for nearby sensitive receptors including wetlands, schools, health facilities, steep slopes, commercial centers, homesteads and other social service delivery centers. b. Undertake an appropriate level of environment and social impact assessment. c. As a priority, cut to spoil materials should be used in restoration of quarry and burrow sites rather than improper disposal on private farmlands. d. Identify suitable sites for temporary holding of spoil for use in landscaping and site restoration. e. Stock piling shall be undertaken at a minimum distance of 100-300m away from water courses depending on the nature of surface water course f. Stockpiles should further be protected from erosion by constructing cut-off drains. g. Silt traps shall be constructed down slope of all spoil areas h. De-commission spoil areas by following standard procedure as described in CESMP. This will involve leveling, landscaping, constructing silt drains and re-grassing.
Residual Impact: Following proper mitigation, residual impact will be of minor significance.
Impact Management a. The contractor shall have a contractual obligation to design a spoil management plan before commencement of operations. b. All spoil stockpiles should not exceed one year after commissioning.
9.6.14 CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT Road construction sites generate large quantities of assorted waste including bulky waste (concrete, concrete products, ruble demolition ruble, wooden boards, wrapping materials (leather, plastics, and textiles), metallic strips/pieces, obsolete equipment, and equipment parts among others.
• General litter: Solid wastes, if not well managed, can lead to health and safety issues, including accidents, bad odour, harbouring vectors, and scavenging animals. The wastes to be generated at the construction phase include polythene bags, plastic bottles, papers, wrappings for components to be installed, of construction materials (timber, aggregates, sand, bricks/blocks, steel bar cuttings, glasses, cement, etc.). 269
• Excavated Material: This is expected to be generation from the earthworks. The volumes are currently unknown. Typically, excavated material is considered unlikely to cause adverse impacts and can be used as fill, which is considered a useful reuse of the material. • Waste Concrete: The main solid waste generated by batching plants is waste concrete.
Much of this waste can be recycled or reused though avenues to implement these management options are rarely explored the likelihood of this impact occurring is hence ranked as certain. Sensitivity of this impact is ranked as moderate since bulk construction waste can be reused in quarry back fill and other operations and in essence when waste concrete and concrete products represent a cost to the contractor which they are keen to avoid. Magnitude is low since the quantities are small and management available at low cost. Overall impact significance is minor.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderate Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact 12 Magnitud Medium 3 Major 15 Moderate Moderate Minor 6 Minor 3 e 12 9 Low 2 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 4 Insignificant 10 8 6 2 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignificant Insignificant 3 2 1
Mitigation a. A waste management plan shall be appended to the CESMP b. The contractor shall plan for appropriate waste storage areas, collection schedules and disposal sites with District Local Governments. c. wastes be appropriately segregated into metallic, plastic, glass & biodegradable; d. waste bins be provided at appropriate points; e. re-usable wastes be sold or given away to interested parties; f. excavation material be used for site levelling/backfilling; g. excavated materials or other construction materials shall not be stockpiled or deposited near or on-stream banks, lake shorelines, or other watercourse perimeters where they can be washed away by high water or storm runoff or can in any way encroach upon the watercourse itself. h. abandoned quarries be used for the disposal of excessive quantities of excavated soil material; i. Traffic management should be ensured during transport of the waste. Flag persons will be required. All vehicles transporting excavated materials should be cleaned before leaving the construction site to ensure no earth, mud, debris and the like is deposited by them on roads; j. wastes be disposed at only NEMA approved sites.
270
Chemical Waste: Chemical waste that is produced should be handled in accordance with the National Environment (Waste) Management Regulations, 1999. Containers used for the storage of chemical waste should: • Be suitable for the substance they are holding, resistant to corrosion, maintained in good condition, and securely closed; • Display a label in English
The storage area for chemical waste should: • Be clearly labelled and used solely for the storage of chemical waste; • Be enclosed on at least 3 sides; • Have an impermeable floor and bunding, of capacity to accommodate 110% of the volume of the largest container or 20% by volume of the chemical waste stored in that area, whichever is the greatest; • Have adequate ventilation; • Be covered to prevent rainfall entering (water collected within the bund must be tested and disposed as chemical waste if necessary); and • Be arranged so that incompatible materials are adequately separated.
Disposal of chemical waste should: • Be via a NEMA licensed waste collector; and • Be a facility licensed to receive chemical waste
Concrete wastewater: The mitigation for the concrete washout is to construct sedimentation tanks or pits to collect and retain all the concrete washout water. After the tank has been used to wash down the chutes of ready mixed trucks and the wash water has evaporated or has been vacuumed off, the remaining hardened solids can be broken up and removed from the pit and disposed as fill material. Concrete wash water is highly alkaline (pH of 10-13). Therefore, pH correction will be required.
9.6.15 ASPHALT PLANT AND ROAD SURFACING IMPACTS Location of the plant, bitumen preparation, storage and application could have socio- environmental impacts. Littering due to poor housekeeping at the asphalt plant or improper disposal of unused bitumen and aggregates or bitumen spills would have the localized impact of contaminating environmental resources (soil and water). Further, application of bitumen is associated with OHS hazards such as burns which may cause irreversible damage. Of particular concern is management of waste asphalt debris arising from rejected asphalt on account of poor quality and trimmings. Contractors could end up stockpiling such asphalt in open stockpile areas or abandoning in excavated borrow areas leading to pollution of surface water and soils. In addition, operation of the Asphalt Plant and the Crusher Plant/s may generate considerable amount of dust, affecting both the workers and the neighbouring communities. This impact is considered substantial.
Poorly managed bitumen and resultant asphalt could lead to irreversible conditions. The likelihood of this impact occurring has been ranked as unlikely since bitumen misuse and asphalt spillages represent costs to the contractor. This is an impact of Very High sensitivity especially when spills occur near surface water courses. The possibility of large-scale asphalt debris and bitumen spill occurring is low since ingredients of asphalt (bitumen and aggregate) represent a financial cost to the contractor, waste is unlikely. Since contamination impact would
271
often be localized, spatial extent is small the magnitude is ranked as low and significance is moderate. Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. Locate the plant away from sensitive ecological areas or resources including water courses. b. Hot mix Asphalt plant should be located not only 500m from the nearest settlements but also downwind of the nearest settlements. c. All work areas at the plant shall be covered by compacted subbase material. d. Storage of bitumen drums shall be stacked on wooden pallets under appropriate shelter e. Storage platforms shall be freely drained, and all surface flows directed into an oil sump and periodically monitor and address any offensive odor from the asphalt plant. f. Ensure good housekeeping to avoid onsite and offsite environmental contamination by bitumen. g. The contractor shall collect leftover bitumen and aggregates properly keeping it for use on other sections of the road. h. Contractor shall use bitumen emulsion where feasible. In hilly areas with steep road gradients, cut-back asphalt should be used. i. Contractor shall not discharge bitumen into roadside drains. j. Contractor shall collect and store empty bitumen drums at equipment yards and not abandon them along the road. k. All bitumen application processes should be automated l. Contractor should avoid applying bitumen during strong winds and storms m. All waste asphalt should be applied on community roads and/or school play areas, in consultation with and approval of the local authorities. n. Under no circumstances should asphalt debris be stock piled in decommissioned borrow areas. o. Asphalt and stone aggregates Crusher Plants shall install air emission control equipment as appropriate, including but not limited to wet scrubbers, bag house filters, cyclones, dust screens, etc to control dust emissions. p. The asphalt plant shall be fenced off for security purpose
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of minor significance.
272
Impact management: UNRA should ensure hired contractor has appropriate equipment and would not use wood fuel to heat bitumen.
9.6.16 TRAFFIC HOLDUPS AND DIVERSIONS AT WORK SITES Inevitably, road construction will necessitate holdups and/or diversion of traffic from sections being worked on to allow fast and safe road works or continued use of the road. Diversions and holdups will cause temporary delays in transportation of goods and passengers, traffic congestions and possibly accidents (especially for tourists) along detour roads that may not have been constructed properly. Given the road serves 4 refugee settlements heavy trucks carrying relief to these settlements may experience failures on the diversions. Although there is currently limited traffic on the road which may not nessesitate holding up traffic over prolonged time periods, the likelihood of impact occurance is ranked as likely , sensitivity is considered medium and magnitude moderate since there may be considerable volumes of excavation and disposal material, borrow materials, sand, cement, aggregates, asphalt, etc. which will require transportation, stockpiling and onsite delivery to during construction.. Overall impact significance is therefore moderate, since this impact can readily be managed. Impact receptors ▪ Communities traversed by diversions/detours, ▪ Road users, ▪ Vehicle owners, ▪ Traders who might lose merchandise in accidents on improperly constructed diversions. ▪ Refugee settlements
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. The contractor shall produce a traffic management plan annexed on the CESMP b. Contractor should place signs warning road users about traffic detours. c. Contractor should have guides at detours to control traffic. d. Traffic holdup points should not be far apart and must be well designed to avoid vehicles piling up at points
273
e. Timing must be appropriate to avoid irrational decisions by guides managing the control points, and traffic hold-ups shall not exceed 10 minutes at any given hold-up section. f. Install communication facilities to allow guides follow timing schedules g. Training of personnel to manage control stations.
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of negligible significance.
Impact management Wherever practical, contractor should provide communities with information and plans of intended diversions in good time.
9.6.17 IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH EQUIPMENT YARDS AND WORKERS CAMP The 105km project will require the establishment of at least 2 main camps and satellite camps at strategic sights especially bridge construction areas and at the quarry. The location of the main Workers’ camps and equipment yards has been proposed at Yumbe but subject to availability of land and acceptance by landlords. However, the final decision lies with the contractor, any selected site would have to be approved by NEMA and will be subject to a standalone Environment and Social Impact Assessment. Also, the small satellite camps will require environmental and social impact assessment before establishment.
Workers’ camp and equipment yards normally cover a relatively small area but can cause significant environmental damage for a considerable time if not well sited and managed. Land clearing will lead to loss of vegetation and change in landscape. Other major concerns are pollution (due to all forms of waste/ litter and sewage), abstraction of water, indiscriminate fuel wood collection, soil erosion, spillage of oils and fuel, fire and explosion hazard at fuel storage/ refueling areas. Lack of emergency medical capability at the camp can pose life threatening situations even from relatively simple incidents such as insect and snake bites. The prevalence of tsetse flies in the Moyo area will heighten the threat of disease.
Socially, if the contractor does not maintain a strict “no fraternization” policy as contractors normally do, workers’ camps could be hotspots for prostitution or illicit sexual relationships, breaking marriages and causing disquiet in adjoining community. Camps also have the potential to strain available community social services including health facilities, water sources which are very critical in the project area.
Camp and equipment yards will require land to develop, temporarily altering land use. Their operation will generate domestic and hazardous waste (waste oil and paints) which if improperly managed will contaminate local environmental resources (soil, water) and pose public health risks. Camp waste can be dangerous to scavenging animals. Un-restored camp and yard sites would cause aesthetic blight and remnant contamination from fuel, oil or unused bitumen. Workers camps are also associated with fuel storage and dispensing, vehicle maintenance areas and workshops, offices and generator houses, vehicle wash bays and waste management/disposal. All these have potential for environmental contamination. Sewage generated at camps is yet another environmental challenge. Where central sewer systems are lacking and sewage has to be managed onsite, proper facilities must be established.
Other potential impacts from camp and equipment yards include light pollution when floodlights are not directed downwards. Derelict equipment if left by the contractor at
274
improperly restored camps or equipment yards will also pose environmental and public health risks.
Likelihood of occurrence is certain and duration of impacts is short-term but can end up permanent and irreversible where site grading has been undertaken. Given the social context in the project area with a delicate ethnic mix and refugee settlements, the sensitivity of this impact has been ranked as Very High. Baseline social conditions point to Impact magnitude on receptor community will be High, if sites are located near refugee settlements and are further left contaminated rendering overall impact significance to be Major. The choice for location of worker’s campsite and equipment yard will be the responsibility of the contractor closely guided by UNRA and the local authorities.
However, whichever location is selected, the likely receptors will include: a. Landowners left with contaminated sites b. Soil and water resources near storage sites. c. Communities near camp site. d. Road construction crews (in case of OHS accidents and fire outbreak). e. Vulnerable sections of the community (elderly, female school age going children, adult women, unemployed youths) f. Refugee communities
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation i) Potential worker’s campsites and equipment yards should be subjected to a standalone ESIA. ii) Campsites and equipment yards should not be established near wetlands, surface water courses or any other sensitive ecosystems and social receptors. iii) The contractor shall solicit for support from District Local Governments in screening potential camp sites supervised and approved by UNRA and/or their representative the Supervision Consultant/RE. iv) The Camp shall be inspected and registered as a Work Place by MGLSD. v) Specialised and heavy machinery shall be inspected and licensed by MGLSD as fit for purpose.
275
vi) The campsite should also be monitored by security personnel and ensure that whoever visits should sign in and out. Under no circumstance will camps and equipment yards including satellite work areas be established near schools. vii) Contractor shall develop a waste management plan as a contractual obligation. The waste management plan should present likely sources of waste, their type (liquid, solid, domestic etc) and quantity estimates based on proposed equipment and number of workers. Based on the type of wastes generated, treatment and disposal mechanisms should be presented. Measures for waste reduction, treatment and disposal should be implemented. Record of all disposal locations and potential disposal locations which require approval of the Supervising Engineer are to be presented. These should necessarily include details of: ▪ Disposal of cut-to-spoil indicating quantity generated during camp construction, disposal and disposal locations / potential locations with photographs, ▪ Trees cut during the progress of clearing and grubbing, or other activities should be presented, ▪ Waste concrete, bitumen, lime and lime bags indicating quantity expected to be generated and disposed, ▪ Waste oils from service bay and oil spills as well as oil from cleaning of service bay ▪ Oil and grease from vehicle washing bays, ▪ Kitchen waste indicating quantity generated, quantity disposed and location of disposal, ▪ Sanitary waste management. viii) Contractor should sensitize workers about potential for environmental contamination due to improper waste management practices. ix) The contractor should ensure waste types (organics, inorganic, hazardous, medical etc) are segregated and responsibly disposed of. Containers should be provided for safe onsite waste containment and segregation before final disposal. x) Camp site and yard should have adequate sanitation facilities (latrines) that are gender friendly. Living quarters should be gender friendly as well. xi) Contractor should provide clean water at camp, ensuring that water abstraction is permitted by WRMD. xii) Contractor should not dump waste oil in watercourses, drains or on land but collected stored on sheltered screed platform and sent for recycling or reuse. xiii) Onsite combustion of waste shall not be done at camp. xiv) Smoking in communal areas at camp and near fuel storage areas should be prohibited and signs to this effect posted in visible areas. xv) A site clinic should be set up with a licensed medical practitioner and medical facilities including condoms for HIV/AIDS control and shall be equipped with an Ambulance for emergency transfer of accident victims. xvi) HIV/AIDS sensitization programmes shall be conducted at the camp as per methodology and schedule devised by the HIV/AIDS Sensitization and Control service providers xvii) On completion of the project, contractor should remove structures and sites restored to pre-project condition or give them to local communities/ landowners for use. Exposed areas shall be replanted with indigenous trees or grass species. xviii) A fire management plan shall be produced to improve fire safety. The contractor should provide fire extinguishers and signage in camp including refueling areas. Installation of appliances should be appropriate and adequate. xix) Fire drills should be conducted for all employees regulary xx) Contractor should ensure that potentially contaminated runoff from storage areas should be drained through oil traps.
276
xxi) Contractor to ensure proper housekeeping practices at all construction camps, quarries and equipment yards, including segregation of hazards, and pedestrian walkways from moving equipment. xxii) All buildings on site should have approved electrical wiring for safety of occupants. xxiii) At end of camp and equipment yard useful life, these sites should be remediated, and all equipment and waste carried away for disposal by NEMA-licensed entities. This is especially in regard to: ▪ Waste tires ▪ Containers originally containing bitumen ▪ Containers originally containing road marking paints
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact of workers camps and equipment yards will be of minor or insignificant.
9.6.18 SOCIAL ILLS OF CONSTRUCTION LABOUR The influx of workers, typically young males seeking road construction jobs will be associated with a series of social challenges such as crime, alcoholism/illicit drug abuse, Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) of women and girls and prostitution. These are often related to the spread of sexually transmitted diseases including HIV/AIDS. Vices such as drug abuse and prostitution would affect social coherence and security in project communities tarnishing the image and intent of an otherwise good project.
❖ Crime, drug abuse and prostitution Unless sensitization of all workers is undertaken by contractor, this impact is highly sensitive (considering that the project area hosts refugee settlements). Duration of above-mentioned social ills will be short-term ending with completion of road construction but associated social and health effects can be long-term and irreversible, especially addiction to drugs making impact magnitude high.
❖ HIV/AIDS Risk The influx of male workers into the project area may increase the risk of HIV/AIDS transmission. The concentration of young males in worker’s camps may lead to illicit and unsafe sexual behavior that may push up infection rates in the local areas. However, since most of the labour force will be below 40 years and local residents, it is expected that behavioral change will help stabilize the infection rate. Risky sexual behaviour and drug abuse are ranked as likely to occur due to common attitudes of contract labour though this will be moderated by high rates of sensitization on HIV/AIDs. However, should infections occur due to lapses in awareness, sensitivity is high and impact magnitude is high. This is therefore an impact of Major significance.
❖ Sexual Harrasment Sexual harassment can occur between workers, particularly male workers against female workers, when there is insufficient sensitization of workers against prohibitions for sexual harassment, as well as the absence of reporting and disciplinary measures.
❖ Sexual Exploitation and Abuse Construction workers are predominantly males. When attitudes that condone gender inequality and abuse of power are prevalent in the work sites and/or the culture, this may increase risk for women and girls in the community of sexual exploitation and abuse committed by construction
277
workers, particularly in settings where there is impunity for this violence. A large influx of male construction workers may also contribute to a human trafficking, whereby women and girls are forced into sex work.
❖ Gender based violence at the community level This impact refers to gender-based violence that women and girls may experience as a result of Project implementation. This includes, for example, an increase in intimate partner violence (IPV) when compensation schemes that share funds equally among husband and wife at the household level do not provide adequate sensitization and safety measures to reduce potential for increased tensions due to females receiving funds. This also refers to other GBV-related risks incurred as a result of projects creating changes in the communities in which they operate and causing shifts in power dynamics between community members and within households. Male jealousy, a key driver of GBV, can be triggered by labor influx on a project when workers are believed to be interacting with community women with the fear that it could exarcebate the risk of family breakdown.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor I nsignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. The contractor shall involve local (LC) leaders in labour recruitment to ensure people hired have no criminal record. b. Local governments and the contractor shall collaborate with police to contain criminal activities. c. A register of all construction workers shall be filed with local authorities to aid in tracking cases of child neglect. d. With the assistance of a competent sub-contractor, the contractor shall draft an HIV/AIDS policy e. UNRA shall procure a service provider for professional HIV/AIDS activities f. The contractors shall put in place worker place committees to oversee implementation of HIV/AIDS control activities. g. Contractor will provide counseling support and work based positive culture to posttest workers h. The contractor will provide condoms to all workers free of charge placed in private and
278
areas of confidence. i. Peer based awareness and counseling shall be instituted within the workforce. j. All workers (permanent or temporary) will be required ro sign the project code of conduct prior to commencing their assignments. k. A worker Grievance mechanism shall be established and operated. l. Signing of codes of conduct by workers m. Ensure that there is recruitment of (a) service provider(s) to support in prevention (sensitization) and response (referral pathway) activities. n. Develop and implement a SEA/SH action plan with an Accountability and Response Framework as part of the C-ESMP. The SEA/SH action plan will follow guidance on the World Bank’s Good Practice Note for Addressing Gender-based Violence in Investment Project Financing involving Major Civil Works (Sept 2018). The SEA/SH action plan will include how the project will ensure necessary steps are in place for: i. Prevention of SEA/SH: including COCs and ongoing sensitization of staff on responsibilities related to the COC and consequences of non-compliance; ii. Response to SEA/SH: including survivor-centered, multi-sectoral referral and assistance to complainants; staff reporting mechanisms; written procedures related to case oversight, investigation and disciplinary procedures at the project level iii. Engagement with the community: including development of confidential community-based complaints mechanisms GM; mainstreaming of SEA awareness- raising in all community engagement activities; IEC materials; regular community outreach to women and girls about social risks and their SEA-related rights; iv. Management and Coordination: including integration of SEA/SH in job descriptions, employments contracts, performance appraisal systems, etc.; development of contract policies related to SEA/SH, including whistleblower protection; training for all project management; management of coordination mechanism for case oversight, investigations and disciplinary procedures; supervision of dedicated SEA focal points and trained community liaison officers as applicable. o. Develop and implement provisions that ensure that gender-based violence at the community level is not triggered by the Project, including: i. effective and on-going community engagement and consultation, particularly with women and girls; ii. review of specific project components that are known to heighten GBV risk at the community level, e.g. compensation schemes; employment schemes for women; resettlement; etc. iii. Specific plan for mitigating these known risks, e.g. sensitization around gender- equitable approaches to compensation and employment; etc
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of minor significance. Impact management a. As a contractual obligation, the contractor should have an HIV/AIDS Policy and action plan and implement it for this project. b. Through posters, flyers or weekly sensitization sessions continually provide HIV/AIDS awareness to road construction workers. c. Provide support to post test workers
9.6.19 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY RISKS FOR WORKERS Road works will have the following occupational health and safety risks with potential to cause serious injuries to workers: a. Motor accidents resulting from construction traffic and normal road traffic
279
b. Burns (handling hot bitumen, welding/ metal works, etc) c. Falls from working at heights or wet surfaces on bridges, the quarry among others d. Injuries resulting from falling blunt and sharp objects e. Electrocution f. Injury from fly rock e.g. at quarry sites or debris when demolishing affected buildings g. Noise and vibration from equipment h. Ergonomic complaints resulting from inappropriate working positions i. Respiratory ailments resulting from exposure to dust j. Chronic fatigue k. Automobile equipment accidents including delivery trucks l. Cuts from sharp objects m. Trapping in mobile machine parts n. Fire accidents
Some typical road construction machinery and their noise levels (in dBA, measured 15 m away) a. Power saw- 110 b. Dump truck- 88 c. Portable air compressor- 81, d. Concrete mixer- 85 e. Bulldozer- 87, f. Rock drill- 98 g. Pneumatic tools- 85
Construction noise at sites reduces concentration of workers and masks communication leading to accidents. Poor housekeeping at workshops and sites is a major source injury, while failure to provide drinking water and mobile toilet facilities at work sites could also pose considerable health risk to workers (and local communities traversed). Fecal oral contamination is likely to occur exposing workers to infections, which could be fatal. OHS impacts will potentially occur at any point during road construction and while some accidents could be minor, others might be grave leading to disability or loss of life of construction workers.
Likelihood of this impact occurring is possible and duration will be short-term occurring only during the construction phase though its effects have long-term implications. Sensitivity of OHS impacts has been ranked as Very High because of the number of workers expected on sites and the common reluctance of companies to enforce health and safety regulations. Impact magnitude is high due to the possibility of fatalities and overall impact significance ranked as major.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low
High
5 4 3 2 1
4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderate Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact 12 Magnitude 3 Major 15 Moderate Moderate Minor 6 Minor 3 12 9 2 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 4 Insignificant 10 8 6 2
280
1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignificant Insignificant 3 2 1
Impact mitigation The contractor will develop a comprehensive OHS policy and plan and a risk management plan with clear assignment of responsibilities which should among others address the following: a. Contractor will undertake risk assessment and come up with a risk management plan b. Design an induction training programme for all new workers on safety and risk in road construction. c. Provide for OHS in all method statements d. Provision of all workers with requisite protective gear (see Table below). e. Provision of signage reminding use of PPE at appropriate locations in the project area including ancillary work sites f. Provision of warning signage on all high-risk equipment and on work surfaces. g. Install “no smoking” signage in high fire risk (fuel tanks and dispensers), public and communal areas. h. Ensure adequate fire safety, fire exists and fire assembly points at camp. i. Provision of onsite gender friendly toilet and washing water for workers.
Besides the foregoing, the “General Specifications for Road and Bridge Works 2005” (Series 1000- General, Section 1800, pg 1000-43) require contractors to comply with national byelaws related to HIV/AIDS, OHS, gender equity as follows: ▪ OHS- Public Health Act, Workers Compensation Act, Employment Decree, ▪ HIV/AIDS: National Multi-sectoral HIV/AIDS Policy, ▪ Employment (sexual Harassment) Regulations 2012, ▪ Children Act 2019, ▪ Domestic Violence Act 2010, ▪ Gender equity: National Gender Policy.
The specifications require contractors to ensure the following: a) safe construction plant, equipment and work methods b) safe handling, storage, transport and disposal of materials in a way that avoids risk to workers c) provision of protective gear d) hiring a full time qualified “Accident prevention officer” or safety officer e) conducting safety awareness among all workers and routine/daily toolbox meetings at all work fronts, led by section heads/ safety champions and supervised by the Environmental, Health and Safety Officers on both the Contractor’s and Supervision Consultant’s teams. f) control harmful insects/ vectors (including mosquitoes and houseflies) in this case tsetse flies shall be the major focus. g) reporting accidents to supervising engineer in a timely manner and police including maintaining an accident and incident log; Severe Accidents (fatalities) and Serious Accidents shall be reported to the RE immediately and to UNRA within 12 hours and to World Bank within 24 hours of occurrence. h) control contagious diseases (e.g. Cholera) through proper sanitation and awareness i) control occupational hazards related to: ▪ physical hazards (noise, vibrations, high temperature) ▪ chemical hazards
281
▪ mechanical hazards (moving equipment) ▪ electrical/ explosion hazards ▪ ergonomic injuries (poor working postures, heavy loads, etc) ▪ poor sanitation in workplace or living environment of workers
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of low significance.
Table 98: Personal Protective Equipment According to Hazard Objective Workplace hazards Suggested PPE Eye and face protection Flying particles Safety glasses Head protection Falling objects, inadequate Plastic hard hats with top and height clearance, and overhead side power cords impact protection Hearing protection Noise Ear plugs or muffs Foot protection Falling or rolling objects, Safety shoes and boots pointed objects Hand protection Hazardous materials, cuts Gloves made of rubber or or lacerations synthetic materials Respiratory protection Dust, lime operations, stone Facemasks filters for dust quarries removal Body/leg protection Hazardous materials, Overalls /coveralls biological agents, cuttings and lacerations.
Impact management Supervision and monitoring of implementation of the OHS plan shall be key in managing OHS impacts. The Supervision Consultant shall be required to maintain a Compliance Tracker to track implementation of corrective instructions during project implementation and this will provide information on areas that need follow-up and also guide on the use of financial remedies to evoke Compliance. For example, each instruction that does not get implemented for two consecutive reminders would attract financial penalty without further reminder or withhold of any financial certificate due for payment.
9.6.20 PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY IMPACTS Public health and safety risks are anticipated during the construction phase involving the general travelling public and communities traversed by the road. Exposure to construction traffic (material delivery trucks and mechanized equipment) is a source of accidents on the road with possible causalities. The presence of open borrow pits and quarry voids which if poorly managed will impound water and become breeding sites for insect vectors and a risk to drowning especially for children. Unattended to or non-secured Excavation ditches, stockpiles of rubble, spoil, falling trees, slippery driving surfaces, constrained access to properties and social services are all hazards envisaged during construction with potential to cause accidents. The risk of accidents will be higher near settlements and public facilities especially schools. The elderly, sickly and the children will experience constrained access. Sensitivity of public health and safety impacts will be High due to its potential to lead to causalities. Besides, Project SEA, SH and GBV risks are all integral to public health and safety. Impact magnitude is medium due to the limited spatial distribution of receptors. Overall impact significance is thus.
282
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. All material source areas shall be subjected to appropriate levels of standalone environment and social impact assessments b. Material source areas shall be screened off using appropriate fences to exclude community access c. A buffer zone of 500m shall be established for schools for borrow pits and stockpile areas d. Rock quarries shall not be located within 2km of schools, health facilities and trading centres. e. Schools shall be screened from road works and speed control structures shall be installed at such areas and towns. f. The contractor shall install culverts and safe temporary crossing points to enable people to access their properties and social services at all times g. Restoration plans for all borrow pits and rock quarries shall be produced and approved before commencement of operations h. Construction safety signage shall be installed at all construction sites i. All installed access culverts shall be able to accommodate existing traffic j. Installed culverts shall be properly backfilled, levelled and compacted to enable all community resident easy access including the disabled. k. A nominated service provider shall be hired to undertake community sensitizations and engagement on their health and safety during road construction works, working closely with the traffic police and community leaders and District Officials as and when necessary. l. Maintain high visibility signage at all work sites m. All workers shall be required to wear high visibility vests
Residual Impact Following mitigation, the impact shall be reduced to insignificant levels requiring no specific management.
9.6.21 DISRUPTION OF SCHOOL ACTIVITIES
283
The proposed road traverses through a rural countryside near 28 schools comprising of infant, primary and secondary schools. Heavy earth moving equipment might attract inquisitive children to construction sites. Besides being a safety risk, noise and dust from road construction activities and equipment might temporarily disrupt school activities. If due caution is not taken by drivers, haulage trucks and road construction equipment might be an accident risk to school children and further cause distraction. The proximity of the community and school to the project requires a significant scale-up of safety provisions that minimize risk of SEA and empower women and girls in the community. Likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible following implementation mitigation measures to screen such places while sensitivity has been ranked as High due to the significance of works near school facilities and along the way to and from school. Magnitude is low since construction activities are transitory moving along the alignment and not contained at a particular location for long. Overall impact significance is moderate.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation a. Wherever this risk exits, the contractor should screen off schools to avoid accidents and further control inquisitive spectating by children. b. The contractor should engage local school administrators to sensitize pupils about risks associated with road construction and necessary precautions they need to undertake. c. The Environment and Social Safeguards team together woth the nominated service provider shall carry out periodic sensitization on public health and safety in schools d. All project works shall wear high reflective jackets for easy identification and shall not be allowed on school premises without permission from authorities. e. Given the sensitivity of this impact all workers will be required to wear high visibility uniforms that are labelled with identification preferably names. f. Speed control humps shall be installed at schools to check speeding vehicles during and after construction, including installing appropriate warning / safety signage. a. The contractor should engage local school administration to sensitize pupils about sexual exploitation and abuse, codes of conduct, refeferral pathway/services available and SEA reporting protocols. b. Ensure schools have a designated social worker/guidance counselor/counselling teacher to monitor safety of students
284
c. Develop school-based girls’ empowerment programmes for rollout in all schools affected by the project d. Work with schools on safety monitoring of students and referrals in the event of SEA concerns; etc.
Residual Impact Following mitigation impact significance will be reduced to insignificant requiring no further impact management procedures.
9.6.22 IMPACT ON EXISTING UTILITIES ALONG THE ROAD In the major commercial centers (Koboko, Yumbe, Moyo, Lefori, Aringa among others) and a few settlement clusters, power transmission lines, underground telecommunication cables and networks of water pipes exist. In addition, a total of 13 boreholes are within the direct impact zone and will be potentially affected. Widening the carriageway will necessitate relocation of service lines causing temporary disruption of service delivery to clients including commercial enterprises. This could translate into financial losses to utility companies and their clients.
Disruption of utility services will certainly occur and will be short-term occurring only during the relocation period. Impact sensitivity will be medium only limited to consumers with access to grid electricity and water networks and boreholes together with telecommunications optic fibres. Its magnitude has been ranked medium since the impact can be moderated by tenacious planning of relocation of utility service infrastructure to avoid concurrent relocation. Overall impact significance is therefore ranked moderate.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Impact mitigation a. A utility relocation plan shall be designed by UNRA before operations commence. b. Relocation of boreholes shall be carried in consultation with Local District Governments and the Directorate of Water resources Development. c. Residents will be notified of water relocation schedules and alternative sources availed during relocation. Relocation of utilities shall be done before commencement of road works. d. Relocation costs shall be met by the project and not residents.
285
e. Relocation of utility services shall be undertaken before commencement of work.
Residual Impact: Following mitigation, residual impact will be of minor significance.
Impact Management a. Phase relocation of utility services to avoid stampeding work sites b. Give ample notice for relocation to take place.
9.6.23 IMPACT ON CULTURAL HERITAGE The Cultural Heritage survey at 14 sites documented archeological features characterized mainly by pottery in association with iron slags. Almost all sites returned pottery shards some decorated while others were not. Most of these are indicators of different stages of Iron Age formations and human settlement. The survey further documented 12 burial grounds mainly family/clan-based grounds while others are faith based. The number of graves in each of sites cannot be easily established due to different approaches to grave building. While there are earth graves others are protected by cement motor. Area covered ranges from less than 1 acre to slightly over 2 acres. Two historical monuments, one a colonial administrative structure and the other a recent creation of Moyo Town council were identified, these represent the rather recent history of the project area. Fourteen living sites were enumerated representing both churches of the different denominations and mosques. Spiritual attachment to these sites is quite strong.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
These Cultural Heritage sites could be easily degraded due to vibrations and earth works near the sites. Works at auxiliary sites like borrow areas and rock quarries is likely to affect archeological resources that could be present therein. Given the fact that the study did document Cultural heritage near the Right of Way, the likelihood of occurrence is ranked as possible and an impact whose sensitivity is ranked medium and impact magnitudes also set at medium rendering significance to be moderate.
286
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation Measures a. The contractor shall produce a PCR management plan before commencement of works. b. Advance liaison with religious and cultural institutions to work out modalities for relocation of graves c. A watching brief must be developed for earthworks and for all material source areas. d. Archaeological monitoring for all ground disturbing activities e. Advice/ guidance to the contractor with respect to halting or moving construction activities if earthworks encounter archaeological features. f. Conducting preliminary assessment of all previously unidentified archaeological features encountered and submission of these to the national museum. g. Procurement of advice on the significance and management of unidentified archaeological features encountered. h. Realign the road at significant burial grounds of over 200x100m. i. Affected burial grounds shall be relocated in a culturally accepted way following faith and beliefs agreed upon with relevant people and the authority. j. Processing/ excavation of any unidentified subsurface archaeological features encountered in accordance with standard procedures recommended by the Department of Museums and Monuments. k. Maintain watching briefs during opening up any new borrow sites or deep excavations at any location during road construction, with clear procedures for protection and documentation of any “chance finds” encountered. l. Maintain monitoring records of all unidentified archaeological features encountered. m. Develop set of points to be discussed in “Toolbox” sessions to create awareness among road construction crews on “chance finds”/ archaeological features. (Note that as part of their sensitization, workers will be required to cease work if they encounter archaeological features and report to Contractor’s Environmental Officer who will notify the Resident Engineer). n. Draft a post-construction report for UNRA upon completion of road construction. o. Good construction practices should ensure that physical-cultural resources near the road are not defaced, soiled or damaged. p. Any damages to physical-cultural resources must be repaired and restored
287
q. Setting aside a site for relocation of chance finds
Residual Impact: Following mitigation this impact will be greatly eliminated
Impact management The contractor must be aware of the presence, historical value and importance of physical- cultural resources along the road and appropriately sensitize workers to conserve them during road construction.
9.6.24 GENDER IMPACTS Negative gender impacts will not only arise from discrimination in hiring road construction workers if preference is given to men who are perceived to be stronger and more resilient but further due to neglect arising from taking paid employment by men. New lifestyles may ensue as men earn paid income leading to domestic strife and subsequent neglect of household welfare. Focused Group Discussion reveal gender entrenched views on polygamy and resource access/ownership. Compensation for lost land may not necessarily be accessed by the individual who has lost a livelihood but by a male caretaker. New opportunities are most likely to generate a wave of excitement leading to multiple gender induced discrimination and gender- based violence (GBV) putting women in more vulnerable situations. Men could abandon homes on receipt of compensation packages preferring to settle with new partners in urban areas.
Even those who may gain employment on the project, gender stereotyping may affect their self-esteem and performance and may prefer to stay out of employment not because they lack skills but due to gender harassment. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible and sensitivity as Very High on account of the many polygamous unions and existing asset poverty levels. Impact magnitude ranks medium since cultural mechanisms for family dispute resolution exist. However, impact significance remains Major.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderat Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignifican e e 6 t 10 8 2 Negligibl 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignifican e 3 t t 2 1
Mitigation
288
a. Ensure “positive discrimination” in job allocation to road construction workers whereby women are given tasks they would do best, based on their capabilities. b. Workplace environment including tools and fixtures should be gender friendly. c. Construction labour shall be inducted on gender harassments d. All construction labour not originating from the project area shall be registered with local authorities to avoid anonymity. e. Resettlement and compensation packages shall be paid through a transparent process where women shall be required to initial on all payment requirements to avoid being left out. f. Local Council executives especially the secretary for women affairs shall follow up homes where gender harassment has been observed to ensure affected women are compensated and assisted to resettlement. g. Sensitization programs to sensitize communities on gender-based violence shall be drafted.
9.6.25 CONFLICTS BETWEEN REFUGEES AND HOST COMMUNITIES Baseline information reveals that there are some refugees settled along the the KYM road alignment. The construction of the road may lead to conflicts between these refugees and the host communities in various ways. These include: • Locals may stand a higher chase when recruiting local labour and hence some refugees being excluded from employment opportunities. Additionally, in cases where refugees may be employed by the project, the host communities may feel their jobs being taken away hence causing conflicts.
• A number of fefugee women are married to poligamouse Ugandan men especially in the muslim community of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo districts and are now assimilated due to marriage relations. They are however more vulnerable than married Ugandan women because they do not deem it wise to antagonize a Ugandan husband who has hosted them and their relatives. Smilarly, compared to their Ugandan counterparts, refughee women stand a high chance to be excluded from benefiting from compensation on the property they use or live on. This will bring conflict between cowives especially if the husband favours the refughee wife.
• Land-owning refugees: The laws of Uganda do not allow refugees to own land but permit them to lease it. From FGDs with self-settled refugees of Koboko district, some refugees have however bought land, but registered it in the names of ‘trusted’ persons who may be relatives or friends. Should a project-affected person turn out to be such a land-owning refugee, the refugee could be at risk of being defrauded because the law does not protect them.
• Competition for already limited social services like water sources, health services, education etc due to population influx from both the refugees and the construction workers will cause conflict and struggle for limited social services especially water which is scarce in some areas of KYM.
The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible and sensitivity of this impact has been ranked as high and magnitude is medium. Overall impact significance is thus moderate.
Sensitivity
289
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 e Impact 12 Magnitud Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderate Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignificant 10 e 6 2 8 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignificant 3 t 1 2
Mitigation a. Local leaders, councils of elders and religious leaders should be made aware of this kind of vulnerability of refugee women married to Ugandan men. The purpose should be for them to explore ways and means of increasing the protection of such wives from husbands who are likely to violate their right to property. b. The project should sensitize host communities to have good relations with refugees within their areas and also give them opportunities to be employed. c. Potential victims should be encouraged to take lawful measures to protect their interests when compensation is affected. d. The project should ensure that they provide more social services due to the growing population.
9.6.26 INFLUX OF MIGRANT LABOUR Road construction attracts several people in quest for employment opportunities. This is partly driven by the lack of local workers to undertake available skilled and semi-skilled activities. The project area already experiences impacts of population influx due to high refugee settlements. Among the likely impacts associated with influx of people include; Prostitution, defilement, VAC, SEA, and crime.
Due to income disparity, construction workers who will have readily expendable income will be revered by the poor local people. This may stimulate irresponsible sexual fraternisation and prostitution with attendant risk of HIV/AIDS. Once contracted, HIV/AIDS has irreversible impact on health. This is a negative and long-term impact on health of construction workers and communities. Unless adequate sensitisation of all workers is undertaken by contractor, likelihood of the impact occurring is medium (considering some level of awareness among general populace). The risk HIV/AIDS makes this impact of high severity resulting in an overall significance level of major. Health consequences of HIV/AIDS are permanent and irreversible.
In addition, an influx of foreign labour into the project area can lead to a significant increase in cases of Sexual Exploitation and Assault (SEA). For example, male laborers separated from their families may be willing to either pay for or coerce sex from vulnerable local women and girls such as single mothers and adolescent girls. An increase in male workers who have regular income in a community could as well lead to increase in SEA including forced sex and early 290
involvement in sex work; while communities may also seek to exploit women and girls for monetary gain. The increase in labour and cash flow into the communities may also lead caregivers to force their children to sell goods to the workers to improve the family’s resources, exposing them further to risks of sexual exploitation and abuse.
Mitagation a. Prior to commencement of works, the contractor should develop and implement an independent security system that collaborates with the local security organs and local leaders, develop an independent code of conduct for the workers. b. The contractor should create awareness and build capacity within communities, workers, security agencies on the dangers of prostitution, crime and drug abuse to resist the temptation. c. The project should have a strict policy against sexual fraternisation among workers and local people to avoid prostitution within and around it d. All state and non-state actors involved in the protection of the girl child, young women and women generally will be urged to step-up their work; if possible, with support from UNRA. e. Continuous sensitization of communities on teenage pregnancy and prevention. f. The contractor in charge of road construction will also be tasked to keep their work force disciplined, signing of code of conducts by contractors. g. Married women with absentee husbands should be encouraged and supported to take advantage of the lawful business and job opportunities that the road construction project is going to generate. Continuous sensitization of communities on GBV prevention and prevention of HIV/AIDS and hepatitis B spread
Recommendation. Need for continuous community sensitization on these issues; Public health, safety and mitigation measures be put in place e.g. On HIV/AIDS need to be communicated and continuous engagement and communication sharing; provision of alternative livelihood activities and economic projects, Code of conduct agreements be signed with construction workers and contractors to prevent GBV instances; Signing of codes of conduct by the construction workers to prevent negative impacts to the project. Mitigation. Wherever possible, the road contractor should prioritize single mothers for employment. Further, they should be encouraged and supported to take advantage of business opportunities that the road construction project is going to open up. In addition, state and non- state actors concerned with reproductive health should be urged to be more active during the road construction project.
9.6.27 IMPACTS ON VULNERABLE INDIVIDUALS, HOUSEHOLDS AND GROUPS Baseline conditions reveal the existence of vulnerable individuals, families, households and groups of people. This is a generic category of people whose ability to harness their entitlements has been encumbered. Road construction will entrench their vulnerability since they will be further excluded from decisions that affect their livelihoods and welfare. Included in this category are the elderly, children, women in polygamous marriages and the terminally sick. Road construction could result into constrained access to homes, gardens, water sources, places of worship and schools, especially for women, children, elderly and disabled people. Temporary “bridges” improvised to abate this impact are often inadequate and unsafe for use by vulnerable people. Access to compensation is also fraught with bottlenecks due to gender and social stigmatization. Children under 18 years could be attracted to work on roads
291
abandoning school. The girl child will be more vulnerable to male construction workers while young males could develop drug abuse tendencies resulting from fraternization with adult construction labour. Sexual harassment along the project road can derail individuals affected and consequently deter other livelihood activities hence affecting women and their entire households. Sexual harassment could easily lead to HIV/AIDS infections. The likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as possible and sensitivity of this impact has been ranked as high and magnitude is medium. Overall impact significance is thus moderate.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderate Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignificant 10 e 6 2 8 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignificant 3 t 1 2
Mitigation h. Identify vulnerable individuals within the Project affected People (PAPs) and liaise with local authorities to determine on how best they can access their compensation and resettlement emoluments. i. Where discussions with local authorities’ reveal lack of modalities to receive monetary payments, resettlement should be undertaken j. Where access to private property or public resources/ places is severed, the contractor should provide safe temporary access that is both gender-friendly and usable by disabled persons. In this regard, temporary culverts instead of wood planks should be encouraged k. Children below 18 years shall not be recruited, where age cannot be ascertained, a letter from LCs shall be requested. All workers shall be required to produce their National Identification Cards, for security reasons and to verify their origin and age in order to avoid hiring children.
l. It shall be a mandatory requirement for all company employees to dress in full uniform with reflectors and further have labeled uniforms. This shall be for easy identification in case of child abuse m. Draft company policy on child rights and vulnerable people and sensitize all company workers on the policy n. Carry out sensitization in schools on issues of drugs, sex and fraternization with road contract workers o. Encourage vulnerable youths to access employment with road contractors
9.6.28 IMPACTS ON SEASONAL WETLANDS
292
The project road crosses a number of surface water courses including Rivers Koch, Newa and Ofua among other streams. Narrow seasonal wetlands have developed along these water courses in addition to a series of other seasonal wetlands that occur on the extensive low lying flat landscapes along the project road. An extensive stretch of wetland of approximately 1km occupies the section from Km 80+300 to 81+300. Other smaller wetlands exist at km 79+500, km, 81+100 to 81+800 and 86+300 to 86+800. Though, the stretch from 80+300 to 81+300 has been classified as a permanent wetland by the Engineering design report, significant sections have been reclaimed for rice cultivation hence affecting biodiversity. Road construction has the potential to impact local ecological and hydrological conditions
• Impacts on Biodiversity. Impacts on biodiversity usually result from unplanned bush clearance and site draining to provide space for road pavement construction. Disposal of excavated spoil on wetlands will also have the potential to affect biodiversity through physical destruction and indirectly by affecting local drainage. However, this is a road upgrade project and not a green field, the pavement exists and excavation and fill operations shall be within the existing carriageway with minor additional space to accommodate works within the existing ROW. During the assessment, no species of conservation concern was identified in all the wetland sections. Recorded flora and fauna are listed as of least conservation concern, impacts on biodiversity and ecological conditions are thus minor. • Surface flow modification
Construction activities involving excavation and fill in wetlands have the potential to modify surface flow by concentrating surface flow at given points and hence increasing erosion, possible flooding and channel modifications in wetlands. This being a road upgrade, the design indicates replacement of cross drainage infrastructure in the seasonal wetlands at existing points avoiding surface flow modification. However, surface flow modification could result from inappropriate work methods on wetland sections due to poor planning and failure to appreciate individual site hydrological conditions. Dumping of excavated muck near worksites will have the potential to impact surface flow leading to flooding, ponding and limiting water availability to downstream communities where streams exist.
• Ground Flow Modifications
Excavation and drainage to prepare road bed foundation in wetlands has the potential to lower the water table in surrounding areas leading to impacts on vegetation and availability of water for local communities especially for livestock. Proposed construction at some of the wetland sites will involve either rock fill or surcharging to obtain appropriate consolidation. These procedures may affect ground water levels when poor fill material that curtail ground water flow are applied. However, the design report recommends the use of clean rock quarry fill material devoid of top soil and swamp muck. This being an upgrade, the road bed is will be strengthened and improved, swamp treatment may end up improving ground water flow
• Water Quality and Chemical spills
Inappropriate construction methods in wetland have the potential to compromise water quality through chemical spills. Old poorly services heavy construction equipment is associated with oil leakages with a high potential to pollute water and soils. The probability of this occurring at wetland sites is high should contractor supervision be relaxed.
293
The likelihood of project operations impacting on wetland biodiversity and hydrological processes has been ranked as possible. Inappropriate work methods will lead to surface flow modifications, affect ground flow and more critically compromise water quality through chemical spills. However, impact on biodiversity will be limited due to the highly modified nature of the wetlands and the fact that the project is not a green field. Hydrological impacts will also be moderated by similar facts, existing cross drainage structures will be replace reducing surface flow modification. Ground water flow may be improved in the long run should proposed swamp treatment approaches be adopted.
Overall the sensitivity on wetlands has been ranked as high, however, impact magnitude is low and overall significance is moderate
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate 8 Minor 4 Impact e Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderat Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 e e 12 9 Low 2 Moderate Moderat Minor Minor 4 Insignificant 10 e 6 2 8 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifican Insignificant 3 t 1 2
Mitigation a) Construction works at all wetlands must be preceded by production of methods statement and approved by the Resident Engineer. An impact assessment shall be carried out when stream diversions or coffer dams are necessary to construct the pavement and install cross drainage. If excavation of wetland soil is used rather than soil surcharge, then water quality consideration and safe disposal of wet material shall be undertaken. The method statement shall also elaborate on traffic control, safety and signage with special consideration for night time traffic, if night works are considered. b) Only clean quarry rock fill materials devoid of silt and topsoil shall be used in wetlands c) Settling basins shall be established during construction at sites near surface water courses in wetlands d) No stockpiling of construction materials in a distance of 200-300m of a wetland e) All spoil excavated from wetlands shall be stockpiled at a distance of not less than 100 m form the boundary of the wetland f) The contractor shall maintain the recommended equipment service schedule by the manufacturer and shall be displayed on the equipment.
294
g) Diversion of water courses should be done in such a way so as to avoid sedimentation and should not be longer than 1 month. h) Work in wetlands should be scheduled preferably during the dry season. i) Disposal of spoil indicating quantity generated, disposal and disposal locations / potential locations should be presented in the Environment Management Plan to exclude wetlands and ease monitoring. j) Waste concrete, bitumen, lime and lime bags indicating quantity k) Geometric properties of the road in wetlands have been improved to take into account unexpected amounts of water. l) Construct work platforms where water levels are high instead of complete drainage. m) Provide temporary diversions such as coffer dams when installing culverts n) Use sand bags to divert stream courses during construction where surface streams exist
Residual Impact After mitigation impact significance will be minor.
Impact Management. a) A Soft start shall be maintained in all wetlands to allow crawling fauna relocate. This will involve the use of high intensity vibrators. b) Use absorbents to manage all accidental spills. All work teams must carry a spills management pack
9.7 POST CONSTRUCTION PHASE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
9.7.1 “NEW ROAD EFFECT” LEADING TO ACCIDENTS Drivers and riders on newly improved roads commonly excitedly drive faster than is often safe. This risky behavior is common on new roads in Uganda and can be referred to as “new road effect”. This usually happens in the first few months of commissioning a new road and is associated with frequent road accidents, especially at pedestrian crossings, sharp curves and blind spots, often leading to loss of life or commercial goods. Most common, are accidents involving motor bikes whose riders lack formal training in road use.
Likelihood of occurrence is certain while can be reversible with safe road use sensitization campaigns for 1-2 months before road commissioning. The impact would be short-term but resultant effect long-term if no concerted effort is expended in sensitization of road users and local communities. Sensitivity of impact has been ranked high on account of community concerns on motor accidents during stakeholder consultations and magnitude also high since accidents may lead to loss of life. Impact significance is therefore major.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderate Moderate 8 Minor 4 12 Medium 3 Major 15 Moderate Moderate Minor 6 Minor 3 295
Impact 12 9 Magnitud Low 2 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 4 Insignifica e 10 8 6 nt 2 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifica Insignifica 3 nt nt 2 1
Mitigation i) Potential accident hotspots will be marked with appropriate road signs and safety structures/ furniture. ii) Road signage should be installed and maintained to retain visibility iii) Radio sensitization programs will be undertaken by UNRA iv) Work with traffic police to educate cyclists on road use and enforce traffic regulations. v) Enforce road use regulations by traffic police for all motorists and road users. vi) Introduce speed calming measures at busy social service centers including schools, health facilities, trading centers and markets at both approaches. vii) Install road traffic safety signage and ensure they are not vandalized by involving local leaders in addition to using materials that do not attract vandals and are not a safety risk.
Residual Impact: Even after mitigation, residual impact can still be of moderate or high significance.
Impact management: UNRA and respective district local governments should undertake road safety campaigns for at least 1 month before and 1 month after commissioning the road. The traffic police must ensure road user discipline through regular spot checks at all times of the day.
9.7.2 INDUCED DEVELOPMENT Induced development can be a positive as well as negative cumulative impact. If not planned to conform to local physical plans, it can lead to urban sprawl and slums with attendant vices such as prostitution, drug abuse and social ills of low-quality housing and public health risks. This impact is likely to occur at rural growth centers (Yumbe, Lefori, Aringa) traversed by the road. Slums and urban sprawl due to unplanned induced development are negative and medium to long-term impacts that are costly to reverse.
Likelihood of occurrence is possible and, duration of this impact would be long-term, and its sensitivity has been ranked as medium since approaches to urban management are available while magnitude is also medium due to the paucity of resources required to implement urban management plans including political goodwill. Considering laxity of local government administrations in enforcing requirements for proper physical planning. Vices (prostitution, drug abuse) associated with slums lead to long-term societal degeneration. This together with low quality housing and public health risks make this impact to be of high magnitude and Moderate significance.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1
296
High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderate Moderate 8 Minor 4 12 Impact Medium 3 Major 15 Moderate Moderate Minor 6 Minor 3 Magnitud 12 9 e Low 2 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 4 Insignifica 10 8 6 nt 2 Negligible 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifica Insignifica 3 nt nt 2 1
Impact mitigation: District local governments should develop physical plans for their towns where none exist to ensure planned development. The plans should be enforced/ implemented to avoid unplanned development in trading centers traversed by road. Residual impact: Even after proposed mitigation, significance of residual impact of cumulative unplanned development could still be high, due to factors unrelated to the road project, for instance high population growth and lack of planned settlements.
Impact Management: District Local Governments should sensitize residents on the value of orderly development by following town physical plans. Enforcement of physical plans should also be undertaken to avoid a situation of complacence due to routine failure.
9.7.3 SPREAD OF HIV/AIDS AND OTHER COMMUNICABLE DISEASES Improved human mobility will spur development of settlements along the upgraded road and further expansion of existing ones. The influx of migrants and transit travellers will affect social structures including family stability leading to illicit sexual behaviour and multiple sexual patterns. This has the potential to increase the spread of HIV/AIDs and other STDs. Likelihood of this impact occurring is ranked as likely and sensitivity as high even with current the levels of awareness on HIV/AIDs within the population. Most adults have knowledge on the spread of the disease and have been sensitized on control measures though behavioural change can only be sustained through unrelenting awareness campaigns. Impact magnitude is also high. HIV/AIDs has the potential to disrupt social structures, household production and divert needed resources to health care. Impact significance is thus major.
Sensitivity
Very High Medium Low Very Low High 5 4 3 2 1 High 4 Major 20 Major 16 Moderat Moderate Minor 4 Impact e 8 Magnitud 12 e Medium 3 Major 15 Moderate Moderat Minor 6 Minor 3 12 e 9 Low 2 Moderate Moderate Minor Minor 4 Insignificant 10 8 6 2 Negligib 1 Minor 5 Minor 4 Minor Insignifica Insignificant le 3 nt 1
297
2
Mitigation i) Strengthen and intensify existing HIV/AIDs awareness and management strategies with respective district local governments; ii) Gazette long distance heavy truck packing places to avoid emergence of random lodging facilities that cannot be easily monitored to avoid sexual relationships involving minors.
9.8 ENVIRONMETAL AND SOCIAL RISKS These include:
9.8.1 UNEXPLODED ORDNANCES (UXOS) AND SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS The project area once experienced armed conflict and no doubt, it was confronted with the threat posed by landmines and explosive hazards, which include unexploded or abandoned ordnance including Explosive Remains of War (ERW) as well as Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs). It is important that, areas of the project could have risks of these and impede smooth implementation of the project as well as access to its associated sites.
During the ESIA study, the Consultant held meetings with the Districts Security Committees for Moyo, Yumbe and Koboko under the chairmanship of the Resident District Commissioners who are by mandate, the chairpersons of security in the districts. The meetings discussed potential risks of the ERW and IEDs in the road corridor at large as well as operational safety measures for the project. The commanders of security agencies (UPDF, police, military intelligence establishments as well as ESO and ISO) were all represented in those meetings.
During the discussions, a number of strategies were fronted on how to manage security as well as related wider security risks in the project. Some of the key issues that arose include: a. The project areas are close to the “porous borders” of Uganda and neighboring DRC and South Sudan. However, the security institutional framework cascades up to the grassroots which enables security agencies get timely security information early enough before any criminal acts are committed. For instance, the security agencies (police, UPDF and Chieftaincy of Military Intelligence-CMI, ISO etc.) have their security operatives up to the lowest village establishments. The police have crime intelligence network up to the village levels just like ISO has Parish Intelligence Officers (PISOs) while at the border posts there are Border Intelligence officers (BISOs). This security apparatus is well placed to guarantee security to the project equipment, its workforce. The communities will collaborate to provide safety of road equipment and in Minarabe Village (1.5km) outside Koboko Municipality, UNRA road equipment has been out there for the last 7 months nothing vandalized amidst growing metal scrap business.
298
Figure 72: UNRA Road Equipment in Minrabe Rorrow Area, Minrabe village b. Specifically, with reference to UXOs, the region went through UNDP De-mining programme and the areas were cleared of landmines to the extent possible; c. By comparison, West Nile Region did not have many issues of UXOs as compared to Gulu and wider Acholi region, so the risks was lower; d. In addition, for the last 15 years Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road has undergone routine and periodic mechanized maintenance using heavy equipment and there have been no incidents of UXOs encountered; e. Furthermore, human activities in many sections along the planned road project extend up to and include its road reserve (i.e. cultivations, grazing and settlements). In all, no incidence of UXOs has ever been encountered while these activities are implemented; f. There are Specialized Engineering Units in UPDF at the Battalion levels in the Districts who are well equipped to handle any instances of UXOs during road project implementation; g. On the other hand, the police has dedicated Child and Family Protection Units in all its establishments throughout the country who are equipped and specialized to handle issues of sexually gender-based violence (SBGV). These Units were established in 1998 as a result of increased violence against children and women and therefore, the need for police force police to sensitively and professionally handle such violations. Across all the three districts of the road project, these units will address SBGV incidents on children, women and gender at large; h. Security Agencies expressed the need for them to be brought on board early right from the commencement of the project. i. Although the proposed KYM road alignment was cleared of UXOs to the extent possible, the campsites, borrow areas, stone quarries, asphalt plant sites, access roads and other ancillary facilities shall be scanned for UXOs, other abandoned ordinances and improvised explosive devices (IEDs).
299
Figure 73: Letter on safety along the road
9.8.2 LOCAL POLITICAL DYNAMICS In Africa and Uganda as well, road improvement projects are seen by politicians as huge political capital for election politics. Local or area politicians (both local and national level representation) want to be closely associated with a road project in their areas which has a mix of dimensions in that, depending on social acceptability of such a politician such political clout could be helpful in mobilization of the communities. However, some political circles can easily turn around and mobilize communities against a project a move that can be detrimental in terms of accessing road construction materials, gaining social acceptability of the road project and worse, complicate the compensation and resettlement equation with overall impact felt in the timelines and costs of project implementation.
9.8.3 AXLE LOADING In addition to the social pressure, economic consideration also contributed to the road deterioration and road maintenance capacity. One of the main causes of the road rapid deterioration is related to the structural bearing capacity which is affected by the vehicle axle loading capacity. A given class of road is structurally designed to cope with certain vehicle axle loading capacity and UNRA has through its enforcement arm, strategically, established 300
along its highways, Axle Load Check Point with mobile weighbridges. However, due to improvement of feeder roads in the country, overloaded trucks sometimes by-pass check points hence, carrying loads, which damages road pavement with development of potholes, and cracking of road surfaces. These has impact on the road safety as well leave alone a call for maintenance needs before scheduled/envisaged periods for such. The question of axle loading is sometimes compounded by institutional dynamics occasioned from licensing which is not the domain of UNRA. UNRA’s Enforcement and Compliance Department shall work with Ministry of Works and Transport to ensure observance of the design axle load by road users, especially the heavy vehicles.
9.8.4 RISKS OF FLOODS Roads are expensive to construct in steep, dissected or swampy terrain, which typifies several sections along Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road project. These higher costs arise from a need for more bridges, culverts and cut-and-fill operations, along with an increase in the complexity of construction techniques. Road sections through swamps are generally expensive because a high road base is needed to maintain the road surface above seasonally fluctuating water levels, along with sufficient culverts or drainage structures to avoid impeding above ground water movement. Over years, it is observed that, most roads are adequately constructed to withstand the effects of splash heavy rainfall which increasingly bursts river and swamp banks along highways in the country. Increasing flooding of highways is one of the common signs of inadequate and poorly designed drainage.
9.8.5 LACK OF OWNERSHIP OF ROAD ASSET Often, there are incidences of vandalism of road asset and associated installations a common trend on recently completed/constructed roads. Road furniture especially metallic signposts, guardrails across depressions and associated reflective markers are vandalized by some sections of communities for sale to scrap metal dealers and others, installed on motor bikes as reflectors, which are all practices, which defeat safety intentions in the designs of the roads. In some instances, neighboring communities dump dead dogs on the, abandon solid waste bags inside drains while instances of snakes killed are dumped on the road. In some areas, it is reported that, communities adjacent the road discharge effluent waste directly onto the carriageway or the drainage channels or onto the road the road shoulders, blocking the road drainage and increasing the road deterioration rate. All these practices defeat the functionality of the road asset as well as abuse road aesthetics, which in turn have impact on the life span of the road.
9.8.6 IMPLEMENTATION CHALLENGES WITH THE ESMP The ESIA study provides a framework operationalization of the ESMP in terms of costs, human resources needs and institutional roles and responsibilities which when implemented would to a great extent ensure effective implementation of mitigation measures. In addition, the ESMP is made part of contract agreement a position which makes it contractually binding. However, there are challenges of attracting the approved environmental and social safeguards to be fulltime on the site to keenly follow up implementation of safeguards in the project which leaves Resident Engineers and contractors with the option of recruiting junior safeguards staff for such positions. This has limitations with respect to their capacities and the decisions to guide on some aspects in the project.
301
10 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN (ESMMP)
10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN MATRIX The negative impacts as well as their mitigation measures have already been discussed in the ESIA. This section now highlights the various mitigation measures, the party responsible for implementing it and the costs, this data makes up the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) which is presented in Table below. The costs of the proposed mitigation measures some of which will have already been included in the main engineering Bills of Quantities and therefore need not be included in the Environmental and social mitigation costs, should be included in the Bill of Quantities as the Environmental and Social Mitigation Costs.
302
Table 99: ESMP for Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road Project N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts PRE CONSTRUCTION IMPACTS POSITIVE Short term UNRA shall Number of radio Review of Project UNRA Nil 500,000 Temporary advertise such adverts placed by records Offices Employment. opportunities within UNRA and number Limited mass media of community Physical employment especially radio and notice boards verification Local opportunities to community notice placed council local residents to boards offices support survey and design teams
NEGATIVE IMPACTS Anxiety UNRA shall work to Attendance Review of Project UNRA NiL As Misinformation sensitize host registers with records Offices above about valuation communities project offices and and compensation working with District at UNRA regional UNRA procedures may local Councils offices regional lead to Office Arua unscrupulous individuals taking advantage of PAPs
Speculation and UNRA shall work to Attendance Review of Project UNRA NIL As Manipulation sensitize host registers with records Offices above
303
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts Misinformation, communities project offices and speculation and working with District at UNRA regional UNRA manipulation of local Councils offices regional host communities Office Arua by unscrupulous individuals. Also speculation over land values may occur where individuals dispute compensation values after being dissuaded by speculators to demand for higher rates.
CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS
Positive Impacts 01 Employment d. Available job a. Notices on Records and Project sites UNRA Sensitization Part . opportunities: opportunities be project jobs interviews and done Districts and senstitza The proposed disclosed in displayed in monthly mobilization tion project will public public places; meetings. traverse a largely places/notices;
304
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts rural countryside e. Contractor to b. Numbers of with very few involve local women avenues for leaders and the employed in the gainful district local project. employment. governments in Much as the the recruitment project will not process to ensure offer employment full and fair to all job seeking participation of individuals, it will local people; and give opportunities f. Deliberate ring to some unskilled fencing some rural populace in jobs for women. need of cash incomes. 02 Sourcing of road a. Material source a. NEMA a. Records/rep Sites of UNRA Sensitization RAP . construction areas (borrow approval in orts extraction RE and covers it materials: the and quarry sites) place; b. Interviews and process DEOs mobilization project will shall have b. Extraction c. Site is done meetings. require supplies of standalone Agreements in inspections continuously gravel/murram, ESIAs approved place and with stone, sand among by NEMA provisions for others. b. Earth materials restoration of Procurement of procurement sites; these materials contracts should c. Schedule for will provide be reviewed by monitoring of income to competent legal extraction of
305
suppliers and practitioners construction owners of land under the overall materials in where such sites supervision of place. are located and UNRA/RE to will be a positive avoid taking impact. advantage of landowners where borrow pits and rock quarries are located. c. Contracts should specifically bind the contract to restoration of completed or abandoned borrow pits and quarry sites. d. Site restoration should be undertaken in line with procedures as specified in UNRA and National guidelines. e. All contracts for material source areas shall be witnessed by
306
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts Local Council chairpersons in consultation with the District Environment and Community Development offices. f. Periodic monitoring to be specified in the ESMP shall be undertaken to ensure environmental and social integrity of material source areas. 03 Short-term a. Collaborate with a. Roadside a. Inspection Sites of a. RE Training of RAP . roadside business Districts Local vending areas b. Interviews vending and b. UNR roadside covers it opportunities for Governments to improved; c. Records routinely A vendors on women: The improve roadside b. Schedule for monitored income project will markets in rural water generation, stimulate roadside growth centers sprinkling on record businesses mostly such as Lefori, the road in keeping and owned by women, Lodonga, Kuru. place. public
307
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts such as food b. Contractor to health/hygien vending and routinely put e. selling basic measures to household items to control dust the workers. during road Though short-term construction to and reversible, it is reduce impact on a positive impact roadside to women who businesses and would be markets involved. especially ones involved in vending foodstuff. 04 Rental income for a. Put in place, Site restored and Inspection and Leased sites a. RE Briefing of RAP . land and property measures for revegetated. records reviews. and b. UNR landlords on owners: Land will waste monitored A their roles be needed on management; quarterly. c. DEOs and which to set up b. At the end of the responsibiliti temporary lease period, the es in lease workers’ camps sites be cleared agreements. and equipment and restored; yards and c. Any contaminated landowners on areas on the site which such must be cleaned facilities will be up as part of site erected will earn
308
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts lease/rental restoration income. Property schedule. owners along the road shall earn rental incomes from their accommodation units, which will be rented by workers. OPERATIONAL PHASE POSITIVE IMPACTS Safer road and a) UNRA shall Location and Verification on Project site UNRA Sensitization reduced social ensure that road placement of design Supervisi of cost of transport design provide road safety ng communities Improvement of facilities and signage Engineer on Safety the roads will signage Site inspection have positive, b) The UNRA significant and contractor should long-term local, liaise with the national and traffic police and international install appropriate socio-economic road furniture in impacts that blind spots. include c) Appropriate design in urban areas should be followed that allow
309
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts sufficient walkways for pedestrians especially school children. Increased a) UNRA shall Road Document Project Site UNRA NiL 350,000 economic ensure continual maintenance Review Activity and road maintenance schedule Gender Benefits to sustain The Koboko- mentioned State of Physical site Yumbe-Moyo benefits. motorability of inspection road is an b) Women shall road important link be sensitized on facilitating access new income Number of to distant parts of generating SACCOs formed West Nile and activities and within the project further to South formation of Sacco Area Sudan. The road to pool resources is hence an and engage in important productive component of the commercial regional network ventures.
Improved Access UNRA shall Physical Site inspection Project site GOU to Social Services undertake to conditions of the Quarterly An improved maintain the road pavement and Districts road will ease
310
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts access to social in motorable drainage services, most conditions structures vitally healthcare. The project area is serviced by a regional referral hospital in Arua over 100km from Moyo and other medical facilities that will be easily accessed when road upgrade takes place Contribute to the a) Government Commitment Document District GOU NIL NIL Growth of should plan for documents reviews offices Tourism the development annual Districts The Kobobo – of tourism sites Facility Yumbe – Moyo along the route to development Road is the major improve existing plans route linking West itineraries Nile region to especially around other parts of the cultural sites. greater North, the b) Plan to construct country and visitor huts along beyond. Uganda is the road in positioning herself future.
311
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts as a first-choice c) District Local tourism Governments destination with working with key attractions Central within the project Government area should plan to develop roadside markets selling crafts among other items to travellers in collaboration with NGOs operating in the region. d) The Ministry of Health should plan to construct a trauma center to cater for accident victims
B. CONSTRUCTION PHASE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
312
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts 01 Expropriation of a. Adequate a. RAP a. Document a. Right of UNRA Sensitization RAP . land and mobilization and sensitization reviews; Way MoLHU sessions for demolition of sensitization of and b. Reports, areas. D landowners properties the PAPs about mobilization c. Interviews; b. Project DEOs on Land Act thereon. the project and its schedule in and auxiliary provisions a. The proposed resettlements and place; d. Site sites. and width of the compensation b. RAP Report inspections Environment RoW for the processes; disclosed sessions. al road project is b. Adequate Notice especially the requirements 50m in rural be given (3-6 PAPs lists; for use of areas and 30m months) to the c. RAP land. in urban area. PAPs implementation b. Based on commencement plan prepared cadastral to allow PAPs to and disclosed; survey prepare and plan; d. Livelihoods estimations, c. Compensation be Restoration the total adequate, fair Plan in place additional land and timely to the and disclosed to take of the PAPs; the PAPs and proposed d. Compensation the public. KYM Road is will be at full 889.274 acres. replacement cost c. Based on e. Livelihoods cadastral and restoration plan valuation shall be in place surveys, there as part of RAP are 1,141 processes;
313
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts structures f. UNRA to located in the institute a proposed comprehensive RoW. Most of Grievance these are non- Redress permanent and Mechanism for are located effective and mainly in timely handling Yumbe of grievances. district. g. The ROW shall be demarcated using visible marker posts and maintained free of encroachment 02 Impacts from w. Rock a. Material sites a. Reports Continuous a. UNR Sensitization RAP . sourcing of road quarries and borrow identified and b. Site; A sessions for construction pits are located a standalone interviews; b. DEOs landowners materials. safe distance from ESIA reports and c. RE on Land Act Road construction wetlands and any prepared and c. Field provisions will require sensitive socio- proved by Inspections. and considerable ecological systems. NEMA; Environment amounts of x. The Certificates to al and social construction statutory 30m buffer be availed on compliance materials area from wetlands site requirements especially gravel and streams shall be b. Comprehensive on ownership (murram), observed. , inclusive and
314
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts aggregate (stone), y. Quarry legally binding and use of sand among site restoration and contracts for land. others. Other extraction construction materials include commence materials and lime, bitumen, concurrently environmental water, cement and z. Height and social steel especially for and orientation of compliance in bridges among the quarry benches place; others. need c. Material aa. Excess extraction plans soil (overburden) on site from roadbed d. Site restoration excavation should plans reviewed be stockpiled at and approved gazzetted sites to by UNRA in aid quarry site place. restoration. e. Cultural bb. Access Heritage road to quarries and Management borrow areas if not plan for every needed by local material source community should area be scarified and re- vegetated. cc. Site restoration should utilize native
315
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts vegetation species and replanting undertaken during rainy season dd. Rock blasting should utilize licensed blasters and all explosives handled as per national security requirements. ee. Quarry operator should warn local communities before scheduled blasts. ff. After a day’s blasting operations, the quarry operator should assess any property damages in communities neighboring quarry and commit to effecting equitable
316
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts compensation. Install sediment traps at the quarry site gg. A quarry management committee with representation from the community shall be instituted Quarry operators shall be required to undertake wet- crushing in order to minimize dust emissions. All quarry sites shall be fenced off to regulate access Baseline studies for quarry impacts associated with vibration and noise shall cover a minimum radius of 1 Km. Quarry operators
317
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts shall undertake to implement sound health and safety measures. Quarry sites shall be acquired with supervision of UNRA and/or RE and in consultation of the Local Council Leaders and respective District Local Governments. The first two days of excavation of quarry sites should be witnessed by an official (archaeologist) from the Department responsible for museum and monuments. Burial remains should not be
318
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts disturbed or removed until inspected by the archaeologist or an authorized representative. Once identified, all proposed borrow pits should be investigated for archaeological remains. Prohibit collection of archaeological artifacts by road construction crews. Avoid undue disturbance to areas outside approved construction areas. Limit worker and vehicle access to construction areas only. Impacts of a) All Document review Quarry site and Contracto NIL NIL Vibration residences within surrounding r Ground vibration 500m radius of the Site visits communities
319
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts from construction quarries must be a) Resettlement RE activities is a compensated and action plan for Interviewsthe with local cause of concern relocated quarry leaders UNRA to the community. b) A certified b) Copy of blasters This will emanate blaster is licence NEMA from movement of responsible for the c) Explosive trucks, civil blasting activities magazine store works, c) The constructed at (excavation, explosives are police station near grabbing, stored at the Police the quarry compaction, d) The d) PPE power generators, communities are disbursement etc.), etc. For road given advance roasters works, vibrations warning before are mainly blasting (e.g. use of e) Post blast reports associated with sirens) including incident blasting at the e) All workers reports quarries as well as are provided with blasting for the appropriate PPE to f) Blasting plan rock out crops. protect them from risks of flying stones. f) The Contractor will ensure that the community structures are
320
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts inspected after every blasting operation within a radius of 1 Km. g) Regulating blasting using friendly explosives (Handitet and Magnum) h) Secure a license for blasting and follow conditions contained in there. i) All quarry sites shall be fenced off to regulate access j) Baseline studies for quarry impacts associated with vibration and noise shall cover a minimum radius of 1 Km. k) implement sound health and
321
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts safety measures to safeguard l) Quarry sites shall be acquired with supervision of UNRA and/or RE and in consultation of the Local Council Leaders and respective District Local Governments.
Impacts on Air a) Sprinkle Contracto NIL Quality water on existing a) Water bowser Document Project work r The key sources of road and all logs for distance verification sites air emissions accesses to and water quantity RE include the material/quarry loaded Physical site Project generators, sites used by b) Vehicle Logs inspections offices UNRA vehicular haulage trucks. c) integrity of dust movement on b) Transportatio screens NEMA unpaved surfaces n of construction d) Equipment (dust), the quarry materials should service logs and crusher, be done by using e) Material areas blasting activities, trucks with cover environment briefs bitumen heating (tarpaulin), and construction c) Provide f) Annual Audits
322
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts equipment. The traffic diversions. emissions include d) Carry out wet particulate matter crushing and as well as gases. sprinkle water at The construction quarry site. activities will e) In addition, typically involve dust screens shall dumper trips every be placed around day for the crusher to trap transportation of dust construction f) Minimizing the materialss. During speed at which the construction vehicles move on phase, Suspended unsealed surfaces Particulate Matter (30-40 km/hr) (dust) is expected g) Regularly to be the main service vehicles pollutant and machinery associated with likely to produce the earthwork emissions if ill- activities and serviced material handling h) Avoid long especially during idling of vehicles the dry season and machinery to reduce the emission of exhaust fumes
323
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts i) The speed of haulage trucks and other vehicles along the project road and any road diversions shall be limited to reduce dust levels by installing speed control structures such as humps at populated areas. j) Ensure that erodible material stockpiles are distant from sensitive establishments such as schools, hospitals, markets, trading centres and accommodation facilities among others to reduce dust emissions
324
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts k) Aggregates and sand at the site are kept dump at all times or covered with tarpaulin to minimize dust emissions Impacts of Noise a) Correct siting of Contracto None The road construction a) Location of Review of Project work r construction camps facilities facilities on site sitelay- outs sites works will be more than 250 layout RE carried out during meters from Site daytime. The residential or b) Work schedules documentation Project UNRA noise during the sensitive review Offices construction phase receptors. c) Time Indicators NEMA depends on the b) Locating these on method stage of facilities more statements construction work than 500 meters and equipment downwind of d) individual work used at the site. sensitive time schedules The main sources receptors of noise and c) Time and vibration during Activity construction of the Constraints, i.e., project are as operations will follows: be scheduled to
325
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts • Construction coincide with machinery periods when especially people would during least likely be earthworks; affected; work • Quarry hours and especially workdays will be blasting and limited to less the stone noise-sensitive crusher times. Haulage and d) Hours-of-work general will be approved vehicle by the Engineer movements having due • Batching regard for Plant possible noise • Generators disturbance to and the local compressors residents Blasting e) Construction activities will be strictly prohibited between 10 pm and 6 am in the residential areas. When operating
326
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts close to sensitive areas (within 250 meters) such as residential, schools or medical facilities, the Contractor’s hours of working shall be limited to 7AM to 6PM; f) Any works to be undertaken at night must be approved by NEMA and MGLSD, and closely monitored and supervised by the RE. g) For schools within 10 m of the road, consideration will be given to a construction of
327
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts screens, or other forms of barriers h) Give notice as early as possible to sensitive receptors for periods of noisier works such as excavation. i) Within normal working hours, where it is reasonable to do so, schedule noisy activities for less sensitive times; provide periods of respite from noisier works (for example, periodic breaks from jackhammer noise). j) All mechanical
328
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts plant are to be silenced by the best practical means using current technology. k) Mechanical plant, including noise- suppression devices, should be maintained to the manufacturer’s specifications. Internal combustion engines are to be fitted with a suitable muffler in good repair. l) Maintenance of tools, machines and equipment so that they are in good conditions.
329
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts m) Fit all pneumatic tools with an effective silencer on their air exhaust port. n) Install less noisy movement/rever sing warning systems for equipment and vehicles that will operate for extended periods, o) during sensitive times or in close proximity to sensitive sites. Occupational health and safety requirements for use of warning systems must be followed. p) Turn off plant when not being used.
330
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts q) All vehicular movements to and from the site to only occur during the scheduled normal working hours, unless approval has been granted by the Engineer. r) Keep trucks in good mechanical conditions s) control truck speed, not exceeded 40 km/hr when driving through communities, and not exceeded 80 km/hr when driving on highways. t) Provision of noise protection kits such as ear
331
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts plug, earmuff, for workers who are working in the area with noise level higher than 85 dB(A). 03 Haulage of earth a. Provide road a. Speed limits Records Continuous Contracto Training . and stone signage and signs prepared Inspections r drivers on construction ensure drivers to and posted at code of materials (gravel, observe speed strategic Conduct; crushed stone limits; locations on the (aggregate) and b. Deploy traffic project; other concrete guides, warning b. Traffic guides products) from signs where recruited and sources to road necessary; trained on basic construction work c. Provide speed traffic sites will likely be calming devices management associated with e.g. humps near procedures; some of the public centers; c. Areas for speed following impacts: d. Prohibit haulage calming devices ❖ Traffic activities at night identified and accidents unless with calming devices involving special clearance erected; people and from RE and d. Authorization livestock, NEMA; for night ❖ Traffic noise e. Deploy traffic
332
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts from haulage guides to traffic haulage fleet and through such secured; and excessive dust sections; e. Drivers code of impacting f. Water sprinkling conduct in place neighboring schedule to and drivers communities suppress dust oriented in it. and nearby along dusty establishments sections; . g. Detours be motorable and with appropriate signage to guide traffic; and h. Drivers’ to observe code of conduct while driving. i. All vehicles and equipment shall be fitted with reverse alerms 04 Impacts a. Material stocking a. NEMA Inspections and Monthly RE a. Fire . associated with areas shall Approvals for records. basis UNRA safety storage of undergo stockpiles in DEOs drills construction appropriate levels place; b. First Aid materials of ESIAs and b. Areas for Trainings including approvals by stockpiles
333
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts petroleum NEMA; identified, c. Toolbox products b. Stockpiles shall prepared and talks Contractors be set up in approved by RE d. Emergen stockpile and store accordance with and DEOS of cy assorted materials applicable the areas; Prepared at/near provisions c. Cut-off drains ness construction sites regarding in place; and drills to ensure distances from d. Bunded storage uninterrupted sensitive facilities for oils access to supplies, receptors; and lubricants which can lead to c. Contractor shall in place; risks of land and protect material watercourses stockpiles from pollution (R. storm water Kochi, R. Newa erosion by use of and R. Ofua) cut-off ditch through spillages around stockpiles; and wash away of d. Contractor to materials. provide bunded storage for fuel and lubricants; e. All fuel storage sites shall be drained through oil skimming sumps; f. All materials shall
334
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts be stockpiled on compacted surfaces. 05 Impact on water a. Road project a. Water sources a. Reports and Continuous a. UNR a. Familiari . sources along the works may impacted by the records; A zation of road: There are require project clearly b. Site b. RE the approximately 14 relocation of mapped out; inspections; c. Distri utilities boreholes, 5 some urban water b. Plans to c. Interviews. ct layout standpipes and a supply relocate public Water plans in water scheme infrastructures or utilities in place Offic the road along the re-alignments of and relocation ers corridor. alignment within road sections to sub-contractors d. NWS the project area. safeguard some appointed; C These are sources existing water c. Re-alignments of domestic water facilities; options to serving b. The Design safeguard water communities in Engineer shall infrastructures the region optimize the in place; especially during design to avoid the dry season. water sources especially boreholes located near high population concentration centers.
335
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts 06 Impacts on a. The road a. Biodiversity a. Reports Continuous NFA a. Training . Biodiversity in upgrade will Management b. Records UNRA on CFRs: follow the Plan in place; c. Site Contracto provision Much as these are existing b. Authorization inspections r s and Central Forest alignment from NFA in d. Interviews. DEOs content of Reserves, they are b. A place; Biodivers currently Biodiversity c. Methods ity Action plantation forests Management Plan Statement in Plan; and holding mainly shall be appended place and b. Training exotic tree species. to the CESMP; approved by the on ESF No threatened or c. The RE. especially endangered contractor shall ESS6: species as per seek approval Biodivers IUCN red data from NFA and ity lists (IUCN 2019) through conservat and nationally acquisition of a ion and threatened species permit to allow sustainabl for Uganda (WCS, works within e 2016) was sections of the managem encountered at all forest reserves; ent of the sampled points and living during ESIA. The d. Work on natural valuation sections in the resources estimated an Central Forest . approximate Reserves shall not volume of about commence 2,323m3 of Class I without Method
336
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts timber species will Statements be lost. approved by RE e. f. E) Undertake to identify land for tree planting within degraded sections of the forest reserves or any other sites that will be identified by UNRA in consultation with National Forest Authority (NFA), National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) and District Local Governments in the project area. g. h. F) Work in the forest plantation
337
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts shall begin by coordinating with NFA zonal offices to provide guidance. i. A “soft start” approach will be used within these sites to enable any animals move further away from the road before civil works begin. This can be achieved by passing a heavy- duty roller several times over the section. j. G) Limit road footprint in the forest sections. The Environment Management team shall mark off using high visibility tapes the
338
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts disturbance area before bush clearance and grubbing begin. k. H) No stockpiling construction materials in the forest sections. l. J) No extraction of construction materials in the forest section. m. K) Provide containerized waste management facilities at work sites. n. L Provide mobile sewage management facilities at work sites. o. 07 Impacts on a. All trees in a. Tree census a. Inspection Quarterly Contracto Training on RAP to . woodlots along affected undertaken b. Records r ESF address the alignment: woodlots shall be along the road especially
339
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts The existing enumerated, and their value ESS6: alignment has valued and computed; Biodiversity woodlots within owners b. Salvage conservation the Right of Way compensated in program and (RoW) that may accordance with prepared and sustainable directly/indirectly applicable and approved; management be affected approved rates; c. Plan for GROW of living through site b. Salvage program in natural clearance works harvesting of place for the resources. during earth trees shall be road project. works. Common guided by species include professional Senna siamea, foresters and Tectona grandis, shall be done Eucalyptus taking into species, Vitellaria account the age paradoxa, of trees and their Gmelina arborea, salvage purpose; Pinus species, c. Off-set planting Eucalyptus shall be camaldulensis and undertaken in the Senna siamea. road reserve under ongoing UNRA Green Right of Way Program” (GROW);
340
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts d. All affected tree owners shall be encouraged to undertake offset planting; and e. UNRA shall work with local District Local Governments to provide seedlings to landowners who have lost their woodlots.
341
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts 08 Loss of vegetative a. The disturbance a. Zones for works a. Inspections; a. Works Contracto Training on . cover and habitat zone will be marked off; and and sites. r ESF for wildlife: marked off using b. Schedule of b. Records b. Continu RE especially Widening of the reflective tapes works in place reviews. ous ESS6: carriageway will before bush and with clear process. Biodiversity likely lead to loss clearing to limit low scale conservation of vegetation the area likely to activities. and where the roadbed disturbed by bush sustainable and associated clearing management drainage shall be equipment; and of living constructed and b. “A soft start natural further at work approach” i.e. on resources. sites that will hold the start of materials. It is works, limited estimated that a scale of works continuous strip of shall be adopted 2m will be to allow any slow required along the moving wildlife alignment on to move out of either side. works site/alignment. 09 Potential a. Limit transfer of a. Sites for cut-to- Inspection c. Works Contracto a. Waste . introduction of spoil across spoil material sites. r managem Invasive plant vegetation zones disposal d. Continu RE ent species: through identified; and ous measures. Invasive plant identification of b. Inspection of process b. Pollution species have the suitable sites for equipment preventio
342
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts potential to spoil disposal in before on set of n colonize rapidly the project areas; works on new measures with detrimental and sites. in road effects on b. Equipment will be constructi diversity and cleaned on. prevalence of thoroughly before indigenous it is moved to new species. Invasive work areas. species recorded within the project area include Lantana camara, Broussonetia papyrifera, and Mimosa pigra. 10 Improper a. Stock piling of a. Stockpile areas Inspections and Works sites RE a. Waste . management of cut to spoil for cut to spoil records. Continuous UNRA managem cut to spoil and materials shall identified in the DEOs ent overburden: be undertaken project; measures. The project works at a minimum b. ESIAs b. Pollution will involve distance of 100- conducted and preventio excavation of 300m away approvals in n volumes of spoil from water place; and measures from cut areas courses c. CSEMP in in road especially section depending on place. constructi towards Moyo. the nature of on. Volumes of spoil
343
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts present disposal surface water challenges. course; Receptors of such b. Conduct cut to spoil appropriate generated are levels of ESIA likely to be before use of valleys, arable such sites. As a land areas, near priority and wetlands and other upon approval lands. by RE, cut to spoil materials be used in restoration of quarry and burrow sites; c. Stockpiles should further be protected from erosion by constructing cut-off drains; d. De-commission spoil areas by following standard procedure as
344
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts described in CESMP. 11 Construction a. Develop and a. Waste Inspection Batching RE . Waste operationalize a Management plant and UNRA Management and Waste Plan in place monitoring Concrete Management and operational; be Wastewater Plan as part of the b. Platforms for continuous treatment: Road CESMP; holding as works construction sites b. Prepare concrete in progress. potentially temporary place. generate quantities platforms within c. Measures for of waste including the concrete quality bulky waste casting yard to assurance in the (concrete, hold concrete batching plant concrete products, waste as its in place. ruble demolition associated ruble, wooden products; boards, wrapping c. If approved, materials (leather, stockpile plastics, and generated textiles), metallic concrete be re- strips/pieces, used for obsolete progressive equipment and restoration at the their parts among quarry; others. Concrete d. Undertake waste water shall quality controls
345
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts also be generated at the concrete at work fronts and batching plant to at the concrete reduce wastage mixing plant of raw materials. e. wastes be appropriately segregated into metallic, plastic, glass & biodegradable; f. Waste bins will be provided at appropriate points; g.Re-usable wastes be sold or given away to interested parties; excavation material be used for site levelling/backfillin g h.excavated materials or other construction materials shall not be stockpiled or
346
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts deposited near or on-stream banks, lake shorelines, or other watercourse. i. abandoned quarries be used for the disposal of excessive quantities of excavated soil material; j. Traffic management should be ensured during transport of the waste. Flag persons will be required. All vehicles transporting excavated materials should be cleaned before leaving the construction site to ensure no earth, mud, debris and
347
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts the like is deposited by them on roads; k.wastes be disposed at only NEMA approved sites. l. All concrete wastewater shall be drained into sedimentation tanks to correct pH 12 Asphalt plant and a. Locate the a. Location of Inspections and Batching Contracto a. OSH . road surfacing asphalt plant asphalt plant Records reviews Plant and is a r Measures impacts: Location away from approved by continuous RE . of the plant, sensitive RE; process as b. Waste bitumen ecological areas b. Measures for the plant Managem preparation, or such as water internal storage continues to ent storage and courses and of bitumen operate. procedure application could CFRs; drums in place; s. have socio- b. Ensure good c. Used/empty c. First Aid environmental housekeeping to bitumen drums procedure impacts. Littering avoid on-and- securely and s. due to poor offsite safely stored housekeeping at contamination away; the asphalt plant or with bitumen;
348
improper disposal c. All asphalt d. Modalities for of unused bitumen application application of and aggregates or processes should asphalt in place bitumen spills be automated for and approved would have the efficient and by RE. localized impact proper of contaminating application; and environmental d. Under no resources (soil and circumstances water). should asphalt debris be stock piled in quarry and borrow pits. e. The contractor shall collect leftover bitumen and aggregates properly keeping it for use on other sections of the road. f. Contractor shall use bitumen emulsion where feasible. In hilly areas with steep road gradients, cut-back asphalt should be used. g. Contractor shall not discharge
349
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts bitumen into roadside drains. h. Contractor shall collect and store empty bitumen drums at equipment yards and not abandon them along the road. i. All bitumen application processes should be automated j. Contractor should avoid applying bitumen during strong winds and storms k. All waste asphalt should be applied on community roads or at junctions l. Under no circumstances
350
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts should asphalt debris be stock piled in decommissioned borrow areas.
13 Traffic holdups a. The contractor a. Traffic a. Interviewing At sites of Contracto a. Training . and diversions at shall produce a Management the public works and r of Traffic work sites: Traffic Plan in place and road be done Guides Inevitably, road Management and operational; users; and continuously on basic construction will plan annexed on b. Traffic guides b. Review of . traffic necessitate the CESMP. recruited and plans. managem holdups and/or b. Contractor trained. ent. diversion of traffic should place b. Provision from sections signs warning of being worked on road users about appropria to allow fast and traffic detours. te wear safe road works or c. Contractor for continued use of should have Traffic the road. guides at detours guides. Diversions and to control traffic. holdups will cause d. Install temporary delays communication in transportation facilities to allow of goods and guides follow passengers, traffic timing schedules. congestions and e. Training of
351
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts possibly accidents personnel to (especially for manage control tourists) along stations. detour roads that may not have been constructed properly. 14 Impacts a. Potential workers’ a. NEMA Inspection Campsites Contracto a. HIV/ . associated with campsites and Approval for Records and r AIDS equipment yards equipment yards sites for the equipment aware and workers will be subjected camp site and yards. ness camp: The 105km to a standalone equipment yard Continuousl and project will ESIA and not in place; y done. sensit require the close to b. Measures for izatio establishment of at ecologically appropriate n; least 2 main camps sensitive areas waste b. Emer and satellite and away from management in gence camps at strategic public places as place; prepa sights especially well; c. Modalities for redne bridge b. The campsite safe collection, ss construction areas should be located storage, planni and at the quarry. away from areas transportation ng The location of the where they are and disposal of and main Workers’ likely to waste oils in rescu camps and exacerbate social place; e equipment yards issues such as d. Appropriate operat has been proposed schools, trading and gender- ions;
352
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts at Yumbe but centers, etc. based sanitation c. Waste subject to c. Contractor shall facilities in the mana availability of land develop a Waste camp site and geme and acceptance by Management Plan yard; nt landlords. should be key e. Decommissioni guide on all ng plan for the aspects of waste campsite in management (i.e. place; waste categorization, collection, storage, transportation and disposal); d. Waste oils from service bay and oil spills as well as oils should be disposed by an appointed agent; e. Campsite and yard should have adequate sanitation facilities separate for men and women and such
353
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts facilities be cleaned on daily basis. Workers in such facilities be provided with appropriate PPEs; f. Contractor should provide clean water at camp, ensuring that water Abstraction is permitted by DWRM. g. Cigarette smoking in the camp and yards be at designated smoking areas h. HIV/AIDS sensitization and awareness programmes at the camp sites be conducted at the camp by a Nominated Service Provider;
354
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts i. Emergence plan for fire and rescues measures in place in the facilities and should be known by all staff therein; and j. All buildings on site should have approved electrical wiring and should lightening protection measures in place.
15 Social ills of a. Labor Influx a. NSP procured Reports This should RE a. HIV/AI 1,000,00 . construction Management and delivering Interviews monthly and UNRA DS 0 labor: The influx Plan is in place; services to the at the sensitiz of workers, will b. The contractor workers; campsite ation; likely be shall involve b. Register of all and project and associated with a local (LC) workers in locations. b. Hepatiti series of social leaders in labor place and all s B challenges such as recruitment to their details; sensitiz crime, ensure people c. Collaborative ation. alcoholism/illicit hired have no modalities in
355
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts drug abuse and criminal record. place with area prostitution which c. Local security are often related to governments and agencies on the the spread of the contractor management of sexually shall collaborate security in the transmitted with police to project; and diseases contain any d. Register of (STD/STIs) criminal workers on the including activities; project in place HIV/AIDS. d. A register of all as well as all construction their details. workers shall be maintained by the local authorities to aid tracking any cases of child neglect and related crimes; and e. The project will hire a Nominated Service Provider (NSP) to manage HIV/AIDS and health aspects in the project as
356
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts well as gender issues. f. A Service provider will be recruited for sensitization and response to eventual cases of GBV/SEA g. 16 Occupational a. Contractor to have a. OSH Plan a. Inspection of Campsite, RE a. Training 960,000 . Health & Safety in place, an OHS prepared; premises and equipment Contracto on safety, Risks for Management Plan; b. First Aid Kits project sites; yards and r b. First Aid Workers: Road b. Have in place, a and PPEs b. Reports and works areas. administr works will have First Aid kits in procured and Records; ation, the following strategic work being used; c. Interviews. occupational locations in the c. OSH training health and safety project; program risks: c. Design and prepared and motor accidents conduct OSH training reports resulting from trainings for in place; construction traffic project workforce; d. OHS provisions and normal road d. Provide for OHS integrated in traffic, burns in all Method works Method (handling hot Statements for Statements; bitumen, welding/ works; e. NO metal works, etc.), SMOKING
357
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts falls from working e. Provision of signs posted in at heights/wet workers with no smoking surfaces on appropriate PPEs zones in the bridges, quarry and enforce its project. among others. effec tive usage; Injury from fly f. Provision of rock e.g. at quarry warning road sites or debris signage at when demolishing appropriate affected buildings. locations in the project area; g. Install “no smoking” signage in high fire risks installations such as fuel storage and outlets, public and communal areas. j) safe construction plant, equipment and work methods k) safe handling, storage, transport and disposal of materials in a way that avoids risk to workers
358
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts l) provision of protective gear m) hiring a full time qualified “Accident prevention officer” or safety officer n) conducting safety awareness among all workers and routine/daily toolbox meetings at all work fronts, led by section heads/ safety champions and supervised by the Environmental, Health and Safety Officers on both the Contractor’s and Supervision Consultant’s teams. o) control harmful insects/ vectors
359
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts (including mosquitoes and houseflies) in this case tsetse flies shall be the major focus. p) reporting accidents to supervising engineer in a timely manner and police including maintaining an accident and incident log; Severe Accidents (fatalities) and Serious Accidents shall be reported to the RE immediately and to UNRA within 12 hours and to World Bank within 24 hours of occurrence.
360
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts q) control contagious diseases (e.g. Cholera) through proper sanitation and awareness r) control occupational hazards related to: ▪ physical hazards (noise, vibrations, high temperature) ▪ chemical hazards ▪ mechanical hazards (moving equipment) ▪ electrical/ explosion hazards ▪ ergonomic injuries (poor working postures, heavy loads, etc) ▪ poor sanitation in workplace or living environment of workers
361
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts 17 Public health and a. All material a. . a. Inspection a. Material a. RE . safety impacts: source areas shall b. b. Records s b. UNR Public health and have standalone c. All material c. Interviews extractio A safety risks are ESIAs prepared source areas n sites c. DEOs anticipated during and approved by shall be and the construction NEMA; subjected to continuo phase involving b. Hording off appropriate us general public and material source levels of monitori the communities areas to keep off standalone ng is traversed by the the public; environment needed. road. Exposure to c. Rock quarries and social construction shall not be impact traffic is located within assessments additional source 2km of public d. Material source of accidents on the places; areas shall be road with possible d. The contractor screened off causalities. shall install access using to properties; appropriate e. Restoration plans fences to for all borrow pits exclude and quarries shall community be produced and access approved before e. A buffer zone of commencement 500m shall be of operations. established for schools for
362
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts f. A buffer zone of borrow pits and 500m for stockpile areas residences f. Rock quarries g. Schools shall be shall not be screened from located within road works and 2km of schools, speed control health facilities structures shall be and trading installed at such centres. areas and towns. g. Schools shall be h. The contractor screened from shall install road works and culverts and safe speed control temporary structures shall crossing points to be installed at enable people to such areas and access their towns. properties and h. The contractor social services at shall install all times culverts and safe i. Construction temporary safety signage crossing points shall be installed to enable people at all construction to access their sites properties and j. All installed social services at access culverts all times
363
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts shall be able to i. Restoration accommodate plans for all existing traffic borrow pits and k. Installed culverts rock quarries shall be properly shall be backfilled, produced and levelled and approved compacted to before enable all commencement community of operations resident easy j. Construction access including safety signage the disabled. shall be l. A nominated installed at all service provider construction shall be hired to sites undertake k. All installed community access culverts sensitizations and shall be able to engagement on accommodate their health and existing traffic safety during road l. Installed construction culverts shall be works, working properly closely with the backfilled, traffic police and levelled and community compacted to
364
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts leaders and enable all District Officials community as and when resident easy necessary. access m. Maintain high including the visibility signage disabled. at all work sites m. A nominated n. All workers shall service be required to provider shall wear high be hired to visibility vests undertake o. Community shall community be involved in sensitizations securing road and safety signage. engagement on their health and safety during road construction works, working closely with the traffic police and community leaders and District Officials as and
365
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts when necessary.
18 Disruption of a. Works in areas a. Schedule for a. Inspection a. RE . school activities: near public works in place; b. Records Near public b. UNR The road traverses places should be b. Measures for c. Interviews centers A through rural done during hording off the (schools, c. DEOs countryside and school holidays site in place; health near 28 schools or weekends; centers and (infant, primary markets).
366
and secondary b. Areas near c. Project workers schools) as such, schools should to have in place, heavy earth screen-off PPEs. moving equipment schools to avoid might attract accidents and inquisitive disrupting children and leaning attracting disrupt learning curious and besides being a inquisitive safety risk, noise spectating by and dust from road children; construction c. The contractor activities and should engage equipment might schools temporarily management to disrupt school sensitize pupils activities. on risks associated with road construction; d. The Environment and Social Safeguards teams for contractor and Engineer to carry out periodic sensitization on public health and safety in schools; e. All project workers to wear high reflective
367
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts jackets for easy identification and shall not be allowed on school premises without permission from school authorities. 19 Impact on a. A utility a. Schedule for a. Records Urban areas RE Utilities lay . existing utilities relocation plan utilities b. Interviews and utilities out plans to along the road: In shall be prepared relocation in c. Inspections lines and it be availed the major before operations place; should be and studied commercial commence; b. Notice on monitored prior to start centers (Koboko, b. Residents will be relocation of continuously of works. Yumbe, Moyo, notified of water utilities in . Lefori, Aringa) relocation place. and a few schedules and settlement alternative clusters, power sources availed transmission lines, during underground relocation. telecommunicatio c. Phasing n cables and relocation will networks of water greatly reduce pipes exist. Also, a stampeding work total of 13 sites and hence
368
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts boreholes are losses associated within the direct with material impact zone and wastage and will be potentially duplication of affected. works. Widening the carriageway will necessitate relocation of service lines causing temporary disruption of service delivery to clients including commercial enterprises. 20 Impact on a. The contractor to a. PCR Records Throughout RE Sensitization . Cultural Heritage prepare a PCR Management the Contracto on Chance Resources: Management Plan Plan in place; alignment r Finds The PCR survey before b. Changes in with a focus Procedures documented 12 commencement of design/alignme on areas burial grounds works; nts in place. close to mainly b.Re-aligning road c. Chance Finds graveyards. family/clan-based sections across Procedures in grounds while areas with PCRs place. others are faith near the road based. edges;
369
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts c. Maintain Watching Briefs during opening up any new borrow sites or deep excavations at any location during road construction, with clear procedures for protection and documentation of any “Chance Finds”; encountered; and d. Any damages to physical-cultural resources must be repaired and restored. e. Advance liason with religious and cultural institutions to work out modalities for
370
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts relocation of graves f. Archaeological monitoring for all ground disturbing activities g. Advice/ guidance to the contractor with respect to halting or moving construction activities if earthworks encounter archaeological features. h.Conducting preliminary assessment of all previously unidentified archaeological features encountered and submission of these to the national museum.
371
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts i. Procurement of advice on the significance and management of unidentified archaeological features encountered. j. Affected burial grounds shall be relocated in a culturally accepted way following faith and beliefs agreed upon with relevant people and the authority. k. Processing/ excavation of any unidentified subsurface archaeological features encountered in accordance with standard
372
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts procedures recommended by the Department of Museums and Monuments. l. Develop set of points to be discussed in “Toolbox” sessions to create m. Draft a post- construction report for UNRA upon completion of road construction. n. Good construction practices should ensure that physical-cultural resources near the road are not defaced, soiled or damaged. o. Any damages to physical-cultural
373
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts resources must be repaired and restored p. Setting aside a site for relocation of chance finds q. r. d.
374
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts 21 Gender impacts: a. Deliberate a. Some job Reports Project RE Gender Covered . gender measures to quotas to be Interviews works sites CDOs sensitization above marginalization designate some reserved for and DEOS drives. will not only arise jobs specific for women; campsite. MoLGSD from women based on b. Gender discrimination in their inherent sensitization hiring of road capabilities; campaigns in workers but also b. Workers be the project held; through neglect inducted on and arising from gender c. NSP for Gender taking paid sensitivity at aspects employment by workplaces; procured. men. New c. Resettlement and lifestyles may compensation ensue as men earn packages shall be paid income paid through a leading to transparent domestic strife process where and subsequent women have neglect of equal rights over household such resources; welfare. and d. Sensitization programs to create awareness on gender dimension on the
375
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts project to be held.
Impacts on a) Identify List of vvulnerable Document Project Area UNRA None Vulnerable vulnerable individuals and review individuals within groups DLGS the Project affected People (PAPs) and liaise
376
Households and with Sensitization local minutes for On site Groups authorities to communities verification determine on how Baseline best they can conditions reveal access their the existence of compensation and vulnerable resettlement individuals, emoluments. families, households and b) Where groups of people. discussions with This is a generic local authority’s category of people reveal lack of Evidence of whose ability to modalities to payment vouchers harness their receive monetary entitlements has payments, Location and been encumbered. resettlement distribution of should be community undertaken accesses c) Where access to private propertyAge on employment or public schedules resources/ places is severed, the contractor should provide safe temporary access that is both gender-friendly and usable by disabled persons.
377
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts d) In this regard, temporary culverts instead of wood planks should be encouraged. e) Children below 18 years shall not be recruited, where age cannot be ascertained, a letter from LCs shall be requested. f) All workers shall be required to produce their National Identification Cards, for security reasons and to verify their origin and age in order to avoid hiring children.
378
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts g) Shall be a mandatory requirement for all company employees to dress in full uniform with reflectors and further have labeled uniforms. This shall be for easy identification in case of child abuse. h) Draft company policy on child rights and vulnerable people and sensitize all company workers on the policy. i) Carry out sensitization in schools on issues
379
N Environmental Impact and Monitoring/ Method of Monitoring Responsi Capacity Costs o. Risk/Impact Mitigation/Enhance Performance Monitoring Location ble Party Building and USD ment Commitments Indicators and Training Frequency Requiremen ts of drugs, sex and fraternization with road contract workers. j) Encourage vulnerable youths to access employment with road contractors 2,422,00 0
380
10.2 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ACCRUING FROM OTHER ON-GOING PROJECTS IN THE VICINITY There are a series of development interventions initiated at different levels by various development actors that are being implemented within the greater West Nile region. The concurrent or sequential implementation of these projects has the potential to generate cumulative impacts.
Spatial Coverage of Cumulative Impact Assessment Assessment of cumulative impacts of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade which traverses three districts of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo has been extended to cover Maracha, Adjumani and Arua districts that form part of the traditional West Nile region. At the national level, infrastructure development has been coordinated and refugee settlements have also been established in this extensive sub region coming with multiple development interventions including infrastructure developments.
Temporal Scope of the Assessment. Temporal scope of the assessment has been guided by the time frame for implementation of the Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road upgrade project which is anticipated to be a three years’ construction period added to a 1 year planning phase whose actions impact other projects being implemented or planned within the same time frame. Cumulative impact assessment has thus covered a five year period (2019- 2023). Projects and interventions whose activities fall within this window have been included.
8.9.3 Review of Past, Present and Future Development Interventions 8.9.3.1 National Development Plan II 2015/16-2019/20 The Second National Development Plan (NDP II) provides an overall framework for development in Uganda. Its vision is to transform Uganda from a predominantly peasant and low income to a competitive, upper middle-income country. The NDPII emphasizes the need for inclusive and sustainable growth while increasing overall competitiveness, and creating additional wealth and employment. Refugee-hosting areas are more vulnerable to shocks than non-impacted areas due to underlying poverty of refugees’ in relation to nationals, the demands on already-stressed resources, and refugees’ limited resilience. Refugee-hosting districts are now recognized under the vulnerability criteria of Uganda’s National Development Plan 2015/16- 2019/20 (NDP II), making them a priority for development interventions and providing an opportunity to engage various actors to comprehensively respond to the humanitarian and development needs of refugee-hosting districts and the entirety of their population -both refugees and host communities. Particular focus must remain on the dual dimension on the peace building: conflict prevention, resolution and mitigation of social conflict arising between hosts and newcomers over scarce resources and those related with conflicts at the origin of displacement. CRRF Communications and Outreach Strategy 2018-2020. The Office of the Prime Minister (OPM) and UNHCR officially launched the Comprehensive Refugee Response Framework (CRRF) on 24 March 2017, outlining some of priority investment areas including development infrastructure and social development in refugee hosting communities.
10.2.1 COMPREHENSIVE REFUGEE RESPONSE FRAMEWORK-CRRF
381
Building on these existing comprehensive approaches to refugee movements, the CRRF in Uganda addresses five mutually-reinforcing areas: admission and rights; emergency response and ongoing needs; resilience and self-reliance of refugees; expansion of third country solutions and complementary pathways (such as scholarships and student visas), and finally voluntary repatriation, which in the current situation focuses on investment in human capital and transferrable skills as well as support to the countries of origin.
Under the leadership of the Government of Uganda, the Steering Group for the Comprehensive Refugee Response Framework (CRRF) will represent the views of key stakeholders involved the refugee response. It will guide and oversee the work of the CRRF Secretariat and ensure that it can function effectively. The CRRF Steering Group is the policy- and decision-making body for the implementation of CRRF. It will inform and advice on the Comprehensive Refugee Response in support of Uganda’s contribution to the Global Compact for Refugees (adopted by UN General Assembly in 2018).
10.2.2 SETTLEMENT TRANSFORMATIVE AGENDA-STA In order to ease pressure on local communities and services, and to leverage the positive economic impact that refugees can have if they are given the opportunity, Uganda has included refugees into national development plans through the Government’s Settlement Transformative Agenda (STA), which supports the development of refugee-hosting districts by investing in infrastructure, livelihoods, peaceful coexistence initiatives and environmental protection. The STA takes into account the protracted nature of displacement and its impact on local communities. The STA is also aligned with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and its main principle to “leave no one behind”. Owing to this, Uganda is regarded as a model for many other refugee-hosting countries.
10.2.3 THIRD NORTHERN UGANDA SOCIAL ACTION FUND PROJECT (NUSAF 3) – P149965 The Project Development Objective (PDO) is “to provide effective income support to and build the resilience of poor and vulnerable households in Northern Uganda.” The project which is supported by the World Bank was declared effective on March 14, 2016 and will close March 13, 2021 and targets the poor and vulnerable households in all the districts of eight sub-regions (Acholi, Lango, Teso, Karamoja, Elgon, Bukedi, Bunyoro and West Nile) of Uganda. The third round of sub project identification and financing is currently taking place. To date, for household income support, 589 investment projects have been implemented, 132 public works community projects have been financed. Through the DRF scale up, 179 additional community projects were implemented in Karamoja.
NUSAF 3 was designed as a Community Demand Driven (CDD) project and by design and implementation, the project includes: ❖ effective targeting of households with an agreed criterion related to poverty levels and vulnerability; ❖ implementation using participatory and transparent community targeting approach; ❖ participatory planning for labor intensive public works; ❖ labor intensive subprojects/activities to reach low skilled beneficiaries; and v) payment flexibility to consider daily wages and piece rates.
The project also pays attention to special needs of women, the poorest, vulnerable and marginalized individuals, households, communities and regions; c) contributing to social inclusion of the Northern and Eastern part of Uganda. 382
10.2.4 DEVELOPMENT RESPONSE TO DISPLACEMENT PROJECT IN THE HORN OF AFRICA-UGANDA PROJECT - P152822 On October 23, 2014 the World Bank launched the Regional Initiative in Support of the Horn of Africa (HOA) covering eight countries - Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Kenya, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, and Uganda. The initiative was built on two interrelated pillars: (i) vulnerability and resilience; and (ii) economic opportunity and integration to address key drivers of instability and promote development in HOA. In response to the impacts of forced displacement on refugee hosting countries and communities in HOA, the proposed operation is a multi-country development response by the respective Governments of Djibouti, Ethiopia and Uganda. The regional operation addresses the unmet social, economic and environmental needs of the local communities both host and displaced (refugees and returnees) in targeted areas of the three proposed project countries.
The regional project will embed essential features of ensuring citizen participation and engagement in identifying and prioritizing developmental needs, including socio-economic infrastructure and livelihoods opportunities to improve self-reliance of host communities; improving social cohesion between refugees and host communities; increased citizen voice and role in development decision making; and greater demand for social accountability. DRDIP has five main components and six sub-components intended to benefit refugee hosting communities.
10.2.5 REFUGEE RESPONSE FUND UGANDA The Refugee Response Fund (RRF) has been established to support sustainable and longer- term solutions and to address the immediate needs of refugees and host communities in Uganda. The idea of the RRF is to support the efforts of the Ugandan government in the refugee response and to address the needs of the refugees in line with Ugandan strategy and policy. The Office of the Prime Minister (OPM) will be responsible for implementing the RRF. The RRF has been set-up in cooperation with KfW Development Bank and received funding from the German Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ) through Financial Cooperation. The RRF allows for a transparent and efficient selection process of Implementing Partners (state partners, NGOs, and private sector) to implement projects that address the needs of the refugees and host communities in Uganda. While two projects are implemented initially (the so-called fast-track projects), it is envisaged to implement further projects in a second phase. In the first phase, the RRF finances and monitors two fast-track NGO projects and has the aim to ensure that created education and WASH infrastructure is utilised by the population.
10.2.5.1 OXFAM LED INTERVENTIONS UNDER RRF Several interventions are planned in the fast-track projects under RRF and implemented by Oxfam: There will be a WASH project in Rhino camp and Bidi Bidi settlement whose activities include: a. Drilling and motorization of 7 high yielding borehole wells with yields of at least 08m3/hr including 1 existing well in Ofua; b. Construction of 2 water supply systems i.e. 1 in Pawor and 1 in R. Enyau; c. Rehabilitation of 1 water supply system in Ocea; d. Mobilise 100 Water and Sanitation Committees and train 10 water technicians; e. Construct 40 drainable latrines (with rainwater harvesting facilities on each block) in schools and health facilities; f. Construct one central treatment facility to manage sludge from institutional and communal latrines; g. Procure one cesspool emptier truck; and 383
h. Mobilize and train 20 Sanitation Clubs and management committees (at public institutions).
10.2.5.2 SAVE THE CHILDREN a. In Uganda, Save the Children implements programmes in five thematic programme areas of Child Protection, Child Rights Governance, Education, Child Poverty, Health and Nutrition in Development and Emergency contexts. Save the Children delivers programs in over 36 districts in the North, Rwenzori, Northeastern, West Nile and Central regions of Uganda. With reference to the planned road project, Save the Children implements an education project in Bidi Bidi Settlement under RRF support for a period of three years with a focus on: a. Construction of classroom facilities including WASH facilities; b. Construction of teacher facilities; c. Furnishing and equipping classrooms; d. Provision of Accelerated Learning Programmes; e. Building community capacity to maintain schools and engage in quality education; and f. Initial funding of operation and maintenance.
10.2.6 JICA SUPPORTED PROJECT FOR IMPROVEMENT OF NATIONAL ROADS IN REFUGEE HOSTING AREAS OF WEST NILE SUB-REGION. From July 2017 to March 2018, Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) implemented the Data Collection Survey on Social Infrastructure Needs of Refugee-Hosting Communities in Northern Uganda and investigated the situation of social infrastructure, specifically; roads and bridges of the area where refugees accepted from neighboring countries are concentrated. As a result, it was found that there was a significant need for refurbishment of road infrastructure such as national highways located in the area.
The objective of the project is to upgrade the carriageway for the 17km Yumbe-Bidibidi section (Feeder Road No.1) along the existing alignment from earth to Single Bitumen Surface Treatment (SBST) for the length of 9km Feeder Road section in the eastern part of Yumbe and traverses Yumbe Town Council and Apo and Romogi Sub-counties. The 17km section starts from Gboro-Keji Cell, Amanyiri Parish in Yumbe Town Council, traverses Apo Sub-county and ends at the Bidibidi base camp near the World Food Programme (WFP) stores in Zone 1, Bidibidi Village, Baringa Parish in Romogi Sub-county. In addition, the project is to construct Koro bridges across Odra River at the border of Romogi and Kululu Sub-counties. This crossing traverses the feeder road that connects Bidibidi Camp Zone 1 to Zone 3 and Zone 4.
10.2.7 PROJECT FOR THE RESTORATION OF LIVELIHOODS IN THE NORTHERN REGION (PRELNOR) The Government of Uganda secured funds to the tune of USD 70.98 million from the International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD) towards the cost of the Project for the Restoration of Livelihoods in the Northern Region (PRELNOR). It is intended that part of the proceeds of this funding earmarked to finance construction of Climate Resilient Community Access Roads in the districts: Adjumani, Agago, Amuru, Gulu, Kitgum, Lamwo, Nwoya, Omoro, and Pader. The overall project objective is to restore livelihoods in the Northern region through upgrading community access roads to climate resilient standards for transportation, quick access and delivery of agricultural products and agro-farm inputs.
384
10.2.8 ELECTRICITY FOR RURAL TRANSFORMATION PHASE III-ERT III – P133312 The ERT III project is aimed at increasing access to energy in rural areas of Uganda that is expected to facilitate improvement in the productivity of enterprises and the quality of life of the households. The main project development objective is to increase rural access to electricity. These objectives will be achieved by shifting the focus to rapid growth in investments to reach the Government's long-term targets for rural electrification amongst others. The districts of Arua, Yumbe, Koboko, Nebbi and Moyo, are the beneficiaries of the rural electrification projects in West Nile. This is part of the grid extension plan by REA, targeting 22% rural electrification access, up from the current 5% by 2022. The project will involve installation and operation of grid-extension lines of approximately 345.8km.
10.2.9 WEST NILE RURAL ELECTRIFICATION COMPANY LTD In 2003, WENRECO, through competitive bidding, won a concession to generate, distribute, and sell electricity in the West Nile sub-region, consisting of eight districts and home to an estimated 2.3 million people. The company owns a 1.5-megawatt heavy fuel electric generator and is part-owner and operator of the Nyagak I Power Station. WENRECO is the implementer and co-financier of the West Nile Rural Electrification Project, initiated in 2013. The project targeted electrification of 30 health centers, 60 schools, 250 businesses, and 6,000 households between 2013 and 2015. WENRECO operates two power stations: WENRECO heavy fuel thermal plant with a capacity of 1.5 megawatts, located in Ewuata, Arua District; and the Nyagak I Power Station, a 3.5-megawatt mini-hydropower station, located in Paidha, Zombo District. For long, these facilities have been the main public electric power sources available to the West Nile sub-region.
10.2.10 NATIONAL BACKBONE INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECT-NBI The Government of Uganda through the Ministry of ICT secured funding towards the implementation of the National Data Transmission Backbone Infrastructure and e-Government Infrastructure (NBI/EGI) Project in the financial year 20006/2007. The overall objective of the project is to provide connectivity to Government Ministries and Departments in the country. The project was divided into three phases which involved the laying of Optical Fiber Cable across the country to all major towns, with transmission stations in these towns. To date NITA- U has completed the implementation of all the three (3) Phases of the NBI/EGI Project.
After the handover of the NBI/EGI to NITA-U, the Authority undertook measures to rectify all the implementation challenges that were experienced in Phases I and II. One of the measures NITA-U undertook was to assess the entire work that had been completed in Phases I and II to identify gaps in order to address the issues and rectify the faults on the backbone. To date NITA-U has completed the implementation of all the three (3) Phases of the NBI/EGI Project. Of relevance to this project is Phase four which has commenced to extend the ICT backbone to the West Nile districts of Pakwach, Nebbi, Arua, Yumbe, Koboko and Adjumani, Katakwi and Moroto. Three border points of Uganda at Oraba with South Sudan, Vurra and Mpondwe with DR Congo will also be connected to the ICT backbone for regional connectivity and to enhance the redundancy of the NBI.
10.2.11 INTEGRATED WATER MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT PROJECT – P160447 The Project is financed through IDA Credit to the tune of USD 308 million with Project Development Objective (PDO) to improve; access to water supply and sanitation services, and
385
(ii) integrated water resources, planning, and management. With reference to this road project, IWMDP seeks to support Districts Hosting Refugees through construction and rehabilitation of water supply and sanitation (WSS) facilities.
10.3 LIKELY POSITIVE CUMULATIVE IMPACTS FROM ON-GOING PROJECTS There are several on-going projects and activities by Government of Uganda, NGOs and other development actors to support refugees. Possible concurrent implementation of all these projects and interventions within the same project area or in proximity of the KYM project has the potential to generate cumulative impacts. The most critical cumulative impacts on environment and social systems will include:
10.3.1 IMPROVED HOUSEHOLD AND COMMUNITY RESILIENCE TO CLIMATE CHANGE AND POVERTY ERADICATION Several projects being implemented target vulnerable households and communities. They are pursuing interventions that are meant to address household vulnerability. The Northern Uganda Social Action Fund, the Livelihood Support through Refugee, Response Fund, Oxfam and save the children are all implementing project targeting vulnerability. Positive impacts associated with this project will be enhanced by benefits already projected or realized from these other projects. The need to coordinate these problems however should be emphasized
10.3.2 MULTIPLE SOURCES OF EMPLOYMENT AND INCOME Projects being implemented in the project area have an employment component. They all seek to employ local residents within the districts of Koboko, Yumbe and Moyo. This is a positive impact that will widen sources of income. However, multiple employment avenues may end up curtailing skills development and local workers may end up in cyclic oscillations from one project to another. A high labour turnover does not aid project implementation. Delayed progress may be recorded on all projects
10.3.3 COMPETITION FOR LABOUR Related to multiple sources of income is competition for available labour hence pushing up local labour costs. The JICA project and NUSAF III are all targeting improving rural roads these will be targeting the same labour pool with a resultant effect of high labour costs and turnover. Projects designed with meager labour costs may end up failing to achieve their target progress levels.
10.3.4 MATERIAL SOURCE AREAS FOOTPRINTS AND RESTORATION Cumulative impacts related to extraction of construction materials from rock quarries, sand mines, surface water points and borrow areas will surface. All listed projects have either a road construction component or related infrastructure. Excessive pressure will be exerted on such areas leading to environmental degradation. Reopening used quarries and borrow areas will be common as different contractors seek to cut costs. Managing footprints of material source areas is hence predicted to be an impact of major significance.
10.3.5 RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE Infrastructure construction projects by Rural Electrification Agency, telecommunication companies and other service providers is taking place. These tend to pass through the same corridor along the proposed road. Lack of coordinated infrastructure development will lead to 386
constant relocation of such facilities at a high cost. Also, there will be a challenge in compensation and relocation of affected households since they will always be affected by one service after another. Different CSOs and international agencies have sunk boreholes throughout the region, some of these are in the ROW and shall be relocated. Consultative procedures must be followed during relocation.
10.3.6 TIMELY DELIVERY OF RELIEF ASSISTANCE TO REFUGEE SETTLEMENTS The effectiveness of relief aid is a function of multiple services. An upgraded road must be supplemented by improvements in other infrastructural services including construction and maintenances of feeder roads, provision of safe drinking water and telecommunication cables. Several projects in the influence zone are focusing on these hence creating multiplier effects on road project benefits.
10.4 VALUED ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL COMPONENTS Multiple projects currently under implementation and those planned within the spatial and temporal framework impact a set of environment resources and social systems the most important ones being:
10.4.1 MATERIAL SOURCE AREAS Projects implementing infrastructure development especially road development shall require gravel and rock products hence impacting on source areas.
10.4.2 SHARED LAND CORRIDORS Linear projects like roads, power lines, water mains and telecom cables normally share corridors. Relocation of such services is an impact that has to be evaluated. Acquisition and compensation of such corridors may raise social and economic concerns.
10.4.3 WATER RESOURCES Project implementation in the region may impact water sources especially during the dry season. The influx of refugees may heighten the challenge.
10.4.4 SOCIAL SERVICES The most critical service affected by multiple construction projects is health infrastructure. Increased inflow of workers may place a burden on health units. However, some of the projects are implementing construction of health units. Security services may experience increased demand due to the inflow of workers.
10.4.5 GENDER AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT Increased inflow of migrant labour working on different projects may increase the anonymity of workers and possible offenders. Because there are many contract workers it becomes difficult to isolate those engaged in illicit sexual behaviors and further individual involved to harassment of women. There are several on-going projects and activities by Government of Uganda, NGOs and other development actors to support refugees. Possible concurrent implementation of all these projects and interventions within the same project area or in proximity of the KYM project has the potential to generate cumulative impacts.
387
10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
10.5.1 PURPOSE OF MONITORING A monitoring program aims to ensure that proposed mitigation and enhancement measures are implemented to generate intended results, otherwise the measures needs to be modified, ceased or replaced when inappropriate. Moreover, monitoring allows assessing compliance with national standards as well as with the World Bank ESF. c) The objectives of the monitoring plan therefore are: a. To ensure that the recommendations in the approved ESIA report are adhered to by the various institutions b. To ensure that the environmental and social mitigation and their enhancement actions are well understood and communicated to all involved stakeholders. c. To ensure that the proposed environmental and social remedial measures are implemented during the project execution stage d. To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental and social remedial measures e. To evaluate the effectiveness of various evaluation techniques and procedures f. To provide the Proponent and the relevant Lead Agencies with a framework to confirm compliance with relevant laws and regulations. d) Conversely, environmental and social monitoring provides feedback about the actual environmental and social impacts of the project. Monitoring results help assess the success of mitigation measures in protecting the environment. e) f) They are also used to ensure compliance with environmental and social standards, and to facilitate any needed project design or operational changes. A monitoring program, backed up by powers to ensure corrective action when the monitoring results show it necessary, is a proven way to ensure effective implementation of mitigation measures. By tracking the project’s actual impacts, monitoring reduces the environmental and social risks associated with the project and allows for project modifications to be made where required.
10.5.2 SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MONITORING Environmental monitoring covers the following: • Disclosure of information and public sensitisation • Protection of flora and fauna • Noise • Air emissions • Soil quality and management • Transport and traffic • Waste management • Water management • Cultural heritage • General site management and occupational health and safety • Social monitoring • Contractors obligations
Environmental monitoring will be undertaken at different levels as described below
a. Surveillance: Undertaken by the Supervision Engineer on behalf of UNRA.
388
b. Quarterly Monitoring: Joint by all relevant stakeholders at various levels. c. Audit activities: To be done by a NEMA registered Environmental Auditor. d. Spot checks: By Supervising Engineer, UNRA, Contractor, District Leadership, NEMA.
10.5.3 MONITORING ACTIVITIES AND PROCESSES
10.5.3.1 WEATHER FORECASTS Weather monitoring and forecast is important to ensure that the Contractor plans for activities and provides mitigation where weather especially rainfall may pose challenges. This will be critical during earthworks.
10.5.3.2 SITE INSPECTION Routine inspections will be carried out to cover all aspects of environmental and social management on the site. Daily inspection aims to identify any environmental issues and rectify them without delay whereas weekly, monthly and quarterly inspections will verify that the daily inspections are identifying any maintenance requirements and that these requirements are being completed in an appropriate time frame. Site inspections will be carried out by the Contractor with instructions from the Supervision Consultant.
10.5.3.3 MEETINGS Monthly site meetings are to be held to discuss project progress and, in such meetings, safeguards issues shall be sufficiently discussed and minuted. That shall include a review of the effectiveness of the mitigation measures, successes, and non-compliances. This will be a platform for the Engineer, UNRA and World Bank to raise any environmental issues arising from the joint inspection and as a reaction to the contractor’s presentation.
10.5.3.4 MONTHLY ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL REPORT Either a standalone Monthly Environment Report shall be prepared, or safeguards shall be sufficiently covered in the Contractor’s Monthly Progress Report in fulfilment of the Contractor’s contractual reporting obligations. The report will highlight different activities undertaken to manage environmental and social aspects of the project in line with contract specifications, laws, standards, policies, and plans of Uganda and World Bank ESF. Planning for management of environmental aspects is typically done on a continuous basis. In that regard, every monthly progress report should include a schedule for environmental and social activities for the next month. This Contractor’s Monthly Report is expected to summarize the following: a. Progress in implementing the CESMP and the standalone management plans; b. Status of key approvals and documentation for the project; c. Compliance with legal obligations and specifications; d. Findings of the monitoring programmes, with emphasis on any breaches of the control standards, action levels or standards of general site management; e. Summary of any complaints by the community and actions taken/to be taken; and f. Key environmental activities for the next month.
10.5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN REVIEWS The ESMP is a living/dynamic document subject to similar influences and changes from variations to the provisions of the project specifications. It will be reviewed at an interval of 6 months in order to identify any required amendments.
389
10.5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AUDIT UNRA will take the responsibility to fulfil the requirements for an environmental and social audit in line with the National Environment Act 2019 and the Audit Regulations of 2006.
10.5.5.1 APPROVAL OF THE ESMP ACTIVITIES Implementation of ESMP activities will be approved by UNRA and safeguards compliance will be one of the bases for payment. Final payment for the contractor shall be tagged to successful restoration of all disturbed areas and clean-up of all construction sites.
390
Table 100: Proposed Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan Frequenc Responsibili Environmental/Soc Performance Monitoring y of ty Area Corrective Action ial Component Indicators Requirements monitorin g Contractor Health and safety • Prevalence • Physical inspection Monthly Environment Investigate non- ’s Camp of common • Documentation al Supervisor compliance and diseases. Number of make • Provision of complaints recommendations condoms, • Interview with Implement contraceptiv residents recommendations es and mosquito nets. • Conduction of campaign meetings on transmission of diseases like HIV/AIDS and other STDs. • Availability of adequate solid waste bins. • System of safe disposal of both solid and liquid waste in place.
391
Frequenc Responsibili Environmental/Soc Performance Monitoring y of ty Area Corrective Action ial Component Indicators Requirements monitorin g • Availability of first aid facilities. • Outpatient attendance registers. • Compliance with the Health and Safety Act. Solid and liquid • Presence of • Physical inspection Monthly Environment Implement wastes scattered • Number of al Supervisor recommendations litter. complaints. Contractor • Signs of obstruction of watercourse s. HIV&AIDS • Number • Inspection of Quarterly Contractor Implement campaign HIV/AIDS Social recommendations meetings on prevention services Supervisor transmission within the site. of diseases • Number of like condoms, ARVs HIV/AIDS provided. and other STDs. • Number of condom
392
Frequenc Responsibili Environmental/Soc Performance Monitoring y of ty Area Corrective Action ial Component Indicators Requirements monitorin g dispensers within the site. • Number of ARVs provided to vulnerable persons Project Solid and liquid • Scattered • Physical inspection Monthly Environment Implement Site and wastes litter • Number of al Supervisor recommendations Material • Signs of complaints Contractor Sites obstruction of waterways. • Flow of wastewater on the ground surface. • Provision of sanitary facilities to the construction crews. Flora and Fauna • Amount of • Documentation of Quarterly Environment • Implement vegetation uprooted trees al Supervisor recommendatio removed • Observation ns
393
Frequenc Responsibili Environmental/Soc Performance Monitoring y of ty Area Corrective Action ial Component Indicators Requirements monitorin g Gender • Number of • Review of company Quarterly Social • Implement Empowerment female staff records. Supervisor recommendatio employees • Physical Inspection ns • Number of male and female toilets Crime Management • Number of • Review of records Monthly Social • Implement and security reported • Interviews with Supervisor recommendatio crimes staff and local ns • Number of community complaints Impacts on Children • Record of • Review of records Monthly Social • Implement employees • Interviews with Supervisor recommendatio including staff and local ns IDs community GBV, Sexual • Number of • Review of Monthly Social • Implement Exploitation and complaints grievance redress Supervisor recommendatio Abuse forms. ns • Interviews with local community Loss of Life, Injury • Record of • Review of records Monthly Environment • Implement and Damage to accidents • Interviews with al Supervisor recommendatio Private property and damages staff and local ns done community. Labour Influx • Number of • Interviews with Monthly Social • Implement grievances local administration Supervisor recommendatio • Incidences on influx and ns of conflicts conflicts
394
Frequenc Responsibili Environmental/Soc Performance Monitoring y of ty Area Corrective Action ial Component Indicators Requirements monitorin g • Complaints log • Interviews with grievance committee members Conflicts • Records of • Police incidence Monthly Social • Implement conflicts reports Supervisor recommendatio with local • Grievance/Complai ns administrati nts logs on • Number of grievances • Complaints logs
395
The purpose of the ESMP is to identify the principles, approach, procedures and methods that will be used to control and minimise the environmental and social impacts of all activities associated with Project development. The ESMP provides a summary of activities, their related potential impacts and the corresponding recommended mitigation measures to be carried out during the pre- construction, construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the Project. It details active remedial and mitigation measures to be continuously carried out to prevent or minimize impacts on the bio-physical and socio-cultural environments as well as to promote occupational safety and health of employees. It also seeks to identify the various institutional responsibilities to manage the environmental aspect of the Project as well as the cost involved.
10.6 POSSIBLE ENHANCEMENT MEASURES g) Possible enhancement measures of beneficial impacts would include the following: i. Construction should adhere to recommended best construction practices that make effective and economical use of locally available resources including materials, expertise and labour; ii. Operation of the project should adhere to the operations and maintenance specifications prepared with the design; iii. Ensure that the poor and other vulnerable in the project area will be catered for by the project under the RAP; and iv. Ensure that social services provide education on appropriate hygienic conditions and taking into consideration gender particular roles and responsibilities.
10.7 DESIGN MEASURES THAT WILL LIKELY ENHANCE THE PROJECT These are measures that will be included in the project design to enhance the environmental and social features of the project. The measures have been developed in close consultation with UNRA (Safeguards Department, Directorate of Road Network Planning Engineering), and the Design Consultants. Key ESIA findings, impacts, and mitigation measures (including design enhancements) stated below, have been discussed with UNRA who shall accordingly follow-up with implementation. These design considerations shall accordingly be included in a design review of the project road. The design considerations will include: a. Realignment of engineering design of the road sections through sections with graveyards/cemeteries, namely at Lodonga Black Catholic Church mission in Yumbe District at GPS Coordinates E287987 & N377080, Moslem cemeteries at Lojili Village in Moyo District at GPS Coordinates E344522 & N398236 and at Alaba village in Yumbe district at GPS coordinates E314923 & N392299; b. Proposals for re-alignments necessitated in sections through more populated areas/growth centers of Lefori in Moyo district, Kuru in Yumbe district and Lodonga in Yumbe district; c. Collaborate with NFA and Licensed tree farmers regarding specific considerations in sections where the road passes through three (3) CFRs i.e. Lodonga, Eria and Lobajo todetermine due compensation through the RAP process; and d. Road signages and bumps will be erected on some sections of the highway to warn motorists on both approaches to sections adjacent to schools, health centers, places of worship, trading centers and livestock crossing points. These areas have been listed under Table 71 (Schools), Table 85 (Churches), and Growth Centers (5 in Moyo, 12 in Yumbe & 5 in Koboko), listed here below: e. The contractor will be required to construct waste water management systems including sewage. Waste water resulting from construction activities will be channelled into
396
sedimentation basins to allow for settling, while waste water contaminated by oils and other chemical wastes will be channelled into oil skiming tanks. The contractor shall use a water borne sewage management system.
Table 101: Social centres in areas traversed by the road
397
District Facility Impact caused by the Recommendation Proposed Preliminary Design a. Avoid realignment b. Minimise 1.Retain c. Mitigate 2.Minor alignment 3.Major alignment Moyo District Lefori TC Trading center Muslim Cemetery along Avoid the Minor re- along the the alignment and cemetery alignment to existing road opposite the Mosque. the right from Cemetery used by the Moyo to Muslims community in Koboko and around Lefori direction; Or reduction in the width of required RoW Some (22) commercial Minimise and or Reduction in buildings affected; 7 mitigate through width of shops and 9 kiosks and 03 compensation required RoW clinics serving the community Gwere TC RGC along the Some (19) commercial Minimise and or Reduction in existing road buildings; 4 unfinished mitigate through width of structures affected; 9 compensation required RoW shops, 1 video hall and 1 water kiosk serving the community Yumbe District Kocki TC Commercial Destroys the 24 Minimise and; Reduction in location with commercial structures then mitigate width of various socio- (on both sides of the road) through required RoW; economic housing 14 shops and 04 compensation to Or minor re- activities and eating houses. restore alignment to facilities either side of to minimise double side impact
398
Kerila TC RGC with Project RoW affects 23 Minimise and; Reduction in various socio- commercial buildings, 05 then mitigate width of economic kiosks, 16 shops, 03 through required RoW; activities and clinics, 06 eating houses, compensation to facilities 01 video hall and 03 hair restore saloons Kobo village Rural Project will affect several Avoid the Minor re- Ombachi community graves in Kobo cemetery alignment Parish with few community cemetery Or reduction in scattered used by the community the width of temporary and required RoW permanent houses and community cemetery Yumbe TC Purely Displaces 31 commercial Minimise and or Reduce width commercial buildings with 26 shops, mitigate through of required center with 11 clinics/drugs shops, 21 compensation RoW and take various kiosks, 08 institutions, 01 before destruction care of socioeconomic water PSP, 02 petrol physical activities and stations used by development several community and 06 plan of town residences and incomplete commercial institutions buildings Lodonga Commercial Displaces some 17 Minimise and or Retain the center with commercial buildings mitigate through alignment commercial with 14 shops, 15 kiosks, compensation Or reduce buildings, 07 drugs shops, 07 before destruction width of shops and produce stores, 03 eating required RoW several houses, 01 video hall, 02 residences and water kiosks and 01 service roadside market used by facilities the community Aliyodranyus RGC with Project RoW displaces 20 Minimise and or Reduce width commercial commercial buildings mitigate through of required activities and with 06 shops, 05 drugs compensation RoW residences shops, 09 kiosks used by before destruction behind shops the community
399
Kuru RGC with 4 Commercial buildings Minimise and or Reduce width commercial 1 shop, 3 stores, 7 kiosks, mitigate through of required activities and 2 temporary structures compensation RoW residences before destruction behind shops
10.8 ORGANIZATIONAL SET-UP AND ESMP IMPLEMENTATION MECHANISMS
10.8.1 SET UP OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS MANAGEMENT The overall implementation and monitoring of the ESIA/ESMP for the road project is the responsibility of UNRA through its Directorate of Network Planning and Engineering and specifically, the Department of Environment and Social Safeguards (DESS). DESS is headed by a Manager whose other staff include 5 Specialists (3No. Social Development Specialists and 2No. Environmental Specialists). In addition, there is a pool of six Technical Assistants (3No. Environmental Specialists and 3 No. Social Development Specialists) and these are provided through technical assistance programmes by the World Bank and African Development Bank (AfDB) and their contracts will expire by July 2020. Furthermore, DESS has 5No. Junior Safeguards officers and 6No. Environmental and Social Safeguards Trainees. In terms of mandate, DESS has a primary role to ensure all UNRA programs, plans, projects and activities mainstream environmental and social safeguards considerations as well as ensuring that, UNRA’s capacity and awareness is built in the areas of environmental and social safeguards. In execution of this over-arching mandate, DESS has in place some environmental and social safeguards management tools such as Environmental Management System (EMS) and social management system (EMS) and Land Acquisition and Resettlement Systems (LARMS).
Operationally, DESS is involved in a range of environmental and social safeguards roles in the Authority cascading from reviews of ESIAs and RAPs, monitoring and supervision of on-going road construction projects to direct involvement in-house in the preparation of environmental and social safeguards reports for road projects under preparation. There are currently 40 on-going road projects spread all-over the country and about 63 road projects under different stages of preparation (including bridges on various roads throughout the country).
10.8.2 MANAGEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS IN KOBOKO-YUMBE-MOYO ROAD PROJECT UNRA will assign a dedicated Environment and Social Safeguards staff for the road project. UNRA will hire KYM Project Environmental and Social Safeguards Specialists (No.2) and Assistants (No.2), to augment UNRA’s overstretched Capacity to manage the ongoing numerous projects not longer than four months after Project effectiveness, and in any case before commencement of the civil works. UNRA shall liaise with the World Bank to provide the project Safeguards Staff training on management of environmental and social aspects (including monitoring and record keeping) in line with the provisions of the Environmental and Social Framework, with specific focus on the10
400
individual Environmental Social Standards. In addition, the project is recommended to hire two intern trainees for Environment and Health and Safety.The safeguards team will undertake environmental and social monitoring of the ESMP in conjunction with the relevant stakeholder government departments and agencies that have a role in the implementation of road by way of their sector/statutory mandate. UNRA will be represented on site by a Supervision Consultant. The Project Supervision Consultant will assist UNRA to provide a full-time presence on site to manage the contracts. The Project Supervision Consultant will comprise of among others a qualified and UNRA approved full-time Environmental Expert, Sociologist and inputs from a RAP Expert to guide on matters of land acquisition. The Contractor will also have an environmental officer, health and safety advisor and social officer to support in managing potential environmental, social, health and safety risks and impacts. It is proposed the project will retain services of some Community Liaison Officers (CLOs) preferably, some of those who had been hired by the ESIA and RAP Consultant during this study.
It is also recommended that the project shall procure a dedicated vehicle for safeguards staff hired at UNRA level and the Contractors and Supervision Consultant (Section 11.4.2) shall be required to provide dedicated functional vehicle for safeguards staff. Please note that appropriate PPE shall be required as one of the items to be provided by the Contractor at all times throughout the project and no specific quantities (no itemizing) should be attached given the fact that they are an integral part of the tasks to be undertaken to deliver the project.
10.8.3 OPERATIONAL CHALLENGES Bearing in mind how the mainstreaming path for cross-cutting themes into the road sub-sector has developed, no doubt, UNRA is commended for its efforts this far which are evident in terms of its levels of institutionalization of environmental and social safeguards agenda into its planning and operations. The environmental and social safeguards profile in the Entity is high as evidenced by separation of ESIAs and RAP studies from road engineering designs. All these are no mean achievements and more reforms towards improving safeguards landscape in the Entity continue to grow. Despite the above milestones, the operations of DESS is grappling with a number of challenges which continue to affect its efficient delivery of environmental and social safeguards services in UNRA and some of these include:
Staffing The human resource equation for the delivery of environmental and social safeguards compliance over-sight by DESS is wanting in view of the growing number of road projects under preparation and implementation by UNRA. More so, some of the projects have tight preparation timelines as well as stringent safeguards requirements demanded by financing agencies including national requirements as contained in the amended National Environment Act 2019. No doubt, available personnel in the Department is being stretched despite effort they put towards the requirements by the projects.
In addition, the Technical Assistants hired present two challenges in that, the duration of their contracts will end by July 2020 without indication of extension and they get involved in specific projects which assistance they were procured than offer capacity building, which would create sustainability. These indicate the human resource challenge at hand.
401
Equipment In execution of supervisory and monitoring role, DESS relies largely on physical site inspections, interviews and review of records without going into some in situ measurements of some physical and ecological parameters. The approach can be exploited by fraudulent contractors since they will have known that, there will be measures for on-site physical verifications. DESS shall have in-house equipment for rapid verification of noise, air quality, vibrations and water. It is recommended that the DESS Specialists working onsite shall undertake verification measurements of specific parameters on a case-by-case basis, especially near sensitive locations when construction is ongoing. Regular/daily monitoring of project activities shall be undertaken by the Contractor. All monitoring results/parameters shall be recorded and used in case of complaints. In the same vein, there should be readily available logistics in terms of vehicles for the Department to rapidly respond to environmental and social safeguards emergencies in the projects as they happen.
10.8.4 DESS CAPACITY BUILDING NEEDS UNDER THE PROJECT For effective management of the environmental and social safeguards requirements in the road project the following are proposed: a. Hire of Technical Assistants/Advisers: The Project could hire 2No. Technical Assistants i.e. 1No. Environmental Specialist and 1No. Social Development Specialist. b. Hire of Community Liaison Officers: For on-ground liaison and communication with the PAPs and the communities at large in the areas of the project, it is proposed that, services of local CLOs be sourced, and their role will be support RAP implementation and monitoring. It is proposed that, 6 No. CLOs be recruited 2 for sections of the road in the constituent districts (2No. for Koboko road section, 2No. for Yumbe section and 2No. for Moyo road section) and they should be graduates in environment and related social science disciplines. c. Procurement of Field Equipment: The project should support purchase of field equipment for noise, air quality, vibrations and water tests. d. Support towards effective operationalization of EMS: Much the EMS is comprehensive in a number of UNRA’s environmental and social safeguards operations, there is need to have a dedicated officer to lead in ensuring it’s effective implementation. e. Training: There will be need to conduct induction-training sessions for CLOs, Technical Advisers, and project Technical officers on the following area: i. General ESF requirements; ii. Gender and SGBVs aspects in the project; iii. Child labor awareness; iv. Vulnerability awareness and sensitization drives; v. Climate change mainstreaming; vi. Compensation aspects in the project; vii. Livelihoods ventures; viii. HIV/AIDS, STIs and Hepatitis B control; ix. UNRA EMS provisions and its requirements; and x. Awareness on National Environment Act 2019 its provisions relating to the road project.
10.9 INTEGRATION OF E&S ASPECTS INTO PROCUREMENT PROCESS
402
10.9.1 BIDDING During the bidding process, the Contractor will be expected to include a brief methodology of the implementation of the relevant environmental and social safeguards and attach a cost of implementation of these plans in his proposal bid. In addition, the Contractor will have to provide relevant staff for the implementation of the safeguards including a Social Specialist supported by Community Liaison Officers and an Environment Specialist supported by HSE Officers. Lastly, the contractor must prove prior experience in adequately managing safeguards issues in the road sector.
The key aspects to be included in the contracts for civil works are highlighted below.
10.9.2 BILL OF QUANTITIES The BoQs must capture all relevant safeguards aspects. These should include safeguards staffing, documentation (CESMP, etc.), waste management, HIV/AIDS, grievance redress, gender awareness, site clean-up and landscaping, monthly ESMP reporting among others. Laxity in the provision and use of personal protective equipment is a risk to the safety of workers. The BoQs should provide a sum for PPE and supervision be done to ensure that all workers undertake works while in full PPE.
10.9.3 SAFEGUARDS CLAUSES As a best practice, the contracts for the civil works should include clauses on management of environment and social aspects. Sometimes, the clauses are weak and cannot be used to hold the contractors accountable. There is need to strengthen the clauses and to tailor them to the specific project safeguards aspects and management needs.
10.9.4 STAFFING It is common for contractors to recruit unqualified safeguards staff or to assign safeguards duties to site foremen or clerks with no prior safeguards experience. Staffing requirements should be spelt out in the contracts. In addition, it may be useful to include the minimum requirements in the contracts for the civil works. Therefore, UNRA through the supervising consultants must approve the contractor’s Environment Officer, Health and Safety Officer and the Sociologist.
10.9.5 ESMP MONITORING AND REPORTING Laxity in implementation and reporting on safeguards issues is common amongst contractors largely because they do not take safeguards issues seriously. This can be addressed by requiring contractors to prepare monthly environment and social monitoring reports. These should either be pay items and clearly included in the BoQs or a condition for certification and payment approvals. Contractor safeguards reports are usually characterized by failure to include useful monitoring indicators such as safety statistics (fatalities, minor injuries, near misses, etc.), number of trees cut, and number replanted amongst others. The contractors will require training on safeguards monitoring and reporting. The contractors need to undertake proper recordkeeping of all safeguards activities. The contractors should liaise with District technical offices such as the DEO, DCDO, DE and Physical Planner to ensure proper monitoring and timely implementation of project activities.
403
The Supervising Consultant shall be required to maintain a Compliance Tracker to follow-up on implementation of corrective instructions during project implementation and also guide on the use of financial remedies to evoke Compliance. For example, each instruction that does not get implemented for two consecutive reminders would attract financial penalty without further reminder or withhold of any financial certificate due for payment. The Contractor will be required to report accidents to supervising engineer in timely manner and police, including maintaining an accident and incident log; Severe Accidents (fatalities) and Serious Accidents shall be reported to the RE immediately and to UNRA within 12 hours and to World Bank within 24 hours of occurrence.
10.9.6 DECOMMISSIONING AND RESTORATION OF DISTURBED AREAS At the end of the construction period, the Contractor must ensure restoration of all disturbed areas including materials sites through proper landscaping, backfilling and restoring topsoil, (re-) introduction of genetic species (e.g. natural re-grassing) similar to those destroyed in order to re- establish the natural local ecology. The final payment must be tagged to successful restoration activities.
10.10 CONTRACTOR/ UNRA MANAGEMENT PLANS The Contractor will be required to prepare some standalone safeguards management plans in addition to the Contractor’s Environment and Social Management Plan. Reference should always be made to the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (CESMP) as the overarching document that contains general Control Statements for various impacts such as air quality, solid waste, and hazardous materials, water quality and ecosystem, noise and vibration control, erosion control, waste excavation and disposal and safety and occupational health. In addition to the Management Plans, the Contractor should prepare Method Statements for specific activities such as earthworks and submit for the Supervision Engineer’s review and comments before commencement of works. If the Engineer notifies the Contractor that a specific method statement has failed to provide adequate mitigations, such a statement should be revised and resubmitted until when approved. UNRA will also prepare any other management plans for other unforeseen project safeguards risks. The Supervision Consultant (as represented by the Resident Engineer) shall provide clearance to the CESMP before commencement of civil works, in consultation (technical) with UNRA and the World Bank.
10.10.1 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM Project activities including those of the contractor at implementation phase usually result into undesirable social-economic and environmental impacts, which may cause feelings of discomfort and unfairness among project stakeholders including PAPs. This often results into grievances which require to be managed easily and promptly so as not to affect project activities. UNRA has recently developed harmonized guidelines for GRM (2018) for its road projects. The consultant proposes a similar arrangement since it is considered sufficient for this project.
Therefore, this section describes avenues for affected persons to lodge a complaint or express a grievance against the project, its staff or contractors during project implementation. It also describes
404
the procedures, roles and responsibilities for addressing grievances and resolving disputes. Every aggrieved person shall be able to trigger this mechanism to quickly resolve their complaints.
A grievance in the context of this project is defined as a complaint of dissatisfaction, harm, unfairness or mistreatment raised by an individual or a group within project area including project works or beyond affected by project processes and activities
10.10.1.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF GRM. The purpose of the GRM is to put in place a simple and easily accessible systematic process for recording, processing and promptly resolving grievances during project planning and implementation. In line with the UNRA ESS policy and UNRA Harmonised Grievance Redress Mechanism, 2018, the specific objectives of the GRM are: i. To provide project stakeholders with a clear mechanism of channeling grievances; ii. To set up and make known to all stakeholders a clear, accessible, transparent and efficient system for receiving and resolving grievances; iii. To record, categorize and prioritize the grievances; iv. To provide an environment that fosters free and honest exchange of information and ideas in regard to resolving received grievances; v. To define clear roles and responsibilities of the various parties involved in managing grievances. vi. To promptly resolve grievances in consultation with stakeholders within a specified timeframe vii. To escalate unresolved grievances in line with UNRA harmonized GRM procedure.
10.10.1.2 SOURCES OF GRIEVANCES During the project planning and implementation, and during project development, grievances arise from multiple sources. These include but not limited to casualties, fatalities, damages to sensitive ecosystems, loss of productive lands and assets, the spread of diseases, sexual violence, physical displacement, loss of livelihoods, as well as delayed completion of essential works, cost increases, and unsatisfactory road conditions. More detailed sources are provided in table below.
Table 102: Types of Grievances and examples Type of Grievances Examples Engineering Related The major issues related to engineering are to do with road Grievances alignment, culvert locations, cost overruns, and the location of access roads or route options. Environmental Disturbance of natural ecosystems, inadequate management of Grievances project impacts such as storm water, stone blasting, dust, noise, uncovered borrow areas, encroachment on natural resources, waste disposal, hipping soil spoils in private property or swamps, inadequate restoration of sites. Social Issues Disruption of other existing public services e.g. hospitals, schools, water and electricity supply, historical sites, impacts on cultural sites, access to people’s homes, unwanted pregnancies, spread of
405
diseases (HIV/AIDS, STI issues), Child labour, family breakages, Rape / sexual and Gender-Based Violence, accidents Land-related issues Non-payment of compensation money, underpayment of compensation money, over-valuation and undervaluation of same or similar property, loss of livelihoods, omission of the affected property, road reserve queries, return of title, delayed payment, disputes of land ownership, injurious affections e.g. cracks in buildings, house left either hanging or below the road culvert locations, boundary queries between PAPs, registration of ghost PAPs, forgery of documents (e.g. Land titles, death certificate), obtaining money by false pretense, impersonation
10.10.1.3 GRM PRINCIPLES The proposed GRM is informed by a set of principles explained in UNRA Harmonized Grievance Redress Mechanism, 2018 that include that the GRM is binding and legitimate; GRM is affordable and accessible; GRM is transparent and free from interference; and GRM promotes equal opportunity for all parties.
10.10.1.4 GRIEVANCES MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES These includes: Grievances Management Committees(GMCs) UNRA also promotes the concept of Grievances Management Committees24. This is a community based arrangement that seeks to resolve grievances at the lowest level possible using existing or established structures. GMCs are composed of a minimum of 6 persons with; 3 PAP representatives with a gender balance, LC1 chairpersons (ex-officio) and 2 other community members elected by community members from among the elderly or opinion leaders, and or community based civil society leadership: a. The GMC should comprise of: An observer who is a CBO / CSO representative if available– b. Chairperson LC1 (but not to be elected as chairman of the GMC)– c. 3 Project Affected Persons (at least 1 woman must be elected)– d. An opinion leader (e.g. elder, religious or clan leader) if available. e. From the PAPs members, an executive is elected composed of chairperson, secretary and mobiliser GMCs have been set up with the help of District and sub-county CDOs and LC1 leaders through community meetings with PAPs and general community members along the alignment using the following procedure. h) Pre-set engagements a. Pre-set up engagements were held with the District and sub-county selected technical officers (CDOs) and leaders during second level engagements at the onset of detailed cadastral and property surveys. The purpose and objectives of setting the GMCs was explained to them including their expected support roles during this process. b. Also, official from Moyo and Yumbe TC, especially the Town Agents, were also consulted during pre-set up engagements. c. Using the project CLOs, the parish chiefs and LC1 chairperson of the various villages along
406
the alignment were also consulted during pre-set up engagement. The purpose and objectives of setting the GMCs was explained to them including their expected support roles during this process. d. During the pre-set up engagements, the parish chiefs and LC1 chairpersons were given guidance about the procedure for mobilisation of PAPs and community members with emphasis on mobilizing women, elderly, PWDs, youth, opinion leaders and elders, and members of the community based civil society. A schedule for the set-up of GMCs was also developed and shared with local leadership.
i) Conducting the GMC enrolment and set up meeting The GMCs for this project were set up at parish level with a minimum of six members. By implication, all chairpersons in the villages that make up the parish/ward become members as described above. i. Parish level community sensitization and GMC enrolment meeting was organized by the parish chiefs and respective LC1 chairperson. At the enrolment meetings, the agenda included the following issues: • Prayers • Welcome remarks by LC1 official where meeting was held • Opening remarks by sub-county official or representative • Introductions of the consultant team members • Background information about the UNRA project in the community • Background information about grievances related to the project and how UNRA proposes to manage such grievances through GMCs and other structures(GRM) • The role of GMCs including how an effective GMC can help manage grievances there by protecting the wellbeing of communities and ensuring the success of the project. GMCs also receive and record grievances, review and address or refer grievances, and provide feedback on status of grievance resolution to relevant persons • The compositions of GMCs, nominations and election of members including gender considerations and term of service of members. • Suitability of GMC members such as trustworthiness, experience on similar committees, knowledgeable and respect for others. • Facilitation of GMC members and emphasis on the voluntary aspects of memberships. • Capacity building for GMC members ii. Nominations were done as per the UNRA-Guidelines for setting up GMCs. Nominees were given opportunity to introduce themselves before elections. Nominated persons were requested to stand up or step aside d while the community voted by show of hands. iii. Community members were allowed to vote more than once in order to enable them elect their favourite candidates.
407
Figure 74: GMC Enrolment and Set-up Meetings at Community level.
A total of 26 GMCs were formed; 8 GMCs in Moyo District, 14 GMCs in Yumbe and 4 GMCs in Koboko District. The list of GMCs formed and their respective membership is indicated in Appendix. Now that the GMCs are formed, UNRA shall train them in order to enable them to effectively collect, screen and manage and communicate about such grievances to UNRA for verification and consideration (for more details, refer to UNRA- GRM, 2018).
10.10.1.5 GRIEVANCES MANAGEMENT i. A grievance can be submitted by any stakeholder either in writing or verbally through UNRA established channels (UNRA contact centres along the alignment, at RAP-RIT offices, at the UNRA headquarters, UNRA offices in Kyambogo, UNRA stations at Arua and Moyo), project contractor/consultants office, and or Community based GMCs. ii. Grievances may, in addition, be submitted through any of the following channels: ❖ Email:([email protected]); ❖ Via (telephone)Toll-free line: (0800-100-812) or Customer Care Hotline (041- 4-318111) iii. To promote access to this GRM, grievances can be submitted in the local language. At entry, such grievances submitted in the local language will be translated into English and an equivalent explanation given to the complainant or there presentative. iv. To promote quick response and resolution of grievances, minimum considerations for reception of grievances will apply (names of complainant, address, nature of complaint, time and parties involved, any evidence and witness). These minimum considerations will continuously be explained to the community members during stakeholder consultations at the planning and implementation phase of this project. v. All grievances received will be registered using the GRM forms and logged onto an established GRM database. The complainant should receive an acknowledgment of receipt of the grievance in writing within a reasonable timeframe not exceeding 48 hours. Record forms and logo books already in use by the project proponent for road projects will be adapted for this project. vi. Paper copies of the grievance form and the community reporting template will be made available to GMCs. vii. Screening and categorising Grievances: Grievances received will be screened and categorized
408
to establish the nature, type and eligibility of the complaint as illustrated in the table below.
In addition, the GM shall be adapted to be responsive to SEA/SH reporting in the following ways; ❖ The GM focal persons (as relevant) will need to be trained on SEA/SH/GBV and on survivor centred approaches including those of confidentiality and safety of complainants/survivors; ❖ Clear GM procedures and mechanisms for reporting allegations of GBV/SEA need to be be in place, - Also, a Response and Acountability mechanism should be clearly defined to hold project related perpetraters accountable.
Table 103: Screening and categorization criteria Category Description Implication Category Complaints that are not related to a UNRA Out of scope and require 0: project, project workers or any UNRA immediate activity feedback/referral and Category Queries, comments, and suggestions closureRequire immediate 1: feedback and closure Category2: Complaints and concerns, which are not It is within mandate of criminal in nature or do not require the UNRA in respect to project involvement of police activities and require Category Complaints and concerns that involve processingRequire 3: allegations that require investigation or immediat intervention by the police or other law e escalation enforcement authorities. Once the complaint is screened for eligibility, then a decision will be taken to either drop it or proceed with assessments and investigation, and the complainant will be duly informed. Complaints that are categorized as (0) or (1) are quite straight forward will be resolved on first contact and closed out. The complainant will be given feedback and sign a closure out form. After screening and ascertaining need for further investigation by UNRA, the grievance will be attended to by the GMC or assigned to relevant department at UNRA as quickly as possible.
10.10.1.6 GRIEVANCE PROCESSING The following process, as adapted from the existing UNRA-GRM Harmonised Guidelines, 2018; has been made available for PAPs, community and other stakeholders to have their grievances processed once they have been categorized as eligible. i. Investigation and Feedback (Tier One): If a grievance is categorized as (2) and requires further investigation it will be handled by the GMC or by mandate assigned to relevant officers or department. The process flow is lustrated in table below.
Table 104: Grievances Process Flow Step Action Responsibility 1. Reception and registration by GMC or GMC sec or appointed UNRA UNRA representative or contractor /consultant office/centre/contractor/consultant CLO/sociologists 409
2. Acknowledgement of receipt to GMC sec or appointed UNRA complainant representative or contractor /consultant 3. Sorting/categorization GMCCLO/sociologists sec or appointed UNRA representative or contractor /consultant 4. Grievance review and investigation (if GMC,CLO/sociologists relevant UNRA department or category 2) and solution discussion contractor/consultant representative 5. Feedback to complainant GMC sec or appointed UNRA representative or contractor /consultant 6. Notification of responsible parties and GMCCLO/sociologists sec or appointed UNRA implementation of resolution representative or contractor /consultant 7. Closure CLO/sociologistsGMC sec or appointed UNRA representative or contractor /consultant ii. In case the complainant is satisfied with the proposedCLO/sociologists solution, there solution will be effected and grievance closed out. Complainant will sign a grievance closure form witnessed by the UNRA or appointed representative. iii. The second tier is where the complainant is not satisfied with the resolution at the first tier. A mediator will be identified to mediate between the complainant and UNRA or contractor/consultant. Possible mediators include religious leaders, family/clan leaders, elders and CSO leaders or managers. iv. At the second tier, a near process described in table above will apply. v. In case the complainant is satisfied with the mediator proposed solution, the resolution will be effected and grievance closed out. Complainant will sign a grievance closure form witnessed by the mediator or appointed representative. vi. In case complainant is not satisfied with the mediation resolution, this GRM provides for recourse to the formal and traditional judicial system. vii. For SEA/SH/GBV cases, the GM shall adapt a survivor centred approach facilitating safe and confidential acess to services by complainants/survivors. viii.
10.10.1.7 CAPACITY BUILDING FOR THE GRIEVANCE OFFICER AND GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE All persons engaged in management of grievances shall be oriented in the process as well as conflict management procedures. There is need to build capacity of the Grievance Officer and the Grievance Committee in areas below for them to effectively execute their roles: a. Communication and interpersonal skills, b. Conflict arbitration, and c. Grievance redress process comprised in this ESIA and RAP report.
10.10.1.8 WOMEN ACCESS AND PARTICIPATION IN THE GRIEVANCE PROCESS Gender differences should be taken into consideration when handling grievances. In addition, established forms of gender segregation and defined roles and responsibilities may affect both men and women’s access to and use of a grievance mechanism. Women may also be inhibited or hindered from complaining about specific incidents (e.g., husbands abandoning affected family and eloping
410
with different women after receiving compensation proceeds and gender based violence emanating from contested sharing of compensation proceeds). In some communities, women may have lower literacy rates than men and be less familiar with formal processes. Therefore, grievance mechanism committee to be established will include female staff who are aware of and sensitive to the role of women in local communities and the issues they face. The project will train personnel in the handling of gender-sensitive issues; preferably the safeguards team for UNRA should have training in gender based violence.
10.10.1.9 REPORTING The UNRA sociologists, CLO and or contractor/consultant appointed representative in charge of grievances will make monthly grievances management reports with gender and area disaggregated data; highlighting information regarding the status, management, coordination and implementation of the GM. Key indicators relevant for the weekly and monthly GRM reporting will be: a. No of grievances received / month or week b. No. of outstanding grievances currently within each tier of the GRM c. No of outstanding grievances and reasons for non-resolution d. No of resolved and closed out grievances e. No of closed out grievances on stipulated time period allowed f. No of closed out grievances outside the stipulated time allowed g. No of escalated grievances and reasons for escalation.
For GBV cases the following indicators will be useful; a. No. of GBV cases that have been referred to GBV service providers b. Time it took to resolve a GBV related complaint
10.10.2 INFLUX MANAGEMENT PLAN While project-induced influx can benefit the project and host communities (e.g., by increasing business opportunities, improving the availability goods and services, and offering employment to locals), the influx can pose significant risks and impacts. If not carefully managed, labour influx can negatively affect public infrastructure, utilities, public services, housing, health, food security and social dynamics in the project area, especially in rural, remote or small communities, which typically have less absorptive capacity than a large urban environment. The Plan will detail measures aimed at: 1) avoiding or reducing negative influx impacts and enhancing positive impacts in the project area of influence; and 2) providing capacity building for Contractor, local government and communities to help them cope with project-induced in-migration.
10.10.3 LABOUR MANAGEMENT PLAN The Contractor is expected to have a clear plan for recruitment of workers to promote project ownership by the communities. The Contractor should give preference to local people by recruitment of unskilled and semi-skilled labour from project villages and this should be done through local areas councils from where those seeking employment should get letters of recommendations.
411
10.10.4 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING MANAGEMENT PLAN The road construction will require considerable amounts of gravel. In order to quarry this material, explosives will be employed as a primary means of breaking the rock from designated sources. The purpose of the Explosives and Blasting Management Plan is to describe how the Contractor will integrate safe use of explosives into quarrying operations while minimizing environmental and social impacts. The objectives of the Explosives and Blasting Management Plan are as follows: a. Ensure that handling of explosives is done in a manner that will minimize the possibility of accidents or incidents; b. Provide guidance on explosives management for the Project; c. Prescribe procedures for safe blasting; d. Ensure that infrastructure for explosives storage is compliant with all applicable regulations; e. Prescribe safe and environmentally sound measures for disposal or destruction of explosives; f. Prescribe procedures for dealing with spills of explosive materials; and g. Elaborate the chain of responsibility for explosives management.
Permits required for the use and storage of explosives will be obtained prior to quarrying. The permits and licenses required are listed below; 1. Permit for Use of Explosives (Renewable yearly) – Required under the Explosives Act, 2. Explosives Magazine License (Renewable yearly) – Required under the Explosives Act, 3. Explosive Transportation Permits – Required under the Explosives Act, 4. Blasting Certificate – Required under the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations.
10.10.5 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN The major purpose of the Traffic Management Plan is to help protect road users and workers and keep traffic delays to a minimum through proper and clear signage and controls. The Traffic Management Plan will provide actions to ensure safety of road users and construction staff during construction of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road. It will outline traffic control and traffic management procedures to prevent potential hazards associated with road use during construction. Any road work resulting in obstruction of roads needs to be managed so that safety is not compromised and disruptions and delays to road users are kept to a minimum. The Plan should include a road safety awareness program.
10.10.6 SECURITY MANAGEMENT PLAN The Plan will provide guidance and requirements on safety and security for the Project. It will identify potential security risks present during the construction phase, methods and actions to mitigate these risks, and the requirements to ensure the highest levels of safety and security in the implementation of the Project. It will, therefore, set out commitment of the Project to security under the project. UNRA will not sanction any use of force by direct or contracted workers in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat. UNRA/ RE will (i) make reasonable inquiries to verify that the direct or contracted workers retained by the Contractors to provide security are not implicated in past abuses; (ii) train them adequately in the use of force and appropriate conduct towards workers and host communities; (iii) require them to act within the applicable law and any requirements set out in the ESCP; (iv) UNRA will review all allegations of unlawful or abusive acts of security personnel, take action to prevent recurrence and where necessary report unlawful and abusive acts to relevant
412
Authorities such as the Police, Local Councils, District Local Governments; (v( UNRA shall require that all deployed Security personnel sign a Code of Conduct to make behavioural commitments; (vi) UNRA shall require establishment of a clear and accessible Grievance Redress Mechanism handle complaints from both the Workers and the host community; (vii) Establish coordination and reporting arrangements between the Project Security and the Public Security Agencies; (viii) Put in place appropriate site access and control measures such as fencing of facilities, installing manned gates, surveillance cameras, and (ix) Although the proposed KYM road alignment was cleared of UXOs to the extent possible, the campsites, borrow areas, stone quarries, asphalt plant sites, access roads and other ancillary facilities shall be scanned for UXOs, other abandoned ordinances and improvised explosive devices (IEDs). etc.
10.10.7 NOISE CONTROL PLAN The noise sensitive receptors mainly include schools and residential areas located within less than 100 m from the proposed route. Workers exposed to construction noise are sensitive receptors as well. The Noise Control Plan will consolidate the noise control mitigations and methods to be compiled by the contractor while undertaking activities leading to noise impacts. The objective is to mitigate noise nuisance and disturbances to other public/ socio-economic activities and land uses sensitive to noise. It will be a requirement in the plan that construction activities will be prohibited between 10pm and 6 am in residential areas. Also when operating close to sensitive areas (within 250m) such as residentials, schools or medical facilities, the contractor’s working hours shall be limited to 7AM to 6PM.
10.10.8 AIR QUALITY AND DUST CONTROL PLAN This plan will detail the actions to be taken to mitigate dust generation and air emissions associated with construction of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road. It will identify the sources of air pollution, the predicted levels in the ESIA, the sensitive receptors, management actions and details of the air quality monitoring program. The objectives of the Plan are as follows: • To minimize the nuisance impact on surrounding communities of dust generation during construction activities; • To minimize potential risks from dust generation; • Identify all possible air pollution sources related to construction activities as well as actions to minimize emissions into air. • Ensure there is regular monitoring and reporting of air quality aspects.
10.10.9 EROSION AND POLLUTION CONTROL PLAN Erosion risks are expected to be mainly associated with vegetation clearance, construction of access roads and storage of excavated materials. In some cases, the project area may receive high amounts of rainfall that will be associated with several soil erosion and drainage impacts, such as, siltation and water stagnation that could be experienced in the direct project area. It is recommended that the Contractor includes a comprehensive Erosion, Sedimentation & Pollution Control Plan Checklist.
10.10.10 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN The Waste Management Plan should include the following: a. Waste sources and streams b. Management Hierarchy (3Rs) 413
c. Practices (collection + storage + disposal) for non-hazardous waste d. Practices (collection + storage + disposal) for hazardous waste e. Logistics (bins, etc.) f. Permitting requirements g. Monitoring + Reporting (KPIs)
The Contractor will implement waste management measures and practices throughout the construction period to mitigate risks. The Contractor shall undertake measures to respond to all generated categories of wastes i.e. solid wastes (food residues, metal scraps, bottles, plastics, polythene sheets, wood pallets, papers, faecal matter and other parking materials), construction wastes such as rejects/offcuts of bricks, steel reinforcement, nails, iron sheets, timber among others and liquid wastes (waste oil, wastewater, urine etc.). The Contractor should be aware that large quantities of cut to spoil may be generated which will require disposal. Therefore, the contractor is expected to identify potential sites for waste disposal before excavation works commence in order to secure the requisite approvals in a timely manner.
10.10.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN The Contractor will have to prepare a document that presents the framework for occupational health and safety management and monitoring measures that he will undertake. The OHS plan should typically cover safety programs that will be applied for promoting health and safety, preventing harm, fatality and hazards to the employees, sub-contractors, properties and the general public.
10.10.12 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN The Emergency Response Plan (ERP) will cover the required actions for all situations that could generate emergency situations during the project’s construction phase. The ERP will provide guidance to manage emergency events during different the stages of construction. It will include general guidelines and procedures for the management of emergency events including emergency management command structure and mechanisms for incident reporting and investigation.
10.10.13 HIV/AIDS AND GENDER MANAGEMENT PLAN The Contractor in pursuit of his commitment to health and safety will organize trainings, conduct awareness and education on the use of infection control measure in the workplace. The Contractor is expected to provide appropriate PPE to protect workers from the risk of exposure to HIV/AIDS and incorporate HIV/AIDS information in occupational health and safety inductions, provide guideline in preventing the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted infections (STIs), publicize knowledge related to HIV/AIDS and STIs to the work crews and the surrounding communities, provide information on good HIV prevention interventions, including promotion of the correct use of condoms and ensure sufficient resources are available for HIV programs. The contractor is expected to also come up with a Gender Management Plan (GMP). The GMP will cover gender related aspects, such as GBV risks at community and worker’s level, Sexual Harassment to protect women workers as well as community members, mitigation measures, responses and who is in charge of different actions, show aspects of gender division of labour in terms of equality and equity, gender segregation (for example female workers having separate toilets and changing rooms from male workers), gender working conditions, provision of job opportunities where the contractor identifies areas where ladies are given high opportunities such as cleaning, human resource positions,
414
working in laboratories, flag ladies among others. The GMP should show gender sensitivity and show a clear code of conduct. The GMP should also provide a checklist to help identify whether the project is gender complainant.
10.10.14 SITE RESTORATION/ DECOMMISSIONING PLAN At the end of construction activities, the Contractor shall ensure restoration of the disturbed natural sites through environmental rehabilitation, backfilling and restoring topsoils, (re-) introduction of genetic species (e.g. natural re-grassing) similar to those destroyed in order to re-establish the natural local ecology. The decommission phase will focus on any of the following as applicable: a. Workers’ camp b. The parking/ equipment yards c. Material stockpile areas d. Access roads e. Quarries and borrow pits
Specifically, the process of rehabilitating and restoring the site shall follow the following sequential approach: a. All facility structures shall be demolished; the rumble/debris shall be used for fill purposes or taken to an approved disposal site; b. All equipment, vehicles, trucks and machinery shall be removed from sites; c. Makeshift access roads shall be closed, scarified and revegetated d. Backfilling all openings with soil and leftover overburden e. Planting fast-growing trees and grasses to stabilize excavated areas with native species; f. Fencing off the re-vegetated areas should be provided until the reinstated vegetation has reached maturity
Joint site inspections will be conducted to ensure site restoration before handover of the project in order to assess the progress of restoration activities. They will constitute the Contractor, UNRA, Resident Engineer and the District Environment Officer.
Progressive restoration should be encouraged throughout project implementation, especially for the exhausted materials areas/sites, including parts of quarries, etc. Thus need for restoration plans to be prepared in advance and where necessary approved by NEMA and other responsible statutory bodies.
10.11 APPROVALS, PERMITS AND LICENSES Several approvals and licenses will be required before commencement of certain construction activities. Securing of approvals requires preparation of the relevant documentation and payment of fees. This needs to be done during mobilization to ensure that all approvals are secured in a timely manner to avoid construction delays. It is important to ensure that all materials (sand and aggregates) are sourced from quarries, borrow pits and sand mines approved by NEMA and compliant with environmental laws. For all new materials sites to be opened up, NEMA approval must be secured while all existing sites should undertake/provide proof of having undertaken environmental
415
compliance audits. A list of permits and licenses necessary for execution of the project are indicated in the Table below. Table 105: Permits required by proposed road project development Permit Issuing agency Use Responsibility 1 Environmental approval NEMA Approval for UNRA ESIA certificate. commencement of the project 2 Water abstraction Water Resources Abstraction of water during Contractor permit. Management road construction for Directorate, domestic (camp) use and (WRMD) construction operations. 3 Petroleum construction Petroleum Supply Transport, onsite storage Contractor permit and petroleum Department, and dispensing petroleum operating license. Ministry of Energy fuel during road & Mineral construction. Development 4 Wetlands Resource Use NEMA Approval to conduct work Contractor permit, if need arises on/ in a wetland.
5 Hazardous waste NEMA Onsite storage of hazardous Contractor storage, transportation waste (e.g. used oil). and disposal license. 6 Permission to construct Directorate of Authorizes construction Contractor road across rivers. Resources works across rivers and Management ensures water rights of (DWRM) existing users are not infringed.
Biodiversity Monitoring Monitoring of fauna community response to the likely project impact is important to track the success of the proposed mitigation measures. Monitoring should be done periodically if it is to be effective in tracking the response of fauna community to the impacts. Fourteen sampling points are important if all taxa are put into considerations. The points are indicated in the Table below. Monitoring should be regularly conducted at such points to avoid negatively impacting the different fauna.
Table 106: Recommended Important areas or sensitive areas / sites for biodiversity monitoring Way Point GPS Coordinate of Sampling Point Shannon Wiener Diversity Index Koboko Road Section 36 N 0277664, 0380042 (?? Km) WP-951 Kei Gbengi Community Forest 2.5 Yumbe Road Section 36 N 0288404, 0376820 WP-962 Lodonga Central Forest Reserve 2.7 WP-971 36 N 0299447, 0380881 2.5
416
WP-974 36 N 0303084, 0382758 2.6 WP-976 36 N 0307335, 0385821 2.7 WP-977 36 N 0311366, 0387741 2.5 Moyo Road Section 36 N 0355377, 0402816 WP-987 Loboje CFR 2.5 WP-989 36 N 0354695, 0402577 2.5 36 N 0352435, 0401291 WP-990 Oyajo Village, Rocky Habitat 2.9 36 N 0350086, 0400909 WP-981 ERIA CFR 3.4 36 N 0345847, 0398886 WP-993 Seasonal wetland, Lokiriji Stream 2.9 36 N 0341271, 0395866 WP-994 Ayii Seasonal Stream 2.6 36 N 0337276, 0399057 WP-995 Nyawa River Yumbe and Moyo boundary 2.6 36 N 0326547, 0393599 WP-1004 Kochi River 3
Taxon Monitoring Aspects Butterflies Monitor use of road edges by butterflies Herpetofauna The survey was conducted when the rains were subsiding, and time wasn’t enough for observation of amphibian movements and use of the habitats. There is need therefore to monitor: Use of ephemeral water habitats that may be created along the road, especially for breeding purposes. Birds There is need to monitor use of habitat by birds in the project area. Mammals Monitoring Improved species richness and abundance of the mammal communities is a good index for measuring success. Monitoring may follow weather seasons or be periodical. This helps make project impacts and mitigation measures easy to follow and control. Monitoring should also be done using standard methods for mammal surveys, such as those employed for the current surveys and these should be maintained.
417
Table 107: Monitoring Plan for Physical Environment Aspects Impact or Risk Parameter to be Reason for Monitoring Method Frequency Targets and monitored Monitoring Location Standards Dust generated Dust levels Contamination Quarries Air quality tests Physical No public from construction of foodstuff including (Total Suspended observations complaints about activities causes Public complaints along the road, crusher, murram Particles or – daily. dust deterioration of about dust health and safety borrow pits and PM2.5 and Dust 24-hour averages air quality and a nuisance hazards of dust, project road PM10). monitoring at sensitive public nuisance ensure good air Homesteads Physical – monthly or receptors do not quality to located less than observations of quarterly exceed 25 µg/m3 minimize dieses 500 meters from dust stains at for PM2.5 and 50 associated with dust sources. trading centres µg/m3 for PM10 dust (cough, flu, Public areas. Number of public asthma, etc.) complaints about dust nuisance. Frequency of dust Dust nuisance Trading centres Records Daily in dry Suppress dust to suppression control Along alignment season lowest levels Crusher + Observations possible Quarry Throughout Areas where construction explosives are used. Air pollution PM2.5, PM10, Health hazards At quarry Use of a Portable Monthly Draft National associated with SO2, NO2, to workers and Borrow pits Gas or Particulate Air Quality vehicular VOCs, and CO communities Camp Monitor Standards 2005 emissions, resulting from Yards Interviews with or World Health construction air pollution Trading centres communities and Air Quality equipment, review of GRC Guidelines generators, etc. records. Stone blasting and Specialist blasters To ensure Public Quarry sites Observation Weekly No complaints quarrying such as with vast safety and about flying injury or death experience hired preservation of Borrow pit sites Interviews with stones caused by flying the environment GRCs
418
Impact or Risk Parameter to be Reason for Monitoring Method Frequency Targets and monitored Monitoring Location Standards rock, damage to Distance of flying Records from the dwellings rocks from the grievance logs quarry
Fencing of the borrow pit and quarry sites. Blasting protocol including warning sirens and evacuation of nearby communities before blasting. Site restoration. Affected Secondary Quarry site Interviews with Weekly Any NEMA communities impacts of stone surroundings GRCs. conditions of adequately blasting and Observation from approval of compensated and quarrying Borrow pit sites initial evaluation quarries relocated to minimized after blasting. minimize unlikely negative eventualities. Impact on water Changes in the Health hazards Along Sampling and Quarterly Standards for quality levels of various resulting from construction tests by approved Potable Drinking physical-chemical consumption of areas national Water and biological for poor-quality Base camps. laboratories water points water (Sample bottles) compared to Interviews with baseline values. communities and review of GRC records.
419
Impact or Risk Parameter to be Reason for Monitoring Method Frequency Targets and monitored Monitoring Location Standards Noise from Receptors – To ensure that All construction Sound Meter with Monthly The National construction Equivalent generated noise areas. ability to measure Environment equipment, continuous sound is lower than Sensitive LAeq (Noise Standards drilling, blasting pressure level limits set by receptors and Control) and crushing of with A-weighting NEMA (schools, health Interviews with Regulations, stones (LAeq) centres, communities and 2003 Blasting – residences and review of GRC Equivalent businesses) records continuous sound pressure level Where concerns with C-weighting have been raised (LCeq) Air blast overpressure dB(A). Ground vibrations The ground Detect impact of Structures along Seismograph Monthly for German DIN vibration intensity vibrations on the road road works Standard 4150 is measured in structures Public complaints i.e. maximum of terms of peak Structures near During 15mm/s for particle velocity quarries blasting ground vibration (PPV) in mm/s to for residences evaluate its potential damage. Vibration Frequency in Hz.
Monitoring Equipment for Air-quality (particulates), noise & water quality: It is recommended that the RE and Contractor’s Environmental Staff should be equipped with portable hand-held air quality (mostly particulates), noise and selected water quality parameter monitors which can be used to carry out ad hoc monitoring at the time of the construction. The results can be used to direct the Contractor to take immediate corrective measures and could also be useful in resolving local complaints.
420
421
10.12 GBV ACTION PLAN The GBV Action Plan should monitor implementation of GBV nterventions in the project as well as wider capacity strenthening with respect to GBV and some of the key actions will include: a. Awareness sessions, trainings (management, staff, key stakeholders, developement and dissemination of IEC materials (posters, CoC, Referrla pathway, GM reporting protocols), b. Regular coordination meetings (of GBV service providers spearheaded by the line ministry) c. Hiring of a GBV service provider (NGO) to support the implementation of the SEA/SH Action Plan, and d. This assessment did not cover a GBV service mapping and development of referral pathway (consultant) – this can also be conducted by the Bank etc
10.13 INDICATIVE ESMP IMPLEMENTATION COSTS
No. Environmental and cost mitigation areas for 3 years Cost (USD) 01. Sensitization and mobilization campaigns for the communities and leaders 150,000 and Operationalization of GRMs. 02. Road safety campaigns 320,000 03. HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis B campaigns and treatment 450,000 04. Gender mainstreaming and monitoring 350,000 05. ESIA implementation monitoring costs 420,000 06. Safeguards staffing, Capacity Building 120,000 07. Technical Assistance (2No. for 2.0 years incl.Hire of GBV 960,000 Specialist/Service provider ) 08. Field Equipment (Ls) 100,000 09. Hire of CLOs (6No. for 2.0 years) 85,500 10. Support to EMS implementation for 2 years 350,000 Total 3,305,500
422
11 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL COMMITMENT PLAN a. Government of Uganda is planning to implement the Upgrading of the 105 Km Koboko- Yumbe-Moyo Road to Bituminous Standard Project (the Project), with the involvement of the following Ministries/agencies/units: Uganda National Roads Authority. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/International Development Association hereinafter the Bank/the Association has agreed to provide financing for the Project. b. Government of Uganda will implement material measures and actions so that the Project is implemented in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Standards (ESSs). This Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP) sets out a summary of the material measures and actions. c. Where the ESCP refers to specific plans or other documents, whether they have already been prepared or are to be developed, the ESCP requires compliance with all provisions of such plans or other documents. In particular, the ESCP requires compliance with the provisions set out in the Environmental and Social Management Plan and Resettlement Action Plan that have been developed for the Project as well as NEMA conditions of ESIA approval, conditions in the relevant permits, licenses and approvals and other standalone management plans prepared by the contractor and nominated service providers to be implemented on behalf of Uganda National Roads Authority. d. The table below summarizes the material measures and actions that are required as well as the timing of the material measures and actions. Government of Uganda is responsible for compliance with all requirements of the ESCP even when implementation of specific measures and actions is conducted by the Ministry, agency or unit referenced in 1. above. e. Implementation of the material measures and actions set out in this ESCP will be monitored and reported to the Bank by Government of Uganda as required by the ESCP and the conditions of the legal agreement, and the Bank will monitor and assess progress and completion of the material measures and actions throughout implementation of the Project. f. As agreed by the Bank and Government of Uganda, this ESCP may be revised from time to time during Project implementation, to reflect adaptive management of Project changes and unforeseen circumstances or in response to assessment of Project performance conducted under the ESCP itself. In such circumstances, Government of Uganda will agree to the changes with the Bank and will update the ESCP to reflect such changes. Agreement on changes to the ESCP will be documented through the exchange of letters signed between the Bank and the Government of Uganda. The Government of Uganda will promptly disclose the updated ESCP. Depending on the project, the ESCP may also specify the funding necessary for completion of a measure or action. g. Where Project changes, unforeseen circumstances, or Project performance result in changes to the risks and impacts during Project implementation, the Government of Uganda shall provide additional funds, if needed, to implement actions and measures to address such risks and impacts, which may include environmental, health, and safety impacts, labor influx, gender-based violence, child protection, etc.
423
Table 108: Commitment Plan for Upgrading of the 105 Km Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo Road to Bituminous Standard
Date: January, 2020
Summary of the Material Measures and Timeframe Responsibility / Authority and Date of Actions to Mitigate the Project’s Potential Resources/Funding Committed Completion Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts ESCP Monitoring and Reporting REGULAR REPORTING: Quarterly Responsibility: UNRA will consolidate all project Prepare and submit regular ESCP reports and submit a quarterly report. monitoring reports on the Resources: Inhouse team (environment and social implementation of the ESCP. specialists and officers supported by Technical Assistants). The team will guide ESCP reporting through guidance and instructions to the Supervising Consultant, the Contractor and the Nominated Service Providers (NSPs). Project end date (2024) Funding committed: USD 200,000 INCIDENTS AND ACCIDENTS Promptly after taking Responsibility: UNRA NOTIFICATION: Promptly notify notice of the incident or Resources: UNRA will appoint a safeguards team any incident or accident related or accident. (Environment Specialist and Sociologist). These having an impact on the Project will receive/ investigate all incidents/ accidents. 2024 which has, or is likely to have, a Information may be received directly from the significant adverse effect on the Contractor and the Nominated Service Providers environment, the affected (NSPs). communities, the public or workers Funding committed: USD 40,000 including child abuse. Provide sufficient detail regarding the incident or accident, indicating immediate measures taken to address it, and include information
424
provided by any contractor and supervising entity, as appropriate.
SUMMARY ASSESSMENT ESS 1: ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISKS AND IMPACTS 1.1 ORGANIZATIONAL Project safeguards team to Responsibility: UNRA STRUCTURE: Establish an be in place before award organizational structure with of contract. Resources: 1 Environment Specialist and 1 Social Before qualified staff to support Development Specialist to be recruited specifically award of management of E&S risks for the project. contract for [including] [where relevant, identify Funding committed: USD 100,000 civil works specific positions/resources for E&S management that are a part of the organizational structure].
Maintain as necessary throughout Project implementation. 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND ESIA and RAP studies to Responsibility: UNRA SOCIAL ASSESSMENT: Carry be completed by Feb 29, Resources: UNRA has hired an ESIA/RAP out environmental and social 2020. Consultant supported by inhouse safeguards staff Feb 29, assessment to identify and assess the and Technical Assistants. 2020 environmental and social risks and Funding commitment: USD 900,000 impacts of the Project and appropriate mitigation measures. 1.3 MANAGEMENT TOOLS AND Generic plans to be Responsibility: Developed by the Contractor, INSTRUMENTS: Develop and included in the bids reviewed by Supervising Consultant and approved implement: submitted by contractors. by UNRA. a. Occupational Health and Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Safety Plan Plans to be customized safeguards team with support from UNRA b. Influx Management Plan further after award of appointed project safeguards team. c. Waste Management Plan contract for civil works Funding committed: USD 5 million
425
d. Noise Control Plan e. Dust Control Plan f. Emergency Preparedness Plan g. Campsites Management Plans h. Gender Action Plan i. HIV/AIDS Management Plan j. Community Health and Safety Plan k. Physical Cultural Resources Management Plan l. Biodiversity Management Plan
1.4 MANAGEMENT OF Prior to the preparation of Responsibility: UNRA CONTRACTORS: Develop and procurement documents. Resources: Inhouse safeguards team and Technical implement procedures for managing Maintain procedures Assistants contractors and subcontractors. throughout Project Funding commitment: None (part of inhouse day- April 2020 implementation to procure to-day assignments) service providers.
1.5 PERMIT, CONSENTS AND Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor AUTHORIZATIONS: Obtain or activities that require Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s assist in obtaining, as appropriate, permits, consents and safeguards team with support from UNRA the permits, consents and authorizations. appointed project safeguards team and consultants authorizations that are applicable to to be outsourced. the Project from relevant national Funding commitment: USD 100,000 authorities. These include the following: • NEMA approval of ESIA certificates (campsites,
426
batching plants, burrow pits, quarries, etc.) • Water abstraction permits • Wetlands Resource Use permit • Hazardous waste storage, transportation and disposal license. • Permission to construct road across rivers. • Permit for Use of Explosives • Explosives Magazine License • Explosive Transportation Permits • Blasting Certificate • Petroleum construction permit and petroleum operating license Comply or cause to comply, as appropriate, with the conditions established in these permits, consents and authorizations throughout Project implementation. 1.6 THIRD PARTY MONITORING: After award of contract for Responsibility: UNRA Where it has been agreed that a civil works and throught Resources: Nominated Service Providers and stakeholder and/or third parties will the project as need arised. Independent NEMA registered Environment be engaged to complement and Auditors verify the monitoring of Funding commitment: USD 300,000 environmental and social risks and impacts of the Project, specify the identity and the tasks to be conducted.
427
1.7 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 2: LABOR AND WORKING CONDITIONS 2.1 LABOR MANAGEMENT At an early stage of Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor PROCEDURES: Develop labor Project preparation, to be Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s management procedures. revised when further safeguards team with support from UNRA information becomes appointed project safeguards team. available. Funding commitment 2.2 GRIEVANCE MECHANISM Grievance mechanism Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor FOR PROJECT WORKERS: operational prior to Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Develop and maintain a grievance engaging project workers safeguards team with support from UNRA mechanism for Project workers. and maintained appointed project safeguards team. throughout Project implementation.
2.3 OHS MEASURES: Develop and Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor implement occupational, health and construction. Maintained Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s safety (OHS) measures. throughout Project safeguards team with support from UNRA implementation. appointed project safeguards team. Funding commitment: 2.4 EMERGENCY Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor PREPAREDNESS AND construction. Maintained Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s RESPONSE: As part of the OHS throughout Project safeguards team with support from UNRA measures specified in 2.3, include implementation. appointed project safeguards team. measures on emergency Funding commitment: preparedness and response, and ensure coordination with measures under 4.5.
428
2.5 PROJECT WORKERS Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor TRAINING: Implement training of construction, with regular Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s Project Workers designed to refresher training. safeguards team with support from UNRA heighten awareness of risks and to appointed project safeguards team. mitigate impacts on local Funding commitment: communities. 2.6 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 3: RESOURCE EFFICIENCY AND POLLUTION PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT 3.1 MANAGEMENT OF WASTE Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor AND HAZARDOUS construction. Maintained Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s MATERIALS: Develop and throughout Project safeguards team with support from UNRA implement measures and actions to implementation. appointed project safeguards team. NEMA certified manage waste and hazardous waste handlers to be contracted. materials. Funding commitment:
3.2 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 4: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY 4.1 TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY: Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor Develop and implement measures construction. Maintained Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s and actions to assess and manage throughout Project safeguards team with support from UNRA traffic and road safety risks. implementation. appointed project safeguards team. Flag personnel to be deployed to guide traffic. Traffic control devices (e.g. cones, etc.) to be deployed. Liaison with Taffic Police to control traffic in busy urban areas.
429
4.2 COMMUNITY HEALTH AND Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA, Contractor and Nominated SAFETY: Develop and implement construction. Maintained Service Providers (NSPs). measures and action to assess and throughout Project Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s manage specific risks and impacts to implementation. safeguards team and NSP staff with support from the community arising from Project UNRA appointed project safeguards team. activities, including in relation to Funding commitment: Project Workers and any risks of labor influx.
4.3 GBV AND SEA RISKS: Develop Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Nominated Service and implement measures and construction. Maintained Providers (NSPs). actions to assess and manage the throughout Project Resources: NSP staff with support from UNRA risks of gender-based violence implementation. appointed project safeguards team and local NGOs (GBV) and sexual exploitation and in Yumbe, Moyo and Koboko. abuse (SEA). Funding commitment:
4.4 GBV AND SEA RISKS DURING Additional funds: USD 100,000 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION: Specify additional funds available to implement measures to address GBV and SEA risks and impacts that may arise during Project implementation. 4.5 EMERGENCY RESPONSE Prior to initiating Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor MEASURES: Develop and construction. Maintained Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s implement measures to address throughout Project safeguards team with support from UNRA emergency events, and ensure implementation. appointed project safeguards team. coordination with measures under Funding commitment: 2.4.
4.6 SECURITY PERSONNEL: Prior to engaging security Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor Develop and implement measures personnel/ prior to
430
and actions to assess and manage the initiating construction. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s risks to human security of project- Maintained throughout safeguards team with support from UNRA affected communities and project Project implementation. appointed project safeguards team and security workers that could arise from the agencies and structures within the districts (e.g. use of security personnel. RDCs, DISOs, etc.). Funding commitment: 4.7 TRAINING FOR THE Prior to initiating COMMUNITY: Conduct training construction, with regular for the community designed to refresher training. heighten awareness of risks and to mitigate impacts specified in this section.
4.8 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 5: LAND ACQUISITION, RESTRICTIONS ON LAND USE AND INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT 5.1 LAND ACQUISITION AND Prior to commencing Responsibility: UNRA RESETTLEMENT: Assess the project activities. Resources: UNRA has hired an ESIA/RAP nature and degree of expected land Consultant supported by inhouse safeguards staff Feb 29, acquisition and involuntary and Technical Assistants. 2020 resettlement under the Project. Funding commitment: USD 900,000 5.2 RESETTLEMENT PLANS: RAP implemented prior Responsibility: UNRA Develop and implement initiating activities that Resources: UNRA to hire a consultant for RAP resettlement plans [RAPs] involve involuntary implementation with support from inhouse consistent with the requirements of resettlement. safeguards staff and Technical Assistants. Dec 2020 the ESS5. Funding commitment: USD 15, 000,000 5.3 MONITORING AND Throughout Project Responsibility: UNRA REPORTING: Ensure that implementation. Resources: UNRA to hire a consultant for RAP monitoring and reporting on land implementation with support from inhouse acquisition and resettlement safeguards staff and Technical Assistants.
431
activities are conducted separately or as part of regular reporting. 5.4 GRIEVANCE MECHANISM: Prior to commencement of Responsibility: UNRA Develop and implement the resettlement activities Resources: UNRA to hire a consultant for RAP arrangements for the grievance implementation (includes GRM) with support from mechanism for resettlement (if inhouse safeguards staff and Technical Assistants. established separately from the grievance mechanism under ESS10) 5.5 PROJECT INDUCED IN- During project Responsibility: UNRA MIGRATION AND implementation, Resources: UNRA to hire a consultant for RAP RESETTLEMENT: In-migration consistently monitoring implementation with support from inhouse associated with economic key social indicators after safeguards staff and Technical Assistants as well as opportunities such as baseline studies have been the Contractors safeguards team. infrastructure development completed. Funding commitment: USD 15, 000 projects can benefit trade, employment, infrastructure and services. However, this same can also equally negatively affect a project especially in regards to environmental, social and health issues. These negative impacts can create social risks that jeopardize operations of the project and the effects of these impacts can have implications for multiple stakeholders. Therefore, there is need; Develop Project Induced in- migration management Plans (PIIMP), alongside other social plans, such as resettlement action plans (RAPs), stakeholder engagements, trainings.
ESS 6: BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION AND SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF LIVING NATURAL RESOURCES
432
6.1 BIODIVERSITY RISKS AND Prior to commencing Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor IMPACTS: Develop and project activities. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s implement measures and actions to safeguards team with support from UNRA assess and manage risks and impacts appointed project safeguards team and inhouse on biodiversity, including specialists. identification of different types of Funding commitment: habitat and circumstances in which offsets will be used. 6.2 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 7: INDIGENOUS PEOPLES/SUB-SAHARAN AFRICAN HISTORICALLY UNDERSERVED TRADITIONAL LOCAL COMMUNITIES 7.1 INDIGENOUS PEOPLES Indicate timing e.g. Prior PRESENT OR to commencing project COLLECTIVELY ATTACHED activities. TO PROJECT AREA: Assess the nature and degree of the expected direct and indirect economic, social, cultural and environmental impacts on Indigenous Peoples who are present in, or have collective attachment to, the project area. 7.2 INDIGENOUS PEOPLES PLAN: Prior to [insert date]. Develop and implement a [name of Prior to undertaking the plan] consistent with the activities that could cause requirements of ESS7. material or significant adverse risks or impacts
7.3 GRIEVANCE MECHANISM: Indicate timing Develop and implement the arrangements for the grievance mechanism for indigenous people
433
(if established separately for the grievance mechanism under ESS10). 7.4 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 8: CULTURAL HERITAGE 8.1 CHANCE FINDS: Develop and Prior to and maintained Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor implement a chance finds throughout construction. Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s procedure. safeguards team with support from UNRA appointed project safeguards team and Arcaeologists from Department of Museums and Monuments. Funding commitment: 8.2 CULTURAL HERITAGE: Prior to disturbance of site Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor Identify measures to address risks Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s and impacts on cultural heritage. safeguards team with support from UNRA appointed project safeguards team and Arcaeologists from Department of Museums and Monuments. Funding commitment:
8.3 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 9: FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES 9.1 ESMS: Establish and maintain an Indicate timing environmental and social management system (ESMS). 9.2 FI ORGANIZATIONAL Indicate timing, e.g. CAPACITY: Establish an Specify by [date] when organizational capacity and organizational capacity
434
competency for implementing the need to be in place. ESMS with clearly defined roles and responsibilities [where relevant, identify specific positions/resources for E&S management that are a part of the organizational structure]. Maintain as necessary throughout Project implementation. 9.3 SENIOR MANAGEMENT Indicate timing, e.g. REPRESENTATIVE: Designate a Specify by [date] when the senior management representative senior management to have overall accountability for representative needs to be environmental and social designated. performance of FI subprojects. 9.4 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project ESS 10: STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE 10.1 SEP PREPARATION: Prepare Draft SEP already Responsibility: UNRA and ESIA/RAP Consultant and disclose a Stakeholder prepared and to be Resources: ESIA/RAP Consultant, Contractor’s Engagement Plan (SEP). updated throughout and Consultant’s safeguards team, UNRA project implementation appointed project safeguards team and Nominated End of Service Providers. March 2020 10.2 SEP IMPLEMENTATION: Throughout Project Responsibility: UNRA and Contractor Implement the SEP. implementation Resources: Contractor’s and Consultant’s safeguards team, UNRA appointed project safeguards team and Nominated Service Providers. Continuous Funding commitment:
10.3 PROJECT GRIEVANCE Prior to and maintained MECHANISM: Develop and throughout construction implement the arrangements for the grievance mechanism.
435
10.4 Add other measures and actions that have been agreed, as per the specific risks and impacts of the Project Capacity Support Specify Training to be provided Specify Targeted Groups and Timeframe Specify Training Completed for Delivery There will be need to conduct induction- training sessions for CLOs, Technical Advisers, and project Technical officers on the following area: i. General ESF requirements; ii. Gender and SGBVs aspects in the project; iii. Child labor awareness; iv. Vulnerability awareness and sensitization drives; v. Climate change mainstreaming; vi. Compensation aspects in the project; vii. Livelihoods ventures; viii. HIV/AIDS, STIs and Hepatitis B control; ix. UNRA EMS provisions and its requirements; and x. Awareness on National Environment Act 2019 its provisions relating to the road project.
436
12 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
12.1 CONCLUSIONS
The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road is existing as such, its alignment will to the extent possible, be restricted to right of way with minimum deviations aimed at improving sight distance, reduce impacts on road developments and installations amongst others. Furthermore, its sections through the 3 CFRs will largely follow existing alignment implying there be minimal negative impacts on these protected areas in terms of loss of habitat and biodiversity. Therefore, the panned upgrade of Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road will not only have a positive and profound impact on their lives and livelihood of the communities in its 3 beneficiary districts but in the wider West Nile Region through tiers of multiplier effects including inducing rapid socio-economic development which has lagged behind for long. In addition, having in place, a sound road network and transport infrastructure in this region will in itself, spur sectors developments in agriculture, industry and commerce beyond the Region at large. Once paved, the road will greatly reduce travel time between the three districts, which now takes close to 4-5 hours due to the bad nature of road. Above all, the road will enhance delivery of goods and services as well as emergency assistance to the vulnerable refugee communities in the hosting areas.
Despite the above, upgrading works will trigger negative effects such as land take, loss of vegetation, loss of livelihoods, disrupt public utilities such as electricity and water supply lines, dust nuisance, noise, occupational health and safety amongst others. The Koboko-Yumbe-Moyo road that is proposed for upgrading is in existence. The behavioral and ecological impacts or stress on the fauna has been happening. Secondly, the extent of space that will be affected by the construction to measure up to the required width of road corridor will be small. Impacts on fauna species and population will therefore be low. Most of the species recorded are of least concern and are widely distributed at the local level in the project areas and nationally in other parts of Uganda. The overall negative impacts of the project on fauna will therefore be minimal. On that basis, the proposed project will have minimal or no impact at all on the fauna species diversity and populations in the project area.
It is clear, the socio-economic surveys in the study has focused more on issues of domestic violence with limited analysis on what the project activities might produce in the context of the wider GBV risk as well subsequent description of appropriate mitigation measures. In this case, there is need for a focused study on assessment of GBV landscape/mapping in the project outcome of which, will inform the need for inclusion of a GBV Service Provider and clear capacity assessment requirements and the development of a referral pathway. This aspect of a GBV assessment is required for all risk level projects.
From the assessment, it is established that, most the anticipated negative impacts will be of reversible nature, short-term and can be mitigated through implementation of an Environmental and Social Management and Monitoring Plans in place whose implementation will rest largely with the Contractor under the supervision of Supervising Engineer who, in close collaboration with UNRA, will have responsibility for monitoring. 0
1
REFERENCES a. Bush G., Nampindo S., Aguti C., and Plumptre, A. (2004). The Value of Uganda’s Forests: A Livelihoods and Ecosystems Approach. Wildlife Conservation Society/ EU Forest Resources Management and Conservation Program/National Forestry Authority, Kampala, Uganda. b. Eilu G., and Bukenya-Ziraba R (2004). Local Use of Climbing Plants of Budongo Forest Reserve, Western Uganda. Journal of Ethnobiology 24 (2): 307-327. c. Emerton L., and Muramira T. E. (1999). Uganda Biodiversity: An Economic Assessment Report for IUCN World Conservation Union. Biodiversity Economics for Eastern Africa. Nairobi, Kenya. d. Howard P. C. (1991). Nature Conservation in Uganda’s Tropical Forest Reserves. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. e. Mendlsohn R. and Balik M. J., (1997). Notes on Economic Plants. Economic Botany 51(3). f. Moyini Y (2008). The Economic Valuation of the Proposed Degazettment of Part of Mabira Central Forest Reserve, Nature Uganda, Kampala, Uganda. g. Pearce (1996). Global Environmental Value and the Tropical Forests: Demonstration and Capture, in W Phillips and White W (eds) Forestry, Economics and the Environment, Willingford: CAB International, 11-48. h. Pearce D.W, and Moran (1994). The Economic Value of Biodiversity. Earthscan Publications Ltd, London. i. Ruitenbeek J. (1989). Social Cost Analysis of the Korup Project, Cameroon. A Report Prepared for World Wild Life Fund for Nature and the Republic of Cameroon, London. j. Swanson T. and Kontoleon A (2000). Why Did the Protected Areas Fail the Giant Panda? The Economics of Conserved Endangered Species in Developing Countries, World Economics (1) 4: 135- 148. K. Tisdell C.A (2010). Resource and Environmental Economics. Modern Issues and Applications. World Scientific. Business and Economics.Yaron G (2001). Forest, Plantation Crops or Small Scale Agriculture? An Economic Analysis of Alternative Land Use Options in the Mount Cameroon Area. Journal of Environment Planning and Management, 44(1), 85-108.
2
APPENDICES – PLEASE REFER TO VOLUME-2 OF THE ESIA REPORT
3
18